,
lm\
reference
collection
book
Kansas city
public library
Kansas city,
missouri
From the collection of the
n
in
o Prelinger
v Jjibrary
t P
San Francisco, California
2007
THE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOL06IST
EXCAVATIONS AT THE LAMB-5 SITE J
Jay Brandon
A CALL FOR FOUNDERS OF CENTRAL STATES Q?
ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY, Nancy Oestreich Lurie
THE BACKLUND MOUND GROUP 34
David S. Brose
THE BOOKSHELF 52
INTERESTING WISCONSIN SPECIMENS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month, 8 P. M., Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg, Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Green wald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
SECRETARY
Paul Turney, Corresponding
Mrs. Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalman, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Bobert Hruska, W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie^
AJlen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeologist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, $50.00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, $5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, $3.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 2243 S. Woodward, Mil-
waukee, Wis. 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter at the Post
Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of August 21, 1912.
Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN - MARCH, 1968
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
EXCAVATIONS AT THE LAMB-5 SITE
(47-Sc-25)
Saint Croix County, Wisconsin
by
Jay Brandon
State Historical Society of Wisconsin
INTRODUCTION
The site of the Eau Galle Reservoir dam lies in Pierce
County, Wisconsin, approximately one-fourth mile north of
the town of Spring Valley. The reservoir pool, at maximum
elevation, will cover the downstream portions of several trib-
utaries of the Eau Galle River in Pierce and St. Croix Coun-
ties. These tributaries are Lohn Creek and Lousy Creek
flowing in from the east, and French Creek which joins the
Eau Galle from the west (Fig. 1). Because of the hilly topo-
graphy of the vicinity, the reservoir pool will be narrow rela-
tive to its depth, and will have a lengthy shoreline relative to
its surface area.
Archaeological work done within the maximum pool area
of the Eau Galle Reservoir was performed under the aegis of
the State Historical Society of Wisconsin and was funded by
the United States Department of Interior, National Park
Service.
The initial archaeological reconnaissance of the reservoir
was undertaken in 1962 with Mr. A. Dewey Buck heading
the field party. Fifteen site locations were recorded that year.
In 1964, exploration of the reservoir was continued under
NFS contract No. H-l 0-0529-2747, with Mr. Hank Kerr as
field supervisor. During that season, ten additional sites were
located, two partially excavated and three tested.
In 1966, NFS contract No. 14-10-0529-2874 was awarded
the State Historical Society of Wisconsin for intensive exca-
vation of selected sites within the reservoir. Of the sites re-
>*
,&
>
ScJ/
'Sc/4,
MAXIMUM fOOL ELEVATION
iota.0
oo.
PllttCfCO.
Pill
EAU QALLE RESERVOIR
WISCONSIN
MALI MMH.lt
FIGURE 1
Lamb-5 Site
corded for the area, the only site available for excavation,
which seemed promising, was the Lamb-5 site (47-Sc-25).
This site had been partially excavated by Kerr in 1964, and
his results indicated that it would be a productive site for this
region. All the other seemingly good sites in the area were
still under cultivation which precluded their being excavated.
The crew was under the joint direction of Dr. Joan E. Free-
man and Mr. Jay Brandon, both of the State Historical
Society.
The material recovered from the Lamb-5 site by Kerr in
1964 is included in this summary report, and I have drawn
heavily from the unpublished report (1965) of his work in
the reservoir. In addition to Mr. Kerr, I wish to thank Dr.
Joan Freeman, Mr. Manfred E. W. Jaehnig, and Mr. Ronald
Lofman, for their valuable assistance in preparing the photo-
graphs, drawings, and maps included herein.
Site Description
The Lamb-5 site (47-Sc-25) is situated on the first and
second major terraces of the Eau Galle River where it flows
eastward through St. Croix County, Wisconsin (Fig. 2).
Reconnaissance of the second terrace, a cultivated field, pro-
duced the first evidence of a site. Several projectile points,
knife fragments, and numerous flakes were found here, but
tests revealed that this area (Grid "B") had been totally dis-
turbed by cultivation, so no further work was undertaken.
Numerous large trees growing on the first terrace sug-
gested that the land had never been plowed, and tests indic-
ated an undisturbed site. The area was designated as Grid
"A" (Fig. 3).
At the western end of the site the land rises abruptly to a
height of more than one hundred and fifty feet. To the east
(downstream) there is a gradual lowering of the land sur-
face through a succession of small, irregular terraces, to a
fairly wide, flat, flood plain. Land across the river to the
North of the site, consists of a single terrace, eight feet above
the river, lying on the same plane as Lamb-5 (Fig. 4). On
this terrace are located two sites, Strum-1 and 2 (47-Sc-14
and 15). Both sites were under cultivation at the time Lamb-
5 was excavated.
FIGURE 2
Lambo Site
A grid system employing North-South and left-right direc-
tional coordinates was established, and each of the resulting
5' x 5* excavation units was identified by the grid point mak-
ing its southeast corner. Each square was excavated in ar-
bitrary 0.5 foot levels.
At the conclusion of two field seasons, totaling 7 weeks, 106
squares had been excavated with depths ranging from 1 .0'
to 4.5'.
Observed Stratigraphy
Grid A
Stratigraphy at the site was consistent throughout. The hu-
mus zone below the grassy surface was of nearly uniform
thickness varying from 0.3 to 0.5 feet. In color, it ranged
from black to dark brov/n, and could best be described as
loamy sand. Below this band the sand was similar in texture
FIGURE 3: View of the Lamb-5 Site looking East.
6
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
but of a lighter, gray-brown color end was of less uniform
thickness, generally measuring from 0.7 feet to 0.9 feet with
extremes of 0.5 feet to 1.1 feet.
Along the lower margins of the second zone the soil became
darker in color, although its texture did not appear to change.
This area of darker loamy sand generally ranged from 0.8
feet to 1.0 feet in thickness with extremes of 0.3 feet to 1.7
feet, and contained most of the artifacts received from the
site.
Below this zone, a yellow-tan loamy sand was encountered.
Over most of the site this layer was traversed by numerous
irregular, super-imposed bands of dark brown sand of finer
particle size than the enclosing soil. These denser bands stood
out clearly against the light background. Average thickness
FIGURE 4: View of site lying across the Eau Galle
River from Lamb-5.
- <M 10
I
1
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
was about 1.3 feet with extremes of 0.8 feet and 1.9 feet. In
some squares (e. g. Sl-Rl) this zone was found to overlie a
gravel lense contained within a tan soil of almost clay-loam
fineness. Gravel and cobble beds were encountered at var-
ious points over the site. The upper limits of gravel were 1.2
feet below surface at the shallowest point, dropping off to 4.2
feet (at the deepest). In the eastern portion of the site, where
no gravel was present below the zone of banding, a tan loam
(of clay- and sand-sized particles) was present. This zone
had no distinct boundary between it and the one above; there
was only a gradual but discernable change in soil texture. At
the western end of the site, the dark brown loamy stand was
underlain by distinct layers of gray and red loamy clay
(Fig. 5).
Chipped Stone
Projectile Points
Side-notched (Fig. 6, a-c):
Three side-notched specimens were recovered from the
site, two of which were excavated. The third was found on
the surface.
One member of the group (from Sq. 0. 0, level 4) is fairly
well made, although it is somewhat irregular in outline and
notch placement. The base is straight and shows thinning.
There is slight grinding along the whole basal edge and along
the length of one of the tang "ears." The notches, rather than
being of strict "U" form, are so shaped that they produce a
rapidly expanding stem. Blade edges are convex and of un-
equal length. The specimen is retouched over most of both
facial surfaces, and the blade edges show fine pressure re-
touching which has produced shallow and irregular serra-
tions. Its measurements are: length 50.0 mm, width 32.5 mm,
stem length 14.0 mm, stem width 24.5 mm, base width 31.5
mm, thickness 10.0 mm (Fig. 6, a).
This point fits well into the side-notched tradition in Wis-
consin, and is closely similar to the Raddatz (Wittry, 1959a:
^4-45) and Madison (Baerreis, 1953:154) side-notched types
which have been attributed to the Archaic and Early Wood-
land stages of Wisconsin.
The other excavated specimen (from Sq. S1-R2, level 5)
Lamb-5 Site
FIGURE 6: Projectile points from Lamb-5. a-c, side notched;
d-i, expanding stem; j-m, corner notched; n and o, triangular;
p and q, straight stem; r, flared base.
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
is quite crude. Only on one side is the notch distinct and is
of the form mentioned above. The general rudeness of man-
ufacture makes it difficult to classify this point, but it appears
to relate to the Raddatz and Madison side-notched types. Its
measurements are: length 32 mm, width 29.0 mm, stem length
11.5 mm, stem width 23.5 mm, base width 29.0 mm, thick-
ness 10.0 mm (Fig. 6, b).
The third side-notched point recovered was found on the
around surface. It is carefully made with fine retouching
along all edgec. The notches are of "U" shape, small and
shallow. The base and blade edges are straight, producing a
triangular outline for the point. In formal characteristics the
specimen also appears to coincide with the Raddatz and Mad-
ison types. Its dimensions, however, are below the ranges
reported for those types: length 27.5 mm, width 23.0 mm.,
stem length 10.0 mm, stem width 18.0 mm, base width 23.0
mm, thickness 6.5 mm (Fig. 6, c).
Expanding stem (Fig. 6, d-i):
All the specimens of this group were excavated in 1965, and
were found in a restricted area of the site (ranks Left-23 and
Left-24).
These points were produced from slender blanks, from
\vhich the corners were removed to form either rounded or
angular shoulders and slightly expanded stems. The point of
juncture of the stem edges with that of the base is distinct.
The bases range from slightly to distinctly convex. The point
of greatest width lies across the blade, slightly above the
shoulders. Blade edges are convex.
Of the three complete specimens, one appears to be the re-
worked lower section of a larger point. This is suggested by
its relative thickness and the steep flaking of the blade edges
which produces alternate beveling.
Workmanship is good and the basal and lateral edges were
retouched with pressure flaking, except in one case (from Sq.
S1-L23, level 2: Fig. 6, e) where the basal edge is an unmod-
ified striking platform.
The specimens recovered from Lamb-5 bear strong simil-
arities to the Durst Stemmed type which has been described
for Wisconsin (Wittry, 1959b:179) in all respects except size
Lambo Site 1 1
with the former being larger. Personal inspection of the Durst
Stemmed collection from the type site (47-Sk2) suggests that
incomplete specimens of size comparable to the Lamb-5 speci-
mens have been included in the type collection. These are
greatly in the minority and are only represented by basal
fragments. It appears safe, however, to assume that both the
expanding stem points from Lamb-5 and the Durst Stemmed
points found in other sites belong to the siame tradition of
manufacture, and probably occupy the same time span, i. e.
Late Archaic - Early Woodland.
Corner notched (Fig. 6, j-m):
Four specimens of this variety were recoverede from the ex-
cavations. These were produced by striking "U"-shaped
notches so placed on ovate-accuminate blanks that distinct
barbs have resulted. All the examples are rather thick in pro-
portion to their size but are of fairly good workmanship. All
show pressure retouching along blade and basal edges. In
the two complete specimens stem length is short in comparison
to overall length and base width is less than shoulder width.
Base form is convex. It is interesting to note that one of these
specimens ( 1 ) is made of red chert similar to that described
by Cooper (1933:69) as occurring above the catlinite beds
in Barron and Rusk Counties. Points of this material were
also found at the Durst Rockshelter in Sauk County (\Vittry,
I959b: 180).
In some characteristics these corner notched points resem-
ble certain Durst Rockshelter specimens which have been
classified as Monona Stemmed (Wittry, 1959b: 180). How-
ever, neither the formal nor metrical characteristics of the
Lamb-5 points correspond sufficiently to either \Vittry's
(ibid), nor Baerreis' (1953:10) descriptions of Monona
Stemmed to allow their inclusion in this type.
Triangular Points (Fig. 6, n-o):
Two points of this variety were found at the site. One
(Fig. 6, 1) was a surface find, and the other (Fig. 6, m) was
encountered in the upper half of level 1 in square N3-L25 in
association with the two rim fragments from a miniature
pottery vessel (discussed later). The excavated point meas-
ure 40 mm by 23 mm. The other specimen, made of quartz,
12 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
measures 22.1 mm in length. It is impossible to ascertain its
width since one basal corner is broken away.
Flared base point (Fig. 6, r):
One point cf crude manufacure which may be described as
having a "flared" base was recovered from square S2-R],
level 3. The specimen has straight to slightly convex blade
edges and distinct, angular shoulders. The point was pro-
duced by removal of long, shallow, notches from the side of
the blank, and the resultant stem flares sharply to form the
base. In this czse the base is the unaltered striking platform
of the parent flake. On the face of the base and stem a few
flakes were removed in an apparently haphazard attempt at
basal thinning. The general rudeness of this item, its thick
stem and base, and its assymetry suggest that it may have
been rejected during manufacture. Its dimensions are: length
r-8.5 mm, width 22.5 mm. stem length 15.0 mm, stem width
'2.9 mm base width 18.0 mm, maximum thickness, 9.5 mm,
thickness of base 6.0 mm.
Straight stemmed points (Fig. 6, p-q):
Both specimens are represented by proximal fragments.
They are of apparently different types, but are not otherwise
classifiable. One of the two, made of Hixton quartzite, was
found on the surface (Fig. 6, p) and has a relatively longer
Table 1
Projectile Point Measurements (in ran. )
Catalog Length Width Stem Stem Base Thickness
Number Length Width Width
Expanding Stem
N3L24-3-3
75.2
25.0
13.5
12.2
14.0
S1L2 3-2-1
57.5
22.9
14.0
11.5
12.5
N4L2 1-3-2
30.0
18.0
12.0
11.0
12.2
N3L2 4-3-6
-
.
12,2
11.0
12.7
N3L24-3-5
-
-
-
10.7
12.1
N1L24-3-1
-
-
16.0
11.5
14.5
9.0
7.2
7.1
Comer notched
N3R4-31 - 24.0 11.0 12.5 - 8.1
N4R10-3-1 34.2 22.5 8.5 12.4 16.0 7.2
N2R9-3-1 34.0 24.5 10.0 12.1 14.9 7.5
N4R1-4-1 - 19.9 9 3 10.0 12.0 7.0
Lamb-5 Site 13
stem, a convex base, and distinct basal and lateral stem
grinding. The other specimen (Fig. 6, q) was excavated from
level 2 of square O-R9. It appears to have been rather mas-
sive in proportion to its stem length, and is lightly ground
along the basal and lateral stem edges. The surface find
measures 16.5 mm in stem length, 15.5 mm in stem-base
width, and 24 mm in shoulder width. The excavated fragment
measures 14.0 mm in stem length and 19.9 mm in stem and
base width.
Worked flakes (Fig. 7, a-h):
A total of sixty implements fashioned from flakes were re-
covered from the site. In all cases there were produced by
dressing one or more edges of flakes of various sizes by fine
percussion chipping or pressure flaking. Often, the tool edge
shows a small area which has been flaked with the remain-
ing length of the edge exhibiting use spalling. It seems likely
that in these instances flaking was used to straighten or
slightly round the flake edge so that it might more conveni-
ently serve as an implement. There are no instances of bi-
facial edge preparation. Most specimens show varying de-
grees of use polish and dulling.
Three distinct implement classes comprise the sixty speci-
mens of worked flakes. The greater number (52) are simple
cutting or scraping tools. In the majority of cases the work-
ing edge is straight or nearly straight. In others it is rounded
or sinuous. Five of the group appear to be specialized tools
(Fig. 7, a-e) which might be described as concave scrapers
or "spoke-shaves." All of these objects share the common
feature of having a small area (6 mm to 8 mm) cut into the
edge of the flake by pressure flaking. In each case these con-
cavities show use spalling characteristically produced by
scraping action. From their shape it appears reasonable to
assume that these implements were used to shave and shape
shafts of wood or bone. All the members of this implement
class are made from flakes struck, apparently, from the same
core of jasper, and all were found in level one of squares
N4-L24, N4-L21, and N2-L20.
Numerous waste flakes of the same material were also
found in these and adjacent squares suggesting a short-lived,
14 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
FIGURE 7: Examples of flake implements, a-e, spoke-shaves;
f-h, serrated implements.
Lamb-5 Site 15
one-man implement manufactory. The only artifacts recov-
ered which are made of this distinctive stone are the flake
tools described above. These items, easily produced from the
detritus of tool making, were probably considered expendable
and were discarded after the immediate need for them had
been fulfilled. One other representative of this tool class was
found on the surface. In this specimen the spoke-shave edge
has been made on a pointed bifacially flaked knife tip. Here
the concavity was produced by percussion chipping (Fig. 8,
!),
The third of the groups comprising the worked flakes from
the Lamb-5 site consists of three small, serrated instruments
of distinctive "butcher knife" shape. In each specimen one
blade edge is straight or nearly straight while the other is
convex. Both are serrated except in the case of Fig. 7, f. in
which the serrations of the convex edge have been broken
off. The three items have lengths and widths of 28.8 mm x
H mm. (Fig. 7, g), 21 mm x 10 mm (Fig. 7, h) and 16 mm
x 10 mm (Fig. 7, f). In each a rude hafting base is present.
in two cases (f, h) the stem and base are produced by hap-
hazard, bilateral notch chipping. In one (g), a notch appears
to have been produced incidentally while the opposite notch
has been produced by chipping. The use of these implements
is uncertain, but their characteristics suggest a hafted, lancet-
like, cutting and sawing tool, perhaps useful in cutting through
tough animal fibers such as nerves, tendons, and heavy con-
nective tissue. All were recovered from squares N2-L2-1 and
N3-L24 in levels 2 and 3.
Good descriptions of a similar assemblage of flake tools ; s
presented by Nero (1948:23).
Knives
Ovate-accuminate (Fig. 8, a-g):
Five complete and two broken specimens have been as-
signed to this category. All the knives of this group have
been produced by bifacial percussion flaking and there is
secondary, finer chipping along the edges of each one. In
cross-section there is a strong tendency toward piano-con-
vexity. The complete specimens range from 51.0 mm to 70.0
mm in length, with the average being 58.5 mm. All were
16 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
measured for width and their range is 24.0 mm to 27.9 mm
with an average of 25.4 mm.
Two members of this group (Fig. 8, a) appear to have been
somewhat more specialized tools. One, (a), has a well devel-
oped, longitudinal, keel ridge on one face while the other
face is flat. These operate to produce a triangular cross-
section. At the base the keel ridge terminated in a definite,
although blunted, graver tip. At its other extremity the keel
ridge ends in the knife tip. Both the graver point and the tip
of the artifact show use scaring, blunting, and polish that
suggest their function as burin-like tools. The lateral edges
appear to have served as a knife. The slight concavity to
the left of the graver tip (as pictured), appears to have been
employed as a spoke-shave. The graver tip was thinned by
the unifacial removal of small, narrow spalls, aligned with
artifacts' long axis. The knife tip, designated ( 1 ) in Fig.
8, has a spoke-shave concavity cut into one edge (s. v.
worked flakes).
Ovoid (Fig. 8, j-k):
Two specimens so classified were recovered, one complete
and the other broken. Both were made by coarse, bifacial,
percussion chipping which has produced sinuous edges. The
complete knife measures 106.5 mm x 63.0 mm; the broken
one, made of Hixton quartzite, has a width of 50.0 mm.
Triangular (Fig. 8, h-i):
While they are not of strictly triangular shape, these speci-
mens have been so designated as a matter of convenience.
Both were produced through bifacial percussion chipping,
but they are of more delicate workmanship than the knives
previously described. Both bases have been thinned to a
small degree with percussion and the edges show small
amounts of secondary fine chipping and pressure flaking. The
larger of the two measures 45 mm x 36 mm; the smaller, 36
mm x 29 mm.
Irregular knives (Fig. 9, a~e):
This group of artifacts have been classed with knives be-
cause their appearance suggests that they were probably em-
ployed as cutting or chopping tools. Four of the five speci-
mens are made of poor quality chert. Only in (a) is there
unifacial chipping; the others all show varying degrees of
Lamb-5 Site
17
FIGURE 8: Knives, a-g, ovate accumulate; h-i, triangular: j
and k, ovoid; a knife with graver tip; 1, knife with spoke-shave.
18 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
bifacial chipping. On (a), (b), and (e), a portion of the
stone cortex remains on both faces of each. All these speci-
mens were produced from random fragments of stone of con-
venient size and shape. Only (d) shows much attention to-
ward shaping, and in this case the artifact was rounded, ex-
cept along one edge which is unaltered and remains almost
straight.
Scrapers (Fig. 10, b-d):
Three artifacts of this class were recovered from the site.
Of the three, two are triangular in outline while the other is
d , lcn ?
FIGURE 9: Irregular knives.
Lamb-5 Site 19
approximately trapezoidal in shape. Only one of this group
(Fig. 10, c) is worked on more than one edge. In this case
the specimen was shaped by fine chipping around its peri-
phery and all three edges appear to have been used for
scraping.
The other two items were produced from flakes of conven-
ient size and shape. In both cases the thickest edge of the
flake is steeply beveled by chipping to produce the working
edge. None are modified in their ventral surfaces, but one
v Fig. 10, d) shows chipping over its dorsal face. It seems
likely that the parent flake for this artifact was derived from
a discarded artifact.
Incidental scrapers (Fig. 10, e-j):
Six of the eleven remaining scraping implements have been
pictured. All members of this group are irregular in shape
and represent the utilization of spent cores (e and i), large,
heavy flakes (f, g, j) and portions of cores (h). In each case
the scraping edge has been prepared by chipping along a
segment of the periphery of the parent mass.
Drill (Fig. 10, a):
The only representation of drills at the site is the tip of a
drill bit. The specimen is made of Hixton quartzite and is of
[me workmanship, having been produced by careful, trans-
verse flaking.
Implement fragments:
Twenty-three items of this class were recovered from the
site, none of which are classifiable. The group is composed
of midsections and tips of points and knives and pieces that
appear to be facial spalls from heavy, chipped artifacts, prob-
ably knives. None are pictured.
FEATURES
In the course of the two seasons that the Lamb-5 site was
under excavation, thirteen features were found. The first
nine were excavated by Kerr in 1964. Numbers ten through
thirteen were found by Brandon and Freeman.
Since the site was never disturbed, the pits remained intact.
All are shallow, with the deepest, Feature 2, measuring only
1.7 foot in depth. Each pit (except Feature 7) shows signs
of combustion having occurred within it. In the case of Fea-
20 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
FIGURE 10: Scrapers.
Lamb-5 Site
21
ture 7 , numerous Hakes and a broken point were found.
However, these did not occur in a pit; rather they constitute
a concentration of lithic detritus, probably the result of a
small' manufactory. The other features, all pits, appear to
have been used as fireplaces or for roasting.
In addition to Feature 7, three other concentrations of de-
bris were found at the site. These were not assigned fea-
ture numbers.
In level three of squares N3-L24 and N4-L24 an area of
refuse measuring 6.0 feet by 3.5 feet, roughly oval in outline,
were concentrated 1481 chert and quartzite flakes, four points
(Fig. 6, d, f, g, h), numerous small, bone fragments, deer
teeth, a portion of deer mandible, and charcoal.
The second area of concentration occurred in level 4 of
squares N2-R4, N2-R5, N3-R4 and N3-R5. Here the yield
FIGURE 11: Flake concentration in N2-R5, NR-R5.
22 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
was 570 flakes and six worked flakes. Its maximum and min-
imum diameters were 5.0 feet and 2.0 feet respectively (Fig.
in.
The third concentration of lithic debris yielded 3242 flakes,
? worked flakes and 2 implement fragments. It measured
5.1 feet by 2.5 feet.
All three of these concentrations of detritus appear to have
been shops for the manufacture of stone implements. In the
case of the first mentioned, kitchen refuse was also mixed
with the lithic debris. None appear to have been in use for
a long period of time, but the third manufactory site was used
more intensively than the other two.
The shallow features containing little refuse and the con-
centrations of lithic detritus restricted to small areas suggest
a transient and transitory character for the site. Summary
FIGURE 12: Feature 13, N2-R10.
Lamb-5 Site 2.3
feature descriptions are presented below:
Feature 1:
Location: O-Rl, Sl-Rl
Level: 1
Dcp*h from surface: 0.3 foot.
Pit Depth: J .2 feet
Maximum Diameter: 2.0 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Chert flakes, burned and unburned bone frag-
ments, traces of charcoal
Feature 2:
Location: Sl-Rl, S2-R1
Level: 5
Depth from surface: 2:1 feet
Pit Depth: 1.7 feet
Max'mum Diameter: 1.8 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Fire-cracked rock, burned and unburned bone
fragments, chert flakes, traces of charcoal.
Feature 3:
Location: O-Rl
Level: 3
Depth from surface: 1 .5 feet
Pit Depth: 1.2 feet
Maximum Diameter: 3.4 feet
Fill Color: Black
Contents: Burned and unburned bone fragments, deer
teeth, chert flakes, charcoal traces.
Feature 4:
Location: Si -LI
Level: 2
Depth from surface: 0.75 foot
Pit Depth: 1.0 feet
Maximum Diameter: 3.0 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown
Contents: Hundreds of chips and flaking spalls of white
chert, four cores of white chert (same as the spalls), long-
bone fragments showing green breaks, one piece of sand-
stone, two lumps of burned clay, charcoal traces.
Feature 5:
Location: Nl-Ll, ONI
Level: 3
Depth from surface: 1.2 feet
Pit Depth: 1:4 feet
Maximum Diameter: 4.0 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Fire-cracked rock, burned clay lumps, deer max-
24 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
ilia and teeth, burned and unburned bone fragments,
chert flakes, one core, charcoal
Feature 6:
Location: Square N4-R1
Level: 4
Depth from surface: 2.0 feet
Pit Depth: 0.6 foot
Maximum Diameter: 0.5 foot
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Abundant charcoal, several burned lumps of
clay found scattered around mouth of pit.
Feature 7:
Location: N4-R1
Level: 4
Depth from surface: 2.0 feet
Pit Depth: 0.3 foot
Maximum Diameter: 2.0 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown
Contents: High concentration of small chert flakes, brok-
en, corner-notched point (Fig. 6, m)
Feature 8:
Location: N2-R2, N3-R2
Level: 6
Depth from surface: 2.8 feet
Pit Depth: 1.1 feet
Maximum Diameter: 1.9 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Chert flakes, fire-blackened stones, burned bone,
I deer tooth, charcoal, 1 knife (Fig. 8, j)
Feature 9:
Location: O-R2
Level: 5
Depth from surface: 2.4 feet
Pit Depth: 0.5 foot
Maximum Diameter: 1:4 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Abundant charcoal
Feature 10:
Location: N1-L24
Level: 3
Depth from surface: 1.05 feet
Pit Depth: 0.6 foot
Maximum Diameter: 1.6 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Burned and unburned bone fragments, fire-
cracked stones, chert flakes, abundant charcoal.
Feature 11:
Location: N1-L24
Lamb-5 Site 25
Level: 2
Depth from surface: 1.0 feet
Pit Depth: 0.4 foot
Maximum Diameter: 1.7 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Burned and unburned bone, fire-cracked stones,
chert flakes, charcoal traces
Feature 12:
Location: O-L24
Level: 2
Depth from surface: 0.8 foot
Pit Depth: 0.4 foot
Maximum Diameter: 2.4 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Bone fragments, deer teeth, fire-cracked stones,
chert flakes, charcoal traces.
Feature 13:
Location: N2-R10
Level: 3
Depth from surface: 1.2 feet
Pit Depth: 0.4 foot
Maximum Diameter: 3.3 feet
Fill Color: Dark brown to black
Contents: Bone fragments, 1 deer tooth, many chert flakes,
1 implement fragment, charcoal traces, and fire-cracked
rock (Fig. 12)
The Post-Archaic Component:
The small assemblage of artifacts which has been desig-
nated as the post-Archaic component were all recovered from
a small area of the extreme western end of the site. All the
items are confined to level 1.
The two artifacts upon which the post-Archaic designation
is based are a rim fragment of a miniature pottery vessel and
its associated triangular projectile point (Fig. 6, o), both
recovered from N3-L25.
The only other excavated artifacts associated with this
component are the spoke-shaves described under the section
on worked flakes (Fig. 7, a-e). In addition to the artifacts,
a large amount of lithic detritus, ranging in size and shape
from core fragments to tiny flakes, which appear to be the
product of pressure flaking, was found. This material was
located in the first level of N2-L20 and its adjacent squares.
One other triangular point was found on the ground sur-
face at the site. It is pictured in Fig. 6, n.
26 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
Both the interior and exterior surfaces of the miniature pot
are smoothed. The only discernible aplastic particles in the
paste are well rounded grains of sand, which may have been
intentionally included as a tempering agent, or which may
be a natural inclusion in the clay. This little pot has a flared
rim with a flattened lip. At the point of juncture of the rim
with the vessel wall there is an encircling band of slightly
oblique fingernail impression. These impressions may be the
by-product of modeling the vessel, but their regular spacing
and rather uniform angular orientation strongly suggest their
decorative function (Fig. 13).
\Vhile the specimen of pottery is in itself non-diagnostic,
its association with a small triangular projectile point in-
dicates that its earliest possible affiliation is with Effigy
Mound Culture. Charcoal obtained from Kolterman Mound
in Dodge County yielded a date of 776 A. D. 250 (Wittry:
1956, 133). The radiocarbon date for the Wakanda Mount
1 cm
FIGURE 13: Fragment of miniature pottery vessel.
Lamb-5 Site 27
Group, Dunn County, is 1208 A. D. - 200 (Wittry: 1959c,
112). However, since triangular projectile points remained in
vogue into historic times, the post-Archaic component may be
of considerably less antiquity than that indicated by the brac-
keting dates for Effigy Mound Culture presented above.
This ephemeral component lies stratigraphically separated
from the Archaic assemblage at the site in that it occupied
only level 1 (humus; black, loamy sand), while the bulk of
the material assigned to the Archaic was recovered from the
lower 0.2 foot of level 2, level 3, and the upper 0.3 foot of
level 4 (Fig. 5, profile for squares N4-L21 - N4-L25). The
intervening light brown loamy sand stratum contained almost
no artifacts nor detritus. The few specimens which were
found within this layer were recovered from either its upper
or lower margins and are almost certainly migratory from
one or the other of the occupation zones.
It appears likely that most of the post-Archaic component
was washed away since the extreme western end of the site
bordered a gully wash approximately 6 feet in depth, upon
whose sides lay a considerable number of flakes and pieces
of fire-cracked stone.
Discussion and Conclusions
The vertical range of cultural debris at the site extends
from the surface to a maximum depth of 4.0 feet. In most
instances, however, excavations below the fifth level were
unproductive.
The frequency of artifacts through levels increases in ab-
solute numbers from level 6 upward to a maximum in level 4.
Above the fourth level their frequency diminishes through
level 3. Level 2 yielded almost no material nor did level 1,
excepting the post-Archaic component, which has already
been discussed. Indications are, then, that the more intensive
occupation of the site occurred when the ground surface lay
approximately 1.0 to 3.0 feet below its present level.
The horizontal distribution of artifacts at the site reveals
that there are two areas of concentration, one occupying the
eastern and central areas of the terrace and the other lying
at its western end. Examination of the grid map (Fig. 2) will
clarify these remarks. At the central and eastern portion of
28 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
the site the main area of concentration is bounded by grid
lines N5, Rll, SI, L4. Squares south of Si were largely un-
productive. Also, the line of squares extending from L5 to
LI 8, along the N2 line produced almost nothing. The con-
centration of artifacts and debris at the western end of the
site is indicated by the group of contiguous squares bounded
by lines N5, LI 8, S2, L25.
In addition to these general concentrations of material,
there occurred clustering of point types at the site. Two of
the side notched points (Fig. 6, a and b) were found in the
eastern portion of the site (a:0-0, level 4 and b:Sl-R2, level
5) and occurred nowhere else. The exact grid location of
the surface find (Fig. 6, c) is not known, but it was found in
the same area.
All members of the expanding stem group were excavated
from the western portion of the site. All occurred in the same
stratigraphic zone (lower level 2 and level 3), and three of
the six specimens (Fig. 6, d, g, and h) were found in the same
square (N3-L24). Another such point (Fig. 6, f) came from
the adjacent square (N4-L24). The remaining two were lo-
cated nearby (e: Sl-L-23 and i: Nl-24). The four corner
notched points all occurred in level 3 at the eastern end of the
site with the exception of "m" in Fig. 6 which occurred in the
upper portion of level 4.
The clustering of point types at the site is difficult to inter-
pret. Since all occur in the same stratigraphic zone, it does
not seem likely that typological differences represent occupa-
tions of the site at broadly separated times. The side notched
specimens both occurred near the bottom of the cultural de-
posit, so it might be argued that they are of somewhat greater
antiquity than the expanded stem or corner notched points
which occurred somewhat higher in the cultural deposit. This,
however, seems a weak point of view since it seems probable
that a significant hiatus in time between the side notched
points and other types at the site would be reflected by great-
er vertical separation. A more reasonable explanation for
type clustering in the same stratigraphic zone would seem to
be that the site was occupied for brief periods, at relatively
Lamb-5 Site 29
closely spaced time periods, by small groups utilizing different
styles of points.
With the exception of the stratigraphically separate, cer-
amic-bearing component, the site produced a non-ceramic as-
semblage. Hence, the site may be assigned to the Archaic
stage. The only artifacts which are in anyway diagnostic
that are associated with the Archaic occupation of Lamb-5 are
the projectile points, so the site's probable position within the
Archaic necessarily depends upon their interpretation.
The side notched points, as previously observed, are quite
similar to members of both the Madison Side-Notched (Fig.
6, b) and Raddatz Side-Notched types (Fig. 6, a). In the
case of the former group, Baerreis suggests that their linkage
at the Airport Village site (47-Da-2) is with an early Archaic
occupation (Baerreis, 1953:163). The Raddatz type has been
classified as belonging to the Middle Archaic by Wittry
( 1959a:60-61 ). Points of this general style are also known
in Early Archaic contexts for the Mississippi Valley (Bell,
i 958:68; 1960:8), and in Early Archaic or Paleo-Indian con-
texts in Tennessee, Alabama, Illinois, Missouri, and Iowa
(Wycoff, 1964:106).
The similarity of the Lamb-5 expanding stem points to the
Durst Stemmed points has already been mentioned. Follow-
ing Wittry (1959b:219), I assign this group to the Late
Archaic.
The corner notched points which we encountered at Lamb-
5 do not seem to fit as clearly into an Archaic context as do
the points mentioned above. Stylistically these corner notched
specimens appear to relate to the Monona Stemmed type first
defined by Baerreis (1953a:10) and redescribed by Wittry
(1959b:180). In form they more closely resemble the com-
plete specimen which Baerreis uses to illustrate the type than
they do the majority of the specimens which Wittry has in-
cluded in the type collection from Durst Rockshelter. How-
ever, as stated in their description, the similarities which the
corner notched points bear to Monona Stemmed are not suffi-
cient to warrant assigning them to that type. Neither Baerreis
nor Wittry place Monona Stemmed within the Archaic. How-
ever, at the Durst Rockshelter the type did occur in the zone
30 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, Me. 1
interpreted as belonging to the "preceramic" Archaic (Wit-
try, 1959b:219). Looking at Wittry's figures (Table 10), I
find that the Archaic zone (zone 6) yielded 5 Monona
Stemmed specimens which constitute 12.2% of the 41 points
recovered from that component. Of the remaining zone 6
points, 61% are Raddatz Side - Notched and 7.3% Durst
Stemmed. Since he remains tacit on the question of Monona
Stemmed's association with the Archaic configuration of zone
6, I assume that Wittry does not question its validity. He
has, however, clearly shown that the type's main affiliation
is with the Middle Woodland complex at the site (1959b:255).
The point I wish to make here is simply that the corner notched
points are not grossly out of place in an assemblage that is
basically Archaic if we compare them to their closest stylistic
relative among the type? which to date have been recognized
for Wisconsin. The two straight stemmed points and the
flared base specimen, like the other artifacts from Lamb-5. are
not discordant with the view that the site is Archaic.
Since the majority of the points recovered at the site are
related to the Late Archaic types known for Wisconsin, I
suggest that the Lamb-5 site represents a series of short-lived
Late Archaic, occupations by small groups, which occurred
over a relatively short time interval. The site was probably
used as a hunting station or transient camp where the manu-
facture of stone implements was carried on to a small degree.
This site is typical of all the sites that are known for the
Eau Galle Reservoir area. In addition to the sherd described
in this paper, only one other (non-diagnostic) sherd was
found in the valley during the entire course of two summer's
intensive reconnaissance. It appears then, that the Eau Galle
Valley was never intensively occupied by prehistoric Indian
populations. On the basis of the sites investigated and the
material recovered from them, all appear to be of the Archaic
stage, with no evidence to suggest the presence of Paleo-In-
dian groups, and little evidence for Woodland occupations,
with the exception of the post-Archaic component at Lamb-5.
Lamb-5 Site 31
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baerreis, David A
1953 The Airport Village Site, Dane County (Da2). The
Wisconsin Archeologist, n. s., Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 149-164.
1953a Blackhawk Village Site (Da5), Dane County, Wisconsin.
Journal of the Iowa Archeological Society, Vol. 2, No.
4, pp. 5-20.
Bell, Robert E.
1958 Guide to the Identification of Certain American Indian
Projectile Points. Special Bulletin No. 1, Oklahoma
Anthropological Society.
1960 Guide to the Identification of Certain American In-
dian Projectile Points. Special Bulletin No. 2, Okla-
homa Anthropological Society.
Cooper, L. R.
1933 The Red Cedar River Variant of the Wisconsin Hope-
well Culture. Bulletin of the Public Museum of the
City of Milwaukee, Vol. 16, No. 2.
Kerr, Hank
1965 Archaeology of the Eau Galle River Dam Salvage Pro-
ject. Report to the National Park Service, on file,
State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Anthropology
Section.
Nero, Robert
1948 Primary Flake Implements. The Wisconsin Archeolo-
gist, n. s., Vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 23-27.
Wittry, Warren L.
1956 Kolterman Mound 18 Radiocarbon Date. The Wiscon-
sin Archeologist, n. s., Vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 133-134.
1959a The Raddatz Rockshelter, Sk5, Wisconsin. The Wis-
consin Archeologist, n. s., Vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 39-69.
1959b Archeological Studies of Four Wisconsin Rockshelters.
The Wisconsin Archeologist, n. s., Vol. 40, No. 4, pp.
137-267.
1959c The Wakanda Park Mound Group, Dnl, Menomonie,
Wisconsin. The Wisconsin Archeologist, n. s., Vol. 40,
No. 3, pp. 95-115.
Wycoff, Donald G.
1964 The Cultural Sequence at the Packard Site; Archeo-
logical Site Report No. 2, Oklahoma River Basin Sur-
vey Project, University of Oklahoma Research In-
stitute.
A CALL FOR FOUNDERS OF CENTRAL STATES
ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY
In 1920 Dr. Samuel Barrett became very annoyed with the
officers of the American Anthropological Association because
they insisted on holding their national meetings on the East
Coast with the excuse that it was too hard for people to get
to the Middle West. Barrett pointed out quite rightly that
although there were more anthropologists on the East Coast,
the trip from the Middle West to the east worked an equal
hardship on the anthropologists here whose numbers were
increasing. In 1920 AAA was to have met with the American
Association for the Advancement of Science in Chicago in
December. At the last minute, AAA pulled out and again met
in the east. When Barrett learned of this development he
shot off letters to all the anthropologists in the area; at the
University of Chicago and at the Field Museum and else-
where. He also wrote to Charles E. Brown at Madison with
ihe suggestion that all of the members of the Wisconsin
Archeological Society be notified and that it would be good
if they could come to the meetings in Chicago as a protest
delegation of anthropologists. The idea was that they would
form their own anthropological society in the Middle West.
The information on these developments has been found in
Barrett's correspondence which is on file in the Municipal
Archives of the city of Milwaukee. It is a treasure trove of
letters to and from the great names of anthropology in the
1920's Boas, Wissler, Holmes, and many others. Barrett
succeeded in getting the Central States branch established
and out of this the Central States Anthropological Society
developed as a regional branch of AAA. In a very short time
AAA itself was beginning to hold meetings in Chicago. The
details of how the Central States branch became established
between 1920 and its first official meeting in 1922 are not
entirely clear. There seems to have been a prominent and
wealthy physician, a Dr. Schmidt in Chicago, who footed the
bill for a dinner meeting to organize the Central States branch
in 1921. The first official meeting of the Society at which
papers were presented was held in Milwaukee in 1922.
The Central States Anthropological Society will be meeting
in Milwaukee in the spring of 1969, and we felt it would be a
Call for Founders 33
nice time to have an anniversary celebration of the founding
of the Society. We would be very interested and pleased if
any members of the Wisconsin Archeological Society who
.attended the organizational meetings and the first meeting
would get in touch with me. W^e also hope that they will
attend the meetings in Milwaukee in 1969. If you took part
in one or all of the early meetings and even those immediately
following the actual founding, I would like to hear from you
by letter or phone. If it would be more convenient I could
irome and visit you with my tape recorder. We are trying
ro obtain all the information on the founding the the Society
that we can. Our plans are not yet firm as to whether such
information will be written up in a booklet form or simply
iept on file by the Society. However, whatever use is made
of the information at this time, we feel that it should be col-
lected and preserved. We would also be interested in making
copies of any memorabilia you might have such as old photo-
graphs, or copies of early papers which were never pub-
lished. Your help would be greatly appreciated by the Cen-
tral States Anthropological Society.
Nancy Oestreich Lurie
President: Central States Anthropological Society
ANNOUNCEMENT
A GUIDE TO WISCONSIN PROJECTILE POINTS
by Robert Ritzenthaler is now available. Send $1.25 to Pub-
lications Dept, Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. 53233.
THE BACKLUND MOUND GROUP
by
David S, Brose
University of Michigan
The Blacklund Mound Group, 20 ME 2, consists of eight
low, conical mounds on the left bank of the Menominee River,
Section 6, Lake Township, Menominee County, Michigan.
These mounds occupy an irregular area of ground about 65
x 100 feet along the first terrace of the river. Surface collec-
BocklurxJ Mound Group
20 ME 2
Henomtnee County
Michigan
/ w %f 4 I
.
Li'mils of Eicovot.oo CZD
^VSMI///,
-~ 1.3
^ / M "%
1%
''//,8S
FIGURE 1
Backlund Mound Group
lions from the area between the mounds and the river indicate
an occupation of somewhat limited size. In July of 1956 a
University of Michigan, Museum of Anthropology field crew
including Mark Papworth, Dan Morse, under the direction of
Dr. Albert Spaulding, and assisted by Robert J. Hruska of
a
FIGURE 2-A
36 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
Oshkosh, \Visconsin, excavated three of the mounds in this
group (Figure 1 ) .
Each of the three mounds excavated was cut along its-
northern edge by a 5' x 20' trench which was taken down to
the sterile red sand forming the river terrace. \Vheh all fea-
tures had been investigated, a second trench was opened ad-
jacent to the first along its southern edge. This method was
followed for each side of the mound until the final 5' x 20'
removed the center of each mound.
The excavated mounds were each constructed on the un-
prepared red alluvial sands of the river terrace. The mounds
\
b
INCHES
METRIC 1
iiiilmi
21 , 3i
Hi im
FIGURE 2-B
Backlund Mound Group 37
were built up of basket-loads of brownish-gray to black
ioamy sands which included sherds, animal bone, and flint
chippage, indicating the source for this matrix was originally
midden deposit. Above this dark sandy soil a horizon of
^'plow-zone" had been formed by the soil genesis and mixing
of the upper 0.5 feet. The present surface of the mounds is
covered with fern and sumac, but no larger trees. The entire
cjroup is located on the Backlund family pine plantation.
The three mounds excavated were designated as Md 4 and
Md 5; the smaller northwestern mound is referred to as Md 8,
although it was unnumbered in the field.
Mound 4 was 17.5 feet in diameter and stood 1.4 feet high.
From the basket-loaded mound fill were recovered several
sherds, a broken groundstone celt (Fig. 2a); a fragment of a
copper awl, square in cross-section; and a subtriangular un-
notched projectile point 28 mm long, 21 mm wide at the base,
and 7 mm thick at the mid-section, made of a medium gray
unbanded chert (Figure 2b). No features were encountered
in this mound.
Mound 8 was 11.2 in diameter and 0.6 feet high. Below the
center of the dark mound-fill a small pit was noted extending
0.7 feet into the red sands. The fill of this irregular pit was
FIGURE 3: Profile E30 N35-55.
38 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
indistinguishable from the mound-fill. From the mound-fill
several sherds and some broken animal bone were recovered.
The pit itself was sterile.
The largest mound at Backlund was Mound 5, located be-
tween Mound 4 and 8. Mound 5 was 23 feet in diameter and
about .95 feet high. In the center of the mound, several large
angular limestone rocks were encountered below the mound
fill, in association with charcoal-flecked soil. The soil in
which this feature occurred was darker than the normal
mound-fill (Figure 3). A similar dark feature was noted 3.1
feet southeast of the center of the mound, also cutting into the
red sands. This smaller feature was called Feature 1 and
the central, rock capped pit, Feature 2. Both features were
troweled out and all materials recovered were given separate
provenience designations.
Feature 1 was an oval-shaped pit 6.5* x 3.5' oriented with
; ts long axis N-S. This pit was cut in two levels into the un-
derlying sands: A basal depth of two feet in the northern
*\vo-thirds, and a ledge at one foot in the south. In the bottom
of this pit the skull of a 4-5 year old child with three vertebrae
and the mandible in articulation position were recovered.
This was associated with additional skeletal material repre-
senting a female in her early twenties. Lying along the edge
of the "shelf" was a fragment of worked long bone of a ma-
ture Virginia deer (Odocoileus virginianus). About one-third
ot the circumference of the shaft is represented. The edges
of the artifact are 24 mm apart and polished, with longitudinal
striations clearly visible. Two holes have been drilled from
both surfaces into the center of the fragment. These holes are
26 mm apart at their centers and both are 3.5 mm in diameter:
with the "counter-sinking" about 7.5 mm in diameter at the
surface. The fragment is broken at both ends to a length of
85 mm (Figure 4, a). Smaller flatter similar artifacts from
Wisconsin have been identified as "mat-sewing needles"
(McKern 1945: 23; Mason 1965: PL XI). At the base of this
pit was a copper point (Figure 4, b), 81 mm long, 22.5 mm
at its maximum width, and 4 mm thick along a central ridge.
This "pseudo" turkey-tailed point type is well represented in
O?d Copper collections and has been called by Wittry (1957:
Backhand Mound Group
39
214); Group I, type E. Sherds, as well as some small flecks
of charcoal, and rather large rocks were mixed with the pit-
fall.
Feature 2 in Mound 5 also proved to be an oval pit 4.7' x
6.1' in the center of the mound. After the removal of the large
rocks at the surface of this pit, it was troweled out to a depth
of 2.1 feet where a multiole secondarv burial was encountered
a
FIGURE 4
40 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. I
(Figure 5). Richard G. Wilkinson of the Museum of Anthro-
pology, University of Michigan, who analyzed the skeletal
material, has described it below:
Feature 1 contained a female in her early 20's and a 4
to 5 year old child. Feature 2, the largest burial grouping
contained 9 males, 7 of whom were over 40 years of age,
the additional two males being 20-25 and 35 years old.
There were also 3 females, aged 12, 25 and 3^. Presum-
ably associated with the 25 year old female was a foetal
ilium, and the pelvis of this female shows evidence of lig-
amentous stress in the sacro-iliac region, suggesting preg-
nancy. A six to seven year old child was also among the
burials of Feature 2.
Feature 3 (which proved to be a lateral extension of
Feature 2 included an adult male and female, and frag-
ments of two other individuals. There was in addition a
considerable amount of skeletal material which is desig-
nated as "miscellaneous," and consists of the fragmentary
remains of two females of at least 45 years of age, two
adult males, one 30 to 40, the other 45 or more years old
at death, a 30-40 year old female and a 10 to 12 year old
child. The bones of the old male arid the younger female
were subjected to fire.
The total sex and age distribution of the 26 individuals
thus shows that there were 1 1 males, 8 of which were 40
FIGURE 5: Feaure 2, Mound N60E10.
Backlund Mound Group 41
or more years of age, two were in the 30 to 40 year range
and one was between 20 and 30. The nine females con-
sisted of two over 40, 4 between 30 and 40, two in the 20
to 30 year range and one of about 12. There were in ad-
dition 6 burials of indeterminable sex, including one foe-
tus, tv/o children of about 5 years old, another of 10 to
12. and the fragments of two adults in the 20 to 30 range.
The mean stature of the males was estimated at 68.8
inches, v-/h'le the female was 63 inches. Morphologically,
the Backlund population i s apparently unique among
Michigan aboriginal groups. The males are extremely
robust, with large pentagonal crania, heavy brow ridges
and a mean cranial index of 83.2, which places them in a
highly brachy-cranial, or broad-headed, category.
From biological data alone, the morphological unique-
ness of the Backlund population lends itself to at least
two interpretations. From the lack of comparable skel-
etal series in Michigan it would seem that the Backlund
group is intrusive into the area, but then we are faced
with the fact that skeletal populations morphologically
similar to that of the Backlund site are unreported from
adjacent areas of the northern Great Lakes as well. As the
metrical variation in the cranial measurements is small,
there is also the possibility that there was a close biolog-
ical relationship within the population, and the unique-
ness could be due to true biological dissimilarity, and in
this case we would search in vain for a population from
which to derive ours.
Associated with one of the adult male skulls was a skull of
the Red-Tailed Hawk (Buteo jamaicensis). Potsherds and
small flecks of charcoal and flint chips were also recovered
from the mound-fill and pit. No artifacts were recovered
from the burial pit. The mound fill above the pit yielded two
bi-polar cores of grayish tan banded chert (Figure 6, a), a
triangular projectile point 24 mm long, 18 mm wide and 5
mm thick made a similar chert (Figure 6, b), and two small
end scrapers made of quartzite (Figure 6, c and d).
It would seem that with the possible exception of the cop-
per point and the hawk skull, no grave goods were intention-
ally included with the Backlund burials. The bird skull may
represent one of the "fast-flying birds of war" which were
included in virtually all Ceremonial \Var Bundles of the his-
toric Menominee, Sauk, Fox and Winnebago as reported by
Skinner (1913:130). It is quite possible, however, that the
a
A
b
d
1 1 u 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 * I* i ' 1
\HCHJS { >1
METRIC I
mini
2| i 3| . 4
Uilmiiimliiii u 1 1
FIGURE 6
Backlund Mound Group 43
hawk was accidentally incorporated into the mound fill as
part of the midden refuse used in the mound construction.
The Copper point may have been incorporated accidentally
also, or it may have been a talisman, picked up in the area
which lies in the heart of the Old Copper Culture. In any
case, I would regard it as Old Copper, and not an artifact to
be associated with the population represented by the Back-
lund burials.
As seen from their random distribution, the lithic materials
seem to have been part of the midden used in mound fill,
rather than mortuary gifts. This is certainly the case regard-
ing the ceramics: During my own attempts to reconstruct the
vessels represented by the sherds recovered at the Backlund
site it became clear that in no feature or mound was a com-
plete vessel represented. Furthermore, sherds from Feature
1 in Mound 5 were found to fit sherds from the fill of Mounds
8 and 4 and the surface collections along the river to repre-
sent a single vessel.
The ceramics recovered from the Backlund Mound Group
represent eight Upper Mississippiian and four Late \Voodland
vessels. Two vessels of Grand River Plain (McKern 1945:
149-50; Hall 1962:68, pi. 25) are represented by 16 sherds
(Figure 7, a). Three vessels of Carcajou Plain (Hall 1962:
62) are represented by 11 sherds (Figure 7, b). A single ves-
sel of Carcajou Plain; Grit-tempered variant (Hall 1962:63)
is represented by two sherds (Figure 7, c). A single vessel of
Carcajou Curvilinear (Hall 1963: pi. 21 ) with a drilled suspen-
sion hole, is represented by a single sherd (Figure 7, d). An
Unclassified Upper Mississippian vessel is represented by
a single sherd of a shell tempered, constricted neck pot with
an everted (missing) rim. The body and shoulder are cov-
ered with closely spaced, occasionally >'pverlapping cord im-
pressions, the area just above the neck shows the bottom of
wide vertical trailing (Figure 7, e). No handles, lugs, or
definite Middle Mississippian ceramics were encountered.
As far as determinable, the Woodland ceramics are globu-
lar pots with core-wrapped paddle maleated bodies, semi-
conoidal bases, and slightly outflaring rims. Two vessels,
represented by 16 sherds (Figure 8, a and b) show a rim
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
which recurves toward vertical above a constricted neck.
The lip is nearly flat. Decoration consists of a horizontal
row of oblique corded-stamped impressions forming a series
of parallel chevrons above a vertical element. Below this is a
horizontal band of three cordwrapped-stick or cordwrapped-
cord impressions encircling the upper shoulder. The lip is
decorated with transverse cordwrapped-stick impressions, and
the interior rim shows an irregular series of vertical cord-
wrapped-stick impressions which fan out slightly toward the
base. Both vessels are uncollared, and one shows incipient
castellations. \Vhere the horizontal cordwrapped - stick or
cordwrapped-cord impressions are interrupted on the neck of
FIGURE 7
Eacklund Mound Group
one of these vessels there are occasional knotted (as opposed
to loop-end) cord impressions. These vessels are related to
such types as Mason's Heins Creek Cord-stamped (1966:18,
203) and the decorative motif is reminiscent of MacNeish's
Late Manitoba Wares from south-east Manitoba (MacNeish
1958:167, pi XIX). MacPherron (n. d.) has reported similar
ceramics from the Junttmen Site (20 MK 1) where they date
A. D. 700-1 COO ;.ncl he relates them to Owascoid styles far-
ther east.
I
FIGURE 8
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
A vessel of what appears to be Blackduck Brushed is repre-
sented by a single sherd (Figure 8, c). The last vessel from
Blacklund, represented by two rimsherds (Figure 8, d) is
a small, thin pot made of a rather sandy paste with medium-
fine grit temper. The rim is slightly everted and thickened to
7 mm while the body is less than 6 mm thick. Decoration con-
sists of a horizontal band of knotted-cord impressions on the
shoulder, surmounted by four horizontal cordwrapped-cord
impressions about 5 mm wide and 3 mm apart. Above this
lies a band of smoothed-over vertical cordwrapped-stick im-
pressions, 1 1 mm wide. Above this, and immediately below
the exterior lip, is a single horizontal impression made by a
double-twisted cord (Sz). The lip itself is decorated with a
series of slightly oblique, transverse cordwrapped-stick im-
pressions. The interior is decorated with a series of 8 mm
long vertical cordwrapped-stick impressions. There is a sin-
gle faint impression of a single Z twisted cord encircling the
vessel interior 3 mm below the vertical impressions. This hor-
izontal cord impression is repeated, more clearly, 4 mm below
this faint one. This vessel would seem to be related to types
such as Manitoba Horizontal (MacNeish 1958:157, pi. XVII)
and Heins Creek Cordwrapped Stick (Mason 1966:204).
In many respects, the Backlund ceramic complex is quite
close to the Mero Complex. Backlund, however, produced
neither pure twisted-cord decorated, nor collared wares,
types which accounted for over one-half of the Late Wood-
land vessels at Mero (Mason 1966: table III). In Mason's
view (p. 148) the Heins Creek Wares should date about
A. D. 1000, or slightly earlier; the Madison and Pt. Sauble
Wares, later. In Manitoba. MacNeish dates the Manitoba
Wares at about A. D. 1000 (MacNeish 1958: 55) and the
cordwrapped-stick impressed types about A. D. 1300. The
Pic River site, stratum III, has produced Blackduck Brushed
and Manitoba Horizontal dated at A. D. 962 + 80 (Wright
1966:75-9). Cord-stamped wares are reported from Clam
Lake Focus sites in Eastern Minnesota (Caine 1966:84ff),
and at the Clam Lake Mound they date prior to A. D. 1100
(Ritzenthaler 1966:219).
The Oneota ceramics from Backlund are similar to those
Backlund Mound Group 47
from Mero, and the closely related Koshkonong Focus ceram-
ics at Carcajou Point (Hall 1962). Similar ceramics were ex-
cavated from the McClaughry Mound Group (McKern 1928;
Hall 1962:113-14), the Grand River Mounds (Jeske 1927)
and villages of the Keshena Area (Barrett and Skinner 1943).
At Carcajou Point this complex is dated to about A. D. 1000
(Hall 1962:109) and is considered to represent an emergent
Oneota Horizon. The McClaughry Group is considered
"Effigy Mounds" although showing an abnormally high fre-
quency of simple conical mounds (McKern 1928:325). At
McClaughry, Mound 57, Oneota ceramics were associated
with sherds of Aztalan Collared and Madison Cord-impressed
in the fill (Hall 1962:114). Barreis (1966:101-130) has shown
that simple conical "Effigy Mounds" may be as late as A. D.
1100. At Wakanda Park, Wittry reports a date of A. D.
1208 + 200 for low conical mounds where Madison Wares
were associated with Mississippian ceramics (1959:105).
Thus, in terms of both ceramic traditions represented at Back-
kind, the Backlund Group should date about A. D. 1000-1300.
As the Backlund ceramics were not deliberately included
with the burials, it is possible the midden deposit they repre-
sent is significantly earlier than the mound construction. The
fact that no later materials were found anywhere at the site
is some argument against this hypothesis. The situation at
Backlund is not isolated. The presence of simple conical
mounds with Oneota and \Voodland ceramics in the fill is
characteristic of neither Effigy Mound, nor Oneota: It occurs,
however, in both. Hall (1962:134-41) has reviewed the as-
sociation of Burial Mounds and Oneota and has concluded
that,
The only defined Upper Mississippian Cultural Division
in Wisconsin with which mound construction can be def-
initely associated is the Grand River Focus. Mound Bur-
ial may have been practiced in the Koshkonong Focus,
but the evidence is circumstantial . . . (1962:137).
Hall also noted that secondary burials are confined to these
two Oneota foci (pg. 135). At both Carcajou Pt. and Walk-
er-Hooper, "Lake Michigan Wares" also occurred. A some-
what similar burial pattern occurs at the McClaughry and
Wakanda Mound Groups. It seems that from central Wis-
4 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
consin northward, there is an overlap of Early Oneota and
Late Effigy Mound ceramics, and that this ceramic complex
is frequently associated with more simple circular mounds
and secondary burial than is characteristic of either "pure"
traditions.
The Backlund site (it will be remembered) did not yield
any 'pure' Effigy Mound ceramics. Woodland pottery showed
closer relationships to the north, although the Oneota com-
plex is clearly related to foci to the south. If Hall is correct in
assigning an early (ca. A. D. 1000) horizon status to the
Koshkonong-Grand River plain Oneota ceramics then the
differences between McClaughry and Backlund may be more
geographical than temporal. In this light, it is interesting to
look at the areally intermediate "Keshena Culture."
The "Keshena Culture" of northeast Wisconsin is a Late
Woodland culture attributed to the proto-historic Menomini,
according to Willey (1966:281) who cites Bennett (1952:
121) who quotes McKern (1945:118) who cites Barrett and
Skinner (1932). In discussing the archaeology of the Kesh-
ena Reservation, Barrett and Skinner state:
Since this whole territory . . . was occupied by the
Menomini prior to the white man's coming, there is good
reason to believe that these were Menomini sites. This
belief is, in fact, rather fully substantiated by the evidence
found at these points (p. 416).
This explicitly refers to mounds and village sites in the vi-
cinity of the Keshena Agency: the Paul Brunet Place, the Mis-
sion School Mound, the Keshena Agency Mound, and the
Wapus Ridge Mound Group (p. 419). Of the thirteen low
conical mounds indicated, five were said to contain secondary
burials (Barrett and Skinner 1932:416-20). "Keshena Cul-
ture" is also represented by implication, at the Keshena Lake
Mound Group, the Watasa Lake Mound, and the Makinitas
and W^atasa Lake Swamp Village sites. At these sites 15
mounds were reported: 8 conical, the rest Effigy Mounds
(Barrett and Skinner 1932:421-37). Four of the nine burials
recovered were secondary. From the Keshena village sites
ceramics identifiable as Aztalan Collared (pi. LXXIX, 9-13);
Heins Creek cordwrapped-stick (pi. LXXIX) 3-5,7,9);
Point Sauble Collared (pi. LXXVII, 5) and Madison Cord
Backlund Mound Group 49
Impressed (pi. LXXVII), were associated with Oneota sherds
cf Grand River Plain, Carcajou Plain, and trailed sherds of
cither Carcajou Curvilinear or Grand River Trailed. From
the mounds themselves "conoidal Algonkian" only (Barrett
and Skinner 1932:415) was recovered. It would appear that
the mounds were constructed prior to the accumulation of the
village middens with their Oneota ceramics.
The "Kcshena Culture", on this view, is seen to represent
two occupations: An earlier period of Effigy Mound construc-
tion, and a later occupation in the village sites ... an occu-
pation with a ceramic complex similar to the Carcajou Point
site. The interaction of Upper Mississippian and Late Wood-
land seen at Backlund or McClaughry, Mound 57, does not
exist in Keshena Mounds, which are not very different than
most Effigy Mound groups. It is the village sites of the Kesh-
ena Culture which seem to show some sort of culture-contact
situation, as do Backlund, and Mero, and McClaughry: Sites
whose areal distribution precludes this being a local occur-
rence, this giving the Late \Voodland-Emergent Oneota con-
tact greater chronological significance.
The conclusions to be drawn from this paper are rather
limited. The Backlund Mound Group represents an archae-
ologicial complex previously unreported in Michigan. It is
clearly understood only by reference to similar sites in north-
central and eastern \Visconsin. At Backlund we can see the
contact of emergent Oneota with the northern Lake Wood-
land Cultures which were spread from Lake Winnipeg to
Mackinac across the Upper Great Lakes. Similarly, "Kesh-
ena Village Culture" is representative of Emergent Oneota
contact with what seems to be late Effigy Mound. Both situ-
ations probably occur early in the second millenium A. D.
While these contacts 'are thus redocumented, they are still not
understood. Perhaps one might conclude that a burial mound
is not the ideal place for the study of cultural dynamics.
REFERENCES
Baerreis, David
1966 The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 47, No. 3, pp. 101-130.
Barrett, S. and A. Skinner
1932 Mounds and Villages in Shawanee County, Bulletin
Public Museum, Milwaukee, Vol. X, No. 5.
50 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. I
Bennett, John
1952 The Upper Mississippi Valley, in Archaeology of the
Eastern United States, ed. by J. B. Griffin, University
of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Caine, Christy A. H.
1966 The Newbauer Late Woodland Site in Pine County,
Minnesota, pp. 74-107, The Minnesota Archaeologist,
Minneapolis.
Hall, Robert
1962 The Archaeology of Carcajou Point. University of Wis-
consin Press, Madison.
Jeske, J.
1927 The Grand River Mound Group. Bulletin Public Mu-
seum Milwaukee, Vol. Ill, No. 2.
MacNeish, Richard S.
1958 An Introduction to the Archaeology of SE Manitoba.
Bulletin of the Canadian National Museum, No. 157.
McKern, W. C.
1928 The Neale and McClaughry Mound Groups. Bulletin
Public Museum Milwaukee. Vol. Ill, No. 3.
1945 Preliminary Report of the Upper Mississippian Phase
in Wisconsin. Bulletin Public Museum Milwaukee,
Vol. XVI, No. 3.
McPherron, Alan
1967 The Juntunen Site and the Late Woodland Period in
the Upper Great Lakes. Anthropological Papers of the
Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan. No.
29, in press.
Mason, Ronald
1966 The Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula, Wisconsin.
Anthropological Papers of the Museum of Anthropology,
University of Michigan, No. 26, Ann Arbor.
Ritzenthaler, Robert
1966 Radiocarbon Dates for Clam River Focus. The Wiscon-
sin Archeologist, Vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 219-220.
Skinner, Alanson
1913 Material Culture of the Menomini. Museum of the
American Indian. Heye Foundation. New York.
Willey, Gordon
1966 An Introduction to New World Archaeology Vol. 1
North and Middle America. Prentice Hall. Englewood
Cliffs.
Wittry, Warren
1957 A Preliminary Study of the Old Copper Complex. The
The Wisconsin Archeologist. Vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 204-221.
1959 The Wakanda Park Mound Group. The Wisconsin
Archeologist. Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 95-116.
Wright, James V.
1966 The Pic River Site. Contributions to Anthropology
New Members 51
1963-64 Pt. I. Bulletin of the Canadian National Mu-
seum, No. 206, pp. 54-99. Ottawa.
NEW MEMBERS
Robert F. Black, 6112 Winnequah Rd., Madison, Wis. 53716
Mr. & Mrs. Alvin Brockman, Rt. 2. Tomah, Wis. 54660
L. Kenneth Cain, 41 H Colfax Ave. N., Minneapolis, Minn.
55412
Ken Carstens, 429 Van Etten St., Pincorming, Mich. 48850
L. A. Conrad, 426 So. Ave. B, Canton, 111. 61520
Walter E. Klippel, Archaeological Research, 15 Switzler Hall,
Univ. of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri 65201
William M. McHugh, 2966 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee,
Wis. 53211
Mrs. Lawrence Mistile, 126 George St.. Pewaukee, Wis. 53072
Floyd Mlodzik, 415 Pine St., Hartford, Wis. 53027
Patricia Ann Patten, 4925 N. 21 St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53209
Mrs. Frederick B. Reich, W225 N4006 Grandview Dr., Pe-
waukee, Wis. 53072
Victoria O. Rosenblum, 1340 Jeffery, Ypsilanti, Mich. 48197
Weston P. Samens, 191 Brandon St., Waupun, Wis. 53963
Mrs. Beatrice H. Smith, 3164 S. Qttincy Ave., Milwaukee,
Wis. 53207
William A. Smith, 3164 S. Quincy Ave., Milwaukee, Wis.
53207
Harold Thompson, 2415 Hartsuff, Saginaw, Mich. 58601
John E. Trimm, 1226 N. Walnut Ave., Arlington Heights,
111. 60004.
Howard VanLangen, 1548 Green Bay Rd., Grafton, Wis.
53024
Kent D. Vickery, 1709 Atwater Ave., Bloomington, Ind.
47401.
Larry Wayne Wheatley, 1134 N. 27 St.. Milwaukee, Wis.
53208
Roger Williams, 609 W. State St., North Aurora, 111. 60542
By
David A. Baerreis
and
THE BOOKSHELF Guest Reviewers
The Illinois State Museum has recently issued three ad-
ditional publications in its REPORTS OF INVESTIGA-
TIONS series, all in an attractive new format with colorful
paper covers and a high quality stock that yields sharp, clear
illustrations. Of particular interest to Wisconsin readers is
"The Gentleman Farm Site," by James A. Brown, Roger W.
Willis, Mary A. Barth and Georg K. Neumann (Report of
Investigations, No. 12, 48 pp., 1967). The site, located on the
property of Mr. Frank Gentleman, was on the Illinois River
about two miles upstream from Ottawa in northeastern Illi-
nois. W^hen the site was threatened by destruction, excava-
tions were initiated in 1940 with WPA labor under the super-
vision of Roger W. Willis. The materials from the site were
subsequently utilized in an M. A. thesis by Mrs. Mary A.
Barth. The present form of the report, however, is the work
of James A. Brown with an appendix on the age and sex of
the skeletons contributed by Georg K. Neumann. The site
is a late one, about the same age as Aztalan, and representa-
tive of what Brown has called the Langford Tradition. The
Langford Tradition is a regional expression of Upper Mis-
sissippian culture, concentrated in northeastern Illinois and
includes the Fischer B and C complexes.
The major feature at the site was a burial mound that had
been constructed on a slight natural rise that had previously
been used as a burial area. To enhance the height of this
natural rise a layer of yellow sandy clay about 8-9 inches
thick and then a dark brown loam 18-24 inches thick were
added. Those burials which did not predate mound construc-
tion, were incorporated in the loam or intruded into it shortly
after construction. Concentrations of ash and charcoal sug-
Bookshelf 53
gested the building of fires in conjunction with the burial
ritual while other evidence seemed to imply the construction
of small grave houses. Forty-eight burials were found in the
portion of the mound excavated. A wide variety of burial posi-
tions (extended, fully and partially flexed as well as disarticu-
lated remains). The orientation of the head was to the south
(34%), north (23%), or west (20%) and in small numbers
to the southeast, southwest and northwest. None were
aligned to the east and northeast. Nineteen burials had as-
sociated grave goods. Thirteen of these had pottery vessels
and ten, in addition, had shell spoons. Additional grave goods
included a pair of copper ear-disk facings, shell beads and
other shell ornaments, deer jaw sickles, a nut-cracking stone,
a sheepshead stone, a mass of red rock and flint chips, the
latter perhaps accidentally included in the grave fill. In a neat
statistical analysis, Brown demonstrates that if you compare
burials with the head oriented to the north and northwest (and
he includes east and north east in a north division) with the
other compass directions, it is only with the latter group that
the distinctive pottery vessels and spoons are found. On the
other hand, burial associations crosscut burial position, age
group and sex except in that there is also an association of
extended adult burials with the south division and flexed adult
burials with the north division. It is suggested that these traits
may reflect a moiety division in the culture.
Artifacts were found both in the mound fill through incor-
porated refuse as well as in quite limited tests in village areas.
The bulk of the ceramics are of various Langford types,
representing the local Upper Mississipian complex, but with
the presence of collared ceramic like Aztalan Collared re-
flecting contact with late \Voodland peoples. Among the
bone implements a polished raccoon penis bone is suggested
as being used as a probing or hooking tool such as would be
used in weaving. Bone weaving tools of quite different form
are known in an ethnographic context so that it may well be
that an account I have seen of its use as a simple fork to im-
pale a hot piece of meat in a stew is more appropriate. An-
ether bone tool comprises the distal end of a large cervid
radius which had been sliced in half and pierced with a hole
54 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 1
near the distal end. It is identified as a combination hide
grainer and hide smoother with the hole specifically being
described as used to soften hides by drawing the hide through
it. Since the illustration indicates that the hole has a diameter
of less than a half inch, we must indeed be dealing with a lost
art of magnificent skin dressing that would permit a hide to be
drawn through an opening of such size! Similar implements
from sites on the Plains have very large perforations and
commonly only a bison scapula is sufficiently large and strong
to accommodate it. Particular attention is drawn to these
lapses in implement identification since Dr. Brown has been
so successful in the past in drawing attention to appropriate
tool functions, as in the case of the deer jaw sickle. Brown
interprets the economy as one based upon horticulture plus
hunting, fishing and collecting, the dependence being mainly
upon deer, small vertebrates, and mollusks. Yet in Table 13
he reports an analysis of bone by F. Barth in 1949 listing 80
bones of deer as opposed to 22 bones of bison. Since a single
bison may provide as much as five times the quantity of meat
as a single deer, this may well imply that bison were more
important in the economy than deer. In addition, it may be
that it was less likely that an entire bison would be brought
back to the village since it would be far more difficult than
to carry the carcass of a deer. Thus the smaller number of
bison bones might imply a larger number of animals. It is un-
fortunate that the total collection of animal bones is evidently
no longer available for a detailed analysis.
Sectors of the report which can be criticized in such a fash-
ion are difficult to find. It represents an outstanding example
of the important conclusions that may be drawn from early
salvage excavations, in this instance dating back to the WPA
period. Both the Illinois State Museum and Dr. Brown are to
be commended for a report of high standards and quality in
appearance, format and content.
A second Reports of Investigations by Holm W. Neumann
has the title, "The Paleopathology of the Archaic Modoc
Rock Shelter Inhabitants" (No. 11, 68 pp., 1967). The Mo-
doc Rock Shelter, one of our most important Archaic sites in
the Mississippi valley region, has previously been described in
Bookshelf 55
this same series by Professor Melvin L. Fowler (No. 8, 1959).
The 28 burials dealt with in the study range in antiquity, ac-
cording to radiocarbon dates, from around 6200 B. C. to 2750
B. C. Of the 28 burials, only 3 showed no evidence of bone
pathology and of these one consisted of only the skull while
the other two were of sub-adult age. Such a high incidence
of bone pathology does not speak well of the comfort of life in
prehistoric times. It is suggested that it may reflect the fact
that their hunting and gathering mode of life was physically
demanding. At the same time, since the skeletal age of six
individuals in the series is estimated at 65 or older at the time
or death with the average age at death in the series of 27 at
"I 1.9 years, it is indicated that we are dealing with a highly
selected population having an excellent span of longevity.
The high influence of disease may simply reflect the fact that
if you live long enough disease will finally catch up with you.
Osteoarthritis was the most frequent type of bone pathology
present. Eight burials in the series showed traumatic frac-
tures of one or more bones in the skeleton. Two of the males
.showed depressed fractures in the skull while seven different
individuals showed fractures in bones of the upper extremity.
A variety of other changes in the bones, found in more lim-
ited numbers, are also described Clearly, studies such as these
can do much to provide a richer picture of man's interaction
with his prehistoric setting and through the analysis of frac-
tures, an insight into behavioral activities as well.
The third new number in the Reports of Investigations ser-
ies is "An Archaeological Survey of the Wabash Valley in
Illinois" by Howard D. Winters (No. 10, 95 pp., 1967).
Minor modifications have been made, primarily in the account
cf the Allison Culture, in an earlier version of this report
which was available in mimeographed form in 1963. The re-
port in essence is an account of an archaeological survey made
in the Wabash Valley by Winters in 1962, a region concern-
ing which relatively little archaeological information has been
available. Indicating that Winter's account is of an archaeo-
logical survey may discourage readers from pursuing the re-
port further since they do tend to be technical and primarily
intended as a guide to further excavation. Such limitations do
not apply to this account. It is a useful guide to the content
56 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 1
and sequence of prehistoric cultures in the region, presents
new pottery and projectile point types, and explores methodo-
logical innovations in analytic procedures. In short, it can be
:ecommended as an example of what a survey report should
bt. The brief space devoted to a discussion of the report sim-
ply reflects the greater spatial distance of the cultures in-
volved, lessening the relevance of the cultures to Wisconsin
prehistory.
University of Wisconsin, Madison
David A. Baerreis,
BOOKS RECEIVED:
PREHISTORIC ART by T. G. E. Powell. Praeger World
of Art Paperbacks, Frederick A. Praeger, Publishers, N.
Y.-Wash., 1968. Price: $3.95.
SCOTTSBLUFF POINT
Length 4". Quartzite. James
Bindrich Coll. Found near
Kiel, Calumet County.
UL 1 2 3 4 5 >
DOUBLE-POINTED PROBLEMATICAL.
Found on surface with a few arrowheads by a tobacco farmer
(Mr. Rumsey) in Hamburg Tnshp., Vernon County. Willard
Noble Collection, Burlington.
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Gale Highsmith.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Rit-
zenthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: William M. Hurley, Chair-
man. Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalman, Paul Koeppler, Ernest
Schug.
EDITORIAL: .Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. D A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Richard Peske, Chairman, Paul Turney, Her-
man Zander, Mrs. P. H. Wiegand.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chair-
man. Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duffield
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
THE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOLOGIST
FOX VALLEY ARCHAEOLOGY; JAMES ISLAND
SITE, Ronald J. Mason
THE GODDARD-RAMEY CAHOKIA FLIGHT:
A PIONEERING AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC
SURVEY, Robert L. Hall
HISTORY OF THE WISCONSIN STOCKBRIDGE
INDIANS, Marion J. Mochon
HISTORIC INDIAN BURIALS IN ONEIDA COUNTY
Robert and Kathryn Bernsteen
HISTORY OF THE LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL
Wayne J. Hazlett
THREE LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDALS AWARDED
Wayne J. Hazlett
THE BOOKSHELF
57
76
81,
96
99
102
104
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month, 8 P. M., Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
Gale Highsmith
Herman Zander
Paul Turney
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Tom Jackland
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Paul Scholz
Neil Ostberg
Richard Peske
DIRECTORS
Phillip H. Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis Dr. Ronald Mason Ernest Schug
Elmer Daalmann W. O. Noble Frank Squire
Mrs. Edward Flaherty Dr. Lee Parsons J. K. Whaley
R. W. Peterman Mrs. Phillip Wiegand
E. K. Petrie Mrs. Webster
Allen Prill Woodmansee
Martin Greenwald
Dr. Joan Freeman
Wayne Hazlett
Robert Hruska
TREASURER
Paul A. Koeppler, 5284 N. 83rd St., Milwaukee, Wis.
SECRETARY
Paul' Turney, 2243 S. Woodward, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53207
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Milwaukee Public Museum
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53203
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeologist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, $50.00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, $5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, $3.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 2243 S. Woodward, Mil-
waukee, Wis. 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter at the Post
Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of August 21, 1912.
Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN - MARCH, 1968
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
FOX VALLEY ARCHAEOLOGY 1: JAMES ISLAND SITE
By Ronald J, Mason
Lawrence University
Archaeological sites in the Fox River valley of northeast
Wisconsin have been investigated over a period of several
years by the writer and his students as part of the summer
program in archaeology at Lawrence University. Sites have
been located and tested or excavated in W^nnebago, Outa-
gamie, and Brown counties from Lake Winnebago to Green
Bay. The program has combined training in standard field
methods with original field research in an important and in-
adequately known archaeological region.
Because many of the sites are small or have been subject
in varying degrees to the destructive inroads of twentieth
century rural and urban activities, a proper assessment of the
region's prehistory can only be pieced together as affinities
.are discovered and traced among the local sites and between
them and the archaeology of other areas. Morevover, most
of the known localities bear evidence of multiple occupations
and have yielded little or no stratification. Soil types and
sedimentation rates and agencies have not as conspicuously
provided this section of Wisconsin with the clear and recur-
rent stratigraphy of the nearby Door Peninsula (cf., Mason
1966, 1967). Proximity and typological cross-ties with that
area permit some extrapolation and this has been an important
research tool. A detailed self-supporting chronology with
sharply consistent demarkation of discrete cultural compon-
ents is as yet and will remain for some time in a developing
state. Advances in this direction are prerequisites to more
elegant stylistic, ecological, functional, etc. studies. The in-
formation from any single site is of course limited more so
from some sites than others. Information derived from num-
bers of sites is correspondingly richer and allows a wider and
more testable set of inferences. The writer is currently en-
gaged in collating data from the sites in the Fox Valley and
58 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
its hinterlands. The interpretive framework is the cultural
and environmental history of the Upper Great Lakes. It
is therefore useful that basic information for representative
and key sites should be published and readily available as a
public check on the credibility or appropriateness of such in-
terpretations. The present account is intended as one such
record for a single site and will be followed, as opportunity
permits, by similar descriptive narratives of what has been
recovered from other sites in the Fox Valley region. The
relevant field work was supported by Lawrence University.
The laboratory analysis of the finds and its incorporation in
a larger, on-going interpretive study, have been supported
by Lawrence University and by the National Science Foun-
dation (Grant No. GS-1662).
The James Island site was brought to the writer's notice by
Richard P. Mason of Neenah. Excavations were undertaken
in July, 1965, by the Lawrence University archaeological
field school directed by the author. Richard Mason made his
surface collection from the site available for study, the results
of which are incorporated in the following report. I am also
indebted to Mr. Mason's father, Paul Mason, for providing
the boats necessary to work on the island. Manfred Jaehnig,
then a student at Lawrence, helped in the laboratory.
Situated in the NW \\ of the NW \\ of Sec. 22, and in
the SW 1/4 of the SW 3/4 of Sec. 15, T. 20 N., R. 17 E., Men-
asha, Winnebago County, Wisconsin the, site is on the two
and a half acre islet in the mouth of the north channel drain-
ing Lake Winnebago around Doty Island into Little Lake
Butte des Morts. The main concentrations of archaeological
materials are along the west and north shores and an un-
known distance lakeward under the modern controlled aver-
age lake level of 738 feet above sea level. James Island is a
very low islet protruding on an average of one to two feet
above the average modern lake level; its maximum elevation
is only about two and a half feet. Indeed during seasonal high
water episodes the island is completely inundated. Support-
ing a secondary forest, its surface is littered with every vari-
ety of flotsam and jetsam. The shoreline is still subject to the
erosion which has already removed an interminate portion
of the island.
Fox Valley Archaeology 59
Soil profiles were both simple and shallow. Jn most areas
there was a bldck silty loam 6 to 12 'inches deep. Beneath this
was a 4 to 12 inch zone grading to clayey r- alluvium 4 to ;3
inches deep .-resting on limestone. Most . artifacts occurred in
the upper few .-i&ejies'.of : the black rloam in occasional associa-
tion r^jjjj njaijslrand pieces of ;..sfode-rn china r glassp coaf, etc.:
Somewhat- deeper artifact bearing deposits occurred along
the, north, shore,;; but ;with increasing depth the rartif act yield
was ; sufficiently [in verse to; vitiate attempts at discerning
titativelyr meaningful ; typological stratigraphy..- These- r
nevertheless;; are tabulated ;and on file in the ;D.epartmen4;Jof~
Anthropology, Lawrence University. ' <., ;?x5?rao ::-; :?.i.tib':fc
: The site was .chosen for a part of the summer's field work
because of the high artifact yield relative to most remaining
sites in this sector of the Fox Valley; because the major part
of the Mason collection .suggested a restricted span of time
a;nd thus offered promise iof .reliable component sampling; be^
cause the site is critically situated at a strategic juncture of
the waterway connecting the Fox and Wolf drainages, via
lakes Poygan, Winneconne, Butte des Morts, and Winne-
bago, with the lower Fox draining to Green .Bay; and because
the locaility ,is one of the few remaining oases in a rheavily
urbanized part ;o ( the , valley still available for excavation
where there is known tovhave been a concentration of abor^
iginal settlements. Opportunities for archaeological research
in _this immediate area are no*w severely,, restricted and are
rapidly disappearing altogether.
Three archaeological components ha'v&e. been identified on
James Island. Two were distinguished typplogically, but with
some confirmation from distributional evidence; the third rests
on typology exclusively. The principal component is a Late
\Voodland one best represented by certain stone artifacts and
by sherds from collared and collarless cord impressed pots.
A small collection of shell tempered Oneota pottery may be
contemporary with the Late Woodland assemblage or attest
to a somewhat later occupation by a single family or two.
The third and earliest component is Middle Woodland,, was
best represented in contradistinction to the main component
near the north shore, and has cultural relations with a sub-
sequently excavated predominantly Middle Woodland site
60 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
across the lake (the Kimberly-Clark site). Although Thwaites
(1906: 89-90) believed the island to have been that referred
to by archives of the French regime in \Visconsin (based on
a 1730 letter from Marin to Beauharnois) as the location of
an historic \Vinnebago "fort," no confirmatory evidence was
produced by the excavations. The limited numbers of Oneota
sherds are simple and they exhibit so few stylistic attributes
that they could at least as likely be prehistoric as not, par-
ticularly insofar as they are virtually duplicated in known
prehistoric contexts at other sites. Fragments of large white
kaolin pipes from the site stamped "GERMANY" are much
too late to have been associated wih the aboriginal pottery.
Excluding small test pits, activity was concentrated on the
western and northern sides of the island; the former is here
designated Area 1, the latter Area 2. Area 1 comprised
eighteen 5 by 5 foot squares excavated to a depth of less than
6 to about 18 inches depending on the productivity of the
square, depth to lake clay or bedrock, etc. Area 2 included
five small excavation units totaling about 160 square feet and
dug to depths of 12 to 30 inches. The hardness and cohesive-
ness of the soil made for slow digging regardless of relative
moisture content. Screening tables were used where feasible.
The most numerous and diagnostically useful artifacts were
of course potsherds. As previously indicated, these appear
to pertain to three periods of habitation.
Late Woodland Pottery
\Vith few exceptions the Late \Voodland pottery from
James Island is classifiable in the types and varieties affiliated
under the writer's suggested'expansion of the "Madison Ware"
concept (Mason 1966: 150-158). This was an attempt to en-
large upon previous taxonomic studies by Baerreis (1953),
Baerreis and Freeman (1958), Keslin (1958), and Wittry
(1959) in order to embrace a greater number of cord im-
pressed pottery types which are without doubt historically
related even though their precise spatial and temporal limits
remain to be fixed. The closest correspondences are with
what has been called Point Sauble Collared, Aztalan Collared,
Madison Cord Impressed, and Madison Cordmarkfed, nee
Plain* These categories have proved to be useful working
tools, though there is now some evidence to show that they
Fox Valley Archaeology 61
are classificatory oversimplifications in some regions if not
in all. Some sites on the Door Peninsula, for example, dem-
onstrate continuous one-by-one attribute shifts between the
types Aztalan Collared and Point Sauble Collared, and be-
tween the latter and Madison Cord Impressed*
The James Island Late Woodland rimsherds have been
carefully segregated into groups, each believed to represent
a single vessel. Each vessel has been assigned an identification
number and, in symbolic or shorthand form suitable to con-
version into numeric code, the attributes judged most com-
monly available and useful for comparative work have been
recorded together with their associations and certain metrical
and provenience data. These data will be used with that de-
rived from other sites in computerized experiments designed
to quantify clinal shifts, test typological boundaries, and seri-
ate sites with multiple varieties of cord impressed sherds.
Rimsherds Vessels
Categories No. % No. %
Madison Ware, collared series 65 38.4 40 65.5
Madison Ware, collarless series _ __31 18.3 20 32.7
Heins Creek Cordwrapped-stick 5 2.9 1 1.6
Small rimsherds from above (?) vessels:
Madison Ware, collared 8 4.7
Madison Ware, Collarless 6 3.5
Madison Ware, rim form unknown 20 11.8
Cord-wrapped-stick _. 1 .5
Inadequately preserved scrap 33 19.5
Totals: 169 61
TABLE 1. Late Woodland Rimsherds. The last five categories
comprise small or badly sloughed, minimally informative bits
of rim probably already accounted for in the 61 vessels from
adduced from the larger, much more diagnostic rimsherds of
the first three categories.
In addition to the "reconstructed" vessels the James Island
collection includes less diagnostic rimsherds probably repre-
senting scraps of the aforementioned vessels, undecorated
body sherds, decorated body sherds, and a large number of
exfoliated and minimally informative sherds all of which
may or may not be from the vessels already present in the
numbered series. These data are tabulated in Table 2.
While only partly summarized here, the following kinds of
62 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLC'GIST
Vol. 49 No. 2
.
V i* &. SK Jfe
9
PLATE 1. Representative Late Woodland Rims in the Num-
bered Series of Collared Vessels with Aztalan Collared Affinities.
PLATE JJ. Representative Late Wopdland Rims in tl>e. Num-
bered Series of Collared Vessels with Point Saiible Collared
Affinities,
Fox Valley Archaeology
f ,
63
PLATE 3. Representative Late Woodland Rims in the Num-
bered Series of Collarless Vessels, Madison Ware.
information have been recorded for each "reconstructed" ves-
.sel: site provenience; vessel identification number; number of
sherds and of both to rimsherds, embellishment tended to be
rim or collar surface finish; type and technique of rim or col-
lar decoration if present; presence or absence of sub-collar or
lower rim punctates and specification of technique; surface
finish of surviving body areas beneath the collar or rim;
presence or absence of body decoration; type and technique
of inner rim decoration, if any; conformation of vessel
mouth; presence or absence of rim peaks; presence or
absence of castellations; lip width; collar or rim thickness;
thickness beneath rim or collar; and rim or collar height.
The collared vessels were all undoubtedly cordmarked, al-
ihough smoothing of the collar itself was generally the rule;
31 of 40 collared vessels exhibit smoothed collars, 8 are cord-
marked, and on one the surface finish cannot be determined.
To judge by proportions of decorated to undecorated body
sherds and of moth to rimsherds, embellishment tended to be
confined to the rim/collar sector and/or neck regions exclu-
sively. Decoration beneath the collar is definitely absent on 9
64 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
vessels and present on 7; its presence or absence cannot be
ascertained for 24 vessels due to insufficient retention of sub-
collar surfaces. Where such decoration is present, it is by
parallel twisted or braided cord impressed lines arranged
horizontally or, less frequently, on the right or left diagonal.
A single row (usually) of sub-collar punctates occurs on 20
vessels, is absent on 10, and cannot be ruled in or out on the
remaining 10. But for two each examples of fingernail and
cordwrapped stick, all sub-collar punctates were effected by
means of a knotted or looped cord.
Only six vessels have plain collars. Decorated collared
vessels are cord impressed exclusively. The most common
collar motif is simply parallel horizontal lines (16 vessels).
Represented by frequencies of five vessels or less are par-
cllel right oblique lines, parallel left oblique lines, criss-crossed
lines, parallel left oblique lines crossed at intervals by right
obliques and groups of vertical lines alternating with right
obliques. Three vessels provide incomplete information in
this regard.
Thirteen collared vessels have undecorated lips, 12 are
notched or punctated at the inner rim-lip juncture, 6 show
transverse lines, 3 are notched at the outer rim-lip juncture,
3 are alternately notched at the inner rim-lip and outer rim-
lip junctures, and one has left oblique lines crossing the lip.
Two vessels have inadequate lip preservation for study. Lip
decoration is by cord impressing except for four examples of
cordwrapped-stick and one of fingernail.
Inner rim ornamentation is absent on 9 pots, consists of
vertical lines in another 9, horizontal lines in 8, left obliques
in 5, right obliques in 3, and verticals separated from the up-
per rim by a plain zone in one other. Five pots are interiorly
sloughed. But for a solitary instance of cordwrapped-stick,
interior decoration is by cord impressing.
The collarless Late Woodland vessels from James Island
are compleely cordmarked in 19 cases and have plain or
heavily smoothed-over cordmarking on the rims in two. Ten
lack decoration on the outer rim, 4 have horizontal lines on
the rim, 3 vertical (columns or corded punctates), 2 horizon-
tal above left obliques, and one has left obliques only. The
one example of Heins Creek Cordwrapped-stick has left ob-
Fox Valley Archaeology 65
lique cordwrapped-stick lines above horizontal lines effected
by means of the same instrument.
Lip decoration on the collarless vessels ranges from absent
(11 examples); transverse (3 examples); left oblique (2),
outer rim-lip juncture notching (2), to longitudinal lip punc-
tating. Twisted cord and cordwrapped-stick, in that order,
are the techniques of execution.
Twelve of these vessels have inner rims which are plain, 5
have vertical lines, 2 show left oblique lines, and 2 are un-
known due to extensive sloughing. Decoration was achieved
Core
Si
Categories
Undecorated
[marked Plain
irface Surface
No. No.
1792 156
62 9
41
14 3
4 6
4 1
1
1917 175
Totals
No. % i
1948 92.9
71 3.3
41 1.9
17 .8
10 .4
5 .2
2 trace
1 trace
1217
3312
Cord -impressed 2
Cord-punctated 3
Cordwrapped-stick 4 _
Miscellaneous punctated .
Linear punctated or stamped
Undecorated, net-impressed _
Undecorated toy (?) vessel _...
Sloughed (counted & discarded) _
Totals:
TABLE 2. Late Woodland Body Sherds
1 Percentages calcuated on grand total minus sloughed sherds.
2 Thirteen of the cordmarked specimens are neck margins dec-
orated with parallel horizontal imprints with (11 sherds) or
without (2 sherds) pendant corded punctates; one of the plain
surface sherds has interior fabric impressions.
3 Eleven clearly represent vessels which had columns of corded
punctates descending the body wall.
4 Ten of the cordmarked specimens belong to the Heins Creek
cordwrapped-stick vessel.
by cord-impressed or cordwrapped-stick or, in one instance,
by punctating with a stick-like object.
Dintinguishable categories of Late Woodland body sherds
are indicated, together with frequency tabulations, in Table 2.
A limited number of the undecorated body sherds included in
that table almost certainly relate to the Middle Woodland
component to be described below. Because these sherds lack
diagnostic surface treatment or decoration and do not show
strong enough polarity in paste features to make discrimina-
66 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, Mo. 2
tions on consistent reliability, attempts at such separation and
identification were given up as not worth the effort. As a
sampling of the Late Woodland ceramic industry it is accord-
ingly important to bear in mind that the James Island site
body sherd counts incorporate some Middle Woodland ma-
terial. The effect of this admixture, as judged by known pro-
portions of diagnostic Late and Middle Woodland sherds, is
probably miniscule.
The undecorated cordmarked body sherds, which account
for the overwhelming majority of the sherds in Table 2, show
an overall range in thickness of 2.0 to 14.0 mm. The mean
thickness is 5.0 mm. with an estimated standard deviation of
plus or minus 1.0 mm. The much smaller sample of undecor-
ated plain body sherds ranges between 3.0 and 13.0 mm., but
has a mean of 6.3 mm. About three-quarters of the sample
falls within a millimeter of the mean. Known trends in sur-
face treatments at other sites in northeastern Wisconsin
strongly suggest that Middle Woodland sherds have a much
PLATE 4. Miscellaneous Late Woodland Rim and Body Sherds.
Number 61: Heins Creek Cordwrapped-stick. Others, with
possible exceptions of 60 and sherd C, left, Madison Ware.
Fox Valley Archaeology 67
higher representation in the plain category than in the cord-
marked. The means are conformable with such an exception.
Middle Woodland Pottery
The James Island Middle Woodland component was seg-
regated by typology. After identification it became apparent
that paste differences tended to parallel the typological, the
Middle Woodland material tending to be slightly to much
less gritty to the touch than the Late Woodland and also
having a generally harder and more lustrous surface and
Body No. of
Sherds Rims Vessels
Categories No. No. No. %
Dentate stamped 323 21.4
Incised-over-cordmarked 11 1 3 21.4
Incised-over-plain surface 232 14.2
Undecorated, cordmarked 1 2 2 14.2
Undecorated, plain 1 2 2 14.2
Simple stab-and-drag 7 2 1 7.1
Rocked dentate 1 1 7.1
Totals: . 24 12 14
TABLE 3. Identifiable Middle Woodland Pottery. The absence
of Undecorated Middle Woodland body sherds is explained in the
text.
1 Conceivably, these rims may be from vessels decorated below
surviving rim areas. Numbers of decorated body sherds,
however, are discordant with such a hypothesis.
denser paste. The four undecorated rimsherds were placed in
t h e Middle Woodland category o n these technological
grounds. There is sufficient intergradation between these
pastes, however, to make discrimination uncertain without
supporting stylistic or other criteria. For this reason as pre-
viously indicated no final attempt was made to separate
possible Middle from Late Woodland Undecorated body
sherds. There is slight distributional evidence which, so far
as it goes, is compatible in suggesting two Woodland com-
ponents: collared Late Woodland rimsherds were twice as
numerous in Area 1 as in Area 2; exactly the reverse is true
cf the identifiable Middle Woodland sherds. Finally, the sub-
sequent excavation of a Middle Woodland site just across
the lake (the Kimberly-Clark site) has lent corroboration.
68 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
Three vessels are dentate stamped. One of these has par-
allel left oblique stamps on a smooth surface on the rim and
parallel vertical stamps over cordmarking on the body; the
rim is slightly everted and the lip is flat. The second vessel
has partly superimposed, tending to parallel, horizontal stamps
beneath a wide (22-25 mm.) undecorated upper rim with a
smoothed surface; the rim is slightly excurvate and is tapered
to a flat lip embellished with small oblong punctates. The
last vessel in this category is survived by a single body sherd
with a smooth surface finish and a band of parallel lines in
the making of which the dentate stamp was applied at a
marked angle so that, in cross-section, one edge is deep and
the other trails out to the surface.
An estimated three vessels exhibit multiple parallel incised
lines or trailed lines imposed on a cordmarked surface. The
solitary rim is moderately everted and tapers to a rounded lip.
A sloughed near-rimsherd is underscored by a row of shallow
angular punctates over horizontal trailing.
Two vessels bear incising on a plain surface. One of these
may be smoothed-over-cordmarking and is decorated with
left oblique incisions. The other vessel has a zone of parallel
oblique incisions about 22-25 mm. long with an undecorated
zone above and below. One rim is slightly incurvate, the other
moderately excurvate. Lips are flat and exteriorly extruded.
The undecorated cordmarked rims have vertical cord-
marking with (1 vessel) or without (1) partial smoothing.
The former has obliquely cordwrapped-stick impressions on
the lip. Rims are slightly excurvate; the lips are flat with some
extrusion over the exterior upper rim surface.
Two rimsherds are believed to represent as many undecor-
ated vessels with a plain surface finish and with slightly evert-
ed rims. One has a flat lip with cordwrapped-stick notching
at the outer rim-lip juncture. The other has a plain round lip
with some exterior extrusion.
One vessel has parallel continguous rows of a rectilinear
punctate or bar stamp which was alternately pushed and then
dragged around the circumference of the vessell commencing
at the exterior rim-lip juncture; it was then subjected to par-
tial secondary smoothing. Part way down the vessel undec-
orated bands were retained between the decorated bands of
Fox Valley Archaeology 69
stab-and-drag. The vessel has a vertical or faintly everted
rim with a flat unembellished lip.
The last of the Middle Woodland vessels is represented by
a small, lonely body sherd with deep parallel sets of a rock-
ered dentate stamp applied to as mooth surface.
JPLATE 5. Middle Woodland Rims and Body Sherds. A: In-
cised, smooth surface; B and C: Dentate stamped; D: Stab-and-
drag; E: Incised-over-cordmarked; F: Rocker ed dentate; G:
unusual variety of dentate stamped.
Oneota Pottery
A very small representation of Oneota sherds ( 1 1 7 all
shell tempered, leached) was recovered from the site. Usually
small and minimally informative, both with respect to intrinsic
attributes and associations, they occurred as a thin scatter.
Nothing describable as a concentration appeared.
Only one rim was found; other than a crenelated lip it
lacked decoration. Body sherds are plain and undecorated
in 109 cases; 7 bear parallel trailed lines on fragments too
small to allow design reconstruction. As a guess, it would ap-
pear that at least two, and possibly no more than three, ves-
sels are present in the sample. The suggestion that the sherds
70 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
pertain to a small prehistoric Oneota component has already
been discussed vis-a-vis an historic Winnebago site alleged
possibly to have been situated on the island.
Chipped Stone Artifacts
As with the far more numerous sherds we are again handi-
capped in analyzing the stone artifacts by the dearth of strat-
igraphy and the clear and recurrent admixture of objects of
disparate ages. Again, the material must be handled essen-
tially like a surface collection. The only artifacts sufficiently
numerous and possessing enough diagnostic traits of known
culture-historic significance to make feasible assignment to
particular ceramic components are projectile points. The use-
fulness of these data and their possible associations will be
greatly enhanced, as previously pointed out, when the records
of additional sites are made available for comparative studies,
Other than chipping debitage. 34 chipped stone artifacts
are available from the James Island in the combined Lawrence
llniversity-Richard Mason collection. With the exception of
a quartzite knife these are all made of chert, all of which is
believed to have been derived from the local Niagaran chert
sources or from glacial gravels. Nothing recognizably foreign
or exotic was noted. In the Lawrence collection itself are 337
flakes having a total weight of 577 grams. Three hundred
and twenty of these flakes are chert, 11 are quartz, 5 are
quartzite, and there is one piece of red siltstone. The Mason
collection contains a small assortment of chips (perhaps 60-
100) in no particular different from the Lawrence sample.
Table 4 lists the chipped stone artifacts from the site minus
chippage. Only certain of the categories warrant additional
description or extended comment.
The 19 projectile points comprise a majority (14) of tri-
angular specimens and a minority (5) of stemmed and notched
forms. There is no comparative basis for doubting that the
former relate to the same components as indicated by the Late
\Voodland and Oneota sherds and the latter, mainly if not
exclusively, to the Middle Woodland. Ratios are not identical
but they unquestionably point to the same conclusion: 3:1 is
the ratio of triangular to stemmed and notched points; 4.5:1
is the ratio of Late Woodland and Oneota vessels to Middle
Woodland ones.
Epx Valley Archaeology 71
4i t'O'L^X 'v' ?'-- V fl ..'' . ' f ;. . , '. . .. ' ' .
Variable in outline from sub-lanceolate through isosceles to
^quilaterial, half of the triangular points have shallowly con-
cave basal edges while the remainder are straight. In length
they Express >an yen gradient from 17 to%p9 mm|*and they
weigh 1.0-2,8 grams. One^js made of a fine, whitlfthert not
common in this region.
Categories Number
Triangular projectile points - 14
Stemmed and notched projectile points _ 5
Projectile point tip, proximal end unknown 1
End-scraper 1
Utilized flake side-scrapers _ 3
Utilized flake with peripheral scraper use 1
Scraper edge fragment, form unknown !">:*.
Utilized flake knives _ _ 2
Ovate uniface knife, quartzite 1
Biface fragments, large ovates ,__ 2
Biface fragments, function unknown . 3
Total: 34
TABLE 4. Chipped Stone (minus flakes)
The stemmed and notched points are generally broad-bladed
and are side-notched to corner-notched; three may be ^des-
cribed as corner-removed or as stemmed with moderately
everted tangs. Basal edges- are straight in two instances, ir-
regular in three with big striking platforms intact. Workman-
ship appears to have been quite relaxed. The points are 30-44
-mm. long and weigh between 4,7 and 9.9 grams.
All of the scrapers and flake knives are small (e. g., the
end-scraper measures 17 by 18 mm.) One of the utilized flake
.side-scrapers may additionally have been used as a draw-
shave.
The largest of the ovate biface fnagments is a proximal sec-
tion 56 mm. long and 51 mm. wide. Like all of the other
chipped stone artifacts except the projectile points it cannot
be ascribed to a particular component with any degree of
certainty.
72 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
/ I
A
PLATE 6. A: triangular points: B: Middle Woodland points;
C: proximal half, ovate biface.
Ground Stone Artifacts
Ground slate is present in the form of one indubitable frag-
ment. It is unfortunately too shattered to attest to anything
more than the one-time presence of a slate artifact with at
one rubbed edge. A couple of other pieces of slate do not
show signs of alteration and may or may not relate to this
artifact. The surviving edge is straight and beveled and has
"score" marks perpendicular to and coextensive with the edge.
It is 4 mm. thick.
Two celts are known from the site. An excavated speci-
men is of diorite, is 147 mm. long, 75 mm. at greatest breadth
tapering to 15 mm. at the poll, and is 48 mm. thick. In the
Mason collection is a smaller celt with corresponding meas-
urements of 79, 55, 28, and 22 mm., respectively. The ma-
terial is gabbro.
The most unusual items are two small catlinite pendants.
Neither of these were found during excavation but are pres-
ent in the Mason collection. They were collected about 30
years ago by Richard Mason's father who also collected ex-
Fox Valley Archaeology
73
tensively in the whole region around Little Lake Butte des
Morts. While it is believed by Richard Mason that these in-
triguing pieces may have been found on James Island there is
a possibility that they were found elsewhere. They are prob-
c'.bly protohistoric or even historic but cannot be linked to a
component on the island. Nevertheless, they are described
here and are illustrated in Figure 1.
FIGURE 1. Catlinite Pendants from Little Butte des Morts,
Winnebago County '"a" and "b" may have been found on
James Island, "c" on or near the Kimberly-Clark site. The
length, width, and thickness of each pendant is: "a" 39.0, 20.0,
and 4.0 mm.; "b" 32.5, 16.5, and 3.5 mm.; "c" 36.0, 23.0 (as
projected), and 5.5 mm. This last pendant is medially grooved
on both faces and is broken (intentionally?) on the same line.
Collection of Richard Mason, Neenah.
Both pendants have a smooth finish and reflect a dull polish.
One is made of maroon, the other of light orange-red catlinite.
Flat in cross-section, these locally unusual "ornaments" have
been cut in profile by working from both surfaces. The sus-
pension holes are drilled from both faces and taper to a per-
foration 2 mm. in diameter; they are not truly round but are a
trifle wider in one direction than another. In one case the
suspension hole is 5.5 mm. wide at the surface on one face
and tapers to a 2 mm. opening. Between these planes, how-
ever, is a concentric ridge 4 mm. in diameter, suggesting that
something like a hollow reed drill was employed preparatory
to the making of the final perforation. As seen from either
face of each artifact, the hole is slightly to markedly off-
74 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vil. 49, No. 2
center at the bottom of a depression twice to three times as
wide.
A third catlinite "ornament." comparable in size, style, and
craftsmanship, is believed to have been found across the lake
in the vicinity of the Kimberly-Clark site.
Miscellaneous
Five small fragments of human parietal or occiput were
picked up by Richard Mason on the island and just offshore
under shallow water. They could all be from the same in-
dividual. Their historical or cultural significance is unknown.
Twenty fragments of big white kaolin pipes are stamped
"GERMANY." As indicated earlier, these are much too re-
cent to have bearing on the Indian archaeology of the site.
Summary
The James Island site is one of a number of shallow, rela-
tively restricted, and partly destroyed archaeological sites in
the lower Fox vallcv of northeastern \Visconsin. Large
portions of the valley are witness to intensive urban develop-
ment and industrialization which has incidentally but mas-
sively removed records of the prehistory of the region. While
the known surviving sites are generally unimposing and lack-
ing in depth, they occupv a particularly strategic position on
the major and most direct waterway connecting Green Bay
with the Wolf River and thus, with limited portaging, with
the Mississippi drainage. This also happens to be a connect-
ing link between the northern forest and lake country and the
Upper Great Lakes and the southern forest and prairie open-
ings extending northward out of Illinois and eastward from
Iowa. These two quite different ecological provinces have
likewise witnessed in many ways contrasting cultural adapta-
tions and histories. This report is intended as the first of a
short series describing the remains from sites in this critical
area. Together they will provide part of the data for integra-
tive interpretations of the archaeology of this sector of the
state and its connection north and south.
REFERENCES CITED
Baerreis, David A.
1953 "Blackhawk Village Site (Da5), Dane County, Wis-
consin." Journal of the Iowa Archeological Society,
Vol. 2: 5-20.
Baerreis, David A., and Joan E. Freeman
Goddard-Ramey Flight 75
1958 "Lake Woodland Pottery in Wisconsin as seen from
Aztalan." The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 39: 35-61.
Keslin, Richard O.
1958 "A Preliminary Report of the Hahn (Dgl and Dg2) and
Horicon (Dg5) Sites, Dodge County, Wisconsin." The
Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 39: 191-273.
Mason, Ronald J.
1966 Two Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula of Wiscon-
sin. Museum of Anthrology, The University of Michi-
gan, Anthropological Papers No. 26.
1967 "The North Bay Component at the Porte des Morts
Site, Door County, Wisconsin." The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, Vol. 48, No. 4.
Thwaites, Reuben Gold, editor
1906 Collections of the State Historical Society of Wisconsin,
Vol. XVII: The French Regime in Wisconsin II.
Madison.
Wittry, Warren L.
1959 "Archeological Studies of Four Wisconsin Rock Shel-
ters." The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 40: 137-267.
THE GODDARD-RAMEY CAHOKIA FLIGHT:
A PIONEERING AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEY
By Robert L. Hall
Marquette University
A Cahokia Site is an archaeological location in Illinois very
much in the headlines. Cahokia is best known as a group of
eighty-five prehistoric Indian mounds and associated village
remains between East St. Louis and Collinsville, Illinois. The
site was occupied from A. D. 800 or 900 until about A. D.
1500 and was long abandoned when Joliet, LaSalle, and other
French explorers entered the area. The central feature of the
site is the Great Cahokia Mound, now better known as Monks
Mound, the largest mound of Indian construction north of
Mexico. Monks Mound and a number of nearby mounds are
today preserved in a state park whose purchase was provided
for by the Fifty-seventh General Assembly of Illinois after
about ten years of organized effort by many in Illinois and
across the country.
Cahokia has the dinstinction of being the largest temple
mound group in the United States. It has another distinction
much less known even by professional archaeologists. Ca-
hokia is the first archaeological site in America to be investi-
gated by the method of aerial photography. Aerial photo-
graphy is so common today that the use of aerial photos is
76 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
almost a routine matter in a site investigation. Half a century
ago it was otherwise.
Cahokia was actually photographed from the air not once
but on two separate occasions during the early period of in-
vestigation. During the winter of 1921-22 a set of photos was
laken by Lieut. Harold R. Wells and Lieut. Ashley C. Mc-
Kinley. These men belonged to what was then known as the
U. S. Army Air Service and were stationed at Scott Field at
Belleville, Illinois, only a few airline miles from Cahokia. The
photos were taken at the request of David I. Bushnell, Jr., a
collaborator of the Smithsonian institution, who was conduct-
ing a survey of the greater Cahokia area. Some of the better
photos were reproduced in his contribution to "Explorations
and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1921." Snow
covered the ground at the time, and a thick smokey haze
blanketed the ground for several hundred feet. For these
and possibly other reasons the photos were of poor quality.
At the same time that Bushnell was conducting his survey
of Cahokia, or within several days of that time, Warren K.
Moorehead was engaged in his own investigation of the site.
The State was stalled in its efforts to establish the park at
Cahokia because the prices asked by the landowners were
higher than those the State was prepared to pay. Both men
were trying in their own way to call attention to the importance
of the site. Moorehead conducted excavations within the Ca-
hokia Group proper, and Bushnell made a survey of the great-
er Cahokia area, which included outlying mound centers in
St. Louis and East St. Louis, at Mitchell, and near Dupo.
Moorehead began his work at Cahokia with an excavation
during September and October of 1921. During part of this
time Dr. A. R. Crook, Chief of the Illinois State Museum, was
attending a meeting of State Geologists at Chattanooga, Ten-
nessee. Here he saw aerial photographs which had been
taken of the Tennessee River Valley. Crook was one of
Moorehead's contacts in Illinois, and the Museum was one of
the financial backers of Moorehe'ad's 1921 excavation, al-
though Crook himself believed that the Cahokia Mounds were
natural erosional remnants of alluvial deposits.
Crook returned from Chattanooga with the idea that aerial
photos might be useful in interpreting the origin of the Ca-
Goddard-Ramey Flight 77
hoki'a Mounds. Museum correspondence files show that he
corresponded for four months with various people in the
Army Air Service , trying unsuccessfully to generate interest
in his project. Then in February Crook learned that Lieuts.
Wells and McKinley had already taken a series of photos for
the Smithsonian but they were of discouraging quality and
of little use.
Crook was a geologist and not an archaeologist, and al-
though he was firm in his belief that the mounds were not
artificial, he later quite willingly revised his opinions when
the evidence was of a variety which had meaning to a geolo-
gist. He possibly sought the photos to illustrate observations
he had made about the shape of the mounds in relation to the
direction of water-flow in the mississippi Valley, but he also
made test borings of Monks Mound and submitted material
samples to the U. S. Bureau of Mines. One of the arguments
for the artificial nature of the mounds was the presence of
pottery, charcoal, and other occupational debris at great depths
in the mound fill. Crook, however, was told by the Bureau
of Mines that charcoal was coalified wood and lignite, that
the ashes were merely silifications and had few of the char-
acteristics of wood ashes, and that the pottery was not really
pottery at all. When Crook later visited Moorehead's excava-
tions he took soil samples at various depths in a test trench
through a mound and submitted these to the Agriculture
School of the University of Illinois. The results of these tests
indicated that the mound fill was of a nature that could not
have occurred in natural alluvial deposits, and Crook used
this as one of the arguments in a paper he published the same
year entitled "The Origin of Cahokia Mounds." In this paper
he announces his new belief that there were artificial, that is
man-made, mounds at Cahokia.
At approximately the time that Crook learned of the Wells-
McKinley photographic flight an unforeseen opportunity
arose which Crook took advantage of. Newspaper files in
Springfield indicate that General John J. Pershing appeared
in Springfield on the occasion of Abraham Lincoln's 113th
birthday anniversary. They also reveal that Dr. A. R. Crook,
Chief of the Illinois State Museum, was on the reception com-
mittee for General Pershing and his party. This event is fol-
78 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
lowed in order by correspondence with Pershing's aide-de-
camp and a telegram announcing that Lieut. G. W. Goddard,
Army Aerial Photographer, was flying to Springfield to pro-
vide Crook with the photos he needed. The telegram, inci-
dentally, arrived on April Fool's Day of 1922 and put Crook
into a state of mixed emotions. Goddard arrived in a bomber
accompanied by Lieut. H. K. Ramey. Dr. Thome Deuel, re-
tired director of the Illinois State Museum, who was himself
.1:} otficcr in the Army Air Service during this period, tells
me that Goddard was one of the pioneers of aerial photo-
graphy.
Goddard's photos at Cahokia were all low oblique shots
and were of a quality which easily stand comparison with
low oblique shots taken at Cahokia during the recent investi-
gations. Furthermore they were taken in early April when
the snow had just left the ground, the new growth of vegeta-
tion had just begun, and the shadows were still long. The
photos show patterns of vegetation growth and soil coloration
which reveal possible archaeological features of which there
is no other record and of which no one was aware until
photos were restudied following recent work at Cahokia by
the Illinois Archaeological Survey. One of the features may
be a ceremonial compound in a plaza area. Another, possible
stockade line or enclosure surrounding Monks Mound, was
verified by excavations in 1966 and 1967 by James P. Ander-
son and Melvin L. Fowler, University of Wisconsin Mil-
waukee.
Both Bushnell's Cahokia photos and Crook's photos were
published during 1922. Crook used his to illustrate his men-
tioned paper on the "Origin of the Cahokia Mounds." To-
gether these photos are important documents in the history
of archaeology and led to the use of aerial photography at
other sites. The first public view of the Goddard-Ramey
photos was at the Annual Meeting of the Illinois State Acad-
emy of Science in Rockford in April of 1922.
Aerial photograph of the Cahokia site taken in April of 1922
by Lieut. G. W. Goddard, U. S. Army Air Service. Monks
Mound at center. Camera orientation west-northwest.
80 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49 No. 2
p
mii
SCALE
HISTORY OF THE WISCONSIN STOCKBRIDGE
INDIANS
By Marion J. Mochon .-.
The history of the Stockbridge-Munsee Indians is distinc-
tive from that of other \Visconsin Indians. As far as we
know, they are the only Eastern Algonquian farming Indians
who have continually maintained a community since the Col-
onial Period. A band of Mahicans, Indians made famous as
the Mohicans by James Fenimore Cooper, was organized as
a Mission community at Stockbridge, Massachusetts, in 1734.
These Mahicans assumed the name Stockbridge Indians be-
fore they removed to Oneida reservation lands in New York
after the American Revolution. The Munsees joined them
during their residence at New Stockbridge, New York, and
under the pressures of an expanding V/hite population, re-
moved to \Visconsin with the Stockbridge and the Iroquoian
Oneidas. There were additiinal land cessions and removals
in Wisconsin after 1820, and it was not until '1856 that the
Siockbridge-Munsees received the lands upon which they live
today. Their reservation, a Menomirie cession, consisted of
the townships of Bartelme and Red Springs in Shawano
County. Stockbridge success in maintaining a r c6mmunity is
noteworthy because most Algonquian-speaking Indians of the
New York - New England area were decimated before the
opening of the nineteenth century.
The Stockbridge - Munsees are distinctive, and perhaps
unique, in the role which they played in the history of Indian-
W^hite relations in eastern North America^ Stockbridge men
who occupied p^osition^ of leadership have consistently acted
as intermediaries between Indian and White cultures. Par-
ticularly during the conflict with Tecumseh, f Captain Hen-
clrick Aupamut, Stockbridge sachem or cheiftan, attempted
to mediate between Indian and White to preverlt war and to
encourage the education and "civilization" 6t the Western
Indians. His role was a unique one in a period of violence.
Historically the Stockbridge were ^labelled "Christian Indians"
by other Indians and the label was a reflection of their roles
as intermediaries between two cultures.
Currently, Stockbridge leadership is concerned with Indian
inter-tribal organizations and programs of action, and Indian-
White programs to encourage inter-cultural understanding
82 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
and Indian leadership.
In line with this ideological aspect of the community, the
Stockbridgers themselves are highly acculturated and few
obvious manifestations of their Indian heritage are to be seen.
They define their community as an Indian community, ho\v~
ever, and they maintain an unusual interest in their history.
Stockbridge Origins and Traditions
The M'ahican Indians were Algonquian speakers, closely
related in language and culture to the Delaware and the Mun-
sees. Their legends were similar to the Delaware migration
legend, the \Valam Olum, and described a migration of hunt-
ers and their people from Asia eventually finding a home on
the east coast of North America. At the time of Hendrick
Hudson's contact with them in 1609 the Mahicans lived in
some forty villages scattered over an area extending from
Lake Champlain on the north into the Housatonic Valley of
Massachusetts on the east and southward along the Hudson
River as far as the territory of the Munsees below Albany.
To the east of the Mahicans were the Algonquian speakers
of New England and to the west were the Iroquoian speakers
of central and western New York.
These northeastern Indians shared a similar social tradi-
tion. They lived in settled villages, usually located along the
rivers and streams for convenience in transportation and com-
munication. Village life was structured by matrilineal clans,
that is, organized groups of kin who traced descent through
the female line. The members of a clan believed themselves
to be related by descent from a common, and usually myth-
ical, ancestor and they traced this relationship in the line of
the mother. Because of their relationship, members of a clan
were forbidden to marry, and a man sought his bride in an-
other clan. Marriage ties created obligations between clans
which bound them more closely into a tribe. The Mahicans
were organized by three clans, the Turtle, the Wolf and the
Bear. These clan names were common throughout the north-
east although some of the Iroquois had many more clans.
Clans were important in village government as well as in
the organization of the family. We do not know the details
of aboriginal village government, but we do know that it was
representative and the clans were important in Indian policy-
Stockbridge Indians 83
making which required unanimity. Clan members probably
found effective means for expressing opinions through those
of their members taking part in decision-making activities.
Northeastern Indians shared also traditions of residence.
The extended family, related through women primarily, oc-
cupied a domed long house. \Vood and bark were used ex-
tensively in furnishing and utensils, as were skins in furnish-
ings and clothing.
The Indians of this area derived a living from a rich forest
environment in combination with gardening activities. The
women were the farmers, raising corn, squash and beans.
These plants were introduced to the northeast from Mexico
originally, and while they became important in the diet, their
use never eliminated the forest as a source of Indian sub-
sistence. Fishing, hunting and gathering remained important
to the Indian. The men were the fishers and hunters while
the women collected plant food, and everyone participated in
the gathering of maple syrup and the production of sugar.
These patterns of labor were changed by Indian participation
in the Fur Trade, which ultimately caused many changes in
social traditions.
Despite language differences, then, the Indians of the north-
east shared a common social tradition, one which developed
in a naturally rich environment. The arrival of Europeans
began a period of drastic change in Indian culture.
Europeans and the Fur Trade
European purposes in the New World varied. The French
and the Dutch were primarily interested in trade, while the
British sought colonial settlement to relieve population pres-
sures at home.
Britain needed land for the development of agriculture to
supply her migrants to America, and British land policies
caused dissatisfaction and unrest among the New England
Indians. To the British, payment for land meant a final sale,
.but to the Indian, unfamiliar with private ownership of land,
the payment gave the colonist the right to live upon and till
the land but did not alienate the land from the tribe. From
this misunderstanding stemmed countless Indian demands for
further payment, as well as attacks upon British settlements.
84 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
Ultimately British expansion in New England led to King
Philip's \Var in 1675 in which New England tribal power
was destroyed.
The Dutch and French, on the other hand, traded important
new items, such as guns, axes, cloth and metal objects to the
Indians in exchange for furs. While their relations with In-
dians were, on the whole, more peaceful, the Fur Trade none-
llieless fostered the break-up of the traditional Indian way of
life. Indian men spent increasing amounts of time in trapping
beaver and their efforts resulted in individual acquisition of
European goods on which the Indians had begun to depend.
Men were able to supply the needs of their families without
the aid of kinsmen, and the extended family was no longer a
necessity for survival.
Intense competition developed between the Iroquois and
other Indians for control of the furs of the Interior tribes as
eastern territories were depleted. This competition led to
inter-tribal wars which, along with European-introduced dis-
eases to which the Indian had no resistance, caused severe
population losses.
The Mahicans, as they acquired guns from the Dutch,
competed with the Mohawks for control of the trade. The
Mohawks won out. The Mahicans retreated into the Housa-
tonic Valley of Massachusetts because of the pressures of war
and because of the British demands for land after British ac-
quisition of New York in 1664. The Mahicans were defeated
by the Mohawks in a final battle at Hoffman's Ferry on the
Mohawk River in 1669. .$ "; .
Within sixty years of European arrival in the New W'orld,
the Mahicans ' had been reduced in power and forced into a
situation which required drastic social changes for survival.
The Stockbridge Mission: 1734.
The Indians of the Housatonic Valley sold off their lands
as British farmers settled in the valley in the early ;yeacsj.of
the eighteenth century. By 1722, they retained only two reser-
vations, one near Stockbridge, and one near Scaticoke. In
1734, the Mahican band at Stockbridge, under the leader-
ship of the sachem, Konapot, agreed to accept a mission spon-
sored by the Society in Scotland for Propagating Christian
Knowledge. John Sergeant, Sr., then a tutor at Yale College
Stockbridge Indians 85
was employed as the first missionary to the Stockbridge In-
dians and he preached his first sermon on October 13, 1734.
In a letter to a Dr. Colman of the Society of Scotland,
Sergeant described the goals of his mission as
... a method in the Education of our Indian Children
as shall in the most effectual manner change their whole
habit of thinking and acting; and raise them as far as
possible into the condition of a civil, industrious and pol-
lish'd people; while at the same time the principles of vir-
tue and piety shall be carefully instilled into their minds
in a way that will make the most lasting impression; . . . l .
Sergeant saw the need to make the Indians economically self-
sufficient by means of European farming techniques and he
proposed to educate certain gifted Indians to instruct other
Indians/'. . . as a means of engaging them more firmly in
the British interest; . . ." at a time when the British were in
need of Indian allies.
By 1739, Sergeant had repurchased the township of Stock-
bridge for his Indian community and had instituted town gov-
ernment following the European model. In addition to certain
AVhite officers, the Indians were represented by two select-
men, a Captain Pohpnehonneswok and a Lieutenant Souhe-
wenaukhkeek. Sergeant also arranged for four English fam-
ilies to live in the village "to civilize and Anglicize the Indians,
and to help them in the secular affairs," and he employed a
schoolmaster, Timothy \Voodbridge, to take charge of both
the Sabbath and the day schools. By 1738, Sergeant had built
a schoolhouse-meeting house and he had secured ploughs,
axes and hoes for the teaching of European farming practices.
At the time of Sergeant's death in Stockbridge on August
7, 1749, there were 218 Indians living in the community, 125
of whom were baptized Christians and 42 of whom were reg-
ular church-goers. Some 20 of the 53 Indian families in the
community lived in "Engish houses," the remainder prefer-
ring the "Indian House". Twenty Indian families cultivated
farms for self-support while the remainder depended more
heavily on hunting and gathering for subsistence. Fifty-five
children attended the five-room school and they as well as
many adults were able to speak English.
Sergeant's efforts, then, resulted not only in the accultur-
ation of the Indian Community but also in the development
?6 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
of techniques for making the community viable and self-
sufficient. Some Stockbridge Indians were successful farmers,
European style, and they continued to be successful farmers.
Patterns of centralized leadership were encouraged within the
community and political responsibility continued to mark
Stockbridge relations with White culture.
The Reverend Jonathan Edwards and the Reverend Steph-
en W^est succeeded Sergeant in 1751 and 1758 respectively.
In 1775, John Sergeant, Jr., became missionary to the Stock-
bridge Indians, and following the example of his father, he
died among them. The Stockbridge Indians, led by Captain
Daniel Ninham and Captain Hendrick Aupamut, sometimes
called Captain Hendricks, were cited by General Washing-
ton for their participation, on the side of the colonists, in the
American Revolution. It was at this time that the Stockbridge
Indians removed from Massachusetts to an Oneida land ces-
sion in Oneida and Madison Counties, New York.
New Stockbridge, New York: 1785-1822
Although the Stockbridge state today that they moved
from Massachusetts because of the influx of White families
into the community at Stockbridge, Massachusetts, there is
reason to believe that unrest among the farmers of western
Massachusetts at that time may have been an important
pressure making for removal. Discontent with high land taxes
culminated in the rebellion of these farmers in 1786, Shay's
Rebellion. Any number of factors may have been involved
in the effect of this movement upon the Indian community,
but I have been unable to find adequate sources dealing with
the subject.
In addition, there had been wide-spread disorganization
among the Eastern tribes as a result of \Vhite expansion and
the Wars of the Iroquois. The O ( neidas had also accepted
Delawares, Tuscaroras, Munsees and other tribal remnants
and had provided for them on their reservation.
The Stockbridge reservation, called New Stockbridge, was
a tract six miles square adjacent to the Oneida reservation.
The Brothertown Indians, remnants of such New England
tribes as the Narragansetts, the Pequots and the Wampan-
oags, occupied the northeastern corner of the reservation.
Both communities were accompanied to New York by the
Stockbridge Indians 87
Reverend Samson Occum, a Mohegan minister, trained for
the ministry at Wheelock School, now known as Dartmouth
College. John Sergeant, Jr., followed some years later.
By 1796, the Stockbridge Indians had progressed remark-
ably in their "civilization". Three hundred of them lived at
New Stockbridge and supported themselves by "Agriculture
and the breeding of cattle and swine" 2 . They sold parts of
their produce to the Oneidas who clung to aboriginal patterns
x)f securing subsistence. The women were being taught to
weave at this time, and later were able to furnish clothing
from their hand-loomed products.
The Stockbridgers spent the funds received in land settle-
ments in Massachusetts in building a saw mill and a school
on their reservation. Their school master was a Stockbridge
Indian, one John Quinney, a later migrant to Wisconsin.
Intermediaries Between Cultures
The years following the American Revolution were ones
of difficulty and unrest among the eastern Indians. The
\Vhite population expanded rapidly, pushing the remaining
Indians westward into the Ohio Valley. The British in Can-
ada sought Indian Alliances in their final attempt to control
all of North America. The Indian population stood between
two powers. The role of the Stockbridge Indians, previously
unknown as far as I am able to determine, became that of
intermediary between White and Indian cultures. As far as
is currently known, their activities were unique in the annals
of Indian affairs.
The earliest incidence of Stockbridge intermediary activ-
ities which I have been able to discover occurred in 1792, at
a council of all the "northeastern" tribes, somewhere in the
Ohio Valley. 3 The purpose of the council was to reply to
American peace overtures.
These overtures were brought by Captain Hendrick
Aupaumut, an Indian from the reservation at Stock-
bridge, Massachusetts, who had been working to assem-
ble the northwestern Indians all summer. But in spite of
anything Captain Hendrick could do or say, the confed-
eracy insisted upon complete expulsion of the Americans
from north of the Ohio. 4
Aupaumut's subsequent intermediary activities were dis-
tinctive ideologically from such men as Tecumseh, the Shaw-
88 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol.m9,'M* 2
nee warrior. John Sergeant, Jr., recorded Stockbridge goals',;
. . . we have taken pains to acquaint them | the western
Indians) with the knowledge we have of the ways of
white people, and recommend to them Civilization, and
Christian religion. 5
Aupaumut also proposed that the Stockbridge Indians move
to Indian Territory to serve as teachers for the uncivilized
western tribes.
There is evidence that Aupaumut actively attempted 'to dis-
suade various tribes from participating in Tecumseh's war-
like plans to create an Indian State. His efforts failed, as
did Tecumseh's.
Aupaumut's conception of the Stockbridge as teachers of
the western Indians was championed by the Reverend Jedi-
diah Morse who reported to the Department of War on the
state of Indian affairs in 1822. Morse conceived a plan, which
was also championed by New York land companies, for re-
moval of eastern Indians. Morse proposed that Wisconsin
be designated an Indian State "to collect the remnants of
tribes now scattered,, and languishing and wasting away
among our white population, and to colonize them for the
purpose of preserving them from utter extinction, and of ed-
ucating them to the best advantage." 6 Morse quotes a letter
from Solomon U. Hendricks, Aupaumut's son, to the Secret-
ary of War, in which Hendricks says of the western Indians,
"they manifest great desire that we should come and reside
among them, in order to learn the arts of civilized life." 7
Morse's humanitarian plan was useful to New York land
companies, anxious to remove all eastern Indians in order to
secure valuable Indian lands. The War Department agreed
that eastern Indians might independently negotiate with the
western Indians of Wisconsin for land cessions. Thus began
the migration of the Stockbridge and Munsees as well as the
Oneidas to Wisconsin, a removal which was not finally ac-
commodated until 1856.
This period of Stockbridge history is the least known and,
to my mind, the most important and fascinating. These In-
dians defined and attempted to carry out a course of Indian
action totally unlike the activities of other Indian leaders.
During this period there were three types of Indian leader-
Stockbridge Indians 89
ship. The first, typified by Tecumseh, was that of great, even
pan-Indian, warrior leader. The second, exemplified by the
Seneca, Handsome Lake, was that of religious prophet. The
third, typified by Aupaumut, was that of intermediary be-
tween cultures. The first two types of leadership, had that
been successful, would have meant greater Indian separatism
while Aupaumut's, had it been successful, might have meant
an easier accommodation of Indians to Euro-American so-
ciety. Most importantly, Aupaumut's conceptualization seems
to be unique in the history of American Indian affairs.
Removal to Wisconsin: 1822
With government consent, though not with government
aid, the New York Indians began negotiations with the
Menominees and the Winnebagoes in 1820. In the summer
of 1820, the Reverend Eleazer Williams, Episcopal mission-
ary to the Oneida Indians, and a delegation of 20 New York
Indians, representing the Six Nations as well as the Stock-
bridge and Munsees, went to Green Bay, but failed to nego-
tiate with the Menominees. A similar delegation traveled to
Wisconsin in August of 1821. The Oneidas, Onondagas,
Senecas, Stockbridge and Munsees were represented. On
August 18, a treaty was made with the Menominees and Win-
nebagoes in which a strip five miles wide with Little Chute
as its center was ceded to the New York Indians. The New
York Indians paid the Menominees $500 at the time of nego-
tiation and promised to provide $1500 worth of goods the
following summer.
In 1822, the New York delegation returned to Wisconsin
to deliver the goods owed under treaty terms and to attempt
to further negotiate with the Menominees and Winnebagoes.
The second negotiation was probably conducted under the
influence of Eleazer Williams, who dreamed of creating an
ecclesiastical state of which he would be the chief. Williams'
belief that he was the lost Dauphin of France was congruent
with the remainder of his plans for Indian development.
The substance of the continued negotiations of 1822 was
an effort to secure more land. The Winnebagoes refused to
negotiate further, but the Menominees ceded a right-in-com-
mon to the whole of their territory to the New York Indians.
The Menominee Tribe later repudiated the negotiations of
90 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49. No. 2
1822 on (.he grounds that several important chiefs were ab-
sent from the meeting of the tribes, and that the treaty was
consequently invalid. In 1825 and in 1827, the United State
government made efforts by treaty to define Menominee and
Winnebago territories, and to make undisputed provision
for the New York Indians.
Stockbridge and Munsees began migrating into Wisconsin
in 1822 and they settled in the area originally defined by the
treaty of 1821. By 1831, the government had negotiated yet
another treaty with the Menominees, the Stambaugh treaty,
in which ". . . two townships of land on the E. side of W^n-
nebago lake, equal to 46,080 acres, shall be laid aside (to
commence at seme point to be agreed on) for the use of the
Stockbridge and Munsee tribes, in lieu of the land occupied
by them on the E. side of Fox River." 8
Between 1831 and 1838, the Stockbridge and Munsces
removed to the new location in Calumet County. Mission
records from this period indicate, however, that the Indians
were hesitant to improve their community and its facilities
because of the continuing pressures for Indian removal west
of the Mississippi River. The treaty of January 15, 1838,
drawn at Buffalo Creek, New York, provided for a perma-
nent home for the New York Indians in the state of Missouri.
The cession consisted of 1,824,000 acres of land, 320 acres
per Indian. The Stockbridge and Munsees, as well as most
cf the other New York Indians refused to remove.
On February 11, 1856, the Menominees ceded "two town-
ships in the SW corner of their reserve for the location of the
Stockbridge and Munsee." These are essentially the same
lands occupied by the Stockbridge-Munsee Indians today.
The Stockbridgers reacquired most of the two townships in
1938, under the provisions of the Indian Reorganization Act
of 1934, after losing all tribally held land through allotment
and lumbering by W^hite interests.
The Citizens' and Indians Parties: The Allotment Issue
Tribal dissension began in 1838 with cessions made by
tribal leaders to the United States, as the government attempt-
ed Indian removal west of the Mississippi. The rift between
factions was intensified by the Act of Congress of March 3,
1843, which provided citizenship to the Stockbridge and Mun-
Slockbridge Indians 91
sees, and to the Brothertowns. The act also provided for
the "subdivision and allotment in severalty" of the remaining
Indian lands. 9 The Brothertowns accepted citizenship and
have had no federal trust relationships since 1843. Those
Stockbridge and Munsees who accepted citizenship and re-
linquished their tribal rights became known as the "Citizen's
Party". The remaining Stockbridgers, under the leadership
of John \V. Quinney and John Metoxen, refused to give up
their tribal status, particularly regarding the allotment of
tribal lands. This group was known as the Indian Party and
it managed to have the Act of 1 843 repealed by the Act of
Congress of August 6, 1846. At this time, those Stockbridge-
Munsees who had signed off the tribal rolls were to be given
their fair share of tribal lands. But, continuing bitterness
prevented a final settlement. In 1848, the Stockbridge-Mun-
sees ceded their remaining \Visconsin lands in preparation for
removal to Minnesota, as part of government efforts to re-
move all Indians v/est of the Mississippi. The Stockbridgers
refused to remove as a group, and with the exception of one
or two families who removed to the west, they settled in the
two townships which they now occupy under the terms of
treaty of February 1, 1856 in which the Menominees ceded
two townships of their reservation in Shawano County.
The division between the Citizen's and the Indian Party
continued to cause problems. Certain Citizens claimed not
to have been reimbursed properly, while the Indian Party
claimed that certain Citizen's were receiving annuities which
were not rightfully theirs.
In 1856, the Indian Party drafted a Constitution, and a
Bill of Rights, modelled on the Constitution of the United
States. The Constitution provided that all Stockbridge and
Munsees have equal rights in community land and other
benefits and that the franchise be extended to all adult males.
The political structure of the community included a sachem,
five counselors, a treasurer, a sheriff, two "Peace Makers",
two "Path Masters" and, more importantly, a three man
Court. For the first time, coercive power was publicly vested
in a community official. The drafting of a tribal constitution
strengthened the political as well as the social structure of
the Stockbridge community.
92 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
Although the Stockbridge ceded all but 18 sections of their
reservation in 1871 to satisfy claims of the Citizen's Party,
the dispute was not finally settled until well after the Act of
Congress of June 21, 1906, which provided for allotment of
all reservation lands.
The Indian Party struggled vigorously from 1846 until 1906
to preserve a pattern of integrated community life, a pattern
which included an ideology of "Christian Indian" and "ed-
ucated Indian". The loss of reservation lands meant a period
of prosperity during the lumbering era. But, it also meant
that Indian allotments were rapidly sold to White lumbering
interests, and that ultimately, the Stockbridge were left with-
out land and without timber resources.
The Contemporary Community: Indian Reorganization
The Stockbridge-Munsee community persisted, in a sense
at least, after reservation allotment in the first decade of the
twentieth century. The Stockbridge had continued to occupy
offices in township government throughout the lumbering
period. But, the depression of the 1930's precipitated a period
of real poverty following the relative security of the lumber-
ing period. Those who continued to hold their allotments
frequently lost them through inability to pay the taxes on
them. Lumbering operations ceased at this time, and unemploy-
ment plagued the community. The timber was so badly cut
over that self-employment was not possible.
W^hen the Indian Reorganization Act was made law in
1934, the Stockbridge Indians began efforts to reorganize as
a reservation community. On May 21, 1938, the Constitution
and By-Laws of the Stockbridge and Munsee Community
were approved by the Office of Indian Affairs. Land was
purchased in the townships of Red Springs and Bartelme.
The land was essentially that granted the Stockbridgers un-
der the Treaty of 1856, now drastically cut over as a result
of logging operations. Due to inadequate funds available to
the Office of Indian Affairs, 2,250 acres of land in the town-
ship of Bartelme were purchased with Indian Reorganization
Act (IRA) funds; the remaining 13,077 acres of land was
purchased with funds from the Farm Security Administration
(FSA). Title to the FSA lands has not been turned over to
the community and this constitutes an economic problem in
Stockbridge Indians 93
that stumpage fees from logging operations on FSA lands,
under the community Forest Management Plan, accrue to the
United States Treasury rather than to the tribe. Further,
there are enrolled Stockbridge Indians who live off-reserva-
tion rather than build a home on land to which they have no
real title.
The Stockbridge Community has made significant efforts to
counter general unemployment in Shawano County by two
cm-reservation programs of action. The first, the Forest
Management Plan mentioned above, is intended to develop
the reforested reservation as an economic asset to the com-
munity. On a family level, the Indians are free to cut for fam-
ily use and for fuel but not for sale. At the community level,
however, the limited Indian logging operations which are
currently underway do not provide community income be-
cause of the difficulties of land title. Individual loggers may
derive an income from the forest, but the community may not.
The second community development program was the or-
ganization of the Stockbridge-Munsee Craft Shop in coordin-
ation with the University of \Visconsin Extension Division,
the Bureau of Indian Affairs, and the Governor's Commis-
sion on Human Rights. The craft project provides supple-
mental income for workers at the present time, although there
is evidence that expanding sales may increase the pay level.
As with other Indian communities, the Stockbridge are fre-
quently obliged to seek urban employment. While some tech-
nical training is available to Indians through programs of the
Bureau of Indian Affairs, is is obvious that greater technical
skills are required in order for Indians to attain real job se-
curity.
There are economic needs on the reservation among those
families having an income under $3000, and over half of
them fall into this category. The second need is adequate
housing, and a start has been made toward the solution of
this problem with the development of a federally-sponsored
Housing Authority for the elderly. Additionally, there is
need for larger houses for some families, and a wide-spread
need for indoor plumbing facilities.
It is interesting that, because of the interest in ceremonials
of the western Indians, tourists expect all Indians to behave
94 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
"Indian", that is, live in "Indian ; .houses" and speak : "Indian".
All Stockbridgers speak English only; their native Algon-
quian language has not been spoken in two generations. They
are all Christian, and have no "Indian" religion. They- have
all been educated, and their children have an excellent' school
record today, including the lowest drop-out rate in Wisconsin
among Indian children. They preserve their heritage in
their interest in their own history v and in their active par-
ticipation in inter-tribal programs; of action, participated in
by all American Indians. They do not look for a return to
the past and aboriginal conditons; I doubt that many of them
would enjoy the comforts of a wigwam. They do look for-
ward to participating in American life as Indians, and to this
end they join other Indians in development programs.
Inter-Tribal Programs of Action
In recent years, there has been growing Indian participa-
tion in inter-tribal programs of planning and action. The Na-
tional Congress of American Indians is, perhaps, the best
known. In the mid-west, the Great Lakes Inter-tribal Council
is important as a vehicle of action to the Indians of Wiscon^
sin. The Stockbridge community participates actively in proi
grams of this sort. I believe that their patterns of community
leadership have been brought to bear on the Indian action
program. The current President of the community, Mr. Ar-
vid E. Miller, is President of the Great Lakes Inter-tribal
Council and a Vice-president of the National Congress of
American Indians. He is active in other Indian organizations
as well and is a member of the Governor's Commission on
Human Rights. Other Stockbridgers are active in these or-
ganizations too, and it is obvious that their leadership de-
rives from historical patterns of leadership which have per-
sisted over two hundred years.
Inter-tribal organizations and their programs of action offer
the Indian opportunities to take action on his own behalf
which are otherwise lacking to him. Because of federal status
relationships which most Indian communities hold, political
and economic programs of action are government initiated. It
is in the inter-tribal organizations that contemporary Indians
are able to initiate political and economic programs for self-
betterment and, of course, such initiated programs are based
Stockbridge Indians 95
on recognized Indian needs.
The Stockbridge-Munsee Community today is one of neat
frame homes. There are perhaps a dozen "ranch" type homes
on the reservation, and these are larger and better furnished
than most. The reservation itself is crossed by the Red River,
and the Stockbridgers have made a nice community park
along its banks. Each day the men of the community com-
mute to work, and the highlight of the week's activities is
Sunday church service, either in the on-reservation Lutheran
church or the Presbyterian church in Red Springs. Stock-
bridge hopes for the future center about the possibilities of
improved technical training which will make possible higher
income and more job security. T hey work actively to secure
this goal.
FOOTNOTES
1 Hopkins, Rev. Samuel, Historical Memoirs Relating to the
Housatonic Indians. Boston, S. Kneeland, 1753. Reprinted
New York, William Abbatt, 1911, p, 107.
2 Belknap, Jeremy and Jedidiah Morse, Report on the Oneida,
Stockbridge and Brotherton Indians, Indian Notes and Mono-
graphs, Vol. 54, Heye Foundation. Museum of the American
Indian. 1796, pp. 21-22.
3 Downes, Randolph C., Council Fires on the Upper Ohio, The
University of Pittsburgh Press, 1940, p. 321.
4 Ibid.
s Journal of John Sergeant, Missionary to the New Stockbridge
Indians from the society in Scotland for propagating Chris-
tian Knowledge from the 1st of January to the 1st of July,
1803, p. 17. Manuscript from Yale University Library, New
Haven, Connecticut.
6 Belknap and Morse, Appendix 15.
7 Belknap and Morse, p. 315.
8 Bureau of American Ethnology, Vol. 18, Part 2, 1896-97,
pp. 712-730.
9 Ibid. p. 779.
HISTORIC INDIAN BURIALS IN ONEIDA COUNTY
By Robert and Kathryn Bernsteen
Through local history, research and the recollection of the
property owners, seven burials and one hut depression, were
located in the South \Vest part of wSugar Camp, Oneida
County, \Visconsin.
The first was verified as being located in the Southeast
corner of the SE % of the SE 14 of Sec. 35, T 39 N, R29 E
on the property of Mr. Theodore Sachse. He recalled that
while digging a barn foundation he uncovered the burial 3
feet deep and sent the remains to Milwaukee for examina-
tion. This area had been cultivated prior to his purchasing
the property and all signs of occupation had been obliterated.
Two burials had previously existed in the Northwest corner
of the NW % of the NW % of Sec. 1 , T 38 N, R 9 E, on the
section line 250' West of the NW 1/16 corner according to
the recollections of Mr. Melford Krauze,, owner of the prop-
erty. He stated that until 15 years ago the two burials had
remained intact but since have been covered by a Town road
which was built along the section line to service the homes in
that area. He further recalled some burials in the Southwest
corner of the NE % of the NW % of Sec. 1 , T 38 6, R 9 E,
near the lake shore and after some difficulty led us to where
they were. Due to a heavy growth of brush and his not
having been in the area for about 10 years, he had some dif-
ficulty in finding them.
We began our traverse from the Northwest 1/16 corner on
the section line of Section 1, T 38 N, R 9 E, which is a wood
post 16 feet North of the center line of the road and traversed
in a southerly direction along the course of an old logging
road to a point where it opens onto a field. Thence South-
westerly across the field toward the lake shore to a point
where the four burials were located. The field is covered with
an extremely dense growth of weeds and hay and we found
visual inspection of the ground impossible. The four graves
are about 6 feet long and 3 feet wide parallel to each other
with a mound of dirt about two feet wide between them. The
area is very heavily overgrown and made measurements
very difficult.
The four burials are in a bad state of deterioration and
have settled some 6 to 8 inches. One has a large hole in the
Indian Burials
97
7V/X
SOUTH W5T PART OF SUGAR CAMP 0A/E/PA COUNTY
WOOD POST 1/16 CONNER I6'NORTH OF
98 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 2
center, possibly dug by some animal and now inhabited by a
swarm of hornets.
R 9 E
1-10-E
1 1 1 F
OTHER. REFERRED TO AS BEING LOCATED
IN THIS AREA (NOT TRAVERSED)
From the four burials we traversed Northwesterly to a
large depression 20 feet long and 10 feet wide. This area
was covered by a dense growth of sumac and made visual
inspection difficult.
According to an elderly, long-time resident of this area, the
Chippewa Indians came to this lake to pick rice in 1895 and
a large number were living in the area in 1895 all the way
from Section 35, T 39 N, R 9 E to Section 18, T 38 6, RIO E
and as far as Camp 6 Lake. From her recollections she said
an Indian grave yard existed from the SE corner of the
NE N W Sec. 1 , T 38 6, R 9 E Northwest to the SE corner
of the SE SE of Sec. 35, H 39 N, R9 E.
Another grave yard exists in the SW % of the SW ^4 of
Sec. 18, T 38 N, R10E. These graves are scattered along
an area 30 feet North of the section line and extending from
800 feet East of the section corner marked by an iron pipe
to 1200 feet. Most of these graves are recent or within the
last 70 years and have been placed with little effort as was re-
called by one resident who at one time had to call the health
officials because dogs were carrying away some of the bones.
Lapham Medal
99
She recalled the names of the latest ones: John Pine, John
White, John St. Germain and Big John, all of them Chippewas.
There was some evidence that a few of these burials were
enclosed by the usual burial hut but the evidence is highly
deteriorated due to its being in a rather damp area.
The only area that would possibly be of future interest
might be the one nearest the lake in the SE corner of the NE
SW Sec. 1, T38 N, R9E. Being a rice lake could have in-
duced a much earlier settlement. Other burials were referred
to as being in the NE Vi of the NEV 4 of Sec. 2, T 38 6, R9 E,
but according to the owner's information, evidence of such
has been obliterated.
HISTORY OF THE LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL
By Wayne J. Hazlett
On March 15. 1926. at the Silver Anniversary of the Wis-
consin Archeological Society, the Lapham Research Medal
was awarded for the first time. George A. West was the first
recipient, followed by thirty-four others, in a period covering
over forty-two years. Plates 1 and 2 show the obverse and
the reverse of the first medal presented. For the complete list
of recipients, see Hazlett (1966).
The Lapham Research Medal is awarded by the Society
PLATE I. Obverse
100 WISCONSIN ARCHEGLOGIST Vol. 49. No. 2
to those members who have made significant contributions to
the field of "Wisconsin Archeology. A Committee consisting
of both professional and amateur archeologists nominate the
worthy recipients. Professional and amateur archeologists
are eligible for this award, and both have received it in the
past.
The medal was designed by Mr. Raymond L. Maas, a Mil-
waukee artist, and an active member of the Society at that
time. The first medal was executed by Mr. L. W. Bundle,
who was also an active member. At present the Erffmeyer
and Son Company ojf Milwaukee strike the medal for the
Society.
Dr. S. A. Barrett described so well the symbolism of the
Lapham Research Medal in April, 1926, I have included his
description verbatim. The only point I would like to add, is
the size of the medal, which is 37 mm. in diameter.
"The obverse of this medal bears a relief profile of Dr.
Increase Allen Lapham, Wisconsin's first noted archeologist,
whose interest in Wisconsin's antiquities covered the period
from 1836 to 1875, the year of his death. Around the relief
is the inscription, 'Lapham Medal, Wisconsin Archeological
Society,' surrounded by a representation of a string of
wampum.
PLATE 2. Reverse
Lapham Medal 101
"The reverse of the medal bears two symbolic figures. Above
is a representation of the thunder bird, so characteristic of
the Indian lore of the Great Lakes region and so frequently
found in Wisconsin as a huge effigy mound. This figure
typifies the upper world spirits, the effigy mounds, in which
the state is so rich, and is a most fitting symbol of the arche-
ological activities of the Society. At the bottom is a double
panther motif, characteristic of the woven buffalo hair bag of
the region. This typifies the under world deities, and fittingly
symbolizes the State's ethnology. Between these two sym-
bolic figures and within another encircling string of wampum
is the inscription, 'Awarded to - - for dis-
tinguished service in anthropological research.'
"Perhaps the most symbolic of all, is the metal, copper, in
which the medal is struck. In aboriginal times the continent's
oreat source of copper was the primitive, open pit mines of
northern Wisconsin, the Michigan peninsula and Isle Royale.
Further, the State of Wisconsin is noted for the great num-
ber of copper implements and ornaments found in its arche-
ological remains. What could be more fitting, therefore, than
that this medal should be struck in copper."
There could be no greater reward, for a professional or
amateur, than to be selected to receive the Lapham Research
Medal, the highest honor the Wisconsin Archeological So-
ciety has to bestow. An honor for all of us to strive for in
the future.
REFERENCES
Barrett, S. A.
1926 The Lapham Research Medal, The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, N. S, Volume 5, No. 2, p. 47.
Bean, E. F.
Increase A. Lapham, Geologist, Lapham Anniversary
Issue, The Wisconsin Archeologist, N. S., Volume 16,
No. 4, pp. 79-96.
Hazlett, Wayne J.
1966 Lapham Medal Recipients, The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, N. S., Volume 47, No. 2. p. 97.
Schoewe, Charles G.
1959 A roster of Lapham Medalists, The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, N. S. Volume 41, No. 1, p. 19.
THREE LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDALS AWARDED
By Wayne ]. Hazlett
At the Society meeting in Milwaukee on May 20, 1968
three worthy archeologists received honors. They were
awarded the Lapham Research Medal by the Wisconsin
Archeological Society. This brought the number of recipients
to thirty-five, since inauguration in 1926.
Dr. David A. Baerreis presented medals, in the name of the
Society, to Ronald J. Mason, Dr. Joan E. Freeman, and Robert
J. Hruska. Their work in Wisconsin archeology is well
known to us all. I know the congratulations of each and ev-
ery member go out to them.
Dr. Ronald J. Mason, Department of Anthropology, Law-
rence University, Appleton, w T as the thirty-third recipient of
the Lapham Research Medal. He follows in the footsteps of
some of the greatest archeologists in Wisconsin history.
W^hen you think of the Door Peninsula, you naturally
think of Ronald Mason. He has done extensive work on
sites in this area. A major discovery, was his Eden-Scotts
Bluff Buriaj on the Door Peninsula. A report of which can
be found in American Antiquity, Volume 26, Number 1,
pages 43-57.
Ronald Mason has authored many papers during his career.
He has published in The Wisconsin Archeologist, The Mich-
igan Archaeologist, The Museum of Anthrology of the Uni-
versity of Michigan, and American Antiquity, to name a few.
Reports by Ronald Mason in the Wisconsin Archeologist,
can be found in Vol. 42, No. 4, Vol. 44, No. 4, Vol. 48, No. 2,
and Vol. 48, No. 4.
Dr. Joan E. Freeman, Curator of Anthropology, of the
Wisconsin State Historical Society, and State Archeologist,
since the passing of the Wisconsin Field Archeology Act in
1965, became the thirty-fourth recipient of the Lapham Re-
search Medal.
Joan Freeman, Wisconsin's first "State Archeologist," is
best known to us for her continuant work at Aztalan. The
ultimate aim of the work at Aztalan is a restoration of the
third platform mound and construction of examples of the
different types of dwellings found there, Much valuable in-
formation has been obtained through this work.
Freeman has also directed salvage archeology throughout
Lapham Medal Awarded 103
the State. She has worked in other states, as well. The
knowledge gained through this young lady is beneficial to
all. \Ve always look forward with anticipation to her reports.
Papers published in the \Visconsin Archeologist by Free-
man, can be found in Vol. 39, No. 1 and Vol. 47, No. 2. The
first pertains to Aztalan, and the latter to the Price Site III in
Richland County, plus a report on the passage of the Wiscon-
sin Field Archeology Act of 1965, in the same issue.
Robert J. Hruska, Curator of Anthropology, of the Oshkosh
Public Museum, a director of the Oshkosh Public Museum,
and past President of the Wisconsin Archeological Society,
was the thirty-fifth recipient of the Lapham Research Medal.
Hruska is well known to all for his work in Wisconsin
archeology. One of his more recent and most important
undertakings was his work at the Riverside Site. (See the
September, 1967 issue of the Wisconsin Archeologist for this
report). He has also conducted important excavations at
Peshtigo and other sites both in Wisconsin and Michigan.
Hruska's archeological pursuits have carried him over much
of the country since his early work in Michigan. He has con-
tributed much in the field of archeology. To talk with
Robert ]. Hruska is to gain knowledge.
Reports by Hruska in the Wisconsin Archeologist may be
found in Vol. 37, No. 2, Vol. 47, No. 1, both on Old Copper
Culture, and on the Riverside Site report in Vol. 48, No. 3.
These three recipients of the Lapham Research Medal, are
assured a place in the history of Wisconsin archeology. As
the saying goes, our State is richer because they are here.
By
David A, Baerreis
and
THE BOOKSHELF Guest Reviewers
Peru Before the Incas by Edward P. Lanning. Engelwood
Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1967. 216 pp.,
bibliography, 5 figures, glossary, index, 14 maps, 15 plates,
3 tables. $5.95 (cloth), $2.95 (paper).
Peruvian Archaeology: Selected Readings edited by John
Rowland Rowe and Dorothy Menzel. Peek Publications:
Palo Alto, California, 1967. Introduction, 1 table, 23 ar-
ticles. $4.00 (paper).
1967 saw the publication of two new books on Andean
archaeology which may well be of interest to the general
reader in addition to the student and specialist.
Peru Before the Incas is very different from the other gen-
eral books on the market; indeed, if one wants a balanced
view of Peruvian archaeology, one must supplement it with
one of the older books such as BushneH's Peru or Mason's
The Ancient Civilization of Peru, both also in paperback.
The latter book, however, is now out of print, a> fact which
makes the appearance of Lanning's work that much more im-
portant.
One of Lanning's main fields of research has been the very
early time periods of the Peruvian coast, an interest which is
reflected in his recent general articles published in American
Antiquity and Scientific American* This interest is also read-
ily apparent in his book, for, although one must make allow-
ances for a long introduction to the area and its problems, one
is still half way through the book's 200 pages before reaching
the "Chavin cult," which started about 900 B. C. Lanning
treats us to a fascinating description of these early inhab-
itants of the Peruvian coast and offers some startling data on
the incredible architectural activity of the early farmers of
Peru in the late Preceramic and Initial [Pottery] Periods.
Bookshelf 105
The remaining half of the book discusses the later and
more familiar time periods, embracing such well known
archaeological cultures as Chavin, Paracas, Moche, Nazca,
Chimu, Inca, etc. The treatment of these later periods is
spotty and terse, however, and it is for these periods that one
would do well to consult the earlier books mentioned above
for additional descriptive data. On the other hand, one of
Lanning's most interesting contributions to these later time
periods is his discussion of the Middle Horizon, for which he
draws on the recent research of Menzel to elucidate the pro-
cesses involved in the spread of this interesting and complex
phenomenon.
Lanning's book, then, is decidedly unbalanced in the weight
given to the early periods but, on the other hand, this is the
very time to which the least attention is paid in the older
books. Lanning also organizes his book within the time
periods proposed by Prof. John H. Rowe of the University of
California, Berkeley, rather than within the cultural devel-
opmental schemes which have been the framework for the
other books. Finally, it should be pointed out that most books
on Andean archaeology now on the market view the area and
its history from the point of view of the North Coast, spe-
cifically, the Viru Valley, which was intensively studied in
the mid-1 940's. Lanning, by contrast, stresses data gathered
after the Viru Valley Project; his book is the product of what
might be called the Berkeley School, and this new slant on
Andean archaeology is most welcome.
Also from Berkeley are the readings selected by Rowe and
Menzel. Although intended primarily as a series of read-
ings for students taking courses in Andean archaeology, the
selection is such as to be of more general interest. The 23
selections stress method as well as content and could really be
considered a series of essays on specific problems in Andean
prehistory. Many of the articles are from obscure and/or old
journals and are not readily available except in the best li-
braries. Of special interest to the general reader would be
such articles as: "Pre-ceramic Art from Huaca Prieta, Chic-
ama Valley" by Junius Bird; "Form and Meaning in Chavin
Art" by John H. Rowe; "Mochica Murals at Panamarca" by
Richard P. Schaedel; "Iconographic Studies as an Aid in the
106 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 19, No. 2
Reconstruction of Early Chimu Civilization" by Gerdt Kut-~-
scher; "Tiahuanaco Tapestry Design" by Alan R. Sawyer;
and "A Plain Man's Tomb in Peru" by Ephraim G. Sqiiier.
These articles plus 17 others provide some interesting reading
... i ' i' i '"".i;7.:jj . i.i' ii?i'*i'fjt&.i'i.'. [i,
lor almost any archaeological taste.
T . i .-. . . v.-i ,?HtM . '.uriurt ./
In summary, any person wishing to acquire the beginnings
cf a library in Andean archaeology would* want to include
these two books as well as Bushnell's Peru and/or Mason's
The Ancient Civilization of 'Peru. Mason's book, if one could
find a copy, has the advantage of fuller treatment of the.Inca
Period than either Bushnell or Lanning provides, plus a very
extensive bibliography of additional sources.
Donald E. Thompson.
University of \Visconsin Madison
The Mysterious Grain. By Mary Elting and Michael Folsom.
New York: M. Evans and Company, Inc., 1967. 118
pages. $4.50.
Science and the Secret of Man's Past. By Franklin Folsom.
Irvington-On-Hudson: Harvey House, Inc., 1966. 192
pages. $5.00.
Much of the current archaeological literature is either
highly technical, written by specialists for other specialists,
or is "object-oriented", designed tb inspire wonder in the
reader over the more spectacular treasures of the past. In
neither case does the interested youngster of junior and senior
high school age nor the interested adult, non-professional
archaeologist get a proper perspective on the field 6f 'archae-
ology. The two volumes under review lack these limitations.
Instead, they possess the admirable qualities of being factual
without being jargon-laden and of placing emphasis upon
information rather than upon objects. The books are aimed at
a pre-adult audience (I would guess a seventh-grader could
easily read both), but most adults interested in archaeology
will find them enjoyable and informative reading.
The books are similar in a number of respects. Neither is
written by professional archaeologists, but both are tech-
nically sound and accurate. Neither attempts to cover the
broad discipline of archaeology. Rather, each deals with a
select topic that has engaged the research energies of archae-
Bookshelf 107
ologists and of other kinds of scientists as well. The Myster-
ious Grain is concerned with the fascinating research of those
scientists who have sought to retrace the developmental steps
of domesticated maize back to its wild, ancestral form. Like-
wise, Science and the Secret of Man's Past retraces the steps
of research scientists, in this case men from a variety of fields
who have discovered and perfected the multitude of tech-
niques employed by the archaeologist to determine the age
of his discoveries.
The two books are similarly organized. The treatment is
historical in both cases, with the scientists as well as their
discoveries discussed in chronological order. Because the auth-
ors discuss the lives as well as the discoveries of the various
scientists, the books have a human quality seldom found in the
scientific literature. The charm of both books is further en-
hanced by numerous artistic drawings designed to supplement
the text. These do not contain the kind of detail one gets from
scaled maps and photographs, but such detail, expected in
scholarly reports, is not required in popular accounts like
these.
Although the books are remarkably similar in their organ-
ization, style, and manner of illustration, their subject matter
is, of course, different. Elting and Folsom, in tracing the re-
search of scholars into the ancestry of domestic corn, began
their story with Charles Darwin's efforts to deduce the an-
cestor of corn. The work of a number of late nineteenth and
early twentieth century botonists is then reviewed (e. g.,
Luther Burbank) leading up to the important research of
Paul Weatherwax and then Paul Mangelsdorf. The culmin-
ation of the latter's work comes when he joins forces with the
archaeologist Richard MacNeish in 1959. Together they con-
ceived of a project designed to discover positive evidence of
the wild ancestors of living maize. (Since no wild maizes
have survived, all botanical reconstructions of the ancestry of
domestic maize were necessarily speculative.) Their excit-
ing excavations in prehistoric sites of the Tehuacan Valley,
Mexico, uncovered exactly what they sought, actual cobs of
wild maize left behind as food refuse by early food gatherers-
in the valley.
Franklin Folsom (who, I suspect, is husband and father
108 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 2
to the mother-son team of authors of The Mysterious Grain)
also begins his narrative well before the present, in this case,
the seventeenth century. He traces the fascinating story of
the mounting flood of biological, geological, and archeolog-
ical evidence that in the mid-nineteenth century swept away
the dam of conservative thinking which, based upon the
Biblical research of Bishop James Ussher, held that the world
was barely 6000 years old. \Vith verification of th^ earth's
great antiquity came the realization that men toe were ancient.
Preshistory was discovered. The recognition of a prehis-
toric period preceding the historic represents the first ar-
chaeological sequence, and it constituted the temporal frame-
work within which early nineteenth century scholars viewed
human history (in the broadest sense) until Christian Thorn-
sen, in 1836, introduced the famous "Three Ages" (Stone,
Bronze, Iron) to archaeology. From this time onward, prob-
lems of chronology became of vital concern to archaeologists.
An enormous variety of chronological techniques are em-
ployed today by archaeologists. These have come to us
slowly and from many directions. They have come from
archaeology itself (e. g., the typological studies of Oscar
Montelius and Flinders Petrie), from geology (varve studies),
botany (palynology) , Astronomy (dendrochronology), and
physics (radio-carbon) to mention but a few. All of these
and more are discussed, along with their discoverers, in
Science and the Secret of Man's Past*
If you have youngsters at home who are interested in ar-
chaeology, I can unreservedly commend both of these books
to you. They, of course, only deal with limited aspects of
the field, but what is covered is discussed simply, accurately,
and in an enjoyable fashion.
James B. Stoltman,
Universitv of \Visconsin Madison
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Gale Highsmith.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Green wald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Rit-
zenthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: William M. Hurley, Chair-
man. Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalman, Paul Koeppler, Ernest
Schug.
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. D A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Paul Turney,
Herman Zander, Mrs. P. H. Wiegand.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chair-
man. Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stpltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum)
President: Robert J. Hruska
Vice President: George Fay
Secretary: G. Richard Peske
Treasurer: Claire Kalous
THE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOLOQIfT
THE EXCAVATION OF THE STATE.-LINE
MOUND GROUP (Ro-39), BELOIT, WISCONSIN
Frederick W. Lan?e
OLD COPPER ARTIFACTS FROM NORTH
DAKOTA, Pluma B. Spiss
THE FREDERICK S. PERKINS COLLECTION
State Historical Society of Wisconsin
THE DRUM SOCIETIES IN A SOUTHWESTERN
CHIPPEWA COMMUNITY, Vivian J. Rohrl
THE BOOKSHELF
DONATION OF BACK ISSUES REQUESTED
BOOKS RECEIVED
INTERESTING WISCONSIN SPECIMENS
WISCONSIN AKCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month, 8 P. M., Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg, Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Green wald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
SECRETARY
Paul Turney, Corresponding
Mrs. Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska, W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeologist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, $50.00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, $5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, $3.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave., Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN -- SEPTEMBER. 1968
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
THE EXCAVATION OF THE STATE-LINE MOUND
GROUP (Ro-39), BELOIT, WISCONSIN
Frederick W* Lange
University of Wisconsin, Madison
The State Line Mound Group was so-named because the
nothernmost member of the original group was in Wisconsin,
a second member straddled the Wisconsin-Illinois state line,
and the six remaining mounds were in Illinois, Seven of the
eight mounds were illustrated by Stephen D. Peet in Prehis-
toric America (Peet, 1898:40); Buell recorded all eight in a
1918 survey of the Beloit area (Buell, 1918: 119). (Figure 2.)
The Wisconsin side mound was linear in form, partially
eroded by Turtle Creek but still 75' in length when Buell
made his survey. Subsequent seasonal undercutting by the
creek completely destroyed this mound, as well as the northern
portion of an effigy mound which spanned the state line. The
reason for this quite rapid rate of erosion seems to be due to
the bank being located exactly at the bend where the creek
swings its course from north-south to east-west. Damming
or artificial change in the water table of the clay-bottomed,
shallow creek does not seem to have played any apparent
part. The southern half of this figure (of the so-called "tur-
tle" type) was destroyed in the construction of State Line
Poad. A third mound, an oval just on the Illinois side, was
removed since Buell's survey. Mr. Dearborn Hutchison, the
present property owner, related that his father had told him
bones were found in the mound when it was levelled.
The existence of the five remaining mounds was learned of
through conversations with Professors Andrew H. W^hiteford
and William S. Godfrey, Jr., Logan Museum, Beloit College.
Permission was obtained from the Hutchisons to walk over
and survey the field behind their home and adjoining cultiv-
ated fields. No artifacts were recovered from surface col-
lecting in the cultivated fields, which had just been plowed for
1 1 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49. No. 3
Figure 1: Map of Hutchison Site and Excavations,
Summer of 1967
planting. Two conical mounds, two oval mounds, and a
"turtle" mound were located behind the house. According to
the Hutchisons, this field has been in the family's possession
since 1859 and has never been plowed. It was cleared for
pasture and an orchard in the past, and at present is covered
with grasses. The Hutchisons agreed to excavation in all
but the "turtle" mound, which they did not wish to have dis-
turbed. An enthusiastic response by Beloit College students
State Line Mound Group
111
to a call for volunteer labor made it possible to conduct the
excavations on week-ends and free afternoons during the
summer of 1967. Field work began on June 4th and was com-
pleted on August 12th.
The State Line Mound Group is located on the second ter-
race of the Rock River in the SE % of the SE y 4 of Section 36,
Township 1 North, Range 13 East/ Beloit Township, Rock
County, Wisconsin; and in Township 46 North, Range 13
East, NE % of NE*i of Section 4, South Beloit Township,
IT ATI LINE MOUND GROUMRo-3)
(AFTER B U C i i , I 9 i 9)
K DE S TROYE D
A-C-D-E X C A v A T E , i 9 6 J
B U NE XC AV A TED
Figure 2: Hutchison Site as illustrated by Buell, 1919
112 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 49, No. 3
Winnebago County, Illinois. Turtle Creek passes 300 yards
to the north of the site, flowing westward to its confluence
with the Rock River. At this point the creek is 50 feet below
the level of the second terrace. The mound group is located
in the previously described uncultivated field,, with a present
growth of grasses, Chinese elm saplings, and sumac. The
area on which the mounds are located is virtually level. The
western edge of the terrace slopes 14 to the first terrace and
is cut in numerous places by erosicnal gullies.
The soil type on the terrace was identified as a Lorenzo
silt loam (Typic Argiudoll), a well-drained zonal soil. It is
described as having a loamy soil 12-20" thick over a calcar-
eous sand and gravel, with a sandy clay loam-clay loam Bt.
(Lee, 1967:10).
N
t
6:f eatures
N30E75
S'\
MOUND-A
Figure 3: Mound A, showing excavated area and location of
Features.
State Line Mound Group 113
A temporary bench-mark was established between the edge
of the terrace and Mound A. Excavation squares on the
mounds and in surface areas were set out and numbered in
relation to this central reference point.
Since there appeared to be no sub-surface cultural or pedo-
logical levels that would determine natural stratigraphy, for
the first two weeks mounds and surface areas were excavated
in arbitrary half-foot levels and screened through 14" mesh
screen. Negligible amounts of material in mound fill and
surface squared subsequently suggested a lack of habitation
refuse at the site; for the remainder of the summer squares
selected for excavation were taken down to approximately
.3' below glacial till by skimming off shallow layers with
shovels.
The Mounds in the State Line Mound Group:
MOUND A: Mound A is an oval mound, oriented longitu-
dinally east-west, 80' long, 35' wide, and 3.5' high. A total of
twenty 5' x 5' squares were excavated in this mound, forming
a north-south transecting trench along the F70 line and a
corresponding east-west trench along the N50 line for two-
thirds of the length of the mound. Features 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6
were located in Mound A, all with orifices at the level of in-
itial contact with the clay-till lens overlying the actual till
deposit (Figure 3.)
Feature 1 was located 12 feet east of the center of the
mound and had an orifice 5.0' in diameter. Our choice in set-
ting out our squares caused this pit to lie almost perfectly in a
corner common to four different squares. All of these squares
were levelled to the till prior to the excavation of the feature.
The feature was 2.3' deep and had clearly defined edges and
straight sides. Feature 1 contained one ceramic pipe bowl
fragment, one piece of ground basalt, and one piece of ground
slone. No burial remains of any type were observed.
Feature 3 was located slightly west of dead-center of the
mound and spread into three adjacent squares. The pit had an
orifice diameter of 2.5' at the clay-till level and was 1.2' deep,
with clearly defined edges and straight sides. No cultural
materials or possible remains of burial were detected in this
feature.
Feature 4 was situated in the exact center of the mound.
114 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
with orifice measurements 4.5' x 1.5'. Upon excavation this
feature was redesignated as a rodent burrow. The "pit" went
no lower than the clay-till level and was connected to numer-
ous tunnels, some of which were encountered in removing
the bulk of the square from above the feature. No cultural
materials were recovered from this area.
Feature 5 was visible in the wall profile north of Feature 1.
In profile this feature was 2' wide across the top of the orifice
and 1.5' deep. Approximately 1.0' of this feature was removed
in the excavation of square N55 E75. No bones or artifacts
were in evidence protruding from the wall, and it was de-
cided not to undercut to excavate the feature.
Feature 6 was located along the N50 line in the western
end of the mound. The orifice of the pit was encountered at
the level of the clay-till and was 4.8' x 2.0' in diameter. The
pit had clearly defined edges, sloping sides and was 1.5' deep.
No artifacts or remains of interment were discovered.
MOUND B: Mound B is a turtle-type mound, 90' long
from the head to the tip of the tail, oriented 62 east of north.
The tail alone comprises 35' of this total distance. The mound
is 3' high and 55' wide at its widest point (the rear appen-
dages). At the wish of the Hutchisons this mound was not
excavated.
MOUND C: Mound C is a conical mound 30' in diameter
and I 1 /?' high. There was evidence of minor pot-hunting ac-
tivity in the top of the mound, but no intrusion pit showed in
the profile. Four 5' x 5' squares were excavated over the cen-
ter of the mound to a depth of .5' below the contact with the
till, this being 5.0' below the present surface. A fifth 5* x 5'
square was excavated on the western edge of the mound. No
buried humus line was observed, Three grit-tempered, cord-
marked sherd fragments were recovered from the upper level
of the mound fill. No features, burials, or other cultural ma-
terials were found in the remainder of the mound.
MOUND D: Mound D is an oval mound, oriented longitu-
dinally east-west, 42' in length, 25' wide, and %' high. Three
5' x 5' squares were excavated in the center of the mound to
a depth of .5' below the till layer, 3.9' below surface. No
artifacts or sub-surface features were found during the ex-
cavation. A buried humus line was not observed.
State Line Mound Group 115
MOUND E: Mound E is a conical mound, 30' in diameter
and 1/2 high. There was some evidence of recent disturbance
on the top of the mound and three light bulb fragments were
found in the first l /2 of excavation. No lower evidence of dis-
turbance was observed. Three 5' x 5' squares were excavated
in the center of the mound. At 2.9' below the surface, the ori-
fice of a pit with a 3.0' north-south diameter was defined at
the clay-till horizon. After all the edges had been cleared, the
pit, designated Feature 2, was excavated. Numerous bone
fragments were exposed and the Feature was re-designated
Burial 1. This interment consisted of the fragmented remains
of possibly three individuals: one female, one infant, and one
other unidentifiable as to sex. The bones had suffered con-
siderably from the combined effects of poor soil conditions
and intensive rodent activity. It was impossible to determine
whether primary or secondary burials were represented. The
pit was 1.0' deep. No buried humus line was observed. One
chert scraper and a piece of ground stone were recovered from
the mound fill.
SURFACE TESTING: Three 5' x 5' surface test squares
were excavated, as well as thirteen 3' x 3' test squares. These
test areas were excavated to a depth of contact with glacial
till, at an average depth of 1.7 (+ 2') below surface. No
features were found and artifact recovery was limited to four
pieces of modern ceramics, one graver and one utilized flake.
An attempt was made to test for habitation or refuse materials
throughout the area of the mound group. From the negligible
results, as well as from the lack of materials in the mound fill,
i( seems safe to state that habitation activities were not car-
ried on in the immediate vicinity of these mounds.
It was suspected that poor soil drainage and other adverse
natural conditions were responsible for the absence of evi-
dence of interment or other remains in the sub-mound pits in
Mound A. Soil samples were submitted to the Soil and Plant
Analysis Laboratory of the University of Wisconsin, and
tested, especially to attempt to establish the presence of bone
phosphorus in the fill of the pits. Results of this test were neg-
ative, and the purpose of the pits beneath the mound becomes
conjectural. The soils tests did indicate an extremely high or-
ganic matter content in the soil, ranging from 18 tons per
116 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
acre just above the clay-till layer (3. 2' -3. 5' below surface)
to 24 tons per acre in the center of mound fill (2.0' below
surface) to 36 tons per acre in the surface horizon (.2' -.4'
below surface). The pit fill of Feature 1 contained an organic
matter content equal to 27 tons per acre. This is the highest
level represented except for the surface level and would seem
to indicate a higher level of organic content in the pit. Seme
of this increase is most probably due to post-aboriginal rodent
storage activity. Coupled wLth the lack of any borrow area
on the second terrace surface, the soil tests tend to support the
hypothesis that the Indians were obtaining their construction
earth from the easily gathered, rich alluvium on the first ter~
lace, and tranGporting it up to the slope to form the mounds.
ARTIFACTS: A total of 22 artifacts were recovered dur-
ing the excavation. They were distributed as follows:
1 decorated pipe bowl Mound A, Feature 1
1 piece ground slate Mound A, Feature 1
wood fragments Mound A, Feature 1
1 piece ground stone Mound A, Feature 1
1 piece polished bone Mound A, Level 1
1 historic brass button Mound A, Level 1
1 piece ground stone Mound A, Level 2
1 side-notched projectile point Mound A, Level 3
1 grit-tempered sherd fragment Mound A, Level 4
1 chert knife-like implement - Mound A, Level 4
2 pieces of ground stone Mound A, Level 4
3 grit-tempered sherd fragments Mound C, Level 3
1 piece of ground stone Mound E, Level 1
1 scraper (chert) Mound E, Level 1
1 utilized flake - Surface, S5W25, Level 1
1 graver Surface, S5W25, Level 1
4 historic sherds - Surface, NOE95, Level 1
Artifact Descriptions
Ro~39 - N55 E75-IA
This brass button was found in the first level (0-.5' below
surface) in Mound A. No mark of identification is visible.
The head of the button is 17 mm in diameter. The head was
made by wrapping a thin sheet of brass around the end of a
stud, the small end of which is 11 mm in diameter. The
shank separating the large and small heads of the stud is 4
State Line Mound Group
117
mm long.
Ro-39 - NO E95-1-1
These four historic ceramic fragments were excavated from
the surface level (0-.5' below surface) in a surface square.
They are 8 mm thick and have no designs or marks of manu-
facture on them. The exterior glaze is yellow (2.5Y %. This
and subsequent color notations are from Munsell color charts).
Ro-39 - N50 E70-1-1
This artifact is a polished bone fragment that was found
in the first level (0-.5' below surface) of Mound A. It is 8
mm long, 7 mm wide, is from an unidentifiable non-human
animal, and since both ends are broken, no exact functional
interpretation can be made.
Ro 39 - N55 E80-2-1
This light gray (10 YR 7/1) chert knife was excavated
frcm the fill of Mounc! A. The blade is slightly convex and
the striking platform is still present, showing an angle of
about 20 from the core. The bulb of percussion was re-
moved with a large flake from the back of the blade. The
knife is 70 mm long, 35 mm wide, and 15 mm thick. Removal
of flakes from the convex side shows an attempt to thin and
straighten the blade, but the lateral sides show no evidence
a.
Figure 4: Lithic artifacts from Hutchison site.
a: chert knife from Mound A
b: chert projectile point from Mound A
118 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
of secondary retouch. It is quite probable that the artifact
does not represent a finished product. (Figure 4a.)
Ro-39 - N60 E70-2-1
This light gray (10 YR 7/1) chert side-notched projectile
point was excavated from the fill of Mound A. Its total length
is 38 ram, the stem being 9 mm long and 14 mm wide, and the
body of the point being 29 mm long and 10 mm wide at its
mid-point. The body of the point is slightly convex in shape
and cross-section and has a convex base. The artifact is 4
rnm thick at its mid-point, 2 mm thick at the tip of the point,
and thinned to 1 mm in thickness at the base by removal of
small flakes from both sides. The notches are 3 mm in width,
2 mm long, and the minimum distance between the two is 9
mm. The width of the point at the shoulder is 13 mm. The
base is 15 mm wide and 6 mm long. The depth of convexness
(deviation below a straight line across the bottom of the
point) is 2 mm. The flaked lateral edges and the base show
no signs of grinding or retouch. (Figure 4b.)
Ro~39 - N50 E50-2-!
The ground artifact of granodiorite is roughly semi-lunate
in shape. The frontal edge is 95 mm. long and the piece is
J6 mm thick. The back edge curves to a maximum distance
of 45 mm from the front edge. The front edge is bevelled to a
45 angle and is smoothed across the face of the bevel, which
is slightly concave. There are no wear marks at any point on
the artifact. The bevelled face seems to satisfactorily co-
incide with the exterior body form of most medium and large
sized vessels and one possible use that might be inferred is
for the smoothing of ceramic vessels prior to their drying in
preparation for firing.
Ro-39 - N55 E65-2-1
This ground piece of andesite was excavated from the fill
of Mound A. It is 38 mm long, 35 mm wide, 17 mm thick,
and 95 mm in circumference. It is similar in size and shape
to small cobbles that, in Southwestern pueblo cultures, are
used to smooth the exteriors and interiors of ceramic vessels
during the manufacturing process, although its lack of the
pronounced sheen that the Southwestern implements have
cast doubt of its use in this manner.
Ro-39 - N55 E75-4-1
State Line Mound Group 119
This piece of ground andesite was excavated from the fill
of Mound A. It is 62 mm long and 115 mm in circumference.
It has two smoothed faces which meet at just slightly more
than a 90 angle. Both of these faces have exactly the same
surface area, being 55 mm long and 31 mm wide. A narrow
edge, not as highly smoothed as the two faces, is 10 mm wide
and runs back from one of the faces at a 90 angle. The back
side is smooth and rounded. There are no wear marks vis-
ible at lOx magnification. Use, if any were intended, cannot
be inferred from the artifact.
Ro-39 - N55 E75-4-2
This grit-tempered sherd fragment was found in the fill of
Mound A. It is too small for significant analysis or descrip-
tion (4 mm in diameter).
Ro-39 - Mound A, Feature 1-1
This artifact is a grit-tempered pipe fragment with six ap-
plique nodes. Two other nodes were recovered but are not
attached to the main fragment. The nodes are arranged in
two rows around the bowl, the center of the top row being
18 mm below the rim and the center of the lower row being
40 mm below the rim. Members of the rows are approximate-
ly 10 mm apart. Although the base of the pipe is missing,
a: exterior view b: interior view
Figure 5: "Coffee-Bean" style ceramic pipe from Mound A,
Feature 1.
120 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
it is estimated that the height of the original specimen would
have been about 60 mm. The bowl of the pipe has an over-
all diameter of 48 mm and an orifice diameter of 26 mm. The
nodes protrude an average of 11.5 mm from the exterior of
the pipe and have an average diameter of 20 mm. Each node
is ringed with two incisions, one setting off the node from the
bowl, the second around the node itself, 5 mm out from the
bowl and defining a node tip 13 mm in diameter. The exterior
of the rim is decorated with punctations 5 mm long (measured
from the outer edge of the rim) and 2 mm wide that are spaced
approximately 4 mm apart. The exterior surface is yellowish
brown (10 YR 5/3) and has a hardness of 2.5 and 3.5. One
node which is not covered by the smooth yellowish brown
exterior has a yellowish red color (5 YR 5/6) and the paste
is reddish brown (5 YR 5/4) in color. The bowl area is
blackened, presumably due to burning and the base area is
especially blackened. However, no carbon was present.
(Figure 5.)
Ro-39 - Mound A, Feature 1-2
This piece of ground basalt is 1 1 5 mm long, 55 mm wide,
tapering toward one one end, and 20 mm thick. The thinnest
edge shows evidence of chipping. Inspection with a lOx hand
lens allows some influence to the use of this tool. \Vear
marks tend to suggest that it was a combination flaking tool
and platform for working with lithic materials. Battering nicks
and flaking on the thick edge indicate the use of this part of
the tool for striking off flakes. The position of the nicks
shows that that main force would have been applied across
the natural structure of the basalt, giving greater strength and
resistance to chipping and shattering. Striations across the
surface of the tool are positioned in relation to the battered
edges and probably resulted from scraping against the cere
material in the follow through of the striking motion. The
top surface of the artifact has been smoothed and has a ridge.
Wear marks on the surface show pin-point holes resulting
from short, quick applications of indirect pressure.
Ro-39 - Mound A, Feature 1-4
The ground andesite cobble is 75 mm long, 38 mm in di-
ameter, and 115 mm in circumference. It is supposed that it
was used in some type of grinding activity. A slight indenta-
State Line Mound Group 121
tion allows a firm grip, while shine on the convex side in-
dicates some degree of use. There are no striations visible at
lOx magnification and since the stone is too small for effec-
tive production for culinary purposes, it may have been used
in preparing some sort of soft mineral. The underlying out
wash tills contained both red and yellow ochre and there may
have been preparation of these or similar materials.
Ro-39 - N172 E70-M
This piece of ground andesite was excavated from the sur-
face level (0-5" below surface) of Mound E. It is 46 mm
iong, 42 mm wide, 25 mm thick, and 115 mm in circumference.
No use marks or striations are visible at lOx magnification.
Like artifict Number N55 E65-2-1 it is similar to cobbles
used in the manufacture procedures of ceramic vessels, but
also lacks sheen.
Ro-39 - N172 E70-2-1
This white (2.5 & 8/0) chert scraper was excavated from
the fill of Mound E. It is 7 mm thick, 27 mm long, and 20 mm
wide. It shows secondary flaking and utilization along one
laterial edge and is the type of implement sometimes referred
to as a "spokeshave."
Ro-39 - N242 E205-3-1
This grit-tempered sherd fragment was excavated from the
fill of Mound C. It had no decoration. It has a yellow (7.5
YR 7/6) interior surface, a dark brown 10 YR 3/3 exterior
surface, and a reddish yellow (7.5 YR:6/6) paste.
RO-39 - S5 W25-1-1
This gray chert flake shows signs of utilization along one
lateral side and one corner. It is 16mm long, 11 mm wide, and
3 mm thick. It. was excavated from the first level (0- .5' be-
low surface) in a surface square.
Ro-39 - S5 W25-1-3
A pinkish white chert flake was recovered from the same
level as the preceding artifact. It is utilized along one lateral
edge and probably served as a graver, although the spur is
now broken off.
Summary and Discussion
The State Line Mound Group is located within the southern
geographical boundary area of the recognized limits of the
Effigy Mound culture. Beloit was described in historic times
122 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
as the location of numerous Indian camps and an important
intersection of many trails (Buell, 1918: 119). The same cir-
cumstances of interaction can be hypothesized for the prehis-
toric period and the Rockford-Beloit area was probably sub-
ject to many influences from the Illinois, Mississippi, and Rock
r;ivcr vnlleys. The possibility of contacts with both ideas and
actual movements of people makes it difficult to accept any
mound group in this "fringe" area as the products of a si.igle
culture. As Baerreis has pointed out, "It is evident that the
archaeological analysis of this material must proceed mound
by mound, not by lumping the traits of mound groups" (Baer-
reis, 1954:43). The temporal and cultural association of the
mounds in the State Line Group cannot be directly proven on
the basis of excavated artifacts that are common to all mounds,
or by unique, distinctive constructural features. However, on
a working basis, the compactness of the State Line Group in
geographical isolation from other mound groups in the Beloit
area suggests that it may be accepted as a cultural entity.
On the purely observational level, the mounds in this group
show some similarities. Both oval mounds are oriented along
the east-west axis, both conical mounds are approximately
30' in diameter, and the destroyed "turtle" mound seems to
have shared a sixty-two degree inclination to the northeast
with the remaining one; the linear mound also seems to have
shared this northeastern orientation. The destroyed third
oval did not, according to Buell's map, share the positioning
of the other two. None of the mound profiles indicated a
buried humus line. When pits did occur in the mounds,
they were all below the clay-till level, a common effigy
mound trait.
The lack of diagnostic artifacts or burials also makes it
difficult to compare the State Line Group with other mound
groups in the area, such as the mounds in the Beloit College
group, one and one-half miles to the northwest (Bastian, 1958:
155). Burials in three excavated conical mounds in the two
groups show broad similarities in that they all occur in oval,
sub-surface pits, and apparently contained female interments
of a primary or secondary nature. Although buried humus
Imes were also not present in the excavated College mounds,
this is an apparently common Effigy Mound trait; there are
State Line Mound Groujx 123
no distinctive bases for comparison in these two groups.
A search for pipes similar to the fragment found in Mound
A, Feature I 1 , resulted in a sample of ten ceramic and one
steatite pipe; they are all of the type commonly referred to
as "coffee-bean" style by George A. West, who wrote, "The
pipe is almost invariably made of pottery and is found prin-
cipally in Georgia. It is considered a mound type" (West,
1934:298). Six of the pipes illustrated by West come from
Georgia, two from Wisconsin (excluding the Beloit pipe),
and one each from Illinois, Tennessee, and Alabama. All of
these specimens show large noding over the bowl of the pipe;
however, only one has the incising characteristic of the Beloit
fragment. This occurs on a pipe from Pepin County, Wis-
consin; the nodes on this example are nowhere near as prom-
inent as on other pipes of this type. A twelfth example of
a "coffee bean" pipe, excavated from the Hollywood Mound
in Georgia (Lamar Focus) but not reported by West, is
illustrated in the 12th Annual Report of the Bureau of Am-
erican Ethnology (Thomas, 1890: 328). The pipe shows flat
but prominent nodes and incising almost identical to the
Beloit one. The Lamar Focus dates about 1300 A. D.,
which would be temporarily comparable to very late Effigy
Mound or Blackduck (Willey, 1966; 250). Although it is
certainly risky to look as far afield as Georgia on the basis
of one artifact, the position of the State Line Group in a geo-
graphically favorable location for cultural contacts and the
presence of stylistic similarities in geographical intermediate
locations should not prevent us from looking.
The only other effigy mound group in this fringe area that
has been excavated is the Lake Lawn Group on Lake Del-
avan (Brown, 1955). He places the two mounds that were
excavated there in Late Woodland times, but on the basis
of a chert hoe, rather than a possible exotic artifact. The
semi-circular concentration of sub-floor pits which he ex-
cavated in a turtle mound is very similar to the pits found in
the floor of Mound A. For comparative purposes, it is very
unfortunate that we were unable to excavate the .turtle
mound at the State Line Group.
Further excavations in mounds- in the Beloit area; and
more importantly, the location and excavation of habitation
124 WISCONSIN ARCHEO/LOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
sites, are needed to establish a picture of this fringe area.
Excavations in habitation areas will allow comparisons with
sites at Stevens Point and Fremont excavated by a Univer-
sity, of Wisconsin field party, under the field supervision
of William Hurley in 1966, which occupied a riverine en-
vironment similar to that of the Rock.
In addition to further defininig possible external contacts,
such excavations would show the intensity of relationship
between the fringe areas and the center of the Effigy Mound
region. As can be said for most other contemporary archae-
ological problems, more work and more data are needed.
Acknowledgements:
A volunteer archaeological excavation is dependent on the
contributions of numerous people. Special thanks are due to
Mr. and Mrs. Dearborn A. Hutchison for permission to
excavate on their property; to Professors Andrew H. \Vhite-
ford and William S. Godfrey, Jr. and Mrs. Drucilla Freeman
of the Logan Museum on Anthropology, Beloit College for
their encouragement and assistance in making the project
possible; to the Beloit Physical Plant for providing field
equipment and for back-filling the excavation; to Mr. Chad
Phinney, who served as my field assistant; to Mr. Mike
Loftus who supervised the excavation of Mound C; a
especially to the Beloit College students, and my wife, who
gave very generously of their time. The drawings of the
artifacts were done by Miss Gretchen Laundy, a student at
Beloit College. Professor James A. Brown of Michigan
State University very kindly allowed me the use of his
material on the Lake Lawn Site. Suggestions and criticisms
by Professor David A. Baerreis during the preparation of
this report were helpful and appreciated.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baerreis, David A.
"Furthur Information on the Frost Woods Mound Group
(Dal)," Wisconsin Archeologist, Volume 35, No. 2, pp.
43 - 49.
Bastian, Tyler
"The Beloit Mound Group (Ro 15), A Preliminary Report,"
Wisconsin Archeologist, Volume 39, No. 3, pp. 155-171.
Brown, James A. The Lake Lawn Mound Group, 1955. (Un-
published Ms.)
Buell, Ira M.
"Beloit Mound Groups," Wisconsin Archeologist, Volume
18, No. 4, pp. 119-151.
State Line Mound Group 125
Lee, G. B.
Key For The Classification of Wisconsin Soils, 1967. Mimeo.
Soils Department, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Peet, Stephen B.
Prehistoric America, Volume II. Chicago: American Anti-
quarian, 1898.
Thomas, Cyrus
'Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Am-
erican Ethnology," 12th Annual Report of the Bureau of
American Ethnology, pp. 3-742.
West, George A.
Tobacco, Pipes, and Smoking Customs of American In-
dians, Pt. II, Milwaukee Public Museum Bulletin, Volume
17, 1934.
Willey, Gordon R.
An Introduction to American Archaeology, Volume I.
Englewood Cloffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1966.
OLD COPPER ARTIFACTS FROM NORTH DAKOTA
Pluma B* Spiss
This native copper projectile point, No. 1 in the photo-
graph, was found on the Frank Ringleh farm one mile south
of Lakota, North Dakota. It was presented to the State His-
torical Society in 1951 but was only recently sent in to the
U. S. National Museum for identification. The information
received from them is that they examined it with considerable
interest and found it checked very closely with specimens in
their collections from Michigan and "Wisconsin which are
attributed to the Old Copper Culture of Archaic Age, Ca
3000-2500 B. C. These objects were cold hammered from
nuggests of native copper. There is no data available on the
No. 2 point. No. 3 was found near McHenry, North Dakota,
which is in the general area where No. 1 was found.
My family and I have found nine native copper rolled
beads, and have one stone projectile point which greatly re-
sembles photos of chipped stone points of the Old Copper
Assemblage which are in the Milwaukee Museum. I realize
it may be only a similarity. The artifacts were found west of
the Missouri River in North Dakota.
Old Copper Points, N. Dakota
Perkins Collection 127
THE FREDERICK S, PERKINS COLLECTION
Reprinted from the
State Historical Society of Wisconsin
TWENTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT
1876
Pre-Historic Antiquities of Wisconsin
Our Society has been singularly fortunate in having placed
in its custody, and, on certain conditions, securing the ultim-
ate ownership, of one of the largest and most valuable collec-
tions of pre-historic antiquities ever made in this country.
or perhaps any other. It is worthy of record, as well as of
interest, to note the facts which led to its collection, and to
indicate its character and importance.
Frederick S. Perkins, of Burlington, Racine County, Wis
consin, the indefatigable collector of this remarkable collec-
tion, was born at Trenton Falls, Oneida county, N. Y. f Dec.
6, 1832. His father, Origen Perkins, removed first to Joliet,
Illinois, in Nov., 1835, and in August, 1836. made his advent
to what is now Burlington, where he found only two small
log buildings one occupied as a tavern, the other as a store.
He made a claim; and, in November ensuing, erected the first
private dwelling in the town, and removed his family there
in March, 1837. Here his son Frederick qrew T up, enjoying
only common school advantages, and working on the farm,
till Nov., 1852, when he went to New York city with no
definite purpose. Possessing a taste for drawing, and visiting
the Dusseldorf Gallery, he became enthused with the desire
to be an artist, and with the advice of A. B. Durand, Presi-
dent of the National Academy of Design, he entered the
studio of Jasper F. Cropsey with whom he studied assidu-
ously two years, when he entered upon his profession in
that city with good prospects of success sometimes tak'n-f
jaunts into the neighboring States.
While in the region of W^lkesbarre, Pennsylvania, in
1857, Mr. Perkins became interested in the stone antiquit'es
found in that section, and made quite a collection. ! 1 862,
he opened his studio in Milwaukee; but returned to Burling-
ton in 1864, and becoming connected in marriage with Miss
Emily Wainwright, he abandoned his profession for the time
being, and settled down on the farm which his father had
128 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. -3
located in 1836; and then it was, he fairly commenced his
collection of the pre-historic antiquities of Wisconsin con-
fined exclusively, 'till 1871, to implements of the stone age.
A single large copper spear head, found three miles north of
Burlington, in October of that year, so excited his interest,
that he thenceforth made a specialty of seeking specimens of
the copper age, not, however, neglecting to secure all good
articles of the stone period.
He now began to systematize his mode of collection. He
would spend many weeks at a time on a tour of thorough
canvassing taking a county, and going carefully through it
by townships and sections, missing scarcely a house. He
would make his inquiries, responding kindly to questions of
curiosity, obtaining what specimens he could, paying for
them when pay was demanded; and, not unfrequently, hear-
ing of some fine specimen of the copper age that had been
sold to some peddler for old copper, or cut up or melted for
some trifling purpose. He would leave his card, so should
other articles of interest be found, his name and address
might be known; and being a ready and apt draughtsman, he
would generally mark on his card the shape of a spear or
arrow head, or some other antiquarian device, the better to
keep his wishes in remembrance; and this he would partic-
ularly observe when at the residence of Germans and Nor-
wegians. Thus, in all weather, with the thermometer some-
times as low as fifteen or twenty degrees below zero, or
during the extreme heats of summer, would he push his
journeyings with varied success.
In this manner were the counties of Racine, Kenosha, Wai-
worth, Waukesha, Milwaukee, Jefferson, Dodge, Washing-
ton, Ozaukee, Fond du Lac and Sheboygan, and portions of
Rock, Dane and LaFayette, explored; not unfrequently so-
journing for the night in a barn, hut or hovel, and sometimes
suffering from a run-away of his horse, and encountering
other perils and adventures.
Some days he would scarcely find one single stone arrow-
head to reward his toils and efforts, and get discouraged;
when the next day, perhaps, in some unpromising neighbor-
hood, he would find the most interesting specimens both of
stone and copper. These repeated journeys and explora-
Perkins Collection 129
tions cost Mr. Perkins much time and expense; at a time, too,
when he was necessitated to effect loans for improving his
farm. But so fixed was his determination to make a unique
and valuable collection, with the ultimate design of its be-
coming the property of the State in which he had spent most
of his life, that he practised every self-denial in order to con-
tinue these collections; in which Mrs. Perkins, sympathising
heartily with his tastes and purposes, would freely encourage
her husband, even at the expense of personal and family
comforts. All honor to such unselfish devotees for the benefit
of science, and the extension of human knowledge!
The collection thus made consists of 600 stone rollers,
pestles, knives, scrapers, awls, pikes, and anomalous forms;
365 stone axes of various forms and sizes; about 50 stone
pipes and perforated ornaments; nearly 8,000 spear, lance
and arrow-heads: and of copper articles, 68 spear or dirk-
heads with sockets for shafts; 5 notched for shafts, like flint
arrow-heads; 9 with round shanks to be inserted into shafts;
15 with flat shanks; 10 knives; 15 chisels or axes;3 socket-
axes, knives or adzes; 5 augers; 2 gads, 1 drill, and 9 of
anomalous forms numbering altogether over 9,000 articles
of the pre-historic age. Nearly all are in the finest condition,
and all were found in Wisconsin* All of the rarer articles
are labelled with the names of their finders; and a record is
preserved of the localities and circumstances of their discov-
ery. The majority of them were turned up by the plow; but
some were found as deep as ten or twelve feet below the sur-
face sometimes embedded in clay below the gravel.
The stone collection is simply wonderful, while the copper
cne is confessedly unequalled in the country. The copper
districts of Lake Superior, which disclose so many evidences
of ancient mining, doubtless furnished most of the material
for the manufacture of these interesting implements of a
former age; and it is not strange that our own State should
furnish the richest field for this rarest class of pre-historic
remains. Prof. Charles Rau, in his valuable paper, in the
Smithsonian Report for 1872, on the Ancient Aboriginal
Trade of North America, justly remarks that "the copper
articles left by the former inhabitants are by no means abun-
dant;" adding, as an example, that during his thirteen years
130 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
sojourn in the neighborhood of St. Louis, a region partic-
ularly rich in tumular structures, he did not succeed in obtain-
ing 'a single specimen belonging to this class.
The American Antiquarian Society, during its sixty-three
years' existence, has only obtained some half a dozen speci-
mens of ancient copper implements, and less than 300 of
stone; the Smithsonian Institution, it is understood, has ac-
cumulated 15 copper specimens, and has made casts of sev-
eral of the Perkins' collection; the late Dr. Lapham, as a re-
sult of nearly forty years' efforts, secured only 1 1 copper
articles, for some of which he was indebted to Mr. Perkins,
and 165 stone implements; the German Natural History So-
ciety of Milwaukee has collected 10 copper specimens, and
91 of stone; Dr. Day, of Wauwatosa, 1 of copper, and 163
of stone; Beloit College, 1 of copper, and 53 of stone; and
Col. C. C. Jones, formerly of Georgia, has six copper imple-
ments, described in his work on the antiquities of that State.
And our own Society, after nearly a quarter of a century's
efforts, had secured only 13 copper specimens, 39 stone axes,
and a variety of spear and arrow-heads, and other stone
implements.
When the late J. W. Foster, LL. D., of Chicago, published
in 1874, his work on the Pre-Historic Races of America, in
which he acknowledged his frequent indebtedness to Mr.
Perkins' archaeological collections, and especially his collec-
tion of copper implements, it very naturally led several learned
institutions to make inquiries whether he would be willing
to dispose of them. Our late lamented associate, Dr. Lapham,
the able antiquary and scientist, spent three days in a careful
examination of Mr. Perkins' collection, expressing his aston-
ishment at its extent and character so infinitely in advance
of his own, which he had been nearly four times as long in
gathering.
Under such circumstances, it is a matter of no small felic-
itation that our Society has secured a collection so important
for the illustnation of the pre-historic period of Wisconsin,
and which probably stands unrivalled by any similar collec-
ion in the country. Future generations will commend the
foresight arid persistence of Mr. Perkins in making it, and
the wisdom df this Society in securing this priceless treasure.
Perkins Collection 131
Let this richest acquisition of our Society serve to stimulate
its officers and members, and the people of Wisconsin, to
renewed efforts for the augmentation of this department of
our, collections, .that, it shall worthily attract the attention of
the antiquaries of the civilized worJjfL J(
THE DRUM SOCIETIES IN A SOUTHWESTERN
CHIPPEWA COMMUNITY
Vivian }, Rohrl
San Diego State College
The Medicine Dance or Midewiwin is a well-known Chip-
pewa, or Ojibv/a, ceremony (see Barnouw 1960, Hoffman
1891 ). LesG known is the Drum Dance. In the Fall and Win-
ter of 1963-64. I did field work, at Mille Lacs Lake, Minne-
sota, where 1 attended two such dances. !
The Drum Dances began in about 1865 at Mille Lacs, with
the presentation of a Drum by the Dakota Indians to the
Ojibwa, to commemorate a lasting peace between the two
tribes. In 1964, each of the six Drums at Mille Lacs had an
attendant association, the Drum Society, and each such group
gave at least four dances annually. The following pages
comprise a description of the Drum Societies and of a Drum
Dance held in November 1963.
Within each Drum Society, there is a set number of mem-
bers, and membership is for life. Membership tends to be
constituted largely of bilineal relatives. All members vote in
each new one. Members of each Drum are selected bv its
entire Drum Society. The members, and in particular the
owners, must possess certain characteristics that ensure per-
petuation of the Drum: A person must be of good character
ancl not too poor; in particular, he must not be stingy.
Each Drum has an owner. We te we iganit, and a co -
owner, Watabima't we te we iganini chin* Ownership is her-
editary, from father to son or, if there is no son, to a close
relative who is usually a brother or a parallel nephew. If
there is a choice between brothers, the one who is wise in
* This project was made possible by National Institute of Men-
tal Health Funds via the Department of Anthropology at the
University of Minnesota, and by a grant from the San Diego
State College Foundation.
132 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLQGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
the ways of the people is preferred.
The membership of every Drum Society includes four
Drum Warmers. 2 - ^ Before each dance, they warm the skin
top of the Drum over the fire until it has the correct tone
when beaten. After the afternoon Dance, the Drum Warm-
ers remove the Drum from the four sticks that support it and
let it stand on the ground for the secular dance in the evening.
Four singers 2 and four co-singers belong to the Drum; at all
dances, they beat the Drum and chant. There are also four
osh-ka-be-wis, 2i 4 or official inviters. who do not only invite
the people but also prepare the dance lodge, fetch water, and
distribute the ceremonial repast. At the appropriate point in
the ceremonial dance, the head osh-ka-be*wis passes the pipe
around to the men. During the autumn W'ar Drum Dance,
to be described below, the osh-ka-be-wis of the War Drum
offers green wild rice to the four cardinal points and upward.
In each society there are 6 to 12 women, depending on the
Drum. The women usually prepare the food and the blankets
that are used in the ceremony.
The ladies' Drum Society is run in the same way as the
other Drums. If an owner dies, her daughter usually takes
over or, if there is no daughter, a close parallel niece. The
members of the Ladies' Drum Society specialize in the sewing
of quilts. This society holds, in the evening, ia secular dance,
as do the other Drums.
Most Drum Dances last a week-end, that is, Saturday af-
ternoon, Saturday evening, and Sunday afternoon. Thus,
the members who work in the city may participate.
The Drum Dance. The pattern of the Drrm Dances is
more or less constant, with variations from Drum to Drum.
The people are seated around the sides of the dance hall;
the Drum rests in the center of the room, and the drummers
and singers are seated around it.
The afternoon ceremony consists of dancing interspersed
2 Each of the groups of four drum warmers, singers, and
oshkabewis, have one member designated as head.
3- Sometimes, people phrase Drum membership as "members
of the Drum" or as "belonging to the Drum".
4- One of the oshkabewis explained that his function also in-
cluded the maintenance of order at the Dances, in the same
policing manner as the Plains Indian military societies.
Drum Societies 133
with rituals and with exhortative speeches. For this dance,
the drum warmers prepare the Drum so that it sounds the
proper tone; then, they set it up on four props in the center
of the dance hall. The singers chant a wordless chant con-
tinuously until the people are assembled and the dancers
present.
The man who leads off the dancing, usually the owner of
the Drum, is in costume. 5 He dances around the Drum once,
and then others, a few of whom are in costume, follow. Each
man in the Drum Society has a turn in dancing. Before he
dances, he takes one of several feathered sticks that rest at
foot of the Drum. He holds the stick while he dances,
and after he completes his dance, he replaces the stick at the
foot of the Drum. Each man has his own part of the Drum
i. e., feathered stick which he holds while he dances;
Each man has his own song, and when it is sung, he must
dance.
After this first group, the singers dance in turn. As each
singer finishes his dance, he gives a gift, usually one dollar,
to a representative of a Drum who has come to visit from
another village.
The people do not hesitate to quip and to joke with one
another from the time that they enter the dance hall through
the initial song period. From then on, a solemn silence is
observed.
After the singers have each danced, a woman places a
plate with green wild rice in it on the ground. The osh-ka-
be-wis dances around the plate. It is at this point that, with
a cupping motion, he reaches toward the rice land, with a
throwing motion, symbolically spreads it to the four direc-
tions and up.
Between the dances of individuals, there is always an "in-
termission," during which people dance in groups. The men
dancers are first in line; they are followed by boys, and next
are the women <and the girls.
Usually, the women who dance are members of the Drum.
At first, they may stand up near their seats and silently
5- This includes a headdress of porcupine feathers and porcu-
pine down, beaded trousers with apron and, around each
ankle, a string of bells.
134 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
stamp t^eir feet to the beat of the Drum; later, they may
dance around the Drum. The women dance in a quieter
fashion than the men, and usually a group of sisters dances
together. The dance of the women is characterized by a
single two-step, rather than the leaping, crouching, and
whirling, usually done by the men.
The osh-ka-be-wis then collects quilts and blankets from
the members of his Drum; these are placed on a quilt that the
osh-ka-be-wis has already spread on the floor. Then, he
solicits tobacco from members and visitors who wish to give^
it. At the War Dance, which I attended, the osh~ka-be~wis
collected the first tobacco from his own wife. After this col-
lection, those who wish to may still go to the blanket and
place their offering of tobacco on it. The children present are
encouraged by their parents to participate in the dancing and
to present a tobacco offering.
Tobacco in all forms is sacrificed. Most of it is in the
form of Velvet pipe tobacco, Copenhagen snuff, cr Pall Mall-
cigarettes, all of which have red wrappings. The. osh-ka-
be-wis places the packages of tobacco into a bowl.- Some of
the tobacco is then burned in a cooking stove, which has been
brought to the dance hall. On this stove, a ceremonial meal
is cooked by the women of the Drum; the women distribute
the meal to visitors.
People believe that the blankets are given as a. gift to .the
Manido, for the well-being of the group. After all the blari-
kets are piled up, the Drum Owner distributes them. Each
group of blankets must be given to others than to those who
gave them. A packet of tobacco is frequently given with the
blankets; the blankets are given to representatives of other
Drums, who subsequently redistribute each blanket to the
members of their own Drum.
Then the osh-ka-be-wis offers a long, pipestone pipe to
the head singer, to the rest of the singers, and to the rest of
the men. Each man takes a puff. Young boys do not receive
the pipe, though it is occasionally offered in jest. If it is of-
fered to a boy, this causes merriment and laughter.
Then, each member of the Drum dances and gives a
speech. Each man, before his speech, gives the history of
Drum Societies 135
his owner power. 6 The Drum Owner speaks first; he thanks
the Great Spirit and exhorts his people to stick to the right
\vays. One or more of the drummers punctuates the speech
with, "hau !" At the end the speaker praises the Gitche Man*
ido and tells the story of the origin of the tribe in the East. 7
At the end of the speech, the head drummer may punctuate
the speech with "hau!" and two enthusiastic beats on the
Drum. \Vhen the men speak, each holds tobacco in his hand.
Usually, after speaking, they give this tobacco to a visitor.
Soon afterwards, the dancers disperse, and the people go
home to share food with visitors. At sundown, the Drum
warmers remove the Drum from the four feathered staffs and
rest it on the ground. In the evening, dancers and visitors
enter the hall, and a more formal dance takes place. At the
evening dance of the Ladies' Drum, a person who wishes to
dance with another gives him a gift, usually a blanket. The
dancer, at a later time durina the same evening, reciprocates
with an invitation to dance and with a gift, usually of a dol-
lar bill. 8
An excerpt from a letter of an informant elucidates the
meaning of the ritual action during the afternoon and even-
ing phases of the Drum Dance.
"Drum dances are usually given by the Drum Owner's
committee members, with the change of seasons, like the
. . . Fail dance, for the harvest gods like wild rice. . . .
this is the biggest dance . . . And of course, the Drum
Owner and his group can call a dance at any time any
one of his members get sick and die; so they can replace
the vacancy of the one gone. On the Drum where a man
is the head they have men osh ka be wis give out the blan-
kets ... to their members. And the Lady Drum is done
likewise by women osh ka be wis . . . people can belong
to more than one Drum ... at their dances, in the ev-
enings is when they have their give a way dance . . .
exchange gifts to anyone ... it doesn't matter who,
visitors or people who belong to Drum. Llsually when a
* People tell of the aid of supernatural Spirits, acquired, by
means of visions.
7- Such myths are found in Hoffman 1891 and Warren 1885.
s- Sometimes the gift is more; in this case, the gift is always in
the form of a few, usually two, one dollar bills. This occurs
if the recipient feels the blanket was exceptional in material
or \yorkmanship.
136 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
: I ! I
person gets tobacco at a Dance, if the Drum owner of
where that person belongs to is not present, he or she
can take the tobacco and give it to their committee men
and women to tell them the reason for the tobacco; it
usually is an invitation from this person who offered the
tobacco to his next (dance) which is usually for about
2 to 3 days. And of course these people furnish your
lodging and eats at their expense, that's if you don't want ,
to travel back and forth to the designated place where
such dance is to be held." 3
Frequently, at the evening dances, people who are drunk
and rowdy try to enter and cause a disturbance. It is at such
times that men who designate themselves as the "police so-
ciety" + come into action. They try to subdue the rowdy
members of the group and, failing this, bodily throw them out.
At one such dance, a rowdy man was thrown out by his own
brother and hurt him, much to the concern of the other mem-
bers of the group. A sober person could never behave in this
manner toward his own brother.
The first Drum of the Chippewa was the \Var Drum or
washigiwaigan. The second was the Ladies' Drum and the
third Thunderbird Drum. From a piece of the original War
Drum, another War Drum has been constructed; from pieces,
of the Thunderbird Drum, a second Thunderbird Drum and
a Rainbow Drum have been constructed.
In recent years, the Drum Societies are increasing in
number and activity. The Drum Societies serve many func-
tions, including group ceremonies of thanksgiving, distribut-
ion of property to cement ties between groups, distribution
of clothing of the dead, recreation, communication between
Chippewa in the cities and on the reservation, and retention
of Chippewa traditions.
The War Drum, called washi-diwaigan, leads off the ser-
ies of Drum Dances each fall. The owner and co-owner of
this, the most important Drum, are professed members of the
Grand Medicine Religion and have no Christian affiliations.
Occasionally, people in different areas of the reservation
wish to have a Drum. Such people petition the people at the
Mille Lacs Lake Indian Village for a piece of an original
Drum; It takes a long time before the people will give such
9- The punctuation has been corrected occasionally for clarity.
Drum Societies 137
a piece to start a new Drum. The prospective Drum Owner
must have appropriate dreams, and then a council of older
men talk it over. Once the people have authorized such a
Drum, they visit the dances connected with the new Drum
in order to make sure that the Drum is being cared for prop-
erly. A group of people in Hayward, Wisconsin, has been
asking the people at the Mille Lacs Lake Indian Village for
the start of a Drum for many years; the people of Mille Lacs
Lake have not yet given them one. It is said that if the
"Wisconsin people do get the Drum, it will be an occasion
for festivity.
REFERENCES CITED
BARNOUW, Victor
1960 "A Chippewa Mide Priest's Description of the Medicine
Dance" The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 41, No. 4,
pp. 77-101.
HOFFMAN, Walter
1891 "The Midewiwin, or 'Grand Medicine Society' of the
Ojibwa" 7th Annual Report, Bureau of American
Ethnology.
WARREN, William
1885 "History of the Ojibway Nation" Collections of the
Minnesota Historical Society, Vol. V. St. Paul, Minne-
sota Historical Society, Vol. 5, pp 21-394.
138 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
By
David A* Baerreis
and
THE BOOKSHELF Guest Reviewers
Hope well a'id Woodland Site Archaeology in Illinois
Bulletin No. 6, Illinois Archaeological Survey, Urbana,
1968. 215 pp., $2.50.
The sixth publication of the Illinois Archaeological Sur-
vey has been issued under a new editorship, that of James A.
Brown, v/ho replaces Elaine Bluhm Herold. Like the pre-
vious numbers it is attractively produced and well illustrated.
The present publication contains five articles, though two
of these occupy over 80 percent of the space. Both of these
longer articles, the description of the Pete Klunk mound
group in Calhoun County, Illinois by Gregory H. Perino and
a comparative style analysis of the ceramics from two Ha-
vana sites in Illinois by James D. Loy, are major contribu-
tions to our knowledge of Illinois prehistory. Each of these
contributions will be considered in some detail and the re-
maining papers briefly mentioned.
Gregory H. Perino of the staff of the Thomas Gilcrease
Foundation of Tulsa. Oklahoma, conducted excavations in
the Pete Klunk mound group near Kampsville, Illinois, during
the cummer months of 1960 and 1961. A scries of 1.3 mounds
situated on the crest of the bluffs overlooking the Illinois
River produced about 360 skeletons, a rich assemblage of
grave goods and evidence concerning a sequence of three
cultures. The Hopewellian culture, the most important of
the three, was remarkably similar in many of its character-
istics to the Trempealeau Focus in Wisconsin. The conical
burial mounds characteristically had one or two rectangular
sub floor pits as the primary focus of ritual activity within the
funerary area. The pits were in some instances surrounded
by logs at the original ground, level with earthen ramps but-
Bookshelf
139
ting against the exterior of the logs or in other examples the
earthen ramp alone added to the height of the pit. Roofs of
logs or other materials covered these chambers. While ex-
tended or secondary burials were found in the tombs, they
occurred in even greater abundance on the ramps or else-
where in the mound fill. Copper axes and adzes, pottery ves-
sels and earspools, marine conch shells, platform pipes, cop-
per panp ; pes. flake knives, pearl beads, bone implements and
a cut human maxilla are among the objects placed with the
dead.
Perino's careful excavations and shrewd observations add
considerable linht to the interpretation of Hopewellian mor-
tuary ceremonialism. The fully extended burials within the
central log tombs as opposed to the less spectacular burials
around its periphery have been viewed as clear evidence of
status differences within the society. Perino, to the contrary,
stresses the evidence suggesting that in large part the central
tomb functioned as a charnel house in which burials were
placed and then periodically removed to make room for new
occupants. Thus the tomb would appear to be the central
point for a group's funerary ritual rather than specifically
constructed <at the time of death of a high status individual.
The richness of the data from the Klunk mound group pro-
vides the opportunity for a thorough restudy of Hopexvellian
burial ceremonies.
Additional Hopewellian burials, recognized by the accom-
panying grave goods, were inserted in most of the mounds
after the central log tombs had been covered with an earthen
mantle. Other intrusive burials are assigned to the Late
Woodland Bluff culture, occasionally on the basis of associ-
ated artifacts though more commonly no grave goods are
present. Their flexed burial position, however, differentiates
them from those of the Hopewellian complex. The presence
of another culture which stratigraphically is positioned be-
neath the Hopewellian occupation is a more striking con-
tribution to the expanding knowledge of Illinois prehistory,
fn the excavation of Klunk Mound 7 it was discovered that
prior to mound construction shallow graves and crematory
areas had been excavated at many points on the knoll. Later
a mound was constructed to cover much of the early burial
MO WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
area and to make that Hopewellian occupation thus providing
data on the sequence of cultures. The early complex, which
Perino designates the Kampsville Focus, is characterized by
the presence of flexed burials in shallow stone-covered pits
as well as cremations and such traits as copper and stone
beads, plummets of a great diversity of materials in a tear-
drop form bearing a groove at the top, shell and copper fish-
hooks, and a distinctive broad projectile point with pronounced
barbs (Kampsville Barbed).
Although this early Kampsville Focus is designated a Late
Archaic culture, presumably on the basis of evident continuity
of traits from still earlier cultures of Archaic affiliation, it
might more appropriately be called a culture of the Early
Woodland Period. The one radiocarbon date of 920 B. C.
<M-1160) tends to support this interpretation. A single date
for the subsequent Hopewellian occupation from charcoal
recovered in Klunk Mound 1 was 175 A. D. (M-1161).
In the introductory section of the report Mr. Perino thanks
Dr. Georg K. Neumann and King Hunter of Indiana Univer-
sity for aid in the analysis and identification of skeletal ma-
terial. In reading the text in which burials are described as
to position, sex, age and accompanying burial furniture, I
was impressed by the ability to differentiate between adult
males 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, and
51 years of age at time of death. The gaps at 41 and 44
bothered me (though perhaps it was careless reading) as
did the fact that it was only at younger ages (13.5, 14.5, 17.5
and 20.5) that more precise discrimination as to age at time
of death was given. On a more serious note, while I do not
know whether to credit Mr. Perino or the Indiana University
staff with this attempt at precision, such spurious accuracy
tends to discredit the precision of other descriptions. The
biological changes upon which aging of human skeletal ma-
terial is based, such as the extent of cronial suture closure,
tooth eruption, epiphyseal union, etc. can not be placed with-
in such narrow parameters. A very brief statement on the
skeletons by King B. Hunter which follows Perino's paper
provides no further detail but does state that the Kampsville
Focus skeletons, the Hopewellian, and the Late Woodland
populations are recognizably different, the earliest being
Bookshelf HI
Walcolid, the Hopewellian being Lenid (and essentially, it
is said, identical to the type associated with Ohio Hopewell),
while the bluff burials are Ilinid (using G. K. Neumann's
terms in all instances). A detailed presentation of the biolog^
ical data, especially that of a demographic character, will be
a most welcome addition to the excellent presentation by
Gregory Perino.
The olher major paper in the volume is the analysis of
Havana ceramics by Jarnes D. Loy. Loy has followed the
lead of Stuart Struever of Northwestern University who sug-
gested that within the Havana tradition there are at least
four microstyle zones. Those microstyle zones are localized
regions whose ceramics differ from other zones within the
same tradition, presumably reflecting differences between re-
gional sociopolitical units. Since no detailed style analysis
of Havana pottery of the character thought necessary to de-
fine the microstyle zones has been published, it was Ley's
objective to undertake such an analysis and to compare it with
similar data from a second site in a different style zone. Two
sites excavated under the supervision of Stuart Struever
were selected, the Kuhne site located in the upper Illinois
River Valley in the Steuben style zone and the Apple Creek
site in the Snyders style zone in the lower Illinois River Val-
ley. The two sites are about 142 miles apart and both were
excavated under Struever's direction.
Loy's analysis of the Havana ceramics from the two sites is
essentially a detailed study of the decoration carried out at
three levels: ( 1 ) that of the design element, the individual
decorative element; (2) as a design unit, the "multiple appli-
cation of one type of design element, , c within a restricted area
of the vessel's surface" (p. 135); and, (3) desjga sequences,
the "sequence of design units enumerated in order from the
vessel mouth to the base" (p. 136). The detailed analysis of
these decorative attributes was carried out within the frame-
work of the previously recognized pottery types defined by
James B. Griffin, that is. pottery types were first segregated
and then a detailed tabulation of 'the decorative variation was
made in each of the pottery types (though these are desig-
nated "style types"). In addition, the frequency of some
decorative elements as they cut across pottery types was also
142 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
tabulated. The bulk of the report is a detailed tabular enum-
eration of this decorative analysis and the application of ap-
propriate statistical tests to establish whether or not the dif-
ferences revealed are significant.
The conclusions reached are: ( 1 ) there are differences be-
tween the pottery types present at the two sites in that there
are some types of limited frequency present at one site but
not the other; (2) there are differences in the frequency of
types present at the two sites; (3) in major design elements
Apple Creek was found to have a higher frequency of four
decorative elements tested (nodes, incised lines, cord-
wrapped-stick impressions on the lip, and plain dowel im-
pressions on the lip) when pottery types are lumped and the
total frequency of attributes considered; and, (4) within each
major pottery type, at least two attribute classes differed sig-
nificantly between the two sites. In considering the meaning
of these differences between the two sites, Loy offers three
possible "explanatory theories": (1) the two samples may
not have been left by contemporaneous Havana groups, in
which case the differences are due to style change through
time; (2) the stylistic differences may represent differences
in sociopolitical units; and, (3) the observed differences may
represent varying ecological adaptions. He points out we can
not establish the validity of these "explanations" (perhaps
more appropriately "hypotheses") since we lack other com-
parable studies. Before we could accept ecological differ-
ences as an explanatory factor it perhaps requires demonstra-
tion in a tightly controlled situation that such a trait as cer-
amic decoration might indeed be related to ecological adap-
tion which seems a rather implausible linkage. The other
two would indeed, it would seem, require additional data to
establish their appropriateness.
The significance of this study to a certain extent transcends
the importance of the specific site comparisons involved.
The reviewer recently attended the Third Havana Confer-
ence held at Springfield, Illinois, July 19-21 of this year. It
represented a gathering of archaeologists concerned with the
working out of the detailed characteristics and interpreta-
tions of the Havana tradition of the Hopewell culture whose
ceramic attributes in one developmental phase are discussed
Bookshelf 143
in Mr. Loy's paper. A most striking feature of the conference
was the very strongly expressed conviction that typological
procedures presently in use were inadequate or even inappro-
priate for the elucidation of the problems thai: were the pres-
ent concern of archaeology. Attribute analysis, of which the
report by James D. Loy is an example, were vigorously pro-
posed as the new and appropriate analytical procedures and
advanced with a fervor strikingly like that exhibited by the
radical student left on our university campuses. Thus it is in
the context of this new wave of archaeological interpretation
that the appraisal of Loy's study takes on added importance.
One difficulty in evaluating the utility of the approach is,
of course, that expressed by Loy himself. We have only this
single example of a meticulous attribute comparison of two
sites within the Havana tradition. It does indeed demonstrate
differences between the two sites, and with considerable pre-
cision, but then a conventional pottery typology would also
differentiate the two sites as Loy's study itself demonstrates.
AVhether the very considerable additional effort involved in
this kind of an attribute analysis is worth while remains as a
matter of faith at the present moment. What is particularly
needed is not just additional comparisons of distant sites but
also a demonstration of similarity within one of the proposed
micro-style zones in the Havana tradition. The Microstyle
zones proposed by Stuart Struever would appear to be a rea-
sonable model of the manner in which archaeological ma-
terials might reflect such facets as socio-political boundaries
of past cultures. But it is only one of several possible models
and we have not yet been provided with adequate empirical
proof that the decorative aspects of ceramics does indeed
have such linkages in the cultural system.
As an example of another model which might well fit the
Illinois situation, we might well recall the studies carried out
in California involving breaking down and tabulating the
specific cultural traits of individual tribes so that the cultural
element content of one group could be compared with other
tribal groups. A. L. Kroeber has summarized some of the re-
sults of this work as follows, indicating that "... where
sessile primitive populations live in small groups, it has been
found that their local cultures vary almost exactly in proper-
144 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
tion to distance. Thus the Porno Indians of California lived
in independent groups or tribelets of perhaps two hundred,
each owning a tract of land and a main settlement. These
settlements averaged possibly ten miles apart. A careful es-
timate, based on count of culture traits found present and ab-,
sent, has shown that adjacent communities shared about, 95
percent of their culture, and that each was likely to have
evolved perhaps 1 per cent of innovations or specific origin-
alities. The 'ot^er 4 per cent of their cultures consisted of a
border zone of traits known to both communities but used by
one only, or practiced by one for the other. In this cultural
transition there might fall a ritual performed only by tribelet
A but attended by B; a fishing harpoon known to all com-
munities in the area and used by B but not used by A because
the streams in A's territory were too small for fish of har-
poonable size; and so on. Tribelet C say twenty miles from
A, beyound B would differ from A more than B differed
from A, but by the same ratio; D still more; and so on; the
process continuing in all directions until perhaps a mountain
range or an uninhabited tract, a radical change of speech, or
some not too ancient movement of people or other accident of
history, produced a slightly greater jump in the continuity.
Where the situation of the tribelets or communities was
lineiar, as alorig the coast from California to Alaska, the
gradualness of the 1 change is particularly striking, and ren-
ders it quite difficult to decide, except on the basis of speech,
where one culture type ended and another began. Surpris-
ingly, it seems' to ; have made little difference whether ad-
jacent communities were prevailingly friendly or hostile. All
this seems Very much like the locally variant forms of culture
in Europe, especially rural Europe, of only a century or two
ago." (A. L. Kroeber, ANTHROPOLOGY, p. 263. 1948.)
From these data we might conclude that it is probable that
the differences in ceramic decoration might also largely be a
function of distance 'and not necessarily reflective of socio-
political boundaries. This would seem to be the situation in>
volved, for example, in the frank discussion of problems in
typology in connection with the Lower Mississippi Alluvial
Valley Survey by Phillips, Ford and Griffin (Peabody Mus.
Papers, Vol. XXV, 1951, esp. p. 67) where they describe the
Bookshelf 145
"creep" of types and the arbitrariness of the boundaries that
must frequently be made between two types. \Vhere do we
see the evidence for boundaries? Similarly in another study
which does fccus upon attributes (James A. Ford: MEAS-
UREMENT OF SOME PREHISTORIC DESIGN DE-
VELOPMENTS IN THE SOUTHEASTERN STATES.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Anthro. Papers, Vol. 44. Pt. 2, 1952)
one also has the overwhelming impression of a grand contin-
uity of stylistic attributes as a consequence of spatial diffusion
and temporal continuity. But our perceptions may be qr.ife
biased by our conceptions of what did happen in the past;
new hypotheses as well as old require rigorous verification.
To return to the question of type or attribute analysis, one
merit of the study by James Loy is the indication that it need
not be a question of type or attribute approach, but these can
readily ar.d profitably be combined. While this is not a new
discovery, it is deserving of emphasis. Typology is a pow-
erful and indeed an essential research tool of sound archaeo-
logical and anthropological investigation in general. V/h'le
it is evident that many types now in use could readily be
improved, archaeologists are caught in a dilemma in that in
order to attain comparability with published data, older but
inadequate types are often retained. Perhaps we should be
more willing to restudy earlier collections to update inade-
quate descriptions though this is a difficult decision when so
much recent work is entirely undescribed. Perhaps my com-
ments on this approach have seemed negative in character,
but this has not been my intent. Analytical techniques must
constantly be improved and the objective here is the laudable
cne of gaining greater detail and precision. At the same time,
the typological approach offers the possibility of operating at
other levels of generalization and should not be discarded.
Brief mention should also be made of the two papers which
conclude the volume under review. Jane Canby MacRae
describes limited excavations and surface collections that
have been made at the Cooke Site in Cook County, Illinois.
Typologicfal resemblances in the absence of demonstrated
stratigraphy have been used to suggest a range of cultures
from late Paleo-Indian to Mississippian. In the second paper,
H. Dean Campbell reports on a cache of Hopewell discs
146 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
found on the Burnham Woods Golf course localed in the
Cook County Forest Preserve. Approximately 32 gray horn-
stone discs were uncovered by workmen in excavating for
the number ten green of the course.
University of \Visconsin Madison
David A. Baerreis,
DONATION OF BACK ISSUES REQUESTED
The Society is interested in receiving back issues of the
Wisconsin Archeologist. Members with available copies can
bring them to a meeting or mail them to Dr. Robert Ritzen-
thaler, Public Museum, Milwaukee, \Vis. 53233.
W^e are especially interested in the following issues to
round out the Society's library.
Old Series Vol. 2, No. 4 Vol. 15, No. 1
Vol. 3, No. 1 Vol. 3, No. 2 Vol. 15. No. 2
Vol. 3, No. 2 VoL 5, No. 2 Vol. 15, No. 4
Vol. 3, No. 3 Vol. 5, No. 3 Vol. 16, No. 2
Vol. 5, No. 3 Vol. 6, No. 4 Vol. 16, No. 3
Vol. 5, No. 4 Vol. 7, No. 2 Vol. 17, No. 1
Vol. 6, No. 1 Vol. 7, No. 3 Vol. 17, No. 2
Vol. 6, No. 3 Vol. 7, No. 4 Vol. 18, No. 4
Vol. 7, No. 1 Vol. 8, No. 2 Vol. 20, No. 2
Vol. 7, No. 2 Vol. 8, No. 3 Vol. 22, No. 1
Vol. 12, No. 2 Vol. 8, No. 4 Vol. 22, No. 4
Vol. 12, No. 3 Vol. 9, No. 2 Vol. 23, No. 2
Vol. 15, No. 2 Vol. 9, No. 3 Vol. 23, No. 3
Vol. 19, No. 1 Vol. 9, No. 4 Vol. 24, No. 1
Vol. 19, No. 2 Vol. 10, No. 3 Vol. 24, No. 4
Vol. 19, No. 4 Vol. 10, No. 4 Vol. 25, No. 2
Vol. 20, No. 1 Vol. 11, No. 2 Vol. 25, No. 3
VoL 20, No. 2 Vol. 11, No. 3 Vol. 26, No. 1
New Series Vol. 11, No. 4 Vol. 26, No. 4
Vol. 1, No. 1 Vol. 12, No. 1 Vol. 37, No. 3
Vol. 1, No. 3 Vol. 13, No. 1 Vol. 38, No. 3
Vol. 1, No. 4 Vol. 13, No. 2 Vol. 39, No. 1
Vol. 2, No. 1 Vol. 14, No. 1
Vol. 2, No. 2 Vol. 14, No. 2
Books Received
147
BOOKS RECEIVED
ANCIENT GREEK LITERATURE IN ITS LIVING CON-
TEXT by H. C. Baldry. Library of the Early Civilizations,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1968. Price:
$5.50.
EARLY HIGHLAND PEOPLES OF ANATOLIA by Scton
Lloyd. Library of the Early Civilizations, McGraw-Hill
Book Company, New York, 1968. Price: $5.50.
BEFORE THE DELUGE by Herbert Wendt. Doublcday
and Company, Inc... New York, 1968. Price: $6.95.
THE MYSTERIOUS GRAIN. Science in Search of the
Origin of Corn. Mary Elting and Michael Folsom. M.
Evans and Co., Inc., New York, 1967. Price: $4.50.
148 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 3
; J
DISK PIPE
With incised male and female figures. Crawford Co., Wis.
Milwaukee Public Museum collection.
COPPER GORGET
Width 2% inches, height at
center 1 inch. Scallops at
either end. Portage County.
Frank Squire Collection.
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: La the! Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
HE WISCONSIN
RCHEOLOQIST
FOX VALLEY ARCHAEOLOGY 2:
KIMBERLY-CLARK SITE, Ronald J. Mason
A NORTHWEST COAST ARTIFACT FROM
NORTHWESTERN WISCONSIN, George I. Quimby
LINE-MARKED CELTS
Ralph Olson
149
176
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
\Visconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month, 8 P. M. t Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg. Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Greenwald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
3768 S. 89th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53228
SECRETARY
Paul Turney. Corresponding
Mrs, Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska. W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeologist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, S50.00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, S5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, 83.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave., Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN -- SEPTEMBER. 1968
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
FOX VALLEY ARCHAEOLOGY 2:
KIMBERLY-CLARK SITE
Ronald J* Mason
Lawrence University
Across the south end of little Lake Butte des Morts from
the previously reported James Island site (Mason n. d. 1) is a
small point of now almost submerged land on the property
o*" the Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Immediately south of
NeiFs Bay and an adjoining cattail swamp, the point of land
is in the NW % of the NE*4 of section 21, T. 20 N., R. 17
E., Town of Menasha, W^innebago County, Wisconsin.
Richard P. Mason, of Neenah, brought the site to the writer's
attention and made his surface collection available for study.
Pixcavations were undertaken in part of July and August,
1965 by the writer and students in the Lawrence University
archaeological field school. I am indebted to the officers of
the Kimberly-Clark Corporation for permitting excavation on
their property. As part of a larger program the material re-
sulting from that field work was studied and written up for
publication with support from Lawrence University and the
National Science Foundation (Grant No. GS-1662).
The excavated area covered 862 square feet dug to depths
of from four inches to two-and-a-half feet. Most of the site
had previously been destroyed by land filling operations and
the incursion of the now artificially maintained lake level.
The simple soil profile duplicated that observed on James
island, and the reasons for conducting excavations were ba-
sically the same and need.not.be repeated again (see-Mason
n. d. 1.). Hopes for a stratified sequence were utterly frus-
trated, as on James Island, by consistently shallow artifact-
bearing deposits. Nevertheless, what was recovered is suf-
ficiently interesting in the larger context of northeastern Wis-
consin prehistory to warrant at least a descriptive .account.
As at James Island, this material will assume greater rele-
vance, lack of site depth notwithstanding, when it is corre-
150 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
lated with the finds made at other archaeological stations
elsewhere in the region.
As at James Island though with a completely different
frequency ranking it was possible to distinguish three broad
ceramic groupings. The distinctions among the three are
typological with respect to the site, but have stratigraphic or
other independent support elsewhere.
The sparsest occupation is represented by collared Mad-
ison Ware which accounts for 3.8 percent of the estimated
number of vessels in the site sample. This variety of Late
Woodland pottery is easily sorted and indicates coevality
with the major occupation across the lake. Oneota pottery
is somewhat more common and makes UD 8.8 oercent of the
estimated vessel sample. The major occupation at the Kim-
berly-Clark site, comprising 87.3 percent of all vessels, is here
identified as Middle Woodland. This is due to the fact that
the constituent varieties of sherds and certain other artifacts,
where they have been recovered in a stratigraphic sequence
or in consistent and exclusive association with other diagnos-
tic material at other sites, have been shown to pre-date typical
Late Woodland remains. These divisions are independently
confirmed at the site itself by parallel ratios between two
broad classes of propectile points with generally known cer-
amic ascriptions. Triangular projectile points comprise 17.6
percent and Late Woodland pottery comprise 12.6% of all
vessels). An 82.3 percentage of stemmed and notched points
conforms well with the figure of 87.3 percent for Middle
T >Voodland vessels. These two sets of figures, and the com-
parative archaeology of the region, justify the assumption
that the greater part of the other stone implements relate to
the major component.
The Middle Woodland "component" is envisaged as the
remains of a single occupation or of several successive pre-
Late Woodland occupations all of which would qualify as
Middle Woodland. A separate Early Woodland ceramic
period has yet to be demonstrated in most of Wisconsin.
Certain modes which are called Early Woodland elsewhere
(notably in Illinois) have only been found in Middle Wood-
land contexts in Wisconsin. There is stratigraphic as well as
Fox Valley Archaeology 151
distributional evidence that some artifact forms which are
early in the Illinois ceramic sequence made their initial ap-
pearance later in the north and survived sometime after their
replacement in their apparent area of origin (Mason 1966,
1967; Wittry 1P-59). It is also increasingly apparent that
parts of northeastern Wisconsin were subject during the^
Middle Woodland Period to cultural influences from south,
east, and north as attested by diffused stylistic concepts and
techniques, as well as actual trade vessels, from Havana,
Hopewell, Point Peninsula, and Laurel sources (Mason n. d.
2 ) . Furthermore, it appears probable that different cultural
adaptations to varying ecological niches within the region may
have helped structure the pattern of interaction among local
communities and thus fostered divergences in some attributes
of the surviving material culture. Middle Woodland thus
covers a considerable time span during which changes of
some magnitude transpired. Just how much of this span is
represented at the Kimberly-Clark site cannot at present be
determined, and the term component must accordingly be
kept purposefully ambiguous within the limits suggested.
Middle Woodland Pottery
All of the pottery from the Kimberly-Clark site is tabulated
by sherd and estimated vessel counts in Table 1 . Descriptions
of the various categories are given below.
Irtcised-ovei>Cordmarked
.This category included 32 rimsherds, 204 incised body
sherds, and 19 body sherds combining incising and punctat-
ing. The minimum number of vessels estimated is 18.
The rimsherds show that incising commenced at or a short
distance beneath the lip. It is diagonal on 13 vessels, hori-
zontal on 4, and indeterminate on one. The diagonal incising
is uniformly from upper left to lower right. Probably most of
the vessels with oblique rim incisions had horizontal lines be-
low this zone. Although most of the sherds are small it appeafs
that most of the original vessels were equipped with slightly
to moderately out-curving rims. One specimen has a short,
rudimentary cotlat."
Lip form varies from flat through rounded to, rarely, ta-
pered and pointed: 1 'Seven vessels had undecorated lips nn-
152 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
less the deliberate retention of cordmarking on lips (3 ex-
amples) is counted as decoration. The most popular lip
mode is transverse notching with plain ( 1 ) or cordwrapped
Description
Incised-over-Cordmarked
Punctated
Rims
No.
32
4
Body
iherds Sherds
% No. %
53.3 223 6.2
6.6 110 3.0
25.0 2895 81.2
3.3 51 1.4
3.3 29 .8
1.6 15 .4
3.3 19 .5
8 .2
3.3 181 5.0
7 .1
8 .2
17 .4
3563
8
377
3680
7628
No. of
Vessels
No. %
18 26.0
16 23.1
11 15.9
5 7.2
4 5.7
4 5.7
4 5.7
3 4.3
2 2.8
1 1.4
1 1.4
69
3
7
79
Undecorated Cordmarked
Pseudo -scallop Shell
15
2
Incised-over-Smoothed
Dentate Stamped
2
1
Cordwrapped-stick
2
Stab-and-Drag
Undecorated Smoothed
2
Corded Stamped
Cordwrapped-stick or
Corded Stamped
Finger Trailed
Sub-totals
60
Cord Impressed, Collared
Oneota _ _ .
4
14
Undecorated Cordmarked.
rim scrap ] .
108
Undiagnostic sherd scrap 2
Grand Totals:
50
236
TABLE 1. Sherd and Vessel Counts for the Middle Woodland
(upper group of figures) and the Late Woodland and Oneota
components at the Kimberly-Clark site.
1 Most, if not all, are probably from vessels represented by the
larger, classifiable Middle Woodland rimsherds.
2 Sloughed, frequently tiny grit tempered sherds relating to
the major occupation.
tool edge (6). Less popular are notched inner rim-lip junc-
ture (3) and oblique indentations (1).
Inner rims are plain (13 vessels) or are embellished with
vertical imprints of cord-wrapped stick or other unidentifiable
stamp. Sloughing has obliterated interior surface treatment
on one vessel. Lip width, but for an anomalous example of
2 mm., ranges from 4 to 9 mm. with an average of about 7 mm.
Kim thickness shows about the same behavior.
Of the body sherds 214 show single or parallel lines, 6 show
crosshatching, and 3 exhibit parallel lines either intersecting or
complimented by other parallel lines at other than right an-
Fox Valley Archaeology 153.
gles. When ptmctations occur they appear to border incised
area (as superior or, more probably, inferior bordering punc-
tates) or, occasionally, thy appear between incisions. Half
of the punctates tend to be rectilinear, the rest approach cir-
cular form. Incising ranges from shallow to very deep, most
examples being intermediate. The width of incised lines is
from 1.0 to 3.5 mm. with most between 1.5 and 2.0 mm. To
judge by sherd curvatures and the orientation of cordmark-
ing, most of the body sherds indicate horizontal incising with
diagonal lines largely, though not exclusively, confined to rim
areas. It was largely done with great precision.
Punctated
A probable minimum of 16 vessels appear to have had punc-
tations as the sole technique of decoration. Only four of
these are represented by both rim and body sherds. One has
a smooth surface finish and bears parallel columns of ovoid
to almost rectilinear punctates from just undei the lip down
an unknown distance on the body wall; this same vessel has
a vertical rim 11 mm. thick and a 10 mm. wide flat lip. An-
other vessel has a smoothed-over-cordmarked surface em-
bellished with columns of rectilinear punctates; the rim is
moderately everted and is 7 mm. thick; the lip is flat, extruded
exteriorly, and is 8 mm. wide. A third vessel has ovoid punc-
tations describing a chevron motif on a smooth surface; the
rim is slightly excurvate and 6 mm. thick; The lip is round
and only 3 mm. across. A fourth example has rectilinear
punctates, a design too fragmentary for reconstruction, and a
cordmarked surface; the rim is slightly excurvate and inter-
iorly sloughed; the 7 mm. wide lip is flat and exhibits exterior
rim--lip juncture notching with a plain edged tool.
The other vessels are estimated from body fragments only.
These are tabulated in Table 2.
Punctate Form Cordmarked Smooth Indistinct Totals
Rectilinear 27 19 6 52
Non-rectilinear 17 8 5 30
Indistinct 17 3 8 28
110
TABLE 2. Punctated Body Sherds. Two of the rectilinear ex-
amples on a smooth surface may be finger-nail punctations.
The body sherds retain a single or up to three parallel rows
154 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
(or columns) of punctates. These appear to have been
effected by the end of a blunt instrument or a splinter of bone
or wood. Some could be badly eroded instances of a corded
stamp; none are corded punctates (a looped twisted cord)
such as occur so commonly on local Late Woodland pottery.
For purpose of description, rectilinear punctates are those
which are at least twice as long as wide. Non-rectilinear
punctates are those tending to be square, triangular, ovoid,
or round.
Ilndecorated Cordmarked
This category possibly embraces Late Woodland as well
as Middle Woodland vessels. Such attributes as do survive,
in addition to the proportions of decorated Middle to Late
Woodland vessels, suggest that the great majority probably
relate to the Middle Woodland Period. The greatest uncer-
tainty pertains to the body sherds of course. A random sam-
ple of 434 drawn from a total of 2895 unsloughed specimens
yielded a thickness range of 1.5 to 15.5 mm. and a normal
curve; the mean and standard deviation are 6.6 and 1.8 mm.
respectively.
LJndecorated vessels ( except for sometime lip and/or inner
rim ornamentation) seem to be represented by 15 rimsherds
which preserve sufficient area, vis-a-vis all other rimsherds, to
suggest that the lack of dcoration is a reflection of vessel char-
acteristics and not accidents of breakage. Nevertheless, the
sherds are sufficiently small to further suggest that the estim-
ated figure of eleven undecorated vessels is an artifact of less
confidence than the figures derived from the various classes
of decorated rims. But it should be noted in defense of the
estimate that if the rimsherds under consideration are actually
from vessels decorated below the surviving areas, then the
placement of such decoration was atypical. All other vessels
were decorated commencing high on the rim.
Four vessels lack lip and interior surface decoration; two
have plain lips, but vertical stamps on the inner rim; three
have notched lips and plain inner rims; one has notching at
the inner rim-lip juncture only; and one vessel has ia deeply
notched lip. Decorative techniques include plain tool edge,
cordwrapped-stick, dentate or pseudo-scallop shell stamp, and
Fox Valey Archaeology 155
a blunt punctating implement. Rims are slightly to moderate-
ly everted and lips are flat or rounded. Two vessels show
walls tapering to a narrow, almost pointed lip. Lips ran^e
between 4 and 10 mm. wide, averaging 7 mm.
In addition to the above rims on which undecorated ves-
sel estimates were based, there are 108 undecorated cord-
marked rimsherds which are insufficiently large to be sure if
they are from decorated or plain vessels. In terms of lip and
interior rim features they divide as follows: plain lip, plain in-
terior (23); plain lip, decorated interior (11); decorated lip,
plain interior (16); notched at exterior rim-lip, plain interior
(2); notched at interior rim-lip, plain interior (5); sloughed
lip and/or interior surface (51). Interior embellishment, when
it occurs, consists of vertical or diagonal imprints of cord-
wrapped-stick, pseudo-scallop shell, rectilinear punctates and,
possibly, dentate stamp. Lip decoration is transverse or ob-
lique tool edge stamping, frequently half obscured by partial
smoothing. One lip is longitudinally incised down the middle.
Pseudo-scallop Shell Stamped
A cordmarked rim and another smooth one, 28 cordmarked
body sherds, 15 smooth ones, and 8 more with indistinct sur-
face finish are probably from 5 vessels. One of the three
most reconstructable of these shows a broad band of care-
lessly placed but roughly parallel horizontal lines on the rim
with underscoring obliques. The flat lip shows secondary
smoothing over transverse-oblique pseudo-scallop shell stamps;
there are similar close set imprints on the interior rim. That
in some cases the instrument used in dentate stamping was
also employed to produce pseudo-scallop shell stamping de-
pending on how the tool was notched and the angle of appli-
cation is clearly illustrated by the rim of this vessel.
The other two best represented vessels lack rims and are
inferred from 18 and 16 body sherds, respectively. They both
demonstrate the presence of cordmarked and smooth areas on
the same vessels. Much of the surface of one vessel was cov-
ered with non-contiguous parallel lines probably oriented
horizontally, perhaps vertically. The other vessel shows em-
bellishment with a broader and more deeply impressed pseudo-
scallop shell stamp. These stamps are arranged in alternate
156 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
angled sets of parallel lines whose overall design cannot be
ascertained.
Incised'Over-Smoothed
Four vessels are believed to be represented by 2 rims and
29 body sherds. Except for surface finish and a much higher
relative frequency of crosshatching, these specimens are very
similar to the incised - over - cordmarked sherds. Paste-wise
they are indistinguishable. They clearly indicate different
vessels, nevertheless, not simply smoothed 'areas of otherwise
incised-over-cordmarked pots.
The two rimsherds are from one vessel. Parallel lines tend-
ing to left oblique begin at the rim-lip juncture and extend
an unknown distance down the body. The rim is slightly
everted and possesses a 6 mm. wide round lip with nothing at
the inner rim-lip juncture.
The other body sherds are small and simply show parallel
incisions, parallel incisions at an angle to a single incised
line, or crosshatching defining rectangles or diamonds. Two
sherds have punctates bordering incisions. One of these ac-
tually has trailed lines rather than incised ones and may in
fact be an Oneota sherd with a highly aberrant paste.
Dentate Stamped
At least four vessels survive in the form of a cordmarked
rimsherd 10 cordmarked body sherds, 4 smooth body sherds,
and one additional body sherd whose service finish is in-
distinct. The solitary rim is slightly excurvate and has a
rounded lip transversely notched with what appears to be the
imprints of a cordwrapped-stick. The rim exhibits parallel left
oblique lines of round-toothed dentate impressions.
The dentate stamps vary from rectangular imprints to
rounded, less dinstinct ones'. A few of the dentate stamps may
actually be cordwrapped-stick or evenly spaced punctates.
Similarly, a few of the "punctated" body sherds but none of
the cord-wrapped-stick may actually be indistinct dentate.
Nevertheless, most of the sherds so classified are clearly den-
tate stamped and represent a definite, but minority, trait of
the complex.
Cordwrapped-stick and Corded Stamped
Of 19 cordwrapped-stick impressed body sherds 9 have a
Fox Valley Archaeology 157
cordmarked surface finish, 8 a smooth finish, and 2 are in-
distinct. Three corded stamped body sherds have cordmarked
surfaces, 3 smooth, and one indistinct. A residual group of 8
body sherds is embellished with either one or the other decor-
ative technique; the specimens are too small for positive iden-
tification. Six have cordmarked surfaces and two are in-
distinct.
Two rimsherds are decorated with cordwrapped-stick im-
prints. One had parallel rows on the rim, transverse impres-
s ; ons on the lip, and vertical imprints on the inner rim; the
rim is vertical or faintly everted and has a flat lip. The sur-
face is cordmarked. The second rim has a smooth finish and
is slightly excurvate; the lip is rounded and is transversely
marked with the cordwrapped- stick. The rim has a field of
imprints zoned by an incised line.
Including rims and body sherds, but excluding the uncer-
tain category "cordwrapped-stick or cord stamped," there is
one corded stamped vessel in the sample and at least 4 cord-
wrapped-stick impressed vessels, two each cordmarked and
smoothed. Decoration seems to have consisted mainly of par-
allel rows. The vessels do not appear to have been large.
Slab-and-drag
Three vessels probably account for 8 sherds which show
alternate stabbing and then dragging in parallel rows. Three
different instruments were employed in each case: wedge
shaped, blunted, and rectilinear impressions of a wooden or
bone splinter. The vessel count is predicated on the assump-
tion that just one type of instrument was used on a single
vessel. No evidence was found of the combination of decora-
tive techniques on the same sherd.
Undecorated Smoothed
Possibly 2 vessels only are represented by 2 rimsherds and
a number of undecorated smoothed body sherds. Except for
surface treatment, the rims are very similar to the undecor-
ated cordmarked rims described earlier. These smoothed
specimens also lack decoration interiorly as well as on the lip.
The 181 body sherds in this category range in thickness from
3.0 to 15.0 mm., and have a mean and standard deviation of
6.3 and 1.6 mm., respectively. Some of the body sherds, of
158 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
course, may well be from undecorated portions of decorated
vessels.
In addition to the foregoing, there are 10 undecorated
smoothed rimsherds which are simply insufficiently large to
determine if they are or are not undecorated vessels. Six
of these have plain lips and interiors, one has a plain lip and a
cordwrapped-stick impressed inner rim, and 3 have plain in-
teriors but transverse cordwrapped-stick impressions on the
ip.
Finger Trailed
Seventeen body sherds, but no rims, are from one or two
vessels. Not much can be said about them except that they
may belong with one or more of the small undecorated rim-
sherds and that their decorative technique suggests Robert J.
Salzer's suggested type Lake Nokomis Trailed. Paste and
temper indicate a strong probability of local manufacture.
Late Woodland Pottery
Typologically Late Woodland pottery is represented by 3
\essels of Madison Ware affiliation decorated with twisted
cord impressions. Similar ceramics dominated the James Is-
land site across the lake. Combining the 4 rimsherds and 8
body sherds (one of the latter may actually be a collar fillet),
it seems to be the case that at least 2 of the 3 vessels were
collared. Parallel horizontal cord impressions decorate the
collars and, on one vessel anyway, these were underscored by
corded punctates. One vessel shows thick braided cord; the
others exhibit a simple twisted cord.
Oneota Pottery
An estimated 7 shell-tempered vessels appear to be present
in a sample of 14 rimsherds, 328 undecorated plain body
sherds, 46 trailed body sherds, 1 punctated body sherd, and
2 trailed and punctated body sherds. Generally exceedingly
small, the body sherds tend to the lower end of the thickness
range of 3 to 9 mm.
Two vessels have short rims (18 to 20 mm. high, respec-
tively) which flare outward at a sharp angle from the neck
(90 degrees in one case, perhaps 45 degrees in the other).
Both have transverse notches on a rounded lip which cut
into the interior rim-lip juncture,. Vertical or diagonal trailing
Fox Valley Archaeology 159
extends from the neck outward toward the shoulder. The
other vessels are survived by rimsherds insufficiently large to
ascertain anything of their shape or decoration save that they
had everted mouths. One has a plain, slightly extruded lip:
one has a shallowly finger crenellated lip; one shows trans-
verse incis : ons on the lip; one h~s circular punctates running
along fhe center of a flat, exteriorly extruded lip: and the other
has oblique lip notches.
Stone Artifacts
A recurring problem with the archaeology of shallow sites
in the Fox Valley or anywhere is that of associating one k'.nd
of artifact with another in a cultural "complex". It can only
be dealt with through comparative typology and through such
distributional studies as will produce both coexistence and
disjunct artifact or attribute combinations so that locally for-
tuitous associations may be factored out. At the Kimberly-
Clark site the presence of small triangular points as a min-
ority of the artifacts classified as projectile points is readily
accounted for by the minority presence of both Madison
ware and Qneota pottery. The stemmed and notched points,
as well as a preponderance of the other lithic remains, un-
doubtedly relate to the earlier pottery. Indications of a blade
industry and such implements as the quadrangular wedges
are similarly assignable from their known associations else-
where. Although we may be sure that the majority of scrapers
belong with the Middle Woodland component there is as yet
no creditable way to determine which individual scrapers
do not.
All if the stone artifacts (plus the two of copper and one of
bone) are listed together in Table 3. When pertinent, com-
ments of a descriptive nature appear below.
Stemmed and notched propectile points 42
Triangular projectile points -
Scrapers 35
Knives (flake knives) 7
Drills or perforators .
Ovate bifaces _
Tips of broken, finished biface implements .
Rough bifaces (crude tools and/or preforms) - 10
Quadrangular wedges 5
Unidentifiable tool fragments 23
160 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
Flake "doodle" 1
Unretouched blades _ 104
Exhausted blade cores 8
Flakes not counted (weight: 10,728 grams) _
Celt 1
Hammerstone 1
Pieces of hammered sheet copper 2
Tip of pointed bone tool 1
Total: 263
Total (excluding blades): . 159
TABLE 3. Artifacts Other Than Pottery from All Components
at the Kimberly - Clark Site.
Stemmed ano notched projectile points
Excluding tip fragments, some of which could be from such
artifacts as ovate knives, 51 projectile points are represented
by whole specimens or usable pieces. Nine are triangular; the
rest are stemmed or notched.
Not including the triangular points, minimally informative
fragments of stemmed or notched points, and two small and
atypical stemmed points which are simply edge-trimmed
flakes, the Kimberly-Clark stemmed and notched points are
readily divisible among the descriptive formal categories
used in the analysis of the North Bay points at; the Porte des
Morts site on the Door Peninsula. Relative frequencies witlvn
these categories are not duplicated, however, and show a
somewhat different polarity. There are metric disparities as
well. Using the system of four formal categories and three
iutergrades as described in the report on the aforementioned
material (Mason 1967: 308-309), the following distribution is
obtained:
Category Half Element Number
1 side-notched 11
1.5 intergrade 2
2 corner-notched 2
2.5 intergrade 1
3 corner-removed 5
3.5 intergrade 2
4 stemmed 9
Total: 32
Unlike the Porte des Morts North Bay specimens where the
highest frequencies were in the stemmed and corner-notched
categories, the Kimberly-Clark sample differs in a very low
frequency of corner-notched points and a high frequency of
Fox Valley Archaeology 161
side-notched specimens. The relative frequency of stemmed
points is almost identical. As a group the Kimberly-Clark
points are appreciably smaller than the Porte des Mortes or
Mero points. While the large specimens are compatible, the
lower end of the ra^ce clrcp-3 below that known for Nor A h
Bay points. The differences between any category and ad-
jacent intergrades are slight and assignment to one <y: another
grouping reflect discriminations of nuances which are dif-
ficult to specify since attribute shifts are continuous rather
than discrete. There is no difficulty in distinguishing between
categories 1 and 4. Furthermore, the high representation in
these two nrorps (almost two-thirds of the classifiable points)
argues that they reflect differences which presumably would
be meaningful to the point makers themselves.
Unprepossessing workmanship resulting in bilaterial asym-
metrical products is evident in a minority of points clustered
in category 4 and intergrade 3.5. In fact, this intergrade is
probably a simple function of this feature. Only a few points
in the sample could really be called well made in the sense of
a well controlled symmetrical artifact unencumbered by
skewed edges and knobby eminences. None of the asym-
metrical artifacts show any sign of knife use and it is be-
lieved they were hafted as projectile points.
Metrically, the only consistent difference among these cate-
gories appears between the two best represented groups (1
and 4). While the largest points are comparable in size in
both groups, category 1 (side-notched) contains a number
of points (just over 50%) which are appreciably smaller than
any of the points in category 4 (stemmed). Expressed in
length, category 1 points range between 20,7 and 51.0 mm.,
with five points 26.2 mm. or shorter. Category 4 points
range between 38.0 and 57.5 mm., even the broken specimens
appearing to belong in this range. In terms of weight, cate-
gory 1 points vary from 1.3 to 9.0 grams with seven points
weighing 3.4 grams on down. Category 4 specimens, on
the other hand, weigh between 5.2 and 10.4 grams.
Category 3, though represented by only five specimens,
varies in length from 20.3 to 56.6 mm., and in weight, from
1.0 to 12.1 grams.
162 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
Most of the points could be characterized as relatively
broad-bladed; unlike the Porte des Morts North Bay points
there is a strong tendency for blades to have a triangular
outline. Basal edges tend to be straight though there are
both convex and concave examples. On specimens with
straight or convex bases unmodified striking platforms are
frequently retained (9 examples). One (possibly two) points
have basal grinding. These are in category 1. Two of the
small points in this same category have been reworked from
broken poinls.
A little less than half the points are of local Niagaran
chert. The other materials are not contained in the regional
bedrock but could probably have been obtained, according
to geologists at Lawrence University, from glacial gravel
which is exposed at numerous localities. The only non-
cherty materials are two specimens of quartzite and one each
of black rhyolite and a fine-grained carbonate rock with
conchoidal fracture.
Triangular projectile points
All nine triangular points, with possibly one exception,
are of local Niagaran chert. They have a general isoceles
form. Biases are straight in five cases, convex in 3, and con-
cave in one. Four points are bifaces, one is a uniface, and
the remainder are simply edge-trimmed flakes. The bulb is
prominently retained on one of the latter and is located at
one corner of the base. The points range in length from 15.5
tc 29.0 mm. (a broken specimen may have been a trifle
longer) with most between 17.0 and 22.0 mm. The range in
breadth and thickness is 9,6-21.5 and 2.5-5.0 mm., respec-
tively. \Vith one measurable exception at 2.2, weight is less
than 1 gram; the smallest weighs a mere .3 gram.
Scrapers
The 35 scrapers fall into three morphological categories.
There are 13 end-scrapers, 19 side-scrapers, and 3 multiple
edged scrapers.
Of the end-scrapers 6 are trianguloid, 6 are irregular in
outline, and 1 is based on a parallel blade or blade-like flake.
The latter has not been retouched but exhibits very heavy
flake-back on the thick, steep end where the flake or blade
Fox Valley Archaeology 163
hinged out from the core. Two others one trianguloid, the
other irregularly shaped show scraper use but no retouch.
The trianguloid specimens are 12-18 mm. wide and 15-38
ram. long. The more amorphous 'group have scraper ed^m
9-20 mm. wide and maximum dimensions of 18 to 25 mm.
The possible blade end-scraper is 12 mm. wide and 20 mm.
long.
Four of 19 side-scrapers are based on parallel-sided flakes
cr blades; the remainder are irregular flakes showing bevel-
ing and/or flake-back scraper use along one side. Exclud-
ing the blade specimens, the flake side-scrapers are 1 1 -23
mm. wide and 20-40 mm. long. Several are broken. The
side-scrapers are 10-15 mm. wide and 20-35 mm. long,
one of the latter has a small retouched (graver?) spur at one
end.
Each of the 3 multiple edged scrapers is unique. One is a
26 by 50 mm. combination end- and side- scraper. The second
is a 20 by 26 mm. pentagonal shaped implement with scraper
retouch on the four longest edges. The last "scraper" is a
peculiar flake tool 19 mm. w T ide at the middle, tapering
abruptly to 9 and 8 mm., respectively, at the ends; it is 45
mm. long. From the mid-point the implement appears to be
divided into functional halves. Each side of both halves is
beveled from the opposite edge drill fashion: this techno-
logical suggestion of a drill is not reinforced, however, by
any indications of rotary wear.
Knives
Four knives are amorphous flakes with retouch and use
scars suggestive of knife employment along the longest edge;
They range in length from 23 to 35 mm.
There are 2 knives with multiple working edges. Again,
these are retouched flakes rather than biface implements.
Tending to quadrangular, these small tools (the largest is
14 x 22 mm.) are more carefully prepared than the knives
just described. One shows flake-back and crushing along
all edges, the other on two.
A roughly triangular flake of non-local, glassy grey chert
shows knife use along one long edge and has a steep scraper
bevel on the other. This latter edge could have been used
164 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
for heavy cutting or scraper use, or both.
Drills or perforators
Two probable drills or perforators have been recognized.
One is a long (60 mm.), slender (16 mm. near the base, tap-
ering gradually to the tip) bifiace with rhomboidal cross-sec-
tion at the tip. If the artifact functioned as suggested it was
not put to heavy or prolonged use. It was probably hafted.
The o'cher is extensively worn and shows clear rotary use.
The implement is made from a parallel-sided flake or blade.
The bulb and a fraction of the striking platform survive at
the proximal end. Extending from this for two-thirds the
length of the tool (to where the edges converge to form the
drill itself) is short, steep beveling suggestive of alternate
employment. The artifact is 38 mm. in length.
Ovate bifaces
Two are present in the site sample. Only one is complete.
Both are of unusual interest, however.
The unbroken specimen is 68 mm. long, 28 mm. wide, and
7.5 mm. thick. A symmetrically shaped leaf-shaped artifact
relatively flat in cross-section, one of its lateral edges is
twice as thick as the other. The implement may well have
been a halted knife. Together with only 3 flakes, this is the
only representation of the distinctive mottled brown to
honey colored Knife River chalcedony whose sources are lo-
cated in the northern plains. A very interesteding feature of
this specimen is that it is obviously the product of reworking
a larger and older artifact., The proximal end exhibits rel-
atively unweathered flake scars which cut into and across
older ones; these latter have a velvety sheen reminiscent of
"desert polish," coextensive with which is the development
of considerable patination. One of the Knife River chal-
cedony flakes shows the remnant of a patinated surface. It
seems most plausible th'at wherever the original artifact or-
iginated it had a long history before it underwent modifica-
tion at the Kimberly-Clark site.
The other ovate biface is a proximal third or half similar to
the above except for material and differential weathering.
The material is a variegated cream-white-pink chert. The
principal feature of interest is the transverse break. After
Fox Valley Archaeology 165
breaking, this cleavage was subjected to flaking from one
end; three parallel flake facets run along the complete length
of the break. A kind of burin technique is further suggested
by a negative bulb in one of the scars. There is no sign of
use where the flakes were detached.
Rough bifaces
There are 10 pieces which are either very roughly tin-
ished tools or are simply unfinished. They are approximate-
ly cvoid to triangular in shape; they are thick and have sin-
uous edges. They range in length from 29 to 64 mm., in
width from 21 to 33 mm., and in thickness from 10 to 19 mm.
Quadrangular implements (wedges)
Five of these implements of uncertain function were
found. They are Lke these from the Mero and Porte cles
Morts sites on the Door Peninsula (Mason 1966: 65; 1967:
319-20). As is normal for this class of implement, edge
fatigue is extreme.
Flake "doodle"
A percussion flake shows apparently aimless chipping
along parts of two edges. It suggests much more than any
other flake-knapper's analog to the whittler's stub.
Flakes and blades
At the Kimberly-Clark site chippage was recovered in the
amount of 10,728 grams. The total weight of blades in this
collection is only 104 grams or less than one percent. Of the
total 1 1 blades only 6 show unmistakable evidence of retouch
and/or use. One had been made into a combination side-
scraper and drill, one into an end-scraper, and four were
possibly used as side-scrapers. Five seemingly unused blades
are decortication flakes.
Eight tiny, faceted blocks of chert look like exhausted
cores from which some of the blades may have been drawn.
The so-called bipolar technique seems to have been employed
in 6 of these. Other "cores" from which most of the flakes at
the site were presumbably drawn are erratically shaped
blocks, wedges, and splinters from which, usually., one, two,
or three usable flakes had been struck. This is very remin-
iscent of the North Bay pattern.
The blades range in length from 13.5 to 51.0 mm. With
166 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
the 3 longest blades excluded as atypical in the frequency
range, the blades have a mean of 22.9 mm. and a standard
deviation of 5. mm. Because the distribution is somewhat
skewed from a normal curve, these figures are only general
approximations of the distribution of the attribute. Some-
what over fifty percent of the sample falls below the calcu-
lated mean.
Cores
Eight small multi-faceted exhausted cores are present in
the sample and document further the production of small
blades. Good striking platforms are retained on only two*
Six show heavy battering of the end opposite the striking
platform and indicate bi-polar technique. At least one of the
cores is itself predicated on a heavy flake. All are of chert
and range in length from 14 to 27 mm. Two are conical in
form. Other, more typical flakes sources, have already been
described.
Celt
A small basaltic celt (64 y 46 x 23 mm.) is heavily pecked
and minimally ground on poll and edges. Extensive grinding
is confined to both faces, particularly near the bit; this latter
exhibits the signs of hard use.
Catlinite artifact
As described at length in the James Island site report (Ma-
son n. d. 1), a catlinite artifact in the Richard Mason collec-
tion is believed to have been found on or in the vicinity of
the Kimberly-Clark site.
Hammerstone
This is a bi-pitted circular specimen of rhyolite with pro-
nounced pecking around the circumference.
Residuum
Two small fragments of hammered scrap were the only
pieces of copper found. The sole recognizable bone artifact
is the ground tip of a mammal splinter bone awl.
Due to the shallowness and disturbed nature of the de-
posits it was impossible to ascertain which of the faunal re-
mains were truly prehistoric and which were modern. Most
probably relate to the Indian occupations. Mammal, bird,
iish, and amphibian (frog) bones were collected. Deer bones
Fox Valley Archaeology 167
appear to be well represented.
Summary
Like the previously reported James Island locality, the
Kimberly-Clark site is one of a small number of shallow
archaeological stations in a portion of the Fox Valley which
has witnessed the destruction of most aboriginal remains be-
cause of modern demands on the Ifand. The site had been
largely destroyed prior to the field work recorded here.
\Vorking with such limited field evidence is frustrating be-
cause in situ clues of chronology and artifact associations
are either absent or are so meager as to generate low con-
fidence in their reliability. Nevertheless, that these sites oc-
cur in what is believed to be a strategic waterway demands
that they not be ignored. It is hoped that they will eventu-
ally provided useful information when they can be used as
partial links between better preserved sites to the north and
south. The principal importance of the James Island and
Kimberly-Clark site lies in what has been revealed about the
typologies and possible associations among artifact classes
found there. Such records are potentially important for dis-
tributional studies, particularly as additional sites and inven-
tories are appended to the list. This is an undramatic but
necessary part of a larger research program aimed at eluci-
dating the prehistory of the northeastern part of the state.
REFERENCES CITED
Mason, Ronald J.
1966 Two Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula of Wiscon-
sin. Anthropological Papers, Museum of Anthropol-
ogy, University of Michigan, No. 26. Ann Arbor.
1967 "The North Bay Component at the Porte des Morts
site, Door County, Wisconsin." The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, Vol. 48, No. 4: 267-345. Lake Mills.
n. d. 1 "Fox Valley Archaeology 1: James Island Site." The
Wisconsin Archeologist (in press).
n. d. 2 "Laurel and North Bay: Diffusional Networks in the
upper Great Lakes." American Antiquity (in press).
Wittry, Warren L.
1959 "Archeological Studies of Four Wisconsin Rock Shel-
ters." Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 40: 137-367.
PLATE 1. Incised -over-cordmarked (rims: top row, and left
three in second row).
A
I)
PLATE 2. Punctated rims (A) and body sherds (B-E).
MKHl
JBMBBBBHHB! ' cm i
PLATE 3. Pseudo-scallop shell stamped (rims: top row, two
at right).
PLATE 4. Madison Ware (A), corded stamped (B), stab-and-
drag (C), finger trailed-over-cordmarked (D), dentate stamped
(E), and cordwrapped-stick (F).
PLATE 5. Major Projectile Point Categories at the Kimberly-
Clark site: categories 1 (side-notched) and 4 (stemmed).
PLATE 6. Minor Projectile Point Categories at the Kimberly-
Clark site: intergrades (1.5, 2.5 and 3.5), category 2 (corner-
notched), category 3 (corner-removed), and unique trimmed
flake points (lower right).
PLATE 7. End-scrapers (A), single edged side-scrapers (B),
multiple edged scrapers (C), flake knives (D), Knife River
chalcedony biface (E), drills (F), and rough bifaces (G).
PLATE 8. Unretouched blades (A), exhausted blade cores (B),
hammerstone (C), celt (D), and quadrangular implements (E).
172 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
A NORTHWEST COAST ARTIFACT
FROM NORTHERN WISCONSIN
George L Quimby
Burke Museum, University of Washington
In the anthropological collections of Field Museum there is
a. decorated bone artifact easily recognizable as a Northwest
Coast shaman's charm. There is nothing particularly unus-
ual about the specimen except its provenience. It was exca-
vated from a locus in northern Wisconsin.
This artifact (catalog number 205268) is ornamented by
carving in low relief on the obverse, is plain on the reverse,
and made from a large bone of some large mammal (see
figure 1. It is about 13 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, more than 1 cm.
thick, and somewhat curved in section. Field Museum re-
ceived the specimen in 1945.
The provenience of the object is the Winbuddin Lake area
near Rhinelander in Oneida County, Wisconsin and the cir-
cumstances of the find were as follows: In 1945 the donor
and/or other fishermen discovered the carving while digging
for bait (worms). When found, the specimen was freshly
broken from the impact of a shovel and was about 12 inches
beneath the surrounding surface of the ground and on top of
a layer of gravel at the bottom of the soil zone. Since the
carving could have fallen into that position from a higher
point, it may have been at any level in the area of the dig-
ging. Whatever the actual level, it seems reasonable to as
sume that the artifact was beneath at least a thin coverinn of
soil when the digging began.
A Northwest Coast artifact found in situ in northern Wis-
consin presents an interesting problem, one that has puzzled
me for more than 20 years. The locus of the find was in 1945
relatively remote and not the kind of place ordinary col-
lectors lose exotic artifacts. There were no reasons to doubt
the circumstances of the find. But what possible cultural
connection could exist between northern Wisconsin and the
Pacific Northwest some two thousand miles away, and at a
time presumably prior to the twentieth century? One possible
explanation is that the Iroquois Indians were the agents of
this cultural diffusion between the Pacific Northwest and
Northwest Coast Artifact 173
Wisconsin. .>-,<
Iroquois Indians from the St. Lawrence Valley and the
Great Lakes region were in the Pacific Northwest by 18H
and perhaps even eadier. On October 5, 1811 an "Iroquois
family", arrived by canoe at Astoria near the mouth of the
Columbia River (Franchcre 1967, p. 58). This Iroquois fam-
ily, according to fur trader Ross Cox (1832, p. 59) consisted
of or included two hunters. On April 16, 1817 Ross Cox de-
parted from the trading establishment at the mouth of the
Columbia with a brigade that included Iroquois Indians. Of
this ..event Cox (1832, pp. 236-237) wrote as follows:
"Our party consisted of eighty-six souls, and was perhaps
the largest and most mixed that ever ascended the Columbia.
In it were five Scotchmen, two English, and one Irish; thirty-
six Canadians (voyageurs), twenty Iroquois Indians, two
Nipissings, one Cree, and three half-breeds; nine natives of
the Sandwich Islands; with one boy, a servant, two women,
and two children,"
All of these people, including Ross Cox, were in the em-
ploy of the North-West Company which had its interior
headquarters at Fort William on the northern shore of Lake
Superior. The Iroquois and other Great Lakes' Indians em-
ployed by the company were used as hunters and canoe men.
There were regular canoe brigades between Lake Superior
and the Pacific Northwest, a journey of four or five months.
The members of these brigades were the traders and clerks,
the Canadian voyageurs, and the Iroquois and some Algon-
kian-speaking Indians. Ross Cox mentions a brigade bound
for the Columbia River which he saw at Lac la Pluie (Rainy
Lake) a short distance from Fort William on July 31, 1817.
Cox (1832, p. 280) wrote, ' - - - at fort of Lac la Pluie - - -
we found a number of gentlemen, guides, interpreters, and
engages; some outward bound, and others belonging to var-
ious departments destined for the interior. Among them was
my old esteemed friend, Mr. La Rocque, whose name fre-
duently occurs in the eventful scenes of the Columbia, to
which place he was now about (sic) returning with a rein-
forcement of forty men, principally Iroquois Indians from
Canada."
174 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49. No. 4
The tcst'oony of Ross Cc- rnd Gabncl Franchere is suf-
ficient to shc\v that Iroq::o'n Hdinns were travelling between
the Pacific Northwest and Lrk~ Superior in the fir~t half of
the nineteenth century. There were also some Nipissings"
(Chippewa) and Cree not to mention the French Canadian
voyageurs who with the Iroquois Indians were in the employ
of the North West Company in the fur trade in the Pacific
Northwest. Probably seme of the same Indians and voy-
cigeurs employed at times by the North West Company were
a 4 , other times employed rs engages by the American Fur
Company. In any case there seems to have been ample op-
portunity for Iroquois Indians or voyageurs who had been
in the Pacific Norwest to have been also in northern Wiscon-
sin during the first half of the nineteenth century. It is even
remotely possible that some of the Iroquois Indians (Oncida)
that moved from Ncv/ York to northern Wisconsin in 1833
had been sometime en^ancs on the trnns-continental canoe
route to the Pacific Northwest.
In the context of the history of the fur trade I would guess
that the Northwest Ccast shaman's charm of bone found in
northern Wisconsin had been brought there in the nineteenth
century by an Iroquois Indian or a French Canadian voy-
aguer who had travelled between the Great Lake and the
Pacific Northwest, As an hypothesis I believe this to be an
improvement over one I considered in 1946 which was that
the bone carving might be a product of the Old Copper Cul-
ture and that this culture might have connections with North-
west Coast.
REFERENCES CITED
Cox, Ross
1832 Adventures on the Columbia River, Including the
Narrative of a Residence of Six Years on the Western
Side of the Rocky Mountains, among Various Tribes
of Indians Hitherto Unknown: Together with a Journey
Across the American Continent. New York.
Franchere, Gabriel
1967 "Adventure At Astoria 1810-1814." Translated and
Edited by Hoyt C. Franchere. University of Oklahoma
Press. Norman.
Northwest Coast Artifact
175
SHAMAN'S CHARM OF BONE
Picture courtesy Field Museum Neg. No. 91594
376 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
LINE -MARKED CELTS
Ralph Olson
If you asked the average collector what it was he would
probably say "celt" and walk away. As to whether or not
it was a pick, adze, gouge, chisel, spud, or celt, he generally
neither knew nor cared. This was about the position of the
lowely celt in the amateur archeologist's thinking. Even a
common arrowhead commanded more attention, and yet in
man hours of work and skill in manufacturing, there is no
comparison.
We are not going to discuss picks or spuds at this time
but a newcomer, Mr. "Tally-mark" Celt or Mr. "Crease-
mark" Celt, whichever you wish to call him. This intriguing
personality showed up only recently when collectors in the
Illinois and Missouri areas noticed what appeared to be
lines or tally marks, both on the poll end of celts and the heel
end of the bit. First comments were that they were caused
by the plow or perhaps discs. Further investigation of addi-
tional collections not only showed this erroneous but that
these so-called marks showed up only on a certain type celt.
To date, the celts with these marks have only been made of
fine grained granite. There have been variations in the color
of the stone from different colorations of green, black, and
greys.
The workmanship in each case has been thcit of a perfec-
tionist. The hard diorite first being pecked and then polished.
The hardness of the stone often maintained a luster and very
y-harp edge.
The shape of the celt is such that once you have seen one,
the next one is easy to pick out. The marks are found in two
areas on the celts. They are usually found at the heel of the
bit where up to three lines have been observed with one being
the more prevalent. On the poll they were generally left of
the center with one being the rule. The lines on the poll are
by far more rare than those on the heel of the bit.
The top or poll to date has almost always been rectangular
and mostly flat on the end. The bits have been slightly to
pronouncedly flared.
The general locations to date have indicated they are more
Line-Marked Celts 177
prevalent in the Mississippi drainage. The following states
have produced examples: Missouri, Illinois, Iowa, Wiscon-
sin, West Tennessee, and Kentucky.
A quick look in the collection of Mr. Phil Wiegand turned
up a specimen with one mark on the heel of the bit. In the
Milwaukee Public Museum, three celts were observed in a
very quick check, two with one tally mark and the other with
two (Fig. 9).
Using my home state of Illinois as a basis, they seem to fit
into Mississippi culture. At the Academy of Science in St.
Louis, Mr. Leonard Blake stated they have two which were
classified as the Kimswich Focus of the Middle Mississippi
phase (found during W. P. A. 1940-1941 dig).
Many comments have been made as to the reason for the
marks. It would be interesting and perhaps helpful if each
collector were to go through his collection and write Dr.
Ritzenthaler, Milwaukee Public Museum, 800 West Wells
Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53233. Advise location found,
type of stone, and where marks are. Any comments you
may have as to their reason for being, would be well re-
ceived.
178 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. }
FIG. 1. Line Marked Celts. Milwaukee Public Museum, Phil
Wiegand Collection (Second from Right).
FIG. 2. Top view of Line-Marked Poll. Marion Co., Missouri,
NOTES
NOTE: Membership period is from January through Decem-
ber and includes all issues published during current year re-
gardless of the month the subscription commences. All sub-
scriptions expire with the December issue and renewals are
due the first of January each year.
NOTE: If you move or have a change of address, please no-
tify the Secretary or Treasurer. Your WISCONSIN AR-
CH EO LOG 1ST will not be forwarded unless a payment of
0^ is received for return and forwarding postage.
180 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 49, No. 4
NOTES
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
I
THE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOLO6IST
APRS 91969
ADDITIONAL FINDS FROM HEINS CREEK
Edward W. Wells ^
THREE UNUSUAL COPPER IMPLEMENTS FROM
HOUGHTON COUNTY, MICHIGAN
Charles E. Cleland and Edwin N. Wilmsen
AN OLD COPPER POINT PROM SOUTHEASTERN
IOWA, Robert Ritzenthaler
THE BOOKSHELF
David A. Baerreis and Guest Reviewers
1
26
33
34
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, \Visconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month. 8 P. M.. Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg. Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Greenwald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
3768 S. 89th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53228
SECRETARY
Paul Turney, Corresponding
Mrs, Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska, W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeolog-ist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, S50.00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, S5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, $3.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave., Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN - MARCH, 1969
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
ADDITIONAL FINDS FROM HEINS CREEK
Edward W* Wells
INTRODUCTION
Our first contact with this site was in 1951 when we were
on our usual track-down of prehistoric man. \Ve waded
through wet, swampy terrain, then through a growth of sweet
scented cedar to see the emergence of a large sand blow.
Blown areas are rather common along the shores of Lake
Michigan. A quick glance at this one, and I was certain it
held many secrets of Door County's pre-history.
Although I have followed in pursuit of historical endeavors
for a period of forty-one years and visited many a picturesque
spot, I have never felt closer to the past atnd farther from the
nerve racking developments of our present civilization. The
beauty and tranquility of this spot must have been as appeal-
ing to the aborigines for a quick surface survey exhibited the
gratifying evidence of cultural detritus just about everywhere,
where.
The Heins Creek site is located and mentioned by Holand
(1917), Schumacher (1918), and excavations were carried
on at this site by Mason in 1960-1961 (1966). The Heins
Creek site is located in the SE. 14 of the SW. l /4 and the
SW. 14 of the SE. 14 of Section 6, T. 29 N., Range 28 E.,
Town of Baileys Harbor, Door County, Wisconsin.
The blow which is approximately 500 feet by 1,600 feet is
bordered on the south by Heins Creek, on the east by Lake
Michigan and northwest by rather swampy terrain especially
during the inclement weather of early spring.
Since the last visit of the aborigine, the site has succumbed
to the ravenous works of the elements and souvenir hunters.
The process of wind and water erosion has denuded the cul-
tural levels throughout most of the site, leaving a scattered
hodge-podge of cultural detritus to be covered and uncovered
yearly by the shifting dunes.
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
Yearly observations of the site indicated that erosion
would soon completely dissipate all of the cultural remains
and this site, like many others in Door County, would only
be a remembrance. At this time I was granted permission by
the property owners to excavate remaining deposits.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thanks are due to Mr. and Mrs. Eugene R. Konior, who
granted me permission to excavate on their property. Dr.
Ronald }. Mason for technical advice and encouragement,
and Roy J. Lukes for the photographic work.
EXCAVATIONS AND NATURE OF CULTURAL
DEPOSITS
The material for this report is compiled from notes and
cultural material gathered during eleven years of surface
hunting and six years of excavations.
With the assistance of my son John, the area to be ex-
plored was plotted with a five foot grid. Placing a datum
stake on the south-eastern part of the site, grid lines were
run to the cardinal points of the compass rather than con-
forming the grid to the topography of the blow.
The excavation technique employed was to trowel each
five foot square as a unit in levels down to sterile sand. The
troweled soil was sifted through a Vs" mesh screen. Objects
recovered were bagged and cataloged by square and level
numbers.
W^ork at the site was approached as a salvage operation.
With each visit, my son ran a surface survey and searched
for signs of cultural detritus in the blow area which were
marked for later investigation. Excavations were started in
the stable dune area of the eastern portion of the site. Areas
of the dune that were in the process of blowing away were
excavated first; for this reason portions of some levels were
lacking. The total squares excavated were: 12 in the stable
dunes, 6 in the blow, and 5 disseminating deposits. The later
were located both in the large blow and the stable dunes.
Since this was a catch-as-catch-can project, work pro-
gressed rather slowly. At the end of each day, the square
or portion thereof, was backfilled to hold the profile; and also
in respect to the property owner.
Heins Creek
STRATIGRAPHY
Excavations soon indicated that this was a multi-compon-
cnt site with a rather unique development in the stable dune
area. Trench No. 1, which has since blown away, was par-
allel to and north west of Mason's excavation (Mason 1966).
This was a one midden level deposit varying from 6" to 18"
and consisting of gray to black soil mixed with cultural detri-
tus. This level was topped with a layer of aeolian sand with
thin sod. Beneath the midden layer was another aeolian de-
posit of 10 to 20". Below this aeolian deposit is a lacustrine
deposit. This buried beach is described by Mason (1966).
Progressing northward 15 feet, following the topography of
the dune, there emerged three components which I have num-
bered (top to bottom) I, II, and III (see Figure I). Level one
consisted of aeolian sand with thin sod. Cultural deposits
were lens shaped streaks. Level II was curvilinear follow-
ing the contour of the old dune, and consisting of black soil
with streaks of ash and flecks of charcoal. Cultural debris
was distributed throughout the strata.
Below Level II, there lies another aeolian deposit that is
6" to 20" in thickness; beneath this is a third cultural level.
This cultural stratum is also curvilinear, varying from 6" to
18", consisting of black soil intermixed with ash, flecks of
vharcoal and the usual cultural debris. Below level III lies
another aeolian deposit under which is Lacustrine buried
beach.
There is a continuity of this beach in the form of ridges,
a common phenomenon in beach formation. These gravel
stone ridges extend the length of the blow. As one moves
transversely inland to the northwest periphery, there appears
beneath aeolian sand, an apparent fossil shoreline.
In the troughs between these ridges there is a fourth com-
ponent that is historically different from those in the stable
dune area. With a mean level of Lake Michigan of 580'
above sea level, the buried beach involving the fourth com-
ponent is 599' and the ridges adjacent to the deposits of this
fourth component are 588', 586', 585.5' above sea level. The
deposits are 21, 18 and 12 inches respectively, below the
ridge crests.
Figure 2 shows the profile of trench No. 11. This cultural
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 1
deposit was found beneath a layer 4" to 6" thick of dense red
sand, the red color seemingly from a high concentration of
iron. The finding of several hematite fulgurite tubes in this
stratum seems to verify the iron content.
A deposit of ash (colored pink possibly from the iron) was
associated with several hearth stones, potsherds, two projec-
tile points, and one knife. A few lens shaped deposits of
Fig. I
Stratified Profile Common to Most Trenches
KEY
r,;'- ,r, | Thin Sod
.'*. ?:| Aeolian Sand
bidden
Lacustrine
Gravel
Heins Creek
black humus could be from decomposed animal or vegetable
matter.
From the author's sampling, both surface and excavated,
there exists a division within the site of this fourth component,
as it is not found in the easterly portion which involves the
stable dune area. Cultural detritus indicates that it is con-
fined to the westerly inland portion of the beach ridges and
fossil shoreline.
There was a generalization of cultural debris common to
most of the trenches, such as blocks of flint, flakes, numerous
hearth stones, ash, flecks of charcoal, pottery fragments, bone
(charred and unburned), water boiling stones and projectile
points.
LAKE LEVEL
Figure 2. Shows the profile of trench #11.
This deposition is typical of the fourth
component. The midden deposit is situated
between gravel ridges and beneath a layer
of dense red sand.
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. I
CHIPPED STONE INDUSTRY
There was a rather large amount of chippage from tren-
ches. It is natural that some of the waste would reveal signs
of slight rework as scrapers and then were discarded. Ma-
terial of this nature is left unclassified and included only
with lithic material.
The quality of artifacts included in the chipped stone in-
dustry grades from good to poor. It may be said that work-
ei*
FIG. 3. Projectile points and knives. A from Level I, B from
Level II, C from Level III and D from North Bay component.
Heins Creek
rnanship from Heins Creek, like other sites in the county
utilizing local lithic, often has a quality grade that relates to
stubbornness of the new raw material.
The yield of stone artifacts was 142 specimens. Repre-
sented examples were: 22 projectile points from trenches, 27
f
E
FIG. 4. Surface finds. (A) notched and stemmed points, (B
and (C) projectile points and expanded base drill, (D) knives,
(E) pendant, (F) copper awls.
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
as surface finds; knives from trenches (whole 20, fragmentary
16); knives surface finds (whole 9, fragmentary 8); 1 end
scraper from a trench; and 1 drill which was a surface find.
Projectile Points
A total of 49 projectile points was found 22 from exca-
vations and 27 as surface finds.
Projectile points are rather abortive to work with (being
the end product of the subtractive method of creative art),
thereby allowing a chance of possible error or a new innova-
tion by the artist. I have tentatively classified two of the
types found as ( 1 ) Kolterman, Fig. 3B No. 1 (Warren L.
Wittry 1959). There existed a different distribution of the
stemmed and notched points from that of triangular points.
The triangular points were confined to the stable dune
area. This was the only point type associated with Heins
Creek ware, Madison ware and Collared ware. They are of
the basic triangular tradition with the usual variations of
such forms as uniface, biface, and modified flakes.
These points have an average length of 31 mm with a
range of 1 1 mm to 30 mm. Examples of these points are
shown in Fig. 3; Row A from level I, row B from level II
and row C from level III. A Kolterman point is shown in
row B No. 1.
Triangular projectile points from surface finds are shown
in Fig. 4, rows B and C. The first point in row B is too large
to be a projectile on an arrow shaft and was no doubt hafted
for thrusting.
The notched and stemmed points prevail in the westerly
fossil beach ridge area, being the zone of North Bay finds.
Using the Mero site as a type station, the stemmed and notched
points from deposits and as surface finds are within range
variation to be analogous with these found at North Bay.
Examples of these points from trenches are shown in Fig. 3
row D and surface finds in Fig. 4 row A.
One point variation, a surface find, is the basal portion of a
Raddatz side notch Fig. 4A, No. 1. This point was found
eroding out of a beach ridge near North Bay deposits.
Knives
A total of 53 artifacts is placed in the category of knives.
These have the general form of side cutting, end cutting or
Heins Creek 9
vscraping implements and for the most part show signs of
v/ear on the cutting edge. All found are biface percussion
flaked with moderate retouching by pressure flaking on the
cutting edge in a few examples. See Fig. 3 for representative
examples. (A from level I, B from level II, C from level III
and D from North Bay component.)
The asymmetrical triangular biface side cutting knife (Fig.
3 D No. 5) was found in a North Bay deposit of ash and
hearth stones. It exhibits the result of thermal action in the
Icrm of black discoloration and pot-lidding on the face of the
blade.
BONE ARTIFACTS
Fifteen bone and six antler implements were found. Fig.
5 row 1 shows examples of unilaterial barbed harpoons found
in levels II and III associated with Heins Creek ceramics.
Number 1 is 71 mm long.
Numbers 6 and 7 , row 1 , are possibly weaving implements.
Eight examples of bone awls or pins manufactured from both
joint and medio sections are shown in Fig. 5, row 2. A frag-
mentary bone needle not shown was found in level II. This
is typical of mat weaving implements with flat 6 mm wide
cross section and elongated eye.
A bone antler handle, Fig 5, row 3, No. 1, was found in
level II. The base is hollowed out forming an elliptical
cavity to a depth of 40 mm. which is nearly half of the entire
length.
Three antler flaking tools were also found. (One shown
in Fig. 5, row 3, No. 2). The perforated toggle head har-
poon of antler (Fig. 5, row 3, No. 3) was previously des-
cribed (Wells 1964). Number 4, row 3, may be a fragmen-
tary toggle head. The material is antler, the base is split at an
angle from use, or possibly broken in the process of being
made. A groove circumscribes this artifact near the base.
Toggle heads found by Mason (1965) exhibit line grooves
but of somewhat different placement.
PECKED AND GROUND STONE IMPLEMENTS
Pendant
One pendant, Fig 4 E, was a surface find from westerly
fourth component zone. The material is tan shale, with the
perforation drilled from both sides. One end is missing.
10 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
FIG. 5. Bone and antler implements. Row 1: Harpoons and the
last two artifacts possibly weaving implements. Row 2: Bone
awls and pins. Row 3: Antler handle, flaking implement, tog-
gle head harpoon and fragmentary toggle head (far right ques-
tionable).
Heins Creek
11
Net Sinkers
Objects classified as net sinkers were found in levels I, II,
and III. One deposit of 4 was found associated with fish re-
ruse and a broken unilateral barbed bone harpoon. A total
of eight specimens was found. They are dolomite beach stones,
8
FIG. 6. Heins Creek cord - marked pottery.
sherds: (a) from level II, (b) from level III.
Rim and body
12 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
the only modifications being the opposing notches.
Hammer Stones
Twelve hammer stones were found represented in all four
components. A beach stone that fit the hand was utilized;
the only modification of the hammer was the battered edge
from usage.
Anvil
A tentative classification of one stone (rather large for
use as a hammer) was found with one face battered.
COPPER
The only copper found in the trenches was a few copper
scales. Three copper awls were found on the surface by my
son. One was from the fourth component zone and two were
from the stable dune area. (See Fig. 4 F)
CLAY PIPES
Three clay pipes were found in three trenches in levels II;
two are shown in Fig. 7. The paste is similar to the Hems
Creek ware with rather fine granitic tempering. The third
fragmentary, not shown, has the only decoration in the form
cf a series of punctates forming a band on the exterior of the
rim top.
GROG
Four apparently dumped deposits of grog or tempering
agent were found in four trenches of level II. The material
has a particle range from pea size to that of a golf ball with
a six pound total from the four trenches. This material is of
igneous origin with schistose structure and is composed of
quartz, orthoclase, feldspar and biotite. The composition of
this rock compares to much of the tempering used at Heins
Creek.
BONE REFUSE
Unmodified bone refuse was rather common to all trenches.
It was obvious a great deal of the perishable material in level
III had already disintegrated. Much of the material found
was too deteriorated to be removed.
The total of bone fragments by count is 694. Allowing for
the fragility of the bones of the fish and small game that
have no doubt decomposed, the count of bone refuse that did
once exist would be much greater.
Representing species are deer, bear, beaver, turtle, miscel-
Heins Creek
13
laneous small game and fish.
In level II, trench No. 16 and No. 17 ran a veneer-like
layer of bone refuse from 4" to 6" in thickness. There was a
continuum of the layer exposed on the eastern edge of the
dune. Four, six inch cube samples, were removed and allowed
to dry for sorting and were found to be 80% fish refuse. This
latter deposit is not inclusive in the total count.
8
V
Set*
FIG. 7. Heins Creek corded stamped rim and body sherds:
(A) from level II, (B) from level III. (C) two clay pipes from
level II.
14 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOG1ST Vol 50. No- 1
COOKING STONES
Stone boiling must, have been in vogue for those dolomite
beach stones were common to all four components. They all
exhibited delamination and cracking from the heat. Deposits
of fifteen or more weie common; a total of 125 were recovered.
CLAM SHELLS
A total of 19 valves of the fresh water clam was recovered,
unmodified, and apparently represent a source of food.
HEARTH STONES
Fire cracked and '-plit hearth stones were found in all four
levels with a total of 63 recovered. They were often found
as a dumped deposit and were affiliated with ash, potsherds
and charred bone.
LITHIC MATERIAL
Materials utilized in the chipped stone industry are indig-
enous to Door County. Chert that is common to the site is
found many places as strata in the Niagara escarpment.
Other varieties are common as glacial drift. Several blocks
found in trenches still have a portion of the cuter rind. This
indicates the sources was drift rock or beach stone. A total of
2,901 flakes and 32 blocks were found in the excavated tren-
ches. Three specimens of the fossil Brachiopod (Pentamer-
us Oblongus), common to Door County area, were also
found. These fossils found in level II had been split by per-
cussion. No doubt the aborigine had intentions of utilizing
the inner quartz replacement.
POTTERY
The most prevalent form of cultural detritus other than
chippage was potsherds. The sherd count would have been
much greater had there not been so much deterioration in
level III of several trenches. A considerable amount of pot-
tery was found as a discoloration streak in the black midden.
Many of the existing sherds from these trenches could not be
removed and were analyzed if possible, in situ, but were not
included in the total count.
A total of 1,416 sherds were found in the trenches and 435
as surface finds.
The most common pottery type found was Heins Creek
ware, a newly proposed type. A description of this w r are as
well as its' affinities are presented by Mason (1966).
Heins Creek 15
Hefns Creek Cord Marked
A total of 809 sherds of this category were found in the
stable dune area, 556 from level II and 253 from level III.
Fig. 6 shows examples of rim and body sherds of this cate-
gory (A from level II and B from Level III). Numbers 1,
6 and 7 have a cord paddled surface with fine diagonal trans-
verse corded stamping on top of the lip. Numbers -4 and 5
are rim sherds made of brick red paste. A row of punctates
circumscribe the top of the lip. This was formed by the hol-
low reed or bone technique as the core is visible in one sherd.
Many sherds of this ware were laminated black with a
lighter colored center. Surfaces often show brushing diagon-
ally toward and through the neck of the vessel. This seems
tc have been done with coarse grass or soft bark when the
paste was still soft. Fig. 6B, No. 1 is a rim sherd of this type.
The exterior paste is dark in addition to a coating of black
carbon. This vessel has a diagonally brushed surface.
Heins Creek Corded Stamped
This type is represented by a combined total of 159 rim
and body sherds; 111 from level II, 48 from level III. Fig.
7 A from level II and B from level III are examples represent-
ing this type pottery.
The rims are decorated in a variety of ways with a cord
wrapped stick. The most common arrangement is a single
row of vertical corded stamped embellishments on either the
interior or exterior of the rim or both. This stamping often
extends up to the lip (Fig. 7A, row r No. 1). Four vessels ex-
hibit a similar decoration except the inside of the rims have a
double row of vertical corded stamped impressions. Another
variety has a transverse diagonal corded stamp on top of the
lip and a horizontal row of punctates formed by the pressing
of the end of a cord wrapped stick. This punctate design is
on the interior of the neck 25 mm below the lip of the vessel
(Fig. 7 A No. 6).
A vessel with a smoothed over surface has a fine diagonal
cord stamp on interior and exterior of the rim but not passing
over the top of the lip (Fig. 7, A No. 5). The end of a stick or
bone was used to form a diagonal punctate decoration on the
exterior of the shoulder beginning 5 mm below the lip.
A corded stamped decoration common to many vessels was
16 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 1
formed by pressing the edge of a cord wrapped stick on the
top of the rim. The embellishment forms a groove 2 to 4 mm
deep that circumscribes the top of the vessel. Number 7, A
Fig 7 has this form of decoration combined with rows of
vertical corded stamping on the interior and exterior of the
lip. The pressure exerted forming this groove has thickened
the lip exterior on several vessels. This grooving technique
FIG. 8. Heins Creek cord-wrapped stick. Rim and body sherds:
(A) from level II, (B) from level III.
Heins Creek 17
is common to both corded stamped ware and cord wrapped
stick ware from levels II and III.
Heins Creek Cord Wrapped Slick
One hundred and one sherds fall in the category of cord
wrapped stick ware (51 from level II and 50 from level III,)
(Fig 8 A from level II and B from level III.) All of the
sherds placed in this category have two to five bands of
horizontal cord wrapped stick impressions encircling the neck
of the vessel. Fig. 8 A, No. 3 has five such bands though
much finer in detail than is common to the site. The first
band begins 35 mm below the lip. The top of the lip is em-
bellished transversely with corded stick impressions. Number
5 has diagonal punctates beginning below cord wrapped
stick banding. These punctates were made with the end of a
stick or broken bone sliver. Fig. 8, No. 1 and No. 2 A are
rim sherds of two vessels. The neck portions have four rows
of cord wrapped stick impressions placed horizontally.
On the potsherds in Fig. 8, B, No. 1 and No. 2, the edge
of a cord wrapped paddle was pressed on the top of the lip
forming a groove that circumscribes the rim. The interior
and exterior edges of the lip have vertical corded stick stamp-
ing above and below this band. The top of the lip has di-
agonal transverse corded stick stamping.
Madison Cord Impressed
Madison ware has been defined by Baerreis (1953). Pot-
tery included in this category falls in the minority at Heins
Creek. This ware is represented by 15 vessels. Rim sherds
of this ware have two ply horizontal cord banding around the
neck with vertical cord impressions above or below this band-
ing (Fig. 9, rows A & B).
Number 3A has four rows formed by pressing a two ply
cord around the neck of the vessel horizontally. The interior
and exterior of the lip have vertical corded stick stamping.
The paste in this vessel is dark plus a coating of carbon.
Four rims with this design combination were found and
may reflect a mixing of Heins Creek traits with that of Mad-
ison ware.
Point Sauble Collared
Pottery of this type from excavations at Heins Creek is
comparable to that described by Baerreis and Freeman
18 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 1
(1958). Rims of 9 vessels were found (examples shown in
Fig. 9 C). This ware was confined to the upper portion of
the one midden area of trench No. 1 .
Late Woodland Collared Ware
This ware may be in continuity with Point Sauble collared
ware. The thickened lip has a similarity, but the neck and
;
*"* *** '
FIG. 9. Madison cord-impressed. (A and B) (3-A) is a rim
sherd with combined Madison ware and Heins Creek char-
acteristics, (C) Point Sauble Collared rim sherds, (D) Late
Woodland rim sherds from level I.
Heins Creek
19
shoulders of these vessels are lacking any decoration or cord
roughening of the surface. In Fig. 9, row D, six rims are shown
with 20 vessels represented. Four rims have a transverse
stamping on the top of the lip formed by pressing a stick 0r
sliver of bone into the soft paste. This ware was confined to
level I of the three level area.
I
FIG. 10. (A) Vessel with Laurel-ware characteristics (2 rim,
1 body and 1 base sherd). (A, far right) fabric impressed, (B)
Dane incised, (C) unclassified, incised and punctate ware.
20 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. I
Vessel Exhibiting Laurel Ware Characteristics
One vessel of this style was found at Heins Creek (Fig.
10 A). This ware has a light tan paste with medium size grit
(1 to 3 mm). The surface is smooth with fine incised trail
lines on the body. The rim is straight and lacks any thick-
ening. Two rows of punctates begin below the exterior of
the lip and circumscribe the neck of the vessel.
The basal portion also has a smooth surface and comes to
a point. Ten fragments, four of which are shown, were
found in the fossil shore line zone. This portion of the site
also contained North Bay ware.
Fabric Impressed Ware
One rim and two body sherds of this variety were found
in level II (Fig. 10 A far right). The trench adjacent to the
one containing the fabric impressed ware contained Heins
Creek corded stamped ware. The fabric impressions cover
the entire surface up to the rim which has corded stick stamp-
ing on the interior and exterior. The paste of this vessel is
very dark with a black surface.
Dane Incised
Forty-four sherds of this ware representing two vessels
were found (Fig. 10 B). Dane incised ware from Heins Creek
is similar in style to examples found throughout the state of
\Visconsin. Number 1 B has a functional cord roughened
surface that has been smoothed-over and is decorated by
stacking horizontal incised lines. These bands are stacked
up to 20 mm of the lip. A vertical punctate band decorates
the rim 5 mm below the exterior of the lip. The top of the
lip has diagonal corded stamp impressions. The exterior paste
is very dark to black. This color penetrates near to the cen-
ter of a 12 mm thick wall. The grit size has a range of 2 to
4 mm. This vessel was found in level III of a stratified de-
posit. In the adjacent square, at the same level, examples of
Heins Creek corded stamped ware were found
Another vessel of this style (Fig. 10 B No. 2) was found
in a North Bay deposit that included 80 North Bay sherds.
This vessel has similar paste but is much thinner walled in
the body section. This vessel is 5 mm thick compared to 12
mm of the other vessel from a similar portion of the body.
Heins Creek
21
The rim is lacking but the body sherds exhibit stacked hor-
izontally incised lines.
Unclassified Pottery
A pottery style not common to the site (Fig. 10 C No. 1)
has a black laminated surface over a brown core. The grit
Mze is 2 to 3 mm. This vessel has an excurvate rim without
any thickening. The surface of the body has a rather hap-
Jf ii
FIG. 11. North Bay Ware. (A) three smooth surface body
sherds, (B) Rim and three body sherds with rough brushed
surface, (C) rim and two body sherds with rough bark-like
surface.
22 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vcl. 50, No. I
hazard incising that gives a checkered appearance. Four ves-
sels of this s^yle were represented in level III.
Two varieties of sherds (14 in all)' were found that have
the surface decorated with rows of punctates, apparently
made with the end of a round stick- or bone. Fig. 10 C No. 2
has a black surface that has been cord paddled. Number 3
and No. 4 consist of a tan paste and have a smooth surface.
The form of this vessel type is unknown as no neck or rim
sherds were found. This ware was confined to the one stratum
level of trench No. 1 .
North Bay Ware
This pottery is a newly defined type described by Mason
(1966). One hundred and eighty-three sherds of this cate-
gory were found at Heins Creek (Fig. 11). Cultural deposits
containing North Bay ware are located between gravel ridges
and along the inland fossil shoreline (Fig. 2).
One variety has a smoothed-over surface with a brick red
paste and a grit range of 3 mm to 7 mm. The wall of the ves-
sel is 14 mm thick below the shoulder (Fig. 11 A).
Another vessel is represented by a rim and 3 body sherds
shown in Fig. 1 1 B. This vessel has a rough exterior that has
oeen brushed toward the lip giving the surface a bark-like
appearance. The paste is brick red with a black laminated
interior. Grit size is smaller than that of vessel A Fig. 11,
and is a rather uniform 3mm. The top lip on the interior is
decorated with transverse diagonal corded stamping. The
pressure of the stamp has pushed the exterior of the lip out-
ward slightly. Another example, Fig. 1 1 C, has a very rough
bark-like exterior; the rim is straight. The only decoration
appears to be the result of pinching the inner and outer top
of the rim with the fingers giving a weak pie crimping effect
and also a wavy top edge to the vessel. The paste is brick
red on the exterior with black laminated interior. The division
of color penetrates half way to the center core of the vessel
wall
Dates of Pottery Types From Heins Creek
The Heins Creek ware has a carbon 14 date of 720 A. D. 1
i Mason, Ronald J., Two Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula
of Wisconsin, 1966, p. 27-28.
Heins Creek 23
There has been a suggested date of 600 A. D. for level III at
this site. North Bay ware has a carbon 14 date of 160 A. D. 2
By correlation it seems reasonable that North Bay ware from
Heins Creek would be near this date.
CONCLUSIONS
The author settled in the Door County area twenty-one
years ago. Intensive research out in the field and personal
communications indicated that the area was a very important
one archaeologically.
Local residents were contacted first and the search then
went from regional to university libraries. The lack of scien-
tific data available was rather perplexing.
Each year earth moving equipment destroyed more of the
sites as the Door peninsula rapidly mushroomed into a sum-
mer resort playground. \Vhat was at one time an isolated
prehistoric habitation site is now a macadam road lined with
summer homes. This is a common, though regretful phenom-
enon historically of our advancing civilizaton.
Publications on excavations carried out under the direction
of Carol Irwin and Ronald J. Mason in Door County helped
fill a historical gap as well as open up new avenues of ap-
proach for future work.
My objective at Heins Creek was to salvage cultural ma-
terial and compile data from dissipating areas until the time
some institution would carry on exploratory excavations.
Finds of both interest and importance were derived from the
work at Heins Creek, such as the isolation of the triangular
projectile point type in stratified early Late Woodland de-
posits. This data correlates with finds from five other sites
in the Door County area. At these sites the triangular points
are affiliated with Late Woodland ceramics and, as at Heins
Creek, there are no Mississippian traits present.
Another trait is the association of the immaterial barbed
bone harpoon (found in 4 trenches involving levels II and III)
in stratified context with triangular points, net sinkers and
Heins Creek ceramics. This situation is similar to Mason's
excavations at this site.
* Ibid, p. 125.
24 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. I
The ceramic sequence at Heins Creek is broken as there
is a gap to be filled between the North Bay component and
the Heins Creek component in level III. Future work may
close this opening.
The ceramics in the stable dune area exhibit a sequence
(from level III to level I), of Heins Creek ware, Madison
ware, then collared ware with a mixing of Madison and col-
lared ware in trench No. 1 of the one stratum midden level.
With the emergence of the three levels, there was a gradual
disappearance of Madison ware as the excavations advanced
northward following the topography of the dune. Wlien
Madison ware did appear, it was located in the upper portion
of level II.
There also occurred in this upper portion of level II a few
examples of ceramics that may indicate a transition or com-
bining of style. This ware exhibits Heins Creek corded
stamping on both interior and exterior of rim and lip. A
Madison ware trait, in the form of two-ply cord impressions,
circumscribes the neck of the vessels. The pottery has the
general appearance of Heins Creek ware with Madison ware
affiliation. This pottery is shown in Fig. 9 A No. 3.
Another find of interest from the Heins Creek excavations
is the placement of Dane incised ware with a North Bay as-
semblage and in a stratified deposit with Heins Creek corded
stamped "ware. This is a much later temporal position than
was previously assigned to this ware.
A summary of the cultural assemblage from Heins Creek
indicates a group of people preferring a lake shore site for
spring, summer and fall encampments with an economy based
on hunting and fishing, seemingly with emphasis on the latter.
They no doubt supplemented their diet by gathering wild
fruits and berries from the surrounding forests. Although
pottery and agriculture are often thought of as being contem-
poraneous no indication of cultigens or artifacts affiliated with
them were found.
REFERENCES
Baerreis, David A,, and Joan E. Freeman
1958 Late Woodland Pottery in Wisconsin as Seen from Az-
talan. The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 39, No. 1, pp.
35-61. Milwaukee.
Baerreis, David
Heins Creek 25
1953 Blackhawk Village Site (Da5), Dane County, Wiscon-
sin. Journal of the Iowa Archeological Society, Vol.
2, pp. 5 - 20. McGregor, la.
Holand, Hj aimer R.
1917 History of Door County, Wisconsin, Vol. I.
Mason, Ronald J.
1965 Wisconsin Middle Woodland Toggle Head Harpoons.
The Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 11, Numbers 3-4, pp.
156-163.
1966 Two Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula of Wis-
consin. Anthropological Papers. Museum of Anthro-
pology, University of Michigan. No. 26. Ann Arbor.
Schumacher, J. P.
1918 Indian Remains in Door County. The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist (O. S.), Vol. 16, No. 125-45. Milwaukee.
Wells, Mrs. Edward
1964 Another Toggle Head Harpoon from Door County.
The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 99-101.
Milwaukee.
Wittry, Warren L., and Dr. E. G. Bruder
1955 Salvage Operations at the Kolterman Mound Group,
Dodge County. The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 36,
No. 1, pp. 3-11. Milwaukee.
Wittry, Warren L.
1959 The Raddatz Rockshelter, (Sk5), Wisconsin. The Wis-
consin Archeologist, Vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 33-69. Mil-
waukee.
THREE UNUSUAL COPPER IMPLEMENTS FROM
HOUGHTON COUNTY, MICHIGAN
Charles E. Cleland
Michigan State University
Edwin N, Wilmsen
The Smithsonian Institution
During a recent examination of archaeological materials
from Michigan, which are held by The Smithsonian Institu-
tion, the senior author rediscovered a remarkable collection
of three copper artifacts from the Keweenaw Peninsula of
Houghton County. These included a spud, knife and sock-
eted projectile point. While none of these artifacts is unique
in form, the large size of knife and point a-s well as engraved
design on the spud render these artifacts worthy of record.
The three specimens may be described as follows while
their metric attributes are presented in Table 1 .
(1) Copper spud (USNM-204155) This specimen ex-
hibits a rectangular form with a deep U-shaped socket and a
slightly expanded bit (Figure 1A). In form it is similar to
type D of Wittry (1957:216) and type 5B of Fogel (1963:
149). The spud is 132 mm long and 76 mm wide at the haft
end. Figure IB illustrates the continuous diamond design
which is engraved in a 7 mm wide band across the dorsal
face of the spud. Engraving on old copper tools seems to be
a rare phenomena but engraved motifs have been reported
from at least two sites, the celts from the Hemphill Site in
Brown County, Illinois (Griffin 1941) and on a copper cres-
cent from the Reigh Site in Winnebago County, Wisconsin
(Ritzenthalcr 1957:286).
(2) Copper knife (USNM 204156). This specimen is 384
mm long and 47 mm wide.. The blade edge is slightly bev-
eled and the blade form straight. The back of the blade is
slightly concave terminating in a tapered tang (Figure 2A).
(3) Copper point (USNM 204154). Most remarkable of
the copper artifacts of this collection is this huge socketed
point which is 595 mm long and 75 mm wide. This specimen
which is almost 2 feet long, weighs three and one-half pounds.
The blade is bifacially beveled, the deep socket is U-shaped
and perforated near the butt by two square rivet holes. (Fig-
tenure 2B).
Houghton Implements
27
A letter in the Smithsonian's accession files, written by
Isaac Otis of Auburn, New York in 1898, details the cir-
cumstances of recovery of the three copper implements.
Dear Sir
I have some ancient Copper wepons that I found in
1872 when Superintending the construction of the Port-
10
Figure
A- Spud
B - Design on Spud
28 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. i
age Lake and Lake Superior Ship Canal. They were
found on a small ridge overlooking Lake Superior, under
a grove of Norway Pines. Had evidently been buried
with some body, but nothing remained of it save a black
streak in the sand and a few small pieces of bone, evi-
dently toe bones.
The wepons consist of a spearhead, knife, and axe and
are well made.
Spearhead weighs 3Vi> Ibs.
Axe weighs 2 Ibs.
Knife weighs VL> Ibs,
If I was able would like to present them to the Institu-
tion but in old age I am almost stranded pecuniarily.
Do you purchase such antiquities? \Vhen I found them
Mr. Jay Hubbal the Congressman of that district offered
me 400 Dollars but I thought I might as well own them
as anyone else. I enclose drawings of the wepons in this.
Would be pleased to hear from you.
Yours Truly
Isaac Otis
P. S. Of course I would not expect to get what I was of-
fered when I found them. Disturnell of Guide Book fame
was up there in 72 and 73, took drawings of them which
he published in his new edition of his Guide to the Lakes
about that town.
While the Otis letter is rather vague concerning the loca-
tion of the find, Disturnell (1874:37) apparently interviewed
Otis and adds that the three implements "were found in 1871
near the mouth of the Lake Superior Ship Canal, eight miles
above Houghton, being taken from an Indian grave." This
description would place these finds in the NW Vi of Sec. 26
or the SE 14 of Sec. 21 Hancock Township, Houghton Coun-
ty. Disturnell added no other pertinent information but did
illustrate the spud and socketed point.
It also seems apparent from Isaac Otis' letter that the cop-
per implements were associated with a burial.
The whole matter could thus be concluded except for an
excerpt from another letter which is quoted by Quimby and
Griffin (Griffin 1961:114-115) from a footnote in Packard's
U893) paper on Pre-Columbian Copper Mining. This un-
dated letter was written by J. H. Forster who was State En-
gineer for the Portage Lake and Lake Superior Ship Canal
from approximately 1868 until its completion in 1873 (Forster
Hcughton Implements
29
1892). The following is a portion of Forster's letter.
"In connection with these last remarks by Mr. Hough-
ton, (who notes that no graves have been found in the
copper mine country) I beg to state that while I was
state engineer on the Portage Lake and Lake Superior
Ship Canal, the superintendent in laying water pipes
o 10
30
cm
B
Figure 2
A - Copper Knife
B ~ Copper Point
30 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
opened a very old grave. The grave was in yellow sand,
in a grove of Norway Pines, near Lake Superior. At the
bottom there was an exceedingly thin layer oi : mold, dark-
er than the sand. Some human teeth were found and a
string of copper beads on sinews. The sinews, much de-
cayed, still held the beads in place. The copper bead was
a small thin piece of copper about one-fourth of an inch
long. It was rudely bent into a cylinder for the string to
pass through, but was not welded; the edges were in con-
tact, but not fastened together. The grave was at the
Grand Portage or Carring place.
In dredging, the dipper brought up from the bed of the
ship canal where the sand drift had originally been at
least 25 feet deep, several perfect stone hammers and a
copper implement which I pronounced to have been the
head and ferule of a pike pole. It was about IS inches
long, tapering, sharp and solid for two-thirds the distance
from the small or lower end. At the upper or pole-end the
copper had been flattened out and then bent round to
form a socket for a pole. There was a slight opening be-
tween the two edges of the curved copper: it was not
joined or welded. The pike was bright and shining like a
clean copper kettle."
There are several interesting statements and inferences in
the Forster letter which could imply that the burial described
by Forster and Otis are, in fact, the same burial and that
Otis, writing twenty-six or twenty-seven years after the find
was made, may have become confused about the origin of
the copper artifacts. These points are as follows:
(1) Forster says that the burial was discovered by the
superintendent and Otis was a superintendent.
(2) Forster and Otis use almost identical phrases in des-
cribing the locality of the finds "In a grove of Norway
Pines near Lake Superior" and "On a small ridge overlook-
ing Lake Superior, under a grove of Norway Pines".
(3) The copper implement described by Forster as hav-
ing been dredged from the canal bed is very close in size and
description to the socketed point which Otis said he found
in the grave.
Despite these suspicious circumstances there is reason to
believe that Otis did, in fact, find the three implements in
question with a burial. These reasons are as follows:
(1 ) Otis does not mention the teeth or copper beads which
Houghton Implements 31
Forster claims were recovered in the grave.
(2) Disturnell who interviewed Otis either the same year
or a year after Otis made his find, described the three imple-
ments in print and illustrated the spud and socketed point. He
reports the same story that Otis recalled more than twenty-
five years later.
(3) The socketed point illustrated by Disturnell is the
same artifact which Otis sold to the Smithsonian Institution.
Given this rather sketchy information it would seem reason-
able to conclude that two burials were excavated near the
mouth of the Portage Lake and Lake Superior Ship Canal and
that both were found in similar circumstances. Although both
may have been discovered by Otis, it is also possible that
more than one superintendent was employed in the super-
vision of the hundreds of workers involved in the canal pro-
ject. It also seems reasonable to conclude that the copper
point dredged from the canal is not the one which Otis had
in his possession in 1898.
Except for the obscure reference to the Otis copper collec-
tion published by Disturnell in 1874, these specimens have not
received mention in print. It would seem likely that the cop-
per spud, knife and socketed point which the Smithsonian pur-
chased from Otis represent grave goods associated with an
Old Copper burial from Houghton County, Michigan. Aside
from a matter of recording their existence in the archaeolog-
ical literature, each of these specimens is in itself unique. The
spud provides a record of one of the rare occurences of a
decorated Old Copper tool and both the knife and socketed
point are notable for their large size. Certainly the socketed
point is one of the largest if not the largest known copper
implement to be reported from the Old Copper context.
REFERENCES CITED
Disturnell, J.
1874 Sailing on The Great Lakes and Rivers, privately print-
ed, Philadelphia.
Fogel, Ira L.
1963 This Dispersal of Copper Artifacts in The Late Archaic
Period of Prehistoric North America, The Wisconsin
Archeologist, Vol. 44, No. 3 pp 129-180, Lake Mills.
Forster, John H.
1892 Autobiographical Sketch of John H. Forster.
32 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. i
Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collection, Vol. 21 r
pp. 283-287, Lansing.
Griffin, James B.
1941 Additional Hope well Material From Illinois.
Prehistory Research Series II, No. 3, Indiana Historical
Society, Indianapolis.
Packard, R. L.
1893. Pre-Columbian Copper-Mining in North America.
Annual Report of The Board of Regents of The Smith-
sonian Institution for 1892, pp. 175-98, Washington.
Quimby, G. I. and James B. Griffin
1961 Various Finds of Copper and Stone Artifacts in The
Lake Superior Basin, in Lake Superior Copper and The
Indians: Miscellaneous Studies of Great Lakes Prehis-
tory, Anthropological Papers Museum of Anthropology,
University of Michigan No. 17, Ann Arbor.
Ritzenthaler, Robert
1957 Reigh Site Report Number 3. The Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, Vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 278-310, Lake Mills.
Wittry, Warren L.
1957 A Preliminary Study of The Old Copper Complex.
The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 38, No 4, pp. 204-221^
Lake Mills.
TABLE 1
Metric Attributes of the Three Copper Artifacts from
Houghton County, Michigan
(1) Copper Spud USNM 204155
Length 132.0 mm
Maximum Width 76.0 mm
Minimum Width 72.5 mm
Socket Maximum Width Exterior 49.0 mm
Socket Minimum Width Exterior 35.0 mm
Socket Maximum Width Interior 69.5 mm
Socket Depth 17.0-21.5 mm
Weight 830 grams
(2) Copper Knife USNM 204156
Length 384.0 mm
Maximum Width 47.0 mm
Length of Blade Edge 280 mm
Weight 267 grams
(3) Copper Point USNM 204154
Length 595.0 mm
Maximum Width 75.0 mm
Maximum Width of Haft 47.5 mm
Socket Length 108.5 mm
Maximum Socket Width Exterior 29.0 mm
Minimum Socket Width Exterior 14.5 mm
Maximum Socket Width Interior 44.0 mm
Weight 1431 grams
AN OLD COPPER POINT FROM SOUTHEASTERN
IOWA
Robert Ritzenthaler
Mr. George A. Horton of Columbus Junction, Iowa reports
the finding of a rat-tail copper point in Columbus City town-
ship, Louisa County, Iowa. It was a surface find. \Vhile it
is probably a "stray" (there are no other copper specimens
known for that area), it is of interest because of its location
quite far south of the concentration of the Old Copper culture.
Its position on the Iowa River which joins the Mississippi
some 15 miles away suggests riverine traffic. The piece meas-
ures S l /2 inches in length.
BOOKS RECEIVED
INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY by Robin Place.
Philosophical Library Inc., New York, -1968. Price:
$6.00.
THE DAY OF THE DINOSAUR by L. S. and C. C. de
Camp. Doubleday & Co., Garden City, N. Y., 1968. Price
$6.95.
THE KENSINGTON RUNE STONE by Theodore C. Ble-
gen. The Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul, 1968.
Price: $4.50.
By
David A. Baerreis
and
THE BOOKSHELF Guest Reviewers
THE SACRED BEETLE by John Ward. MalterAVester-
field Publishing Co., San Diego, Calif., 1968. Price:
$4.50.
A Guide to Field Methods in Archaeology, by Robert F.
Heizer and John A. Graham with a chapter by Sonia Ragir.
(274 pages, 4 appendices, 4 maps, 8 record forms, 30 fig-
ures, other line drawings, author and subject indices, and
bibliography.) National Press, Palo Alto, California, 1967.
This neatly printed volume is a greatly expanded revision
of Heizer's 1949 volume of the same title. As the authors
point out in the preface, the text has doubled in length and
the bibliography has almost quintupled. After a five-page in-
troductory chapter, Guide is divided into fourteen chapters,
each devoted to different phases of archaeological field work
(e. g. site survey, site mapping and layout, excavation, record-
ing data and collecting artifacts, stratigraphy, excavation of
burials, faunal remains, photography), interpretation of data
(the study of artifacts), methods of dating, and the classifica-
tion of archaeological cultures. One short chapter lists the
important publications dealing with experiments to replicate
prehistoric technology and the last chapter, new to this vol-
ume, on sampling techniques was written by Sonia Ragir.
Four appendices provide short essays on 1 ) writing archaeo-
logical reports (very inadequate), 2) archaeology as a pro-
fession (depressing), 3) state and federal rules governing
archaeological field work (a useful starting point), and 4) a
table of metric-British equivalents and conversion factors.
Although the basic procedures of archaeological field work
Bookshelf 35
in a broad range of situations are comprehensively related,
this guide, as its full title anticipates, stops short of describing
the full range of analytical procedures which follow the field
excavations. Chapter 2, "Interpretation of Archaeological
Data," consists of slightly more than seven pages whose main
emphasis seems to be "that analysis of material after the
excavation itself is not enough," that the archaeologist, fully
conversant with the literature of his special area and aware
of problems not seen by his predecessors, "should thereby
develop an attitude which will allow him to see, while in the
field, the range of interpretative possibilities offered by the
materials being uncovered." (p. 6) To this should be added,
4 '. . . and to modify the course of the excavations as the data
recovered cause the formulation of new questions (the feed-
back principle)."
Chapter 2 also gives the authors' ideas on the limitations of
and the interpretative possibilities of archaelogical data. They
say that the latter can only be realized within the framework
of human ecology, through "functional interpretation of the
data," through ethnographic analogy, and by noting and ex-
plaining associations of artifacts with other artifacts and of
artifacts with features. The scope of this chapter is certain-
ly immense but, unfortunately, inadequately presented in this
volume.
Heizer and Graham's discussion of the rationale for doing
archaeological excavations in the first place is buried in the
sub-section entitled, "The Selection of a Site for Excavation."
(p. 29-30) They say,
Excavations which contribute most to the advancement
of archaeological knowledge are 'problem - oriented.'
Such excavations initially may be directed toward histor-
ical problems of a fundamental nature, e. g. the definition
of basic cultural successions in an archaeologically un-
known region. As basic archaeological frameworks are
established, more specific cultural and social problems
will be studied as approaches to major theoretical and
historical questions.
This general statement could certainly stand elaboration
and clarification. Other reasons given for conducting excava-
tions are 1) conservation of data (salvage archaeology), 2)
professional training of prospective archaeologists, and 3)
36 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 1
"public service archaelogy" in which sites in national and
state parks are excavated and reconstructed for public view-
ing.
Inherent in the previous criticisms is the failure of the
authors to adequately discuss the fundamental relationship
between field excavations and the formulation of problems to
be attacked through field surveys and excavations. They say,
Before undertaking an archaeological excavation, the in-
vestigator must be certain that he is professionally quali-
fied and technically equipped to meet the high scientific
standards required in archaeological study. These quali-
fications include not only a detailed knowledge of ar-
chaeological field methods and objectives, but also a firm
foundation in general anthropological fact and theory.
(p. 29)
However, Heizer and Graham offer no explanation as to why
an archaeologist must be firmly grounded in anthropological
fact and theory, a surprising deficiency in view of the sub-
title of this book, which is "Approaches to the Anthropology
of the Dead." Archaeology, of course, is only one of several
approaches used in studying man's past.
The above criticisms do not detract greatly from the posi-
tive value of this volume. A Guide to Field Methods in Ar-
chaeology definitely fulfills the intent of the authors who
modestly describe it as "merely a guide for reference and
consultation and an introduction to basic principles" (p. 2).
It will surely serve as such for a decade or more of archae-
ologists in training who will simply have to look elsewhere
for their theoretical home.
Reviewed by \Villiam P. McHugh
Department of Anthropology
University of Wisconsin Milwaukee
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
HE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOL06IST
THE MILLVILLE SITE, A MIDDLE WOODLAND
VILLAGE IN GRANT COUNTY, WISCONSIN
Joan E. Freeman.
THE MILLVILLE SITE, APPENDIX I, BONE
IMPLEMENTS, E. Elizabeth Pillaert '
FAUNAL REMAINS FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE
(47-Gt 53), GRANT COUNTY, WISCONSIN
E. Elizabeth Pillaert
DESCRIPTION OF HUMAN SKELETAL MATERIAL
FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE * (47-Gt-53)
GRANT COUNTY. WISCONSIN. Robert J. Meier
37
88
93
109
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month, 8 P. M. f Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg. Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Greenwald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
3768 S. 89th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53228
SECRETARY
Paul Turney. Corresponding
Mrs. Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska, W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeolog-ist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, $50,00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, S5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, S3. 50
AH communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave., Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN -- JUNE, 1969
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
THE MILLVILLE SITE, A MIDDLE WOODLAND
VILLAGE IN GRANT COUNTY, WISCONSIN
Joan E, Freeman
INTRODUCTION *
In the spring of 1962, Mr. Frank Holmes of Lancaster.
Wisconsin, a survey engineer for the Grant County Highway
Department, notified the State Historical Society of Wiscon-
sin that County Trunk "C" was to be relocated through a
corn field on the south bank of the Wisconsin River where
lithic artifacts and bones had been found on the ground sur-
face. Upon investigation, this field, on the farm of Mr. Earl
Jones, proved to be a site well known to artifact collectors,
and called the Miliville Site (47 Gt53).
Since Federal Funds had been allocated for the relocation
of C. T. H. "C", excavation of the site, which lay within the
right-of-way, could be undertaken by the State Historical
Society through its Cooperative Agreement with the Wiscon-
sin Division of Highways. The excavations were jointly fi-
nanced by the Federal Government and Grant County.
Work on the Miliville site began on July 2, 1962, and was
completed on July 31. Crew members, under the direction of
Joan Freeman and William Wilson were James Ellsworth.
Mary Fullmer, William Hurley, James Promenschenkel and
Jean Wiese. Excavation of a small Middle Woodland camp-
site at the Jones farm and within the same relocation project,
was conducted concurrently.
* I wish to thank Mr. Jay Brandon for the data he provided con-
cerning paste and temper characteristics of the pottery from
this site and for editing this report. Miss Elizabeth Pillaert
provided the description of bone implements from this site,
and Mr. Robert Meier provided age and sex of the burials.
Radio-carbon dates were made possible through Grant GrS
1141 from the National Science Foundation.
38 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
SITE DESCRIPTION
The Millville site (47-GT 53) lies in the SW 14, Sec. 34
T7N, R5W, Grant County, Wisconsin, on the south bank of
the Wisconsin River. The site is situated on the first terrace
above the river, at the foot of Dutch Hollow through which
flows a tributary to the Wisconsin. This terrace, roughly
triangular in shape, is bordered on the south by old C. T. H.
"C" and rocky, wooded bluffs; on the east by the tributary
stream and lowlands; and to the west by marshland. The
apex of the triangular area points toward a bend in the tribu-
tary. The Wisconsin River courses about 500 feet north-
west of the site. W'hile the entire terrace would have been
habitable, surface finds and test pits indicated that only the
apical area of the triangle had been occupied. The village
stood in the area nearest to the river and its tributary, rather
than adjacent to the bluffs.
The entire site had been plowed for about sixty years, and
Mr. Jones reported that spring flooding was often severe with
waters of the Wisconsin and the tributary flooding the low
lands and covering the county highway. Apparently the
higher ground where we dug was never flooded, but evidence
of flood erosion was apparent around the periphery of the
site for here we discovered that portions of refuse pits and
house patterns had been washed away.
Since the greatest number of surface finds had been made
in the apical area of the terrace, excavations were begun there.
A two coordinate grid system of five foot intervals was es-
tablished with the 0-0 point lying east of the site. The east-
west line was designated "plus" ( + ) and the north-south line
"right" (R). The squares were designated by the stake
marking their southwest corner.
Initially the plow zone in an area 10' x 45' was cleared
with shovels and trowels, and seventeen features, both refuse
and fire pits, as well as numerous post holes were located. A
tractor with a front-end loader was then employed to strip
the remaining plow zone. At the end of the excavation an
area 90' x 110' had been cleared, and 176 features and four-
teen house patterns exposed.
Features
One-hundred-seventy-six features were located and exca-
Millvillc Site
39
vatcd. Of these, two were burial pits, two were found to be
house basins, 139 were refuse pits, and 40 were firepits. The
burial and house basin features will be described later.
The refuse pits contained animal bone, pottery, and lithic
material. The surface outlines of the pits were either oval
(68) or circular (55). The remaining pits were cut into by
others so that their original outlines were obscured. All were
basin-shaped in cross-section with walls sloping gradually to
rounded bottoms. The one exception was a circular pit with
a bell-shaped cross-section. Refuse pits were located both
inside and outside of house patterns.
The oval pits ranged from 1.7' to 6.2' in length; 1.1' to 3.6
in width; and .25' to 1.2' in depth. A typical one would meas-
.a *y?- "~-
'" * '
Figure 1. The Millville Site 47Gt53
40 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
tire 3.1' x 2.4' in plan and .5' in depth. The diameter of cir-
cular refuse pits varied from 1.2' to 3.1' with 2.3' being the
average. Their depths ranged from .3' to 2.1', averaging .6'.
Firepits were so named because varying quantities of
burned limestone and sandstone were found lying at the bot-
tom of each pit. No ash was found in these pits, but often
abundant charcoal lay either above or below the stones. These
pits also yielded refuse and broken artifacts. In one feature,
part of a pottery vessel lay immediately upon the rocks, sug-
gesting it may have broken during cooking. The firepits were
also round (18) or oval (18) in surface plan, and were basin-
shaped in cross section. Due to disturbance, the outline of
one firepit was not ascertainable. Seven of the nine firepits
located within house patterns are circular, the others are
oval.
Circular firepits varied from 1.5' to 3.8' in diameter and .25'
to 1.1' in depth, with averages of 2.4' and .6' respectively.
The greater diameter oval firepits ranged from 2.0' to 4.8',
the width from 1.5' to 2.3' and depth from .2' to .8'. An aver-
age oval firepit would be 3.3' by 2.3' and .6' deep.
Three firepits, F139, F154, and F69b, undoubtedly had a
special function and are the longest and narrowest of the
group. Feature 154 is 6.3' by 2.2' and .7' deep, F139 is 6.0'
by 1.9' and .6' deep, and F69b is 3.3' by 1.8' and 1.6' deep.
All were completely filled with large, firecracked rocks. F139
contained about 600 pieces of limestone as well as charcoal,
a few fragments of animal bones, and one chert flake. Fea-
ture 154 contained 521 limestone fragments plus charcoal,
potsherds, flakes, bone and shell refuse, and at the bottom of
this pit was a layer of ash. Feature 69b was also filled with
firecracked rock. The walls of the pit were firehardened and
on the bottom lay a mantle of ash. All these features were ex-
terior to house patterns I suggest that these pits were not sim-
ple fireplaces providing warmth and cooking fire, but were,
rather, pits for specialized cooking such as roasting, barbe-
cuing, or baking.
Houses
In the excavated area of the site, post molds which out-
lined fourteen house patterns were uncovered. These --houses
were found to be arranged roughly in^a circle which conforms
Millvillc Site 41
approximately to the outer perimeter of the area excavated.
The walls of the houses had been constructed of upright
posts. A' to .7' in diameter. The posts of House 1 1 form a
subrectangular outline while those of the other thirteen houses
form oval outlines. The houses at the northwest edge of the
site are assumed to be oval; however, the post molds forming
the westernmost wall courses had been eroded away by flood-
ing subsequent to the site's occupation.
Inside the ring of post molds representing the outer walls of
the houses were oval areas of dark soil which were at first
thought to be house floors. Upon investigation, however,
these dark areas proved to be the fill of very shallow basins.
The houses were constructed by first scooping out shallow
basins. Wall posts were then set along the rim of the basins.
In time, the basins became filled with dirt and a little cultural
debris. That the houses were occupied during the time that the
basins were being filled is evident from pits which were dis-
covered at the level of the original (sterile) floor of the basins:
in the fill of the basins; and at the modern surface of the filled
house basins.
The house basins varied from A' to .8' in depth. Not all the
basins were fully excavated, but all were tested for depth.
House 12 was unique in having no basin; its interior floor was
only slightly darker than the undisturbed soil at the site.
Houses 11 and 13 were also exceptional in that the discolored
soil inside their post rings was only .1' deep.
Six of the fourteen houses had an addition or extra "room"
attached to the main house structure. In only one house
(House 4) did the "addition" have a basin. In the other cases
only the main floor areas of the houses had basins.
With the exception of Houses 9 and 11, all were oriented
with their long axes approximately chordal to the circumfer-
ence of the circle that the houses form. The long axes of
Houses 9 and 1 1 were oriented radi'ally within the circle.
There are no discernable, especially constructed, entrance-
ways to the houses. However, the greatest gaps between
posts (2.0' to 3.0') are large enough to serve as entrances.
The houses were not burned so no post or roof fragments
were found which could help indicate the height of the walls.
the nature of wall coverings, or roof construction.
42 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
Refuse pits and fireplaces were located inside the houses
cind situated near the walls, apparently to conserve floor space.
In addition to wall posts, there are many post molds scat-
tered at random around the site. None occupy positions which
suggest house rebuilding or other shelter construction. The
placement of some of these posts, especially along the east
and north sides of the site, suggests that connecting walls
were built between houses. If these post molds do represent
connection walls, then the houses and their connecting walls
formed a compound.
HOUSE I
Figure 2. House 1
Millville Site
House 1
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 18.0' E - W, 15.0' N-S
Addition: on east side
Dimensions: 10:5' N - S, 20.5' E~W
Basin: oval
Dimensions: 14.0 E-W, 13.5' N-S. .85' deep
Posts: .5' diameter, .5' to 3.0' apart
SCALE
0'
HOUSE 2
Figure 3. House 2
44 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
posts lacking on south side of house
Firepit: Feature 13, originated at surface of filled basin
Associated features: Feature 7, refuse pit, earlier than
house since posts of wall cut into
feature
Feature 36, refuse pit, cuts into filled
house basin and therefore later than
filling of the basin
Feature 35, refuse pit, originates at
surface of filled basin
Feature 160, refuse pit, originated
within the fill of the house basin and
cut into the sterile floor of the basin
Feature 159, refuse pit, originates in
the fill of the house basin
House 2
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 20.5' E - W, 16.5'N-S
Addition: none
Basin: an oval area of discolored soil inside the posts,
A' deep
Posts: .6' diameter, range from .5' to .8' deep
.4' to 1.0' apart on south side of house
1.5 to 2.0* apart on north side of house
some posts lacking on the west
Firepit: Features 50 and 56
Associated features: Feature 57, refuse pit, cut into by
Feature 56
Feature 52, refuse pit, cut into by
Feature 50
Features, 54, 55, 104, 106, & 108, all
refuse pits
All features originate at the surface
of the filled basin
Comment: Small posts, .4' in diameter, within the house may
represent roof supports
House 3
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 16.5' SW - NE. 13.5' NW - SE
Addition: oval, on SW side of house
Dimensions: 11.0' NW - SE, 4.5' SW - NE
Basin: oval mottled area inside posts, .4' deep
Posts: .5' to .6* diameter
Millville Site
45
SCALE
0'
MOUSE 3
Figure 4. House 3
16 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
.7' to 1.0' between posts, gaps of 2.5' to 3.0*
Firepit: none
Associated features: Feature 70, firepit, earlier than house
since posts cut into feature
Features 58, 63, 64, 65, all refuse pits,
originate at surface of filled basin
Feature 59, refuse pit, cut into by
Feature 58. Feature 59 is earlier
than the house
Feature 53, refuse pit, located at edge
of house, was probably not in use
when the house was occupied
House 4
Shape:' oval
Dimensions: 10.0' N - S, 8.5' E ~ W
Addition: oval, on east side of house
Dimensions: 4.1' E-W, 5.3' N - S
Basins: house: oval, 7.5' E - W, 8.8' N - S, .3' deep
addition: 4.0' E - W, 5.2' N - S, .4' deep
Posts: .5' to .6' diameter, .7' deep
.7' to 2.0' apart
Firepit: none
HOUSE 4
Figure 5. House 4
Millville Site
47
Associated features: Feature 141, refuse pit, originates
.15' below surface of filled basin
Feature 142, refuse pit, orignates at
sterile floor of house basin
Feature 94, firepit, cuts into basin of
house, later than house
Feature 97, refuse pit, cut into by a
post of the house, earlier than house
Feature 91, refuse pit, cuts into Fea-
ture 89, and is cut into by basin of
house, both features earlier than
house
Comments: posts inside house basin may be roof supports
House 5
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 13.0' E ~ W, 11.1' N-S
SCALE
0'
5'
HOUSE 5
Figure 6. House 5
48 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
Addition: none
Basin: oval, A' deep
Posts: .5' diameter
.2' to 1.0' apart, 3.0' gap on south side may be entrance-
way
Firepit: none
Associated features: Features 161, 93, 95, refuse pits, or-
iginate at surface of filled basin
Feature 158, cut into by posts of
house, earier than house.
Comments: posts inside house basin may be roof supports
House 6
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 11.3' E - W, 8.3' N-S
SCALE
0'
HOUSE 6
Figure 7. House 6
Millville Site
Addition: none
Basin: oval, does not encompass entire interior of house
6.8' E - W, 7.5' N - S, .7 deep (basin recorded as Fea-
ture 43)
Posts: .5' to .6' diameter
.5' to 1.0' apart, 3.0' gaps may be entrance
Firepit: none
Associated features: all refuse pits
The house is later than Features 41 ,
67, and 32 for either the house basin
or posts cut into these features.
Feature 68 cuts into Features 39 and
31. Feature 68 possibly later than
the house since posts are evidently
destroyed by this feature.
House 7
Shape: probably oval, (not completely excavated since
western portion had washed away)
Dimensions: 11.0' SW - NE
Addition: on south side of house
Dimensions: 3.5' SW - NE
\
\
V
\
HOUSE 7
SCALE
0'
Figure 8. House 7
50 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Basin: discolored area inside posts, .4' deep
Posts: .5' to .6' in diameter
.3' to 1.6' apart, gaps of 2.5' between posts at south and
east sides
Firepits: Features 105 and 109
Associated features: Features 110 and 111, refuse pits,
originate at surface of filled basin.
House 8
Shape: probably oval, (not completely excavated, western
portion had washed away)
Dimensions: 16.0' SW - NE
Addition: none
Basin: discolored area inside walls, .4' deep
Posts: .6' diameter
.6' to 1.4' apart
Firepit: none
Associated features: Feature 121, refuse pit, interrupts
wall but superposition not known
-H-
\
\
EXCAVATION \ t
o/
X /
/
x o /
SCALE - s x A
HOUSES , 8 N -
Figure 9. House 8
Millville Site 51
Comments: posts inside basin may represent roof sup-
ports. House 8 shares a wall with House 9.
House 9
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 9.8' E - W, 7.3' N - S
Addition: none
Basin: mottled area inside posts, .4' deep
Posts: .5' to .6' in diameter, .6' to 1.0' apart
gap of 2.5' between posts to SE may be entranceway
Firepit: Feature 118
Associated features: Feature 119, refuse pit, originates at
surface of filled basin
Comments: west wall shares posts with wall of House 8
House 10
Shape: probably oval, not completely excavated due to
erosion
Dimensions: 16.0'SW-NE
Addition: none
SCALE
0' 5'
HOUSE 9
Figure 10. House 9
52 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
Basin: dark area inside posts, .4' deep
Posts: .5' diameter
.4' to 1.2' apart, gap of 1.9' to the east may be entrance
Firepits: Features 129, 130
Associated features: Feature 125, refuse pit, cut into by
posts which may be part of an en-
tranceway
Feature 124, refuse pit, originates at
surface of filled basin
Feature 123, firepit, cuts into Feature
124 and house basin, later than house
House 11
Shape: sub rectangular
Dimensions: 11.0' E ~ W, 13.0' N-S
Addition: on west side, roughly triangular shape
Dimensions: 7.8' N - S, 3.7' E - W
Basin: slightly mottled area inside posts, not as distinct
as in other house, .1' deep
Posts: .5' to 6' diameter
.6' to 1.4' apart
Firepit: none
Associated features: Feature 146, refuse pit, originates at
surface of filled basin or floor
Feature 136, refuse pit, earlier than
house since post cuts into feature
-N-
\
\
\
EDGE
EXCAVATION
HOUSE 10
SCALE
0'
5'
Figure 11. House 10
Millvillc Site
53
Feature 143, firepit, fill of feature was
so dark that post outlines could not
be determined, superposition not
known.
Feature 139, bake pit, could not have
been in use when house was occupied,
probably earlier than house
House 12
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 22.0' NW - SE, 19.0' NE - SW
Addition: none
Basin: none ground inside posts, only slightly darker
than sterile soil at site
SCALE
0'
5'
HOUSE II
Figure 12. House 11
54 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Posts: ,6' to .7' diameter
.3' to 1.5' apart, posts lacking on south side of house.
Fireplace: none
Associated features: Features 24, 15, 16, 17, refuse pits
Feature 12, refuse pit, cut into by
posts, earlier than house
Comments: possible screened entranceway on NW side of
house
House 13
Shape: oval
Dimensions: 11.5' N - S, 12.0' E-W
Addition: on west side of house, roughly triangular shape
Dimensions: 8.5' E - W, 5.5' N - S
Basin: slightly mottled ground inside posts, not as distinct
as other houses, .1' deep
Posts: .4' to .5' diameter
.4' to 1.8' apart
.
<*
HOUSE 12
SCALE
tf 5' 161
Figure 13. House 12
Millville Site
55
Firepit: none
Associated features: Feature 149, refuse pit
Feature 135, refuse pit, posts of wall
not visible in dark fill of feature, su-
perposition not known
House 14
Shape; probably oval
Dimensions: 10.6' E-W
Addition: none
Basin: oval
Dimensions: 8.5' E - W, 6.5' N - S, .8' deep
Posts: .5' diameter
1.0' to 1.5' apart, 2.0' gap to NE may be an entrance .
N-
SCALE
0'
5'
HOUSE 13
Figure 14. House 13
56 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
Firepit: Feature 174, originates at surface of filled basin
Associated features: Feature 175, originates at sterile floor
of house basin
Comments: interior posts may be roof supports
\
N-
EDGE OF
U-5~ EXCAVATION
HOUSE 14
\
\ SCALE
0'
Figure 15. House 14
5'
Millville Site
57
Burials
Four burials were recovered from the site, all occurring in
pits within the village.
Burial 1, a newborn infant, was found in Feature 25. The
bones were scattered throughout the fill of this pit along with
abundant animal bone refuse, unworked flakes, and sherds.
This feature measured 3.3' by 3.2* by .6' deep.
Burial 2, a middle-aged female, was located in Feature 103,
an oval pit measuring 4.8' by 2.8' by 1.1' deep. The body had
been placed on its back, arms extended, with the left hand rest-
ing under the pelvis and the right hand over the pelvis. The
legs were slightly flexed to the left. The skull lay on its left
side. The skull and chest area of the skeleton were covered
with pieces of f^re-cracked limestone but there was no indica-
tion that a fire had been built in the pit.
Feature 103 contained no refuse. Features 99 and 102 inter-
sected Feature 103 and fragments of human bone, undoubt-
Figure 16. Burial 2
58 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
cdly belonging to Burial 2 (F103) were found in these fea-
tures.
Burials 3a and 3b, Feature 1 72 contained two burials, Burial
3a and 3b, both middle aged females. Burial 3b had been
placed in the pit first. The body was tightly flexed, the ex-
tremities to the right, and buried face down. Burial 3a, lying
over 3b, was lightly flexed, the body resting on its back with
arms and legs flexed to the left. The pit containing these two
burials was 2.58* by 3.5'. No refuse was found within it.
Burial 4, a newborn infant, was found within a refuse pit,
Feature 24. This oval pit, 3.1' by 2.5' by .5' deep, was within
the walls of House 12. The bones of the infant were scattered
through the pit fill which also contained bone refuse, flakes
i.ind sherds. The scattering of infant bones can probably be
c^ttributed to rodent action.
Figure 17. Burials 3a and 3b.
Millville Site
59
Differential treatment of the dead is apparent. The bones
of the infants show no post natal growth indicating stillbirth
or early post natal death. The bodies were simply deposited
in refuse pits suggesting that the infants were not thought to
have attained a status warranting care in burial. The adults
v/ere buried in specially prepared graves, but in no instance
were they accompanied by grave goods.
LITHIC ARTIFACTS
Projectile Points
Of the sixteen points and point bases excavated from the
site, fourteen belong to a single type, (Fig. 18). These points,
here called Expanding Stem, are long and slender with not-
ches struck at the basal corners of the blanks to produce ex-
panding stems which are usually one-third the length of the
Figure 18. Projectile Points. Expanded Stem a-1, Unclassified
m-o. a. Feature 32, b. F112, c. F127, d. F36, e. surface, f. F71,
g. F-107, h. surface, i. F41, j. F73, 1. F29, m. surface, n. F90,
o. F109.
60 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
points. Another distinctive characteristic, present on eleven
of these specimens, is slightly barbed shoulders. Blade edges
cire ahnost straight, tapering gradually to the tip along two-
rhirds of the length of the blade, then blending more abruptly
to the tip. Bases are slightly convex. The base width never
exceeds the maximum blade width which occurs in every case
at the shoulder. Included in Table 1 are meaurements of two
points recovered from the plow zone and the excavated blade
of a point.
In outline, these projectile points are much like points found
in the Illinois River Valley at sites where Havana ware or
Havana and \Veaver wares are the dominant ceramics.
Expanding stem points are the most common kind in sur-
face collections from the Clear Lake site and "this type is
common also in central Illinois Hopewellian sites" (Fowler,
1952:156). The Clear Lake site is considered to be a late
Middle and Late period (Hopewell) site (Ibid: 171). Struever
states that points of this particular shape are diagnostic of the
Pike Tradition of Illinois, (1965:219 and Fig. 2), and he
points out that Pike ceramics appear in the Lower Illinois
River Valley during the Hopewellian phase of the Havana
Tradition.
Also in the late context are those expanding stem points
called Stueben Expanded Stem, found in the later levels at the
Stueben site (Morse, 1963:57) and the expanding stem points
attributed to the Weaver Focus at the Weaver site (Wray
and MacNeish, 1961: Fig. 15).
TABLE 1. Expanding Stem Projectile Points
No. Range Average
Length 7 42-62 52.3
Width 12 21-28 25.3
Stem Length 12 12 - 16 13.8
Stem Width 14 13-19 16.0
Base Width 13 18-29 22.8
Thickness - 13 6-10 8.2
Unclassified points (Fig. 18)
Two projectile points have broad and shallow side notches
and decidedly convex bases. The third unclassified point has
a slightly expanded stem.
Scrapers
Millvillc Site
61
A total of seventeen end scrapers and one side scraper were
found at the site.
Ovoid end scrapers. Fifteen of the end scrapers have rough-
ly oval outlines and are made from various sized chunks of
chert. These scrapers are of remarkably crude workmanship.
There is fine retouch along the scraping edge on all scrapers,
but the dorsal and ventral surfaces display little or no second-
ary modification. Apparently a convient sized piece of chert
was selected and subjected to minimal working in order to
obtain a functional tool.
Five scrapers (Fig. 19, a-b). Primary flaking and cortical
areas are found on both dorsal and ventral surfaces.
Three scrapers (Fig. 19, c). Primary flaking and areas of
Figure 19. Scrapers
a. F121, b. F153, c. F36, d. F171, e. F43, f. F39, g. F36, h.
F36, i. F29.
62 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 2
cortex are found on the dorsal surface and primary flaking
on the ventral surfaces.
Two scrapers (Fig. 19, d). The only flaking present is the
fine retouch at the scraping edge on both dorsal and ventral
surfaces.
Two scrapers (Fig. 19, e). Primary flaking and cortical
areas are found on the ventral surface and primary flaking
on the dorsal surface.
Two scrapers (Fig. 19, f). Both dorsal and ventral sur-
faces exhibit primary flaking.
One scraper (Fig. 19, g). The ventral surface is unworked.
The dorsal surface displays primary flaking and areas of
cortex.
On all fifteen scrapers, the scraping edges are rounded and
show"varying amounts of use polish,, The scrapers range in
length from 22 mm. to;$5 mm., averaging 45.5 mm., in width
from 19 mm to 56 mni., averaging 36.8 mm., .in thickness from
8 mm. to 22 mm., averaging 17.1 mm.
Triangular Scrapers. One end scraper was- produced from
a flake. The ventral surface is the original unmodified flake
surface with the bulb of percussion still present at the butt end.
The dorsal. surf ace is : retouched at the scraping edge and-along
one side. Again, the scraping edge has been rounded and
polished by use. This scraper measures 33 mm. by 26 mm,, by
8 mm. (Fig. 19, h).
Both the dorsal 'and ventral surfaces of the second trian-
gular scraper are carefully retouched, and the scraping edge
is rounded and polished. This scraper measures 25 mm. by
15 mm., by 7 mm.
Side Scrapers* One side scraper was found. The scraping
edge and one end of this flake are retouched. The scraping
edge has slight use polish. This scraper measures 33 mm. by
26 mm. by 8 mm. (Fig. 19, i).
Drills
Four drills (Fig. 20) have narrow shafts whicH flare to an
unmodified flake base. These shafts range from 6 mm. to 20
mm. in length and are either diamond-shaped or plano-convex
in cross-section. The total length of these drills varies from
30 mm. to 44 mm., averaging 34 mm.
One drill was produced from an Expanding Stem point
Millville Site
63
Most of the point's blade was modified to create the drill shaft
which has a diamond-shaped cross-section. The tip of the
drill has been broken off.
Three fragments of drill shafts were found. The cross-
section of these shafts grades from diamond-shaped to lenti-
cular.
Knives
The knives are bifacially flaked with secondary flaking
along all edges. Three shapes are present: ovate acuminate,
ellipsoid, and trianguloid.
The three ovate acuminate knives range in length from 35
mm. to 49 mm., in width from 23 mm. to 28 mm., and in
thickness from 8 mm. to 9 mm. The two ellipsoid knives are
42 and 49 mm. long, 19 and 22 mm. wide, and 8 and 11 mm.
thick. The sixth knife, which is fragmentary, has a straight
base and convex blade edges.
Large Stone Implements
Eight implements with primary flaking on both faces vary
considerably in outline. A few have secondary flaking along
Figure 20. Drills, gorget
a. F44, b. F106, c. F73, d. F16, e. F9.
64 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
one edge while others exhibit chopping marks along an edge.
These implements probably were multipurpose and served as
chopping and/or cutting tools. They vary from 25 to 67 mm.
in length, 25 to 38 mm. in width, and 11 to 18 mm. in thickness.
Chipped Stone Implement Fragments
Eighteen such fragments were excavated from the site.
They are tip and blade sections of knives and projectile points.
Worked or Utilized Flakes
Forty-four worked or utilized flakes were found in refuse
pits and house basins. Of these, the highest number, thirty,
are unifacially flaked on one edge. In greater length these
flakes range from 21 to 47 mm., averaging 26.2 mm.
Nine flakes are unifacially flaked on two edges. Five of
these are flaked on adjacent edges, and four on opposite edges
of the flake. They range from 22 to 53 mm. in length, aver-
aging 32.3 mm.
Five flakes are bifacially flaked. Three of these are bi-
facially flaked on one edge, two are flaked on adjacent edges
on both faces. The length of these flakes ranges from 26 mm.
to 44 mm., averaging 34.0 mm.
Ground Stone (Fig. 20)
Few ground stone implements were recovered from this
site. An unfinished, broken, bar gorget of limestone was
round in Feature 9. Two holes, drilled about one quarter way
through the gorget, are present. The transverse line of break-
age intersects one hole.
The bit of a ground stone axe or celt was found in Feature
10, and a full-gooved axe was found in the plow zone, but it
is impossible to say that the latter is associated with the com-
ponent present below the plow zone.
CERAMICS
The sherds from the Millville site have been separated into
three groups, primarily according to decoration and rim form,
and secondarily on the basis of temper. The bulk of the pot-
tery is treated as belonging to the Havana Ceramic Tradition.
The decoration techniques include various forms of stamping,
and organization of decoration of sherds is similar to that
observed for Havana Ware in Illinois. The sherds are grit
tempered with the exception of two rims, one of which is tem-
pered with limestone and the other with grit and limestone.
Millville Site 65
A second group of sherds is also grit tempered and is dec-
orated by the same techniques as the Havana Tradition
sherds. However, the rims of this group have interior chan-
nels, a distinguishing attribute of Hopewell \Vare. The char-
acteristics of the Millville Channelled Rim sherds will be
discussed below.
The third group of sherds, also grit tempered, is decorated
with notches placed across the lip or pendant from it. These
decorated sherds, and a few undecorated ones having similar
paste characterists, are the local equivalant of Weaver Ware.
The total sample of sherds from the Millville site is 925 of
which 157 are rim and decorated sherds. Most sherds are
very small and a few rim fragments are large enough to al-
low determination of vessel form and size. Decorated body
sherds, actually from the rim area, are often too small to de-
termine design. Although we have a strong concept of vessel
iorm and size and design on vessels, significant comparisons
to known Wisconsin and Illinois pottery types can not be made
from the small body of data recovered from this site. Until
a larger sample of Wisconsin pottery of this kind is assembled
end studied, we should only describe attributes. The establish-
ment of new types based on the available data would be pre-
mature. It is also not possible to assign the Millville pottery
to established types.
Havana Tradition Ceramics
Figures 21-24
Sample size: 40 rims and 66 body sherds.
Temper: Small to medium sized fragments of angular quartz
are present in sparse to moderate amounts. Particle size
varies in a single sherd. Small quartz sand grains are
present in sparse to moderate amounts. Some sherds con-
tain a few mica fragments and a few contain grog par-
ticles included with the angular quartz and sand. Two
sherds contain limestone. In one it is abundant, in an-
other it is sparse.
Texture: Moderately compact. In a few the paste is
lamellar.
Surface finish: Rims were smoothed before decoration.
Floating, smoothing over cord roughened, smoothing fa-
cets and scraping marks are all characteristic. The sub-
66 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
shoulder area is cord roughened.
Lip form: Flat (22 sherds), round (12 sherds), pointed
(1 sherd), interior bevel (3 sherds), exterior bevel (2
sherds).
Vessel form: Rims arc vertical to slightly flaring, to flared.
Shoulders are slightly rounded. Base form is known
from two sherds, one of which is a flattened base, the
other sub-conical.
Dimensions: Lip thickness varies from 4 mm. to 8 mm.
with an average of 5.7 mm. for 34 measurable sherds.
Body (lower rim) thickness varies from 4 mm. to 10
mm., averaging 6.9 mm. on 51 sherds.
Four rim sherds are large enough to permit calculation
of vessel size. Orifice diameter is calculated to be 1 30
-j mm., 132 mm., 324 mm., and 346 mm. for these rims. Ves-
sel height would approximate 196 mm. for the two with
narrower orifices and 360 mm. to 380 mm. for the two
with larger orifices. Small vessel size is perhaps charac-
itt nlteristic fox this site.
hdOfecoration: Dentate, cord wrapped stick, plain, and rocker
-rial! Stamping, and incising are the decorative techniques.-
-*-q Decoration appears 'in a horizontal band adjacent to the
lip of the vessel. Below this upper rim band, decoration,
if present, appears in alternating decorated and smoothed
bands which may be oriented horizontally, vertically or
diagonally to the plane of the vessel mouth. Exterior rim
bosses are uncommon, while deep punctates on the exter-
ior rim of the vessel raise interior bosses; this, too, is un-
common.
Similar to:- Havana Ware: Naples Stamped, variant cord
\ wrapped stick and variant dentate; Hummel Stamped,
variant plain, Havana Zoned, variant dentate, variant
cord wrapped stick.
Straight dentate stamping
The individual teeth of the dentate stamps used in decor-
ating Millville pottery were either square, rectangular, or
round. While the round toothed stamp produces impressions
which may sometimes resemble punctates, it is obvious- from
repetitions of minor eccentricities in impressions that' the
stamping tool employed was multi-toothed- Dimensions of the
Millvillc Site
67
various stamp impressions are recorded in Table 2. In all
cases the stamp was pressed into the plastic clay at right
angles to the vessel wall, except in one instance, where the
stamp was impressed at an oblique angle.
Square or rectangular tooth impressions. Horizontally, en-
circling bands of dentate stamping adorn the upper rims of
fourteen rim sherds. The individual stamp impressions in
vhese bands lie immediately adjacent to the outer lip, and in
eight cases are perpendicular to the plane of the vessel mouth.
On six sherds this orientation is diagonal to the left. Widths
of the stamped bands range from 10mm. to 19 mm. and aver-
age 15.3 mm. on the six sherds complete enough to allow this
measurement.
On four rims round punctates lie immediately below the
upper rim band decoration described above. In three instances
Figure 21. Dentate Stamped Sherds
a. F41, b. F38, d. F46, e. F44, g. F95, h. F122, i. F44, j. Basin,
House 1, k. F41, 1. Basin, House 1.
68 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
punctates were impressed deeply enough to raise bosses in the
interior wall surface.
Only two sherds are large enough to permit description of
the complete decoration sequence from lip to shoulder. On
one specimen a smoothed band lies below the dentate stamped
upper rim band decoration. Into this smoothed surface were
punched deep punctates which raised bosses on the interior
wall surface. Below this punctate smoothed band, and con-
tinuing to the shoulder of the vessel, is an encircling horizon-
tal band of parrallel, horizontal lines of stamp impressions. On
the other large rim (Fig. 21 a) the upper rim band is formed
by three encircling horizontal bands. The two bands which
are formed by short vertical dentate stamp impressions are
separated by a smoothed band. Vertical panels of horizontal-
Jy oriented stamps separated by intervening smoothed panels
cover the area from below the upper rim band to the shoulder.
Six of the twenty-two body sherds (from the rims) are
large enough to ascertain which area of the rim is decorated.
On all six sherds the lower rim area is decorated, the middle
rim is smoothed. The lower rim band decoration on five of
these sherds consists of an encircling horizontal band of par-
allel horizontal lines of stamp impresssions. The lower rim
design on the other sherd is a chevron of alternating right and
left diagonal lines.
Other designs, found on the middle or lower rim areas of
vessels are horizontal bands of lines of horizontally oriented
impressions (7 sherds) and vertical panels of impressions ori-
ented vertically (3 sherds), horizontally (1 sherd), and di-
agonally to the right (1 sherd). Parallel impressions of un-
known orientation are found on one sherd, and a single line
of stamp impressions of unknown orientation are found on
three.
Round tooth impressions. These round impressions are
solid on nine sherds and annular on two sherds. The diameter
of individual impressions ranges from 1 mm. to 4 mm., aver-
aging 2.4 mm.
The upper rim band decoration on two rim sherds consists
of horizontal encircling bands of vertical or left diagonal im-
pressions. Their widths are 11 mm. and 17 mm. On one, large
annular punctates are present immediately below the rim band
Millville Site
69
decoration. Below these punctates lie panels, slanting to the
right, which are composed of left diagonal impressions. These
stamped panels are separated by intervening smoothed panels.
The decoration covers the area from the upper rim band to
the shoulder.
Two rims have no upper rim band decoration. On the up-
per rim of one there is a chevron design of diagonal right and
left impressions. On the other sherd there is a widely spaced
cross-hatched design. Dome shaped bosses lie in the open
areas of the hatchures.
A chevron design is present on seven body sherds, and par-
c^llel rows of impressions of unknown orientation are found on
six other body sherds.
Zoned dentate stamped* There is a decided preference for
Figure 22. Dentate Stamped (a-c), Cord-wrapped-stick Stamped
Sherds (d-j)
a. F135, b. F6, c. F173, d. F123, e. post of House 1, f. F44,
g. F78, h. F39, i. F100, j. F43.
70 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
zoning lines to be produced by dentate stamping which is
identical to that of the filler design. In only two of the ten
zoned sherds are the zone lines incised. In addition, linear zone
bands or geometric designs occur more frequently than cur-
vilinear designs.
On the two rim sherds present in this group, horizontal en-
circling bands of vertical or left diagonal stamping are present
on the upper rim adjacent to the lip. These bands are 14 mm.
and 33 mm. wide. On one sherd the band is bordered by a
stamped line. The vessel surface is smoothed from this band
to the shoulder. On the other rim, filled triangles (apex down)
occupy the area from the upper rim band to the shoulder.
Filled triangles are also present on four body sherds. On
two others horizontal bands of left diagonal impressions bor-
dered by stamping are present.
Incised lines border a horizontal band of vertical impres-
sions on one sherd. A curved band of dentate stamping is
bordered by curved incised lines on one other body sherd.
The incised zone lines on these sherds are "v" and "u"
shaped in cross-section respectively and they measure 2 mm.
and 2.5 mm. in width.
TABLE 2. Measurements of individual tooth impressions.
Dentate Stamped sherds.
Square tooth
mm.
Width
(No.)
Distance between teeth
(NoJ
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
1
1
26
4
3
18
11
Rectangular tooth
mm.
Width
(No.)
Length Distance between
(No.) (No.)
teeth
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
1
2
3
1
1
7
1
6 4
2
4
Millville Site 71
Cord-wrapped-stick* Of twenty-three sherds, twelve are im-
pressed with "z"-twist cord wrapped around a dowel. The
cord twist can not be determined on the other cord wrapped
stick impressed sherds. The width of the impressions ranges
from 2 mm. to 6 mm. on 23 sherds, averaging 3.3 mm. The
impressions are spaced at intervals of 2 mm. to 6 mm., and
average 3.4 mm.
Designs are similar to those on the dentate stamped sherds
but they are more frequently found on the area from the upper
rim band to the shoulder.
In four rim sherds the upper rim band is made up of vertical
impressions. In one other the same space is occupied by left
diagonal impressions. On two sherds the width of this band is
j2 mm., on the other 21 mm. The remaining specimens were
too small to permit measurement. Just below the rim band on
two rims are circular punctates and on one sherd hemiconical
punctates. All are deeply impressed and have produced bosses
on the interior vessel wall. The only large rim sherd has a
smoothed band below the upper rim band, and a horizontal
band of vertical cord wrapped stick impressions on the lower
rim.
Out of sixteen body sherds, placement of decoration can be
determined on five. In one, a smoothed band occupies the
middle rim, and an encircling band of left diagonal impressions
covers the lower rim above the shoulder. The area extending
from the upper rim band to the shoulder is decorated on four
sherds. Vertical panels or horizontal bands of horizontal im-
pressions separated by intervening smooth panels or bands are
present on two sherds. On the other two sherds, horizontal
bands of vertical impressions with intervening smoothed
bands cover the rim area present.
Horizontal decorative bands are present on four sherds.
These bands are made up of vertical impressions in two in-
stances and of horizontal impressions in the other two. Ver-
tical panels of right diagonal impressions are present on one
sherd. The other six body sherds exhibit parallel rows of
cord-wrapped- stick impressions whose orientation cannot be
determined.
Zoned cord-wrapped*stick. Two body sherds, from the same
vessel, are decorated with multiple, horizontal, bands of left
72 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
diagonal cord-wrappecUstick impressions which are zoned by
similar, horizontal, impressions. These bands alternate with
smoothed Lands and occupy the middle and lower rim area.
A "z"-tw.st cord, wrapped in contiguous turns about th:
dowel, was used to produce the decorative elemer.t.
Plain rcckcr stamp. Plain rocker stamping occurs en the
upper r. : m of six sherds. On two rios, notches are psndant
from the outer edge of the lip. Below these lies rocker stamp
impressions which are at right angles to the plane of the lip.
On the four remaining sherds the rocker impressions are hor-
izontal. The vessel surface below the rocker stamping is
Figure 23. Roulette Stamped (a-d), Zoned Dentate Stamped
(e-g), Plain Stamped Sherds (h-k)
a. F162, b. F87, c. F43, d, F43, e. F44, f. F56, g. F63,
h. F112, i. F90, j. F109, k, F33.
Millville Site 73
smoothed. The upper rim band on the only measurable sherd
is 30.0 mm. in width. The length of the rocker stamp impres-
sions varies from 17 mm. to 18 mm., and there are 4 impres-
sions per centimeter of decorated surface.
Plain Stamp, A plain or bar stamp, with the concave surface
to the left, forms the upper rim band decoration on three
sherds. The width of the band on two measurable sherds is
12.0 mm. and 15.0 mm. The stamp impressions are 2.0 mm.
wide and are 3 mm. to 5 mm. apart.
One body sherd bears parallel plain stamp impressions but
their orientation is unknown.
Bone stamp. This rim sherd might be classified within the
plain or bar stamp decorative group except for the distinctive
implement used as a stamping tool. Experiments with plasti-
cene indicate that the vertical impressions which constitute
the upper rim band design were made with a piece of bone.
Either the dense cancellous tissue of an antler or a piece of
turtle carapace appear to be the most likely candidates. The
individual stamp impressions, placed 5 mm. apart, are 3 mm.
wide and 17 mm. long.
Incised, One rim sherd and seven body sherds bear incised
line decoration. These lines are .5 mm. to 3 mm. wide and are
"v" shaped in cross section. The rim has a decorated upper
rim band composed of left diagonal lines.
The body sherds are too small for determination of the
area decorated. A chevron design is present on one sherd, a
single curved line on another, and parallel lines of indeter-
minate orientation are present on a third.
Four sherds have zoned decorations. The designs are linear
bands of either diagonal or cross hatched lines set off by in-
cised lines.
Cord roughened* Four sherds bear no decoration, but are
tord roughened on the exterior, and in two instances, across
the lip, with "z" twist cord.
Punctate band* Bands of punctates are present on three
sherds. The surfaces on two of these is roughened with "z"
twist cord, and round punctates raised bosses in the interior
vessel walls. The punctates appear to be located close to the
IIMM
I
3cm
Figure 24. Rim Profiles, Havana Tradition Sherds. Dentate
Stamped a-k, Cord- wrapped -stick 1-n, Roulette o-r, Zone
r dentate s, Plain stamp t-v, Bone stamp x.
a. F41, b. F38, c. F73, d. F46, e. F44, g. F122, h. F44, i. F135,
j. F6, k. F173, 1. F123, m. House 1, n. F44, o. F162, p. F87,
q. F43, r. F43, s. F44, t. F112, u. F90, p. F109, x. F33.
Millville Site 75
V.p and it is assumed that these sherds come from otherwise
undecorated vessels.
A band of round punctate with resultant interior bosses is
present on one sherd which has a smoothed surface.
A comparison of Havana Tradition rims at Millville to
those from Illinois provides us with several differences be-
tween the two groups. Vessel shape is apparently similar al-
though at Millville there are some flaring rims and rounded
shoulders in contrast to the more vertical rims and slightly
rounded shoulders of Havana Ware (Griffin, 1952:101). An
inward beveled lip is rare at Millville but is characteristic of a
high proportion of Havana \Vare sherds (Ibid). Calculations
of vessel size at Millville indicates that the vessels are small,
and one suspects that they are smaller than those of Illinois
Havana Ware.
While the decorative devices on Millville sherds are iden-
tical to those on some Havana Ware types, frequency of oc-
currence differs (see Table 3). This is particularly true of
the cord-wrapped-stick stamped sherds which are highest in
frequency next to dentate stamped sherds. Griffin states that
cord-wrapped-stick is a minor decorative device in Naples
Stamped (1952:112). At Millville, notching or stamping on the
interior lip is absent. Exterior rim bosses are rare. More fre-
quent, but still a minor device, are exterior punctates which
produce interior bosses. Decoration on the interior lip and
rim bosses are common on Havana Ware sherds (Ibid.ilOl).
TABLE 3. Havana Tradition Decorated Sherds
Design Element Rims Body Shreds Total Percent
Dentate Stamped 18 29 47 44.3
(square or rectangular) 14 22 36 (33.9)
(round) 4 7 11 (10.3)
Cord-wrapped-stick 5 18 23 21.7
Zone dentate 2 8 10 9.4
Incised 1 7 8 7.5
Plain rocker 6 6 5.7
Plain stamp 3 1 4 3.8
Bone stamp 1 1 .9
Cord roughened 4 4 3.8
Punctate band 3 3 2.8
TOTAL 40 66 106 99.9
Channelled Rim Ceramics (Fig. 25, 27)
Sample: 18 rim sherds.
76 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Temper: Small, angular, quart- fragments and rounded
quartz sand grains appear in sparse to moderate amounts.
Occasionally small and large angular quartz fragments
are present in moderate amounts. Mica occurs in a few
sherds and a few contain grog temper. Grog appears to
be present in more sherds of this group than in those of
the Havana Tradition. Limestone is present in one sherd
and accompanies angular quartz fragments.
Texture: Compact.
Surface finish: All sherds were smoothed prior to applica-
tion of design, and most are more carefully smoothed
than the Havana Tradition sherds. Some are slightly
polished. Grains of temper are rarely visible on the
surface.
Lip form: Flat (4 sherds), rounded (4 sherds), pointed (3
sherds), inward bevel (1 sherd).
Dimensions: Lip thickness varies from 3.0 to 8.0 mm., av-
eraging 4.9 mm. on 13 rims. Body (lower rim) thickness
ranges from 4.0 to 6.2 mm. in 9 cases. One sherd is large
enough to make an estimate of its size: 128 mm. orifice
diameter, about 160 mm. high.
Decoration: Produced by dentate stamping, cord-wrapped-
stick impressions, incising, cross hatching, and plain
rocker stamping. The upper rim band decoration present
on all sherds may be set off from the plain areas below
by a row of annular punctates and/or a single incised
line. Decorated bands on the middle or lower rim appear
on only two sherds.
Channel form: The upper margin of the channel on the in-
interior vessel wall is immediately adjacent to the inner
edge of the lip or 5 mm. below the lip on ten of the rims.
On three other rims the upper margin of the channel is 1 7
mm. to 18 mm. below the lip. Channels are 5 mm. to 25
mm. wide, averaging 11.2 mm. on 12 sherds aind is .5
mm. to 3 mm. deep, averaging 1.5 mm. on 12 sherds.
On two sherds, in addition to the channel adjacent to
the lip, there is a second interior channel which is placed
28 mm. or 32 mm. below the lip. These second channels
are 11 mm. and 12 mm. wide and 1 mm. and 3 mm. deep.
Straight dentate stamped. Nine rim sherds are decorated with
Millvillc Site 77
a square or rectangular toothed dentate stamp. The stamp-
ing appears as horizontal circling bands adjacent to the lips of
the vessels. The individual stamp impressions forming the
bands are oriented vertically (1 sherd) or diagonally to the
left (8 sherds). On six measurable sherds, the bands vary in
width from 11 mm. to 25 mm., averaging 16 mm. The rim
channel placement corresponds to the upper rim band decor-
eition.
The upper rim band is set off from the area below by an
incised line in one case, and by a dentate stamped zone line
on seven sherds, two of which are probably from the same
vessel. One rim has hemiconical punctates below the upper
rim band decoration. These punctates have produced dome-
shaped bosses on the interior wall. The same rim has "z"~
twist cord impressions across the lip.
Below the decorated rim band, seven sherds are smoothed,
presumably to the shoulder. One sherd has a smoothed band
below the upper rim and vertical bands composed of left di-
agonal dentate stamping, alternating with smoothed bands,
on the lower rim.
One sherd within the dentate stamped group (Fig. 26, d)
has two interior channels, one immediately adjacent to the
lip and one 28 mm. below the lip. Corresponding to these two
channels on the exterior of the vessel, are horizontal bands
of left diagonal impressions bordered by horizontal impres-
sions.
Cord-wrapped stick. Two rims are decorated with impres-
sions of a stick wrapped with "z"-twist cord. The upper rims,
adjacent to the lip, are decorated with encircling bands of im-
pressions oriented vertically and left diagonally. This band
is 13 mm. wide on one sherd.
Plain rocker stamp* Three rims are decorated with plain rock-
er stamping which forms the upper rim band decoration. On
one sherd the rockering is parallel to the plane of the vessel
mouth and creates a band 13 mm. wide. The surface of the
vessel is smoothed below the decorated band.
On the other two rims the rocker impressions are at right
angles to the plane of the vessel mouth. On both, notches,
pendant from the lips of the vessels, are present above the
rockering. The upper rim band on one sherd is 24 mm. wide,
78 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
and the interior rim channel lies immediately below this decor-
ation. On the other sherd the upper rim band is composed of
notches, vertical rockering, and a band of horizontal rocker-
ing, and is 41 mm. wide. Two interior channels are present,
the upper one corresponding to the lower portion of the ver-
tical rockering, and the lower channel corresponding to the
horizontal rockering (Fig. 26, i).
Incised* An incised decoration occurs on three rim sherds.
Two sherds, probably from the same vessel, are decorated
on the upper rim with left diagonal lines which are carelessly
executed and resemble brushing. This band is 14 mm. wide.
Figure 25. Channelled Rims
a. F123, b. F24, c. F88, d. F16, e. F44, f. F161, g. F171,
h. F63, i. F28, j. F91, k. F28.
Millville Site 79
Incised lines form a cross-hatched design on one rim. Be-
low the hatching is a narrow (3 mm.) incised line, and below
i his arc annular punctates 2 mm. in diameter. The entire rim
band decoration is 14 mm. wide.
Undecorated. One body sherd has an interior channel and a
smoothed, unpolished surface. The narrow, shallow, channel
(6 mm. wide and 1 mm. deep) is apparently located well be-
low the lip of the vessel.
TABLE 4. Decoration on Channelled Rim Sherds
Design Element Rims Percent
Dentate Stamped 9 50.0
Plain Rocker stamped 3 16.7
Incised
(x-hatch 1 5.5%
other 2 11.1%) 3 16.7
Cord-wrapped-stick 2 11.1
Undecorated 1 5.5
TOTAL 18 100.0
The Channelled Rim pottery and the Havana Tradition
pottery from Millville are virtually identical in the kinds and
amounts of temper present, paste, and also in techniques of
decoration. Dissimilarities lie in the presence of interior rim
channels and more careful surface smoothing on the former.
It is apparent that the Channelled Rim pottery resembles
Hopewell V/are, albeit somewhat tenuously. The greatest
similarity between the Channelled Rim Sherds and Hopewell
Ware lies in the presence of interior rim channels. However,
two interior channels and a single channel starting well below
the lip are characteristics at Millville which are not recorded
for Illinois Hopewell Ware. Resemblances between the two
groups also occur in shared decorative techniques, but not in
relative percentages of the various techniques used. Den-
tate stamping, rocker stamping, and cross-hatching comprise
83.4% of the upper rim decoration on Channelled Rim sherds.
\Vhile such decoration is also characteristic of Hopewell
W'are, cross-hatching is more frequent and straight dentate
and rocker stamping less frequent on this ware (Griffin, 1952:
116). Zoned decorations are not present on the bodies of
Millville vessels. This is in direct contrast to many Hope-
well Ware vessels. Certainly, the Channelled Rim sherds arc
80 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
not comparable to the Hopewell \Vare in terms of temper,
paste, nor in the aesthetic qualities of vessels.
It looks as if the inhabitants of the Millville site were ac-
quainted with the decorative and, to a much lesser degree,
with the technical concepts involved in the manufacture of
Classic Hopewell pottery. What they produced, however, is
a purely local decorative and technical expression of the fine
Hopewell pottery.
Notched Rims (Fig. 26, 27)
Sample: 19 sherds
Figure 26. Notched Rims
a. F63, b. F24, c. F9, d. F136, e. F38, f. F24, g. House 4, h. F88
Millvillc Site 81
Temper: Large angular quartz particles and sand grains
are present in sparse amounts in the paste. Angular black
particles and grog are present in all sherds in varying
amounts. Mica is present in a few.
Texture: Compact
Surface finish: The surface is well smoothed and temper
particles are not visible on the surface. Two sherds have
a "z"-twist cord roughened surface.
Lip form: Flat (13 sherds), or round (6 sherds).
Vessel form: Sherds of one vessel indicate a nearly ver-
tical rim, with an elongated globular body, and subcon-
oidal base. Three undecorated rims have slight interior
rim channels.
Dimensions: Lip thickness ranges from 3 mm. to 7 mm.,
averaging 4.9 mm. for 19 sherds. Vessel size can be
estimated from sherds of a single vessel. Orifice diame-
ter is calculated to have been 144 mm., and vessel height
158 mm.
Decoration: Twelve rims, with a smooth surface, are dec-
orated. Notches are present across the lip (8 sherds)
or pendant from the lip (4 sherds). The pendant notches
vary from 5 mm. to 8 mm. in length. Notch width varies
from 2 mm. to 4 mm., and averages 2.7 mm. for 12
sherds. Five sherds, all undecorated, are included in this
ceramic group because temper and paste are identical
to sherds with notched rims. Three of these sherds have
a smoothed surface and faint interior rim channels, the
other two have a "z"-twist cord roughened surface.
Similar to: Weaver ware: Weaver Plain and Weaver
Cordmarked.
Madison Cord Impressed
Five sherds of the type called Madison Cord Impressed
were found in features at the site. The two rims of this type
are decorated on their smoothed interior surfaces with short,
vertical impressions of a "z '-twist cord. The exterior of one
is decorated with vertical cord impressions pendant from the
lip succeeded by horizontal cord impressions. Again the im-
pressions are of "z' '-twist cord. On the exterior surface of
the other rim there are vertical impressions of "z"~twist cord
made over "s"-twist cord roughening. The remaining sherds
m
3cm
Figure 27. Rim Profiles, Channelled Rims (a-kj and Notched
Rims (1-s)
a. F123, b. F24, c. F88, d. F16, e. F44, f. F161, g. F171, h. F63,
i. F28, j. F91, k. F28, 1. F63, m. F24, n. F9, o. F136, p. F38,
q. F24, r. House 4, s. F88.
Millville Site 33
are from the upper rim section of vessels. All are decorated
with "z"-twist cords. Horizontal impressions are present on
one sherd, short vertical impressions on another, while the
third is decorated with cord impressed triangles.
Of these sherds, two are from a feature which was located
at the edge of the site where there had been considerable
erosion. The feature was also riddled with animal burrows.
It seems probable that this pottery was deposited in the fea-
ture by non-human activity. Fourteen Madison Cord Im-
pressed sherds were found on the surface and in the plow
zone of the site, indicating that an Effigy Mound occupation
was present. However, the presence of so few specimens
of Madison Cord Impressed in features is not a strong indica-
tion of the contemporaneousness of the predominating Middle
Woodland material with that related to Effigy Mound Cul-
ture. It seems more likely that ground disturbance is respon-
sible for the apparent association of the Madison Cord Im-
pressed sherds with those of the Havana Tradition.
TABLE 5. Undecorated Body Sherds
N Percent
Cord roughened "z"-twist 248 32.3
Cord roughened "s"-twist 141 18.3
Cord roughened unknown twist 98 12.8
Smooth over cord roughened 56 7.3
Smooth 225 29.3
TOTAL _... 768 100.0
Unclassified Pottery
Six miniature pottery vessels were found. One of these is
complete, the other represented by ten rim sherds.
The complete miniature pot is heavily tempered with sand.
The rim flares and both the shoulders and base are gently
rounded. Five rims, representing one vessel, are tempered with
sand, but unlike the complete vessel, these rims are vertical.
The other three rims, representing two vessels, are sparsely
tempered with sand. These have slightly flaring rims and
gently rounded shoulders.
Five rims, all tempered with sparse amounts of sand and
angular quartz, have smooth surfaces. The temper and paste
of these sherds do not match that of the other ceramic groups
at the site, so they remain unclassified.
4 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
TABLE 6. Decorated Sherds
N Percent
Havana Tradition Sherds 106 67.5
Channelled Rim 18 11.5
Notched Rim 17 10.8
Madison Cord Impressed _ 5 3.2
Unclassified 11 7.0
TOTAL 157 100.0
Havana Tradition Sherds 106 75.2
Channelled Rim 18 12.8
Notched Rim _ 17 12.0
TOTAL 141 100.0
Discussion and Conclusions
Havana Tradition sherds from the Millville site are similar
to types defined for Havana \Vare in Illinois (Griffin, 1952).
The majority (66%) of the Havana Tradition sherds at
Millville are decorated with straight dentate stamping and
cord-wrapped-stick stamping. Such sherds bear similarities
to Naples Stamped, a variety of Havana Ware which in Illin-
ois, appears in Early Hopewell sites, but is most frequently
found at Middle Hopewell sites.
Types usually associated with Early Hopewell are lacking
?t Millville. At such sites in Illinois decorative elements in-
cluding ovoid stamping, crescent stamping, and straight den-
tate stamping are present, as well as sherds of Liverpool
Ware (Bluhm, 1951; Fowler, 1955; Griffin, 1952; Strueve",
1964). Such a configuration is lacking at Millville.
The Channelled Rim sherds provide additional evidence
for the Middle Hopewell occupation of Millville. Other pot-
tery from Millville is taken to be the equivalent of Weaver
Ware, a group of pottery types, which in Illinois, appears with
increasing frequency at sites which are Late Hopewell (Grif-
fin, 1952).
When diagnostic sherds of the three groups mentioned
above were recovered from features or house basins which
were found to have been superimposed on other features or
house basins, no pattern emerged which would indicate a
ceramic sequence. In fact, sherds of all three ceramic groups
were found mixed in single features at Millville, and all three
varieties of pottery were also found in association with Ex-
panding Stem projectile points.
Millville Site 35
There is no evidence that the houses were rebuilt nor is
(here extensive disturbance of refuse pits by the construction
of later, intersecting, pits. These facts counterindicate a pro-
tracted occupation of the site.
The Havana Tradition and Channelled Rim sherds which
make up the bulk of the pottery from Millville indicate a Mid-
dle Hopewell occupation at the site. Since sherds similar to
Weaver ware are also present, the site must have been occu-
pied late in the span of Middle Hopewell when the local equiv-
alent of Weaver Ware began to appear.
Four other sites of Middle Woodland affiliation have been
excavated in the lower Wisconsin River Valley by the State
Historical Society of Wisconsin through its Highway Salvage
Program. These are the Miller site (47 Crl) in Crawford
County, the Price sites (47Ri2 and Ri3) in Richland County,
and the Jones site (47Gt52) in Grant County, Both the Jones
and Miller sites were occupied early in the Middle Woodland
period. Most pottery from these sites belongs to the Havana
Tradition but a high percentage of it is similar to Liverpool
Ware. Projectile points are of the Durst Stemmed type and
varieties of large side-notched forms. These appear at Late
Archaic sites in southwestern Wisconsin and continue into the
Early Middle Woodland in this area. An identical assem-
blage of pottery and points was found at the Price sites, to-
gether with a few Channelled Rims and Expanding Stem
points like those from the Millville site. Hence, the occupa-
tion of the Price sites appears to overlap with that of Mill-
ville.
Millville occupies a relatively small area of land. It is im-
possible to say how much of the site was eroded away, but the
area excavated covers almost the entire village. At most, the
site occupied % acre of land. The other Middle Woodland
sites excavated in the Wisconsin River Valley are at least
as large or larger. Both the Price and Miller sites cover about
% acre of land, and the Jones site about 1/4 acre. All like
Millville, are located on the first terrace of the Wisconsin
River, at the base of a hollow through which flows a small
stream tributary to the Wisconsin. The sites lie from three
quarters of a mile to fourteen miles apart. Reconnaissance of
Middle Woodland sites in the lower Wisconsin River Valley
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
has not been made, but I would guess that such sites will be
found at points where a tributary flows into the \Visconsin
and there is a habitable terrace.
These sites, located on terraces near a major river, are
situated so that the inhabitants could have exploited identical
biotic provinces in each case. While the village at Millville
was located in an area ideal for exploitation of river, marsh-
land, woodland, and grassland species, the inhabitants con-
centrated on hunting deer, (cf. Pillaert). Other animals were
not ignored but they comprised only a minor part of the diet.
A few charred hickory nuts which were recovered from re-
fuse pits indicate that gathering of plant resources was also
en aspect of the economy. There is no direct evidence of
agriculture at Millville.
The high frequency of houses and refuse pits relative to the
land area occupied is a pattern similar to the one seen at
Illinois River Valley sites (Struever, 1965:214). At the Mill-
ville site the density of artifacts and faimal remains is low.
This is in part explainable by loss of material through plow-
ing and erosion, but the low yield is also characteristic of the
general sparseness of material at Middle W'oodland sites in
the area. As Struever has pointed out, the size and number
of lower Wisconsin Valley Middle Woodland sites and their
artifact yields do not suggest a population expansion such as
is postulated for sites of Middle Woodland affiliation in the
Illinois Valley (1964:104).
Radio-carbon Dates
Eight determinations of radio-carbon dates for Millville
were made by the Center for Climatic Research at the Uni-
versity of Wisconsin. Financial support was provided by Na-
tional Science Foundation Grant GS 1141.
The samples, all charcoal, yielded these results:
Wis-208 1760 H 65 A. D. 190 + 65 Feature 170
Wis-209 1770 H 65 A. D. 180 H 65 Feature 86
Wis-210 1820 H 55 A. D. 130 + 55 Feature 144
Wis-211 1760 H 55 A. D. 190 H 55 Feature 18
Wis-212 1770 H 65 A. D. 180 H 65 Feature 47
Wis-212 1780 4 65 A. D. 170 H 65 Feature 47
Wis-213 1610 H 55 A. D. 340 H 55 Feature 56
Wis-214 1580 H 55 A. D. 370 H 55 Feature 115
Wis-215 1640 H 80 A. D. 310 H 80 Features 44
and 154 (combined sample)
Millville Site 87
The location of these features within the site is shown in
Figure 1. Feature 18, a refuse pit, and Feature 144 and 170,
both firepits, all contained unworked flakes, and bone and
shell refuse. Feature 115, a refuse pit, contained three
smoothed body sherds, four cord roughened body sherds, un-
worked flakes, and bone refuse.
Feature 86, a refuse pit, contained two decorated Havana
Tradition sherds (one cord-wrapped-stick stamped, the other
plain stamped) and six body sherds, smoothed and cord
roughened. Feature 47, a firepit, contained a dentate stamped
body sherd and a bone awl. Feature 56, a refuse pit, yielded
percent of the total, and there are no other ceramic indicators
of a relatively late time placement of the site within the Ha-
vana Tradition. The dates clustering toward the end of the
second century A. D. appear best to represent the actual time
of the site's occupation.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bluhm, Elaine
1951 Ceramic Sequence in Central Basin and Hopewell Sites
in Central Illinois. American Antiquity, Vol. 16, No. 4,
pp. 324-329, Salt Lake City.
Fowler, Melvin L.
1952 The Clear Lake Site: Hopewellian Occupation. In
"Hopewellian Communities in Illinois," edited b y
Thorne Deuel, pp. 131-174. Illinois State Museum Sci-
entific Papers, Vol. 5, Springfield.
the base of an Expanding Stem point and two cord roughened
body sherds. Feature 154, one of the elongated fire or bake
pits, contained a Havana Tradition, cord - wrapped - stick
sta'mped, body sherd and a Channelled Rim sherd decorated
with cord-wrapped-stick stamping. Feature 44 yielded eight
Havana Tradition sherds: four dentate stamped, three zoned
dentate stamped, and one cord-wrapped-stick stamped. A
dentate stamped Channelled Rim sherd was also recovered
from this refuse pit. All of the features also contained flakes,
bone and shell refuse, and undecorated body sherds.
The range in dates from A. D. 130 to A. D. 370 (250 years)
seems an excessively long occupation of this small and un~
prolific site. However, dates of A. D. 130 to A. D. 370 fall
well within the range of radio-carbon dates for Middle Wood-
land Sites elsewhere (Griffin, 1958). Even though pottery like
Weaver W"are is present at the site, it occurs only as a small
88 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
1955 Ware Groupings and Decorations of Woodland Cer-
amics in Illinois. American Antiquity, Vol 20 No 3
pp. 213-225. Salt Lake City.
Griffin, James B.
1952 Some Early and Middle Woodland Pottery Types in
Illinois," in "Hopewellian Communities in Illinois," ed-
ited by Thorne Deuel, pp. 93-129. Illinois State Museum
Scientific Papers, Vol. 5. Springfield.
1958 The Chronological Position of the Hopewellian Cultures
in the Eastern United States. Anthropological Papers,
Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan, No.
12. Ann Arbor.
Morse, Dan F.
1963 The Steuben Village and Mounds: A Multicomponent
Late Hopewell Site in Illinois. Anthropological Papers,
Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan, Uni-
versity of Michigan, No. 21. Ann Arbor.
Struever, Stuart
1964 The Hopewellian Interaction Sphere in Riverine West-
ern Great Lakes Culture History. In ' 'Hopewellian
Studies," edited by Joseph R. Caldwell and Robert L.
Hall. Illinois State Museum Scientific Papers, Vol. 12,
No. 3, pp. 85-106. Springfield.
1965 Middle Woodland Culture History in the Great Lakes
Riverine Area. American Antiquity, Vol. 31, No. 2,
Part 1, pp. 211-223. Salt Lake City.
Wray, Donald E. and Richard S. MacNeish
1961 The Hopewellian and Weaver Occupations of the
Weaver Site, Fulton County, Illinois. Scientific Papers,
Illinois State Museum, Vol. 7, No. 2, Springfield.
APPENDIX I
BONE IMPLEMENTS
E, Elizabeth Pillaert
The implements manufactured from bone are not numerous
(35) and the majority were made from the scapulae or the
limb bones of deer. The only exceptions to this are the modi-
fied turtle carapaces, one worked elk scapula, and the tools
made from bone which could not be identified. Techniques
for working the bone involved breaking or cutting and then,
grinding to produce the final form.
Awls
Eighteen bone implements which may be classified as awls
were recovered. Awls, in this case, include those implements
with narrow sharpened tips and a base which may or may not
be modified. Ten specimens, fragments of tip sections, are too
badly damaged to be assigned to any specific category, but
Bone Implements 89
the remaining eight can be classified as scapula, ulna, and
splinter awls.
Scapula Awls: Three awls were fashioned from the caudal
(posterior) ridge of deer scapulae. Their bases are the un-
modified vertebral border. The caudal ridges run roughly
through the longitudinal midsections of the implements. The
ridge edges toward awls' tips have been ground smooth to
produce tapering shafts with rounded cross-sections and
pointed tips. All are fragmentary, but the most complete
specimen, with only a small section of the tip missing, meas-
ures 14.1 in length and it has a maximum width, which is
slightly above the base, of 2.8 cm (Fig. 1, a).
These three specimens are similar to ones found at Early
Woodland sites in the Upper Ohio Valley (Mayer-Oakes,
1955: 212-213).
Ulna Awls: Two ulna awls were found, but each was made
by somewhat different procedures. Both have had their distal
ends ground to sharpened points, but in the longer specimen
(11.4 cm.) the proximal end, which forms the base, is unmod-
ified and obviously from an immature animal (Fig. 1, h). In
the shorter specimen (8.0 cm.) the proximal end has been ex-
tensively modified by cutting and grinding to form a rounded
base (Fig. 1, g). In addition, the articular area of the bone
:n the latter has been cut and extensively smoothed.
Splinter Awls: Long splinters from deer metapodials were
used in the manufacture of three specimens. These splinters
have not been otherwise modified except at one end where
the bone was ground to produce a sharp tip. These awls
range in length from 10.5 to 11.0 cm. (Fig. 1, d-f).
Perforated Phalanges
One complete and two fragmentary first phalanges of deer
have been worked. The complete specimen has had the prox-
imal articular area removed and the porous cancellous tissue
in the interior reamed out. The more nearly complete of the
fragmentary specimens had the distal articular area broken
off. The proximal condyles and cancellous tissue had been
removed, as in the phalanx just described. In addition, small
V-shaped notches were placed at the posterior and both
lateral edges of the proximal end. There may originally have
been another notch on the anterior edge, but the bone was
90 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
broken in this area and no evidence of a notch was preserved*
The remaining specimen had been recently broken and the
proximal articular end was missing. The distal end had been
ground until the articular condyles had almost disappeared.
Enough of the bone was ground away so that the interior
cavity was exposed, thus producing a hole on this end of the
bone..
Antler Drift
A cylindrical, slightly curved section of deer antler has
tentatively been classified as a drift. The entire surface of
this bone has been ground and smoothed; the cut ends are
rounded and the burr, at the base of the antler, has been
rubbed down, but not completely obliterated. This specimen
measures 6.9 cm. in length and 2.2 cm. in diameter.
Antler Flaker
One deer antler tine which has been burned may have
served as a flaking tool. This specimen, 3.4 cm. in length,
has a scarred rounded tip and exhibits polish along the ad-
jacent shaft.
Needle
A flat, slightly curved needle measures 10.2 cm. in length,
and 0.6 cm. in width. This specimen has a rounded, perfor-
ated end, and tapers to a well-defined point at its other ex-
tremity. The perforation measures 0.2 cm. in diameter and
was drilled on the median 0.7 cm. from the rounded end.
This artifact shows extensive over-all polish.
Incised Bone
One slightly curved strip of bone has two parallel lines in-
cised on a well polished surface. This specimen is 2.3 cm.
long and 1.2 cm. wide; however, this is only a fragment of its
original size since the specimen has been broken along three
of its edges.
Worked Elk Scapula
An implement of indeterminate use was manufactured from
the scapula of an elk (Fig. 2). A portion of the infraspinous
fossa has been removed and the adjacent thin section of bone
possesses an irregular edge that is worn smooth. The pos-
terior ridge is also missing, but this may not have been in-
tentional since the adjoining edges of the caudal border have
been recently broken.
Bone Implements
91
Worked Turtle Shell
A total of nine pieces of worked turtle carapace which
probably represent portions of at least two bowls were re-
covered. These specimens have had the inner surfaces pol-
ished, the interior tubercles ground down, and the rim areas
smoothed and poLshed. Fragments from both Blanding's and
map turtles exhibit such modification. A right pleura! from a
Blanding's turtle had a hole 0.4 cm. in diameter, drilled
through it.
REFERENCES CITED
Mayer-Oakes, William J.
1955 Prehistory of the Upper Ohio Valley: An Introductory
Archeologica! Study. Anthropological Series, No. 2.
Pittsburgh: Annals of Carnegie Museum.
Figure 1. Bone Tools. Scapula awls a-c, splinter awls d-f, ulna
awls g-h, deer toes i-j, antler drift k, engraved bone 1, needle
m, turtle shell n, a. Feature 11, b. Fll, c. F121, d. F36, e. F36,
f. surface, g. F107, h. F7, i. F36, j. F136, k. F16, 1. F44, m.
F36, n. F45.
92 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Figure 2. Worked Elk Scapula
FAUNAE REMAINS FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE
(47-Gt 53 ), GRANT COUNTY, WISCONSIN
E. Elizabeth Pillaert
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to express sincere appreciation to Joan
E. Freeman for valuable suggestions and criticisms during the
preparation of this report: Jay Brandon, for his patience in
editing the manuscript; and George J. Knudsen, who cheer-
fully responded to requests for information. I also wish to
acknowledge the State Historical Society of Wisconsin who
graciously furnished financial aid for this project.
INTRODUCTION
Faunal remains, as has been demonstrated at many other
archaeological sites, can provide important supplementary in-
formation not only about the inhabitants of the site, but also
about the prehistoric ecology. Consequently, the faunal re-
mains recovered in the 1962 excavations at the Millville Site
(47-Gt 53) were subject to special analysis. This report is
concerned with these faunal materials, and it has three ob-
jectives: ( 1 ) attempt to determine which species were being
utilized by the inhabitants of the site in order to make infer-
ences about the prehistoric environment of the area and the
extent to which it was being utilized, (2) attempt to determine
if the hunting practices at the site represented a seasonal or
year round occupation of the site, and (3) attempt to make
observations on the cultural patterns involved in the butch-
ering techniques.
In this report, first the methods used in the analysis will be
discussed and the faunal remains recovered will be described.
A brief discussion of the ecology of the site will follow and
will be given before the final conclusions.
LABORATORY METHODOLOGY
The methods used in the analysis of the materials, all of
which had been washed and catalogued, involved four pro-
cedures: ( 1 ) identifying the materials according to genus and
species; (2) determining the minimum number of individuals
of any given species and, when possible, the age and sex; (3)
estimating the pounds of meat provided for each species; and
(4) determining methods of butchering and/or skinning.
In order to identify the faunal remains taxonomically, all
94 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
the materials were compared with the study collections in the
Osteological Laboratory of the University of Wisconsin.
This analysis indicated that 1,850 bones could be identified
and 3,824 were unidentifiable.
The minimum number of individuals of each species was
determined by separating each of the skeletal elements into
right or left components and into mature or immature cate-
gories. The total of the single most abundant skeletal element,
within each age group, gave the minimum number of indiv-
iduals for that particular species.
The deer mandibles were examined in order to estimate
the age of the animal at the time of its death. This age deter-
mination is based on tooth eruption and degree of wear on the
teeth (Severinghaus, 1949: 195-216). Finally, the frontal
bones of the deer from which the antlers arise were checked
to establish sex ratios and the antlers were classified accord-
ing to their seasonal growth.
The estimated pounds of meat provided by each species
were calculated according to the method formulated by White
(1953:397-398). For species not listed by White, the aver-
age live weights were obtained from various other sources.
All the bones were examined for butchering and/or skin-'
ning marks, but unfortunately these were rare. This is not
surprising, however, considering, the highly fragmentary na-
ture of most of the sample.
The faunal remains discussed in this paper and the basic
data involved in the analysis are now housed in the State
Historical Society of Wisconsin.
FAUNAL REMAINS
Faunal remains from Millville, which is a single component
site, consisting of vertebrates and mollusca. All of the material
recovered came from features and house basins. Thirty-four
species of vertebrates were recognized including fifteen spe-
cies of mammals, eight birds, five turtles, and six species of fish
(Table 1). Mollusca identified from the site include fifteen
species of fresh water mussels and three species of terrestrial
snails (Table 2).
The ostelogical sample consisted of 5,674 bones, of which
only 33% were identifiable at the genus and /or species level
Faunal Remains
95
(Table 1). The unidentifiable bone is extremely fragmentary,
but the greater portion appears to be deer.
In the following, the faunal remains will be discussed in a
descending phylogenetic scheme starting with the mammals
followed next by the birds, the turtles, the fish and termin-
ating with the mollusca.
TABLE I VERTEBRATES IDENTIFIED FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE (Gt-53),
GRANT COUNTY, WISCONSIN
MINIMUM
ESTIMATED
SPECIES
ITEMS
%
NO. OF
LBS. OF
INDIVID.
%
MEAT
%
MAMMALS
1,736
93.84
72
66.06
6,241
98.67
Scalopus aauaticus,
2
.11
2
1.83
Eastern Mole
Marmota monax,
3
.16
1
.92
6
.09
Woodchuck
J :/--v
VTamias striatus ,
15
.81
2
1.83
_
13
Chipmunk
Sciurus carol inensis^
9
.49
2
1.83
1
.02
Gray Squirrel
Castor canadensis .
11
. 59
2
1783
. ..77
1.22
Beaver
Ondatra zibethicus,
16
.86
2
1.83
4
.06.
Muskrat
Canis familiaris t
28
1.51
3
2.75
26
U -41
Domestic Dog
,
Canis lupus ,
8
.43
1
.92
30
:.47
Gray Wolf
Procyon lotor ,
39
2.11
6
5.50
.105
p.. 66.
Raccoon
t
Mustela vision,
2
.11
1
.92
. 1
. .02
Mink
.. ...
Taxidea taxus ,
1
.05
1
.92
13
*>21 ;
Badger
Lutra canadensis,
Otter
2
.11
1
,92
13
.21
Lynx ruf us ,
2
.11
1
.92
15
".24
Cervus canadensis,
Elk
31
1.68
5
4.59
"1,750"
""27.67"
Odocoileus virqinianus ,
White-tailed Deer
1,567
84.70
42
38.53
4,200
66.40
Unidentified
3,530
...,;,--
,
..:"""
.*> """"
BIRDS
20
1.08
11
10.09
36
.57
Branta canadensis ,
1
.05
1
.92
6
.09
Canada Goose
Anas platyrhynchos ,
3
.16
1
.92
2
.03
Mallard
Anas dicors,
1
.05
1
.92
1
.02
Blue-winged Teal
Aythya americana,
1
.05
1
.92
2
.03
Redhead
Ay thy a af f inis , Lesser
2
.11
2
1.83
3
.05
Scaup and/or Aythya
collaris, Ring-necked
Duck
'.. ,
Mergus merganser ,
1
.05
1
.92
2
.03
Common Merganser
.
* Mot considered to be a food item.
96 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
(TABLE I ~ CONTINUED)
MINIMUM
ESTIMATED
SPECIES
ITEMS
mf
NO. OF
LBS. OF
INDIVID.
%
MEAT
*
BIRDS (continued)
Pedioecetes phasianellus
, 4
.22
2
1.83
3
.05
Sharp-tailed Grouse
7
.38
2
1.83
17
.27
Turkey
Unidentified
48
"
mtm
"~~
._
TURTLES
32
1.73
8
7.34
13
.21
Chelydra serpentina,
2
.11
1
.92
5
.08
Snapping Turtle
Emys blandinqijL,
14
.76
3
2.75
3
.05
Blanding's Turtle
7
.38
2
1.83
2
.03
Map Turtle
Chrysemys picta,
Painted Turtle
7
.38
1
.92
1
.02
Trionx sp.,
2
.11
1
.92
2
.03
Soft-shelled Turtle
Unidentified
12
-
FISHES
62
3.35
18
16.51
35
.55
Leplsqsteus osseus,
8
.43
2
1.83
3
.05
Long-nose Gar
Amia calva,
6
.32
1
.92
2
.03
Bowfin
Ictalurus sp. ,
"Catfish
12
.65
3
2.75
12
.19
16
.86
4
3.67
6
.09
Bullhead
Perca flavescens,
7
.38
3
2.75
2
.03
Yellow Perch
Micropterus, sp. ,
13
.70
5
4.59
10
.16
Bass
Unidentified
234
~
~~
TOTALS
1,850
99.98
109
99.98
6,325
100.01
Mammals
Mammals, as a class, were by far the most abundant, com-
prising approximately 94% of the identifiable remains, 66%
of the minimum number of individuals and 99% of the estim-
ated pounds of meat (Table 1). However, of the fifteen spe-
cies identified, two were probably not associated with the
site as food animals and nine occurred in such limited num-
bers that they can not be considered important in the dietary
pattern of the people. The eastern mole (Scalopus aquaticus)
and the chipmunk (Tamias striatus) are burrowing mammals,
and it is possible that these animals tunneled into the site at a
later date and therefore are not contemporary with the rest
of the remains. The woodchuck (Marmota monax), gray
Fauna! Remains
97
wolf (Canis lupus), mink (Mustela vision), badger (Taxidea
faxus), otter (Lutra canadensis), and bobcat (Lynx rufus)
are represented by one individual each and the gray squirrel
(Sciurus carolinensis), beaver (Castor canadensis), and
muskrat (Ondatra zibethicus) are each represented by only
two individuals. These species will not be discussed indiv-
idually.
Canis familiaris. The Millville people had domestic dogs,
but the paucity of the remains suggest that they were not
numerous. Twenty-eight bones representing at least three
TABLE 2 KOLLUSCA IDENTIFIED FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE (GT-53)
.SPECIES
VALVES
TOTAL
NUMBER
%
PELECYPODS
71
73
144
99.98
Fusconaia undata,
Pig-toe
11
13
24
16.67
Fusconaia ebenus ,
Niggerhead
8
11
19
13.19
Meqalonaias qiqantea,
Washboard
1
-
1
.69
Amblema costata,
Three-ridge
8
8
16
11.11
Quadrula auadrula,
Maple-leaf
2
2
4
2.78
Quadrula pustulosa,
Pimple-back
7
3
10
6.94
Quadrula metanevra.
Monkey-face
2
3
5
3.47
Tritogonia verrucosa,
1
1
2
1.39
Buckhorn
Cylonaias tuberculata,
Purple Pimple-back
3
3
2.08
Plethobasus cyphyus ,
Bullhead
8
3
11
7.64
Elliptio dilatatus,
Spike
7
6
13
9.03
Lasmiqona costata,
1
-
1
.69
Actinonaias carinata,
Mucket
10
19
29
20.14
Lampsilis siliquoidea,
Fat Mucket
1
2
3
2.08
Lampsilis ventricosa,
1
2
3
2.08
Pocketbook
TERRESTRIAL GASTROPODS
24
99.99
Anguispira alternate
20
83.33
Mesodon thvroidus
2
8.33
Triodopsis multilineata
2
8.33
98 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
individuals were recovered. The facts that these bones were
scattered over a wide area and that in one case the bone was
burned suggest that dogs were used as a source of food.
Procyon lotor. A total of thirty-nine bones representing
at least six adult raccoons were recovered. The highest counts
were obtained from the right mandibles (Table 3) and it is
perhaps significant that of the 39 bones present, 16 were from
the skull of this animal.
Cervus canadensis. The quantity of elk bone is negligible,
only thirty-one bones were recovered. However, it is of in-
terest that one-third of this total were scapulae yielding a
minimum count of five individuals (Table 3). The amount of
meat contributed by these is substantial, since elk ranks
second to deer in importance on the basis of estimated pounds
of useable meat.
Odocoileus virginianus. The white-tailed deer was the prin-
cipal dietary animal at the Millville Site. A minimum of forty-
two individuals were represented (based upon right metatar-
sals) which would have produced roughly 4.200 pounds of
meat or 66% of the total meat estimate (Table 1). Approx-
imately 85% of the identifiable bone was attributed to the
white-tailed deer, and at least thirteen or 46% of the bone
artifacts were manufactured from this animal's bones.
The frontal bones of mature animals indicate that thirteen
of the individuals were males and eleven females. Mature
antlers attached to the frontal bones of eleven skulls suggest
that these animals were hunted between September and De-
cember. Two bucks had cast their antlers indicating that they
had been killed sometime between January and April.
Mandibles were examined for tooth eruption and dental
attrition and on this basis were assigned to age categories
(Figure 1 ). This data indicates that at the time of their death
nineteen (76%) of the animals aged were under three years
of age. Assessments of age based on the proportion of un-
fused to fused bones suggest that 14% of the animals were
immature (Table 4).
Butchering Technique* An attempt was made to determine
the technique used by the Indians in butchering the deer. This
was to be ascertained by following the procedure formulated
by White (1952, 1953, 1954, 1955). He has endeavored to
s i suapeueo
S|suapeueo
snxe:
eapixej.
UO| S | A
ei3}sn w
-10:101
>AooJd
sndn[
sjuej
p snaimaqiz
12 BjjepuQ
s | suapeueo
nos
sn^e; j^s
xeuouj
e^ouuew
snajenbe
<M
00
r> CM CM
CM
CM
in 01
3 E
^3 "O
.2^0
100 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
H
O
OJ CM CM CM
N. \ \ \
l"T i i
m
in
in
AGE
Fig. 1. AGE DISTRIBUTION OF DEER
Faunal Remains 101
leconstruct aboriginal butchering practices by comparing the
ratios of the various osteological elements present at a site to
each other and also to the greatest number of individuals rep-
presented. White (1952:337) suggests that although the nu-
merical count of the elements is subject to accidents of pres-
ervation, ratio are probably an an accurate reflection of the
parts originally brought into camp.
The procedure first involves determining the minimum num-
ber of individuals represented in the collection. This is done
by calculating the minimum number of individuals for each
element. For example, at the Millville Site there were thirteen
right and four left distal portions of deer humeri. There were
then at least thirteen deer represented by this particular elem-
ent. The greatest number shown by this method was forty-
two (right metatarsal). Minimum numbers for the other os-
teological elements were then converted to percentages, tak-
ing forty-two as 100%. If the people were bringing back the
whole animal to the site one would expect the percentages of
the various elements to be similar. If they were selective at
the kill site and bringing back only certain portions of the
animal, there should be some consistent pattern in the per-
centages of the appendicular skeleton to suggest this alterna-
tive. An examination of Table 4 reveals that the frequency
distribution of the deer bone shows little congruity either
within the appendicular skeleton or between it and the mini-
mum number of individuals. Therefore, the percentages do
not produce a pattern that would be conducive to determin-
ing the butchering process.
A pattern does seem to be present in all those elements
whose numbers represent 40% or more of the minimum num-
ber of individuals. All are bones that are so low in marrow
content that conceivably they were not utilized in the prepar-
ation of bone grease. If the people at the Millville Site were
exhausting the resources of the white-tailed deer then one
might expect the elements of high marrow or grease content
to be battered beyond recognition, and this may be the reason
that no butchering patterns are obvious in this analysis. The
presence of large quantities of bone splinters (3,530), of
which the majority is presumed to be deer, helps substantiate
this premise.
4-1
P W
CM o in ocMotncoa*
^oomrooroooo^^covno^tn^cMO c^.ncom^cx.^cofM-
C O
<l> -P
VDOO IrH^DrHO^^rH 1
CM IT) M 1 CO CM f) tH
sfrHrOrHr-ICMCMLnrH rH CM^O rH CM CM ^fOsl"
O fd
rH
<L> M
0< O
W TJ
rH Q)
fd -P
P C
TJ O
rH rH r^ 1 ^sj* rH CO *sj* C\J I/) |
rH CM C^- V) CO vO CO O C^ CM ^O ^* LO *s3* &\ O^ CM I t^* ^J 4 O ^d* CM CM O *3* CTi-
H W
rH C\J rH CO rH t-l
rHrH rHCM rH<tf rHrHCMrHr-fc
> 0)
H M
TJ CL
C <1)
H OS
;
ro
CJ>
C\J
-o Cn
-
<D
rH rH
IH -P
,4
13
CM rH
-P
<D
rH fHCMCMlT) rH rHCM rHrH
^ -P
P
fd
fl
rH CO CM CM CM rH H
-P
H K
CJ>
r> co us ^ co
rHOmrHCMCM inr-U> 1 =tCMrH!H ^
rd
rH CM <d"
^ rH rH r-
i^l
CM
En
<U
rH CO l> tf t^ C^
tf
J_j ^
rH rH rH CM CM f-
P <
-p
cd
CT> CO ^ O
Q^ Q | | ^ ^-j r^ (T) f^ ^O ^) fT) If) ^ f\J Q^ QQ (>J i^ fT) H< fT) (\| QQ ^ <V^-
S -P
rH rH CO
rH rH rH CM iH l-l
4J
rH CM rH CM
rHrHrH rH rH^} 1 iHrHrHH
rH U
rH E -P
U U ^
fd rH E ID SH ^
w -H (d <d
ErHfd SH-HQ fd rH rH
^ <d w ^ i-i & *o
Hfd-PErH EOOOJ4H x: (d to
ajrH-H.^ 4J x a)5 c
rH-HC-P fdrou-PHp
OcordX-PiH c-fHCXfoa; -H<d-P -Hfd-P
$H-H.COwrd O^UfdCC - TDX-PMn X-P*W
-P X rt) <U
CU"OWlH'H,C fdCUDPrHrHd) fdOW<C
^
fd g u -P o j
rH J-4
Cu *O w E P w rH u fd fd C (U M 'H x* *-* "'"' **^
M
^
rH TJ -P "
J-lWD-CJSC'HccrtD* fddC>P O 'H
U
3 s c i-i
O jQ fd E *O C J-i " -i-' -P C rH f" c -P tQ ^ S -
1^
r^ 13 O
r | t >r j MM |rt ^ rd O d) fd (D CJ id *ri
W
W g >
w SH w x: ti pu EEuaH ft-P
o"
O\ W) C^ C^ 00 Of5 "i (/
:
c
<l>.
rH o in in *?
CM H
M
Q)
Oi O
w -o
,-1 <U
J 4J
P C
"U (
H W
> a
m t*~ ON cr CM
H H H
1 000 <?
H
CM
a c
C 0)
H Dd
CM
^
rt
O t
CM
O H
l_l
-P
K
x-s
<D .
U3
CO ro H
o
3
M 4-
ro
1
-p
H
rt3
E
VO i-I
CM C^ CM
rt,
c
-4-J
f*^
O
H Cft
U
s
01
(4
r^ c\j ro in
CM
in
<
PH
EH
OJ
CM
i-i X
P <
rH
(13
S -P
CM in ro ^ rg
H rH iH
in CM a\
ro CM
co
-'
ro
4J
in r~- o oo rH
n in ^
n CM iH
iH
(0
i-H
(d
I
H
o
c
H
e
o
o o
H MH
O -H
P -a -a
w c ^
Ll
Q ^
iH CM CO
P C
P
w up
P e i u
H P O "O
"
P
c
'ELEMENT
P <D f-1 *-H
t (J> C P rH O
H n3 (tj u ^0" E
p Vi u -H w nj
A 4* f-i > M a
H w fU n3 (tJ O
H fO U C -P W
phalanx
II
II
TOTAL
Minimum
104 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Bone Artifacts. The majority of the bone artifacts were
fashioned from elements of the white-tailed deer. The only
bone tools not manufactured from this animal's bones are
modified turtle carapaces, one worked elk scapula, and the
implements made from bones which could not be identified.
Birds
Identifiable bird bones were not plentiful (20 elements)
and it would appear that birds were not an important food
source. Eight different species encompassing eleven indiv-
iduals are represented. All of the species present are either
seasonal visitors (forms of migratory waterfowl) or native
to the region (turkey and sharp-tailed grouse). The paucity
of their remains is surprising since the proximity of the Wis-
consin River would offer enough open water to attract water-
fowl during the migratory periods, and the area borders the
Mississippi flyway.
Turtles
Turtles were utilized as food to some extent; however, the
sparsity of remains suggests that they were of minor im-
portance. Eight individuals are present, although less than
fifty bones were recovered (Table 1). These include five
species; all are aquatic or semi-aquatic in habitat and would
have been available from the Wisconsin River or the nearby
wetlands. The carapaces of at least two have been altered
by scraping and smoothing the inner surface, probably to
make bowls.
Fishes
Eighteen individuals representing six species of fish were
present at the site. Ictalurus sp. which includes both the chan-
nel cat and the bullhead was the most numerous, constituting
approximately 45% of the identifiable fish remains.
Mollusca
Fifteen species of fresh water mussels were recognized from
the Millville Site (Table 2). They are predominantly thick-
shelled specimens characteristically found in medium or large
rivers. Of the six most abundant naiads at the site, four
(Fusconaia undata. Fusconaia ebenus, Elliptic dilatus, and
Plethobasus cyphyus) are typically found on a mud bottom in
deep, swift water. The remaining two (Actinonaias carinata
and Amblema costata) usually occur on a sand or gravel bot-
6 -d
2 W-H
e o j>
H .H
C "d
HOC
S CM
a
a
E9 ;
3
I
B II
1
N
cvJ
W.'
. J
cv
CM
^. *^"* i-3
* < go2fS > M g '3g?5o
-i
**
! P S^wp 8 B O 01 *rt ro "^ 9/ 13 ^
r)
i| B
flllllflltlV? " "| s pff!
s
si
S H ' ft O D'r-'OO-Nj * D ' -
r, * v \ocovjjroi- 1
M ct ct 4 3 CO
r . >J J J-" H*
l-fc
M
i- H
l
Chelydra
serpentina
H v-ro H
t*
Emys
^ ^
^
>
blandingil
ro HTO
Graptemys
ro- -=>>
ro
>
sp.
9
H s,
H H H i- 1
-1
Chrysemys
pi eta
. H i-i '
H
V
Trlonx
H (9
H
^
sp.
ro ro ;M
g
Leplsosteus
ro co
osseus
H*. >- H
M -H
?
Arala
r* 0.
(-,
calva
HH H H
ro ro ro
?
H
Ictalurus sp
o>- ro
H ro
>
(Catfish)
to
r*
fro M
Ictalurus sp
(Bullhead).
vjj <r ro
V- 1 r- 1 r- 1
?
Perca
CO '-O
|H
flavescens
V*> H
*
*-"!-
?
.Micropteru^
h
VAHfo ro H
r
sp. "
Faunal Remains 107
torn in shallow water. All of these species now occur in the
\Visconsin River.
Gastropod remains were scarce suggesting that they were
not utilized for food. Twenty-four individuals representing
three terrestrial species were associated with the site. An-
quispira alternata was the most numerous constituting approx-
imately 83% of the total.
ECOLOGY
The Millville Site is located within the meander belt of the
Wisconsin River floodplain. Above this floodplain there lies
a series of terraces and then steeply-raising bluffs. North of
the river, the bluffs are covered with grasslands, while to the
south they are overgrown with trees and shrubbery. This
type of habitat along with the adjacent marshlands would
have provided a variety of species types. Shelf ord (1963: 119)
has placed the general area in a Floodplain Forest biotic dis^ ;
trict and as such suggests that the vertebrates present are
principally deciduous forest-edge species and those associated-
with marshlands.
The species recovered at the site which are normally asso-
ciated with a woodland habitat are the woodchuck, chipmunk,
grey squirrel, grey wolf, raccoon, bobcat, elk, deer, turkey,
2nd sharp-tailed grouse. Species present which prefer grass-
lands include the eastern mole, and the badger. Those which
have affinities with marshlands are the beaver, muskrat, mink,
otter, migratory birds, Blanding's turtle, and painted turtle.
Aquatic species include the snapping turtle, soft-shelled tur-
tle, six species of fish, and the mussels.
The fauna listed above suggests that the habitat surround-
ing the site during its occupation was basically the same as
that existing in the area today.
CONCLUSIONS
The analysis of faunal remains indicates that the Millville
Site was probably occupied year-round in an environment of
forest-edge, nearby marshlands, rivers and streams. The low
count of minimum number of animals, other than white-tailed
deer, suggests that the entire biotic community at hand was
not fully exploited by the village's inhabitants. The relatively
high. count for deer leads to the view that this creature was
intensively hunted and that its use constituted a major aspect
108 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
of the Millville economic base.
The data concerning the age of individual deer specimens
as reflected in mandibles and antler growth and casting im-
plies that animals were taken at random from the natural
population. These data do not support the view that Mill-
ville was occupied seasonally nor that deer hunting had dis-
cernable seasonal aspects.
Information on the frequency of deer in different age classes
in undisturbed populations is scarce; however, during the 1950
and 1951 hunting seasons in Wisconsin, 73% of the harvest
was composed of deer under three years of age (Dahlberg
and Guettinger, 1956: 98). At Millville a comparable per-
centile (76 c /( ) of the same age class was present.
All faunal specimens recovered were entirely modern and
cf the species identified, only four, the grey wolf, bobcat, elk
and wild turkey, are no longer to be found in the area.
REFERENCES CITED
Dahlberg, Burton L. and Ralph C. Guettinger
1956 The White-tailed Deer in Wisconsin. Technical Wild-
life Bulletin, Number 14. Wisconsin Conservation De-
partment.
Parmalee, Paul
1965 The Food Economy of Archaic and Woodland Peoples
at the Tick Creek Cave Site, Missouri. The Missouri
Archaeologist, Volume 22, No. 1.
Severinghaus, C. W.
1949 Tooth-development and Wear as a Criterion of Age in
White-tailed Deer. Journal of Wildlife Management^
Volume 13, Number 2, pp. 195-216.
Shelford, Victor E.
1963 The Ecology of North America. University of Illinois
Press. Urbana.
White, Theodore E.
1952 Observations on the Butchering Technique of some
Aboriginal Peoples, No. 2. American Antiquity, Vol-
ume 17, Number 4, pp. 337-338.
1953a Observation on the Butchering Technique of Some
Aboriginal Peoples, No. 2. American Antiquity, Vol-
ume 19, Number 2, pp. 160-164.
1953b A Method of Calculating the Dietary Percentage of
Various Food Animals Utilized by Aboriginal Peoples.
American Antiquity, Volume 19, Number 4, pp. 396-398.
1954 Observations on the Butchering Technique of Some
Aboriginal Peoples, Nos. 3-6. American Antiquity, Vol-
ume 19, Number 3, pp. 254-264.
1955 Observations on the Butchering Technique of some
Aboriginal Peoples, Nos. 7-9. American Antiquity, Vol-
ume 21, Number 2, pp. 170-178.
DESCRIPTION OF HUMAN SKELETAL MATERIAL
FROM THE MILLVILLE SITE *
(47-Gt*53) Grant County, Wisconsin
Robert J, Meier
Department of Anthropology
University of Wisconsin
Madison, V/isconsin
This report describes the human skeletal material recovered
during archaeological excavations at the Millville Site in the
summer of 1962. The material was cleaned, restored and an-
alyzed in the Physical Anthropology Laboratory at the Uni-
versity of \Visconsin, Madison. Table 1 includes a listing of
the skeletal remains available for study. As can be seen, the
site yielded three nearly complete adult skeletons in various
states of preservation. The bones found in Features 99 and
102 (which were superimposed upon Feature 103 which con-
tained Burial-2) are believed to be parts of Burial-2* In ad-
dition to the three adults, incomplete skeletons of two infants
were obtained. The individual specimens from Features 76,
91, and 137 only provided enough basic information for iden-
tifying them as human remains.
Sex and Age of the Adults
In general, the bone of all three individuals are relatively
small, with slightly developed muscle markings in Burials-3a
c'nd -3b and moderately prominent muscle attachment areas
in Burial-2. Hence, the skeleton of Burial-2 is somewhat more
rugged in appearance. However, the skeletal indicators of
sex, primarily located on the skull and pelvis, clearly show all
three adults to be female. For example, the median type
supraorbital ridge is small in Burials-3a and -3b and medium-
sized in Burial-2, Furthermore, the mastoid processes are
small in size. Finally, the sciatic notches on the innominates
are characteristically female since they are broad and shallow
in all of these cases.
* The author is grateful to Dr. Joan Freeman and Mr. Jay Bran-
don for their suggestions and criticisms on the first drafts of
this paper.
110 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Table 1. Skeletal Material Inventory
A. Skeletons
Feature Burial Number Material Condition
25 1 fragmentary, incom- fair
plete infant skeleton
103 2 nearly complete good
adult skeleton
172 3a nearly complete fair
adult skeleton
172 3b nearly complete poor
adult skeleton
24 4 fragmentary, incom- fair
plete infant skeleton
B. Isolated Bones
76 GT 53 F-76-3 Deciduous incisor
91 GT 53 F-91-9 Cranium fragment
99 GT 53 F-99-3 Pubis fragment
-4 Pubis fragment
-5 Proximal Phalanx of hand
102 GT 53 F-102-5 Proximal phalanx of foot
-6 Middle phalanx of foot
137 GT 53 F-137-2 Left patella
Symphyseal faces of the pubic bones were not available for
estimating age. Consequently, age determination depended
upon suture closure, dental information and age-influenced
pathological conditions. First of all, with regard to endo-
cranial suture closure, Burial-2 and Burial-3a have obliterated
coronal sutures and advance stages of union in the other
vault sutures. Later stages of suture union were also observed
on the poorly preserved cranium of Burial-3b. On the basis
of the above information, it seems probably that the skeletal
age of each of the three adults is in excess of forty years. It
might be noted here that there are several, deep, arachnoid
depressions on the internal braincase of Burial-2. These fea-
tures are generally found in crania of old individuals.
Secondly, some of the dental information used in estimat-
ing age can be summarized as follows. The lower dentitions
of Burials-2 and -3a are in Stage Two attrition (i.e., cusps
worn smooth) while the upper teeth in both individuals gen-
erally show more wear since there are several cases of Stage
Three attrition (i. e., pulp cavity exposed). Burial-2 has a
Human Skeletal Material 111
rather high incidence of missing teeth which had been lost
antemortem. Those teeth absent included the second and
third lower left molars, both upper second premolars and the
upper first and second right molars. For comparison, Burial-
3a had three teeth lost antemortem which included the lower
left first and second molars and the upper right first molar.
Thus in both individuals the molar region has been involved in
tooth loss. Because the teeth were lost antemortem, there was
complete or partial resorption of the alveolar sockets.
The dentition of Burial-3b shows a somewhat modified pat-
tern of attrition due to antemortem tooth loss At least six
teeth, including the central incisors and the first two molars
of each side of the upper tooth row, are missing. The great
amount of alveolar bone resorption perhaps indicates that
these teeth were absent a considerable time before death. (Of
course, the missing upper central incisors also suggest the
possibility of dental ablation). Some of the lower teeth, those
which normally would have occluded with the absent teeth,
might be extruded to some extent due to the lack of contact
trom opposing teeth. In addition, these lower teeth do not
show extensive wear. That is, the crown surfaces are not
worn completely smooth (i. e., Stage One attrition). In con-
trast, the other teeth in the mandible show more wear since
they occluded for a longer period. The result of the condition
described above is to produce a wavy occlusal surface along
the mandibular tooth row. This is not the case in Burials-2
and 3a since in their dentitions there is relatively uniform at-
trition along the tooth row.
This picture of dental attrition and antemortem tooth loss
suggests that all three individuals are of old age. However,
the dental information might be giving an overestimate of age
when diet is considered. That is, much of the tooth wear can
be attributed to abrasive particles within a relatively coarse
diet. In this case, attrition would have preceded at a rapid
rate. Unfortunately, this rate is not known. Hence, any age
estimate based upon the above dental features must be given
a wide range of approximation.
Dental pathologies, including those which may have con-
tributed to the high incidence of missing teeth, are described
112 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
as follows: In Burial-3a, the upper right second molar is cari-
ous over most of the crown surface and in part of the root
area. In Burial-3b, extensive caries on both upper first pre-
molars have also involved much of the crown surfaces. Bur-
ials-2 and 3a have small, pin-hole, fissural caries on the oc-
clusal surfaces of the lower right third molars.
In Burial-2, there is a large abscess pocket in the buccal
root area of the upper left first molar. The tooth itself was
not recovered and presumably was lost because of the infec-
tious condition. The same individual also has a smaller ab-
scess opening, just mesial to the larger pocket, which has in-
volved the root socket of the left second premolar.
Evidence for periodontal disease comes from the amount
of bone recession at the alveolar margin. Both presence and
severity of the disease are more firmly established if the
teeth are still in place since bone resorption will also proceed
after any cases of tooth loss. The effect of this disease is to
reduce the depth of the tooth socket. Consequently, the teeth
involved will be loosened and more subject to loss, which is
then followed by continued resorption of the alveolar bone.
With regard to the dentitions of Burials'2 and 3b, it is sug-
qested that periodontal disease probably accounts for many
of the missing teeth while caries and extreme attrition are
possible contributing factors. In these individuals, recession
of the alveolar bone in the area of the teeth still in place was
observed to range from medium to marked. In contrast, the
amount of alveolar recession is slight in Burial-3a, This last
individual also has the fewest number of missing teeth. The
etiology of periodontal disease is not entirely clear. It may
be due to several factors, such as, poor oral hygiene leading
to irritation from accumulated calculus deposits, or to dietary
deficiencies (Brothwell 1963: p. 149).
The time of onset of the above dental pathologies is not
strictly age dependent. However, it can be presumed that
chronic cases will develop later in life, if the conditions are left
untreated. The rather high frequency and extreme nature of
dental pathologies (including marked attrition) tend to con-
firm an advanced age status for the three adult skeletons
which is also indicated by other lines of evidence.
Additional observations were available for estimating the
Human Skeletal Material 113
skeletal age of Burial*2 First of all, there are osteophytic
Growths at the margins of the iliac crest, ischial tuberosity, and
patella. These bony growths are commonly found on skeltons
of older individuals. Furthermore, Burial-2 shows bony lip-
ping, which is characteristic of osteoarthritis, at several sites
including the articular borders of the elbow, shoulder and
temporomandibular joints, and the body margins of the sixth
and seventh cervical and third and fourth lumbar vertebral
elements. As in the case of dental pathologies, osteoarthritis
is not entirely age dependent but rather denotes development
of the condition through time. Consequently, it will be more
common and evident on the skeletons of older individuals.
The general picture of extra bony growth, some of which is
arthritic in nature, again indicates that Burial^2 was an older
individual. The other two skeletons from Millville were not
preserved very well at the articular borders, but do show
some degree of osteoarthritic lipping at observable sites.
In conclusion, the age at death of the three female skeletons
can be estimated to be within the latter half of a middle-adult
range, which runs from 36 to 55 years of a,ge. The decade
from 45 to 55 years is the age span in which the conditions
described above would most likely be found.
Additional Observations
This section includes several morphological characters
which illustrate observed variation among the three adult
skeletons. Some of the features also have significance for as-
signing the individuals to an American Indian population.
The form of the external auditory meatus in all cases is oval.
No exotoses were observed within the auditory canals. Nor
c.re there any dehiscences of the tympanic plate. The tym-
panic plate is thin in Burials-2 and 3b and medium in thick-
ness in Burial~3a
Unique to Burial~3a is a medium-sized palatine torus which
is accompanied by bony spicules at the sides of the posterior
hard palate.
The crania of Burials'2 and 3a have several small wormian
bones in their lambdoidal sutures. In addition, Burial-2 has
fairly large bilateral sutural bones in the asterionic region,
which lies posterior to the mastoid process. It has been sug-
gested that wormian bones can be produced by physical stress
114 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 2
on the cranium during late fetal and early post-natal periods
of development (Bennett 1965: p. 259). In American Indians,
mechanical stress is commonly provided by various cradle-
board devices. Applied pressure on the posterior cranium re-
sults in deformation which is characterized by flattening of
the occiput or lambdoidal area. In apparent agreement with
the above suggestion, the crania of Burials'2 and ~3a show
a high degree of occipital flattening over the sutures contain-
ing wormian bones (see Figure 1). In both individuals, the
posterior cranial profile seen in lateral view is very nearly
vertical. Burial~2 also has a medium degree of asymmetry to
the right side of the posterior crania. Some of the occipital
flattening might have been produced by postmortem ground
pressure since there is distortion of the cranial base and facial
skeleton in both crania. However, it is unlikely that earth
pressure distortion is a primary explanation of the occipital
Figure 1. Occipital cranial deformation in Burial-2 (upper right)
and Burial-3a (upper left) compared with undeformed fe-
male cranium from Aztalan (Middle Mississippi Period
Wisconsin).
Human Skeletal Material
115
flattening. Although the larnbdoidal and sagittal sutures are
not completely obliterated in either cranium, suture closure
is at a stage where the braincase would be a fairly solid unit
and not subject to extensive flattening from earth pressure
unless the cranial vault was severely damaged. There ap-
pears to be no postmortem damage in the flattening occipital
region of either Burial-2 or Burial~3a* Thus the occipital de-
formation which is present in these individuals is best ex-
plained by artificial pressure applied to the skulls during in-
fancy. The craium of Burial-3b was not preserved well
enough to allow observation of any possible artificial defor-
mation.
The vertically flattened posterior crania of Burials-2 and
~3a strongly resemble a skull and cranial vault fragment pic
tured by McKern (1931: p. 286: Fig. 1). He postulated that
this Hopewell material from the Trempealeau mounds (Wis.)
shows occipital deformation due to the use of cradleboards
Figure 2. Bifroiital and occipital cranial deformation in Burial-2
(right) compared with Aztalan cranium (left).
116 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
(ibid.: p. 214).
The cranium of Burial-2 differs from Burial-3a, and pre-
sumably from the Trempealeau material, in that it also has
deformation of the frontal bone. That is, there are flattened
areas just anterior to the coronal suture, directly above the
temporal lines on both sides of the frontal bone (see Figure 2).
The presence of this bifrontal flattening makes the forehead
appear narrow and unusually bulbous. There is also a prom-
inent sagittal elevation, most marked at bregma, whose pos-
terior extension includes about one-half of the sagittal suture,
area. "Whether or not this last feature, sometimes called keel-
ing, is directly related to bifrontal flattening is unclear. Sag-
ittal keeling is present to a minor degree in BuriaJ-3a but bi-
frontal flattening does not occur.
The co-occurrence of bifrontal and occipital flattening has
been reported in crania from Indian Knoll (Snow 1948),
Adena (Snow 1957) and in a cranium from a Missouri Hope-
well site (Hrdlicka 1910). Hopewellian dated sketal material
from the Klunk and Albany mounds in Illinois, which is at
present being studied at Indiana University and the Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, includes crania of both sexes which show
bifrontal-occipital deformation. Stewart (1940: p. 15) made
the following relevant remarks.
The narrowing of the foreheads of the Hopewellian skulls
probably can be attributed to artificial deformation, al-
though its association with occipital flattening is not al-
ways clear. If it is artificial, it contrasts sharply with the
more common type of deformed frontal in which the flat-
tening broadens the forehead. Presumably the Hope-
wellians fastened their children's heads to the cradle-
board in such a way as to bring pressure to the sides of
the forehead.
Snow (1957) suggests that pads placed on either side of the
forehead which were incorporated into binding cords, could
have been used to produce the type of bifrontal deformation
found in the Adena crania. The cranium of Burial-2 from
Millville appears to have undergone a similar shaping pro-
cess. However, the widespread occurrence of bifrontal flat-
tening in several Indian groups mentioned above would seem
to limit its usefulness as a diagnostic trait for a particular time
period unless the trait significantly varied between popula-
F
Figure 3. Bone fracture scars on left radius and ulna of Buria:-2
compared with the normal right forearm bones. X-ray and
nhotosrranh were made bv Charles F. Merbs.
118 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
tions in such factors as frequency and appearance.
The chin form is bilateral in Burials-2 and -3a, while in
Burial-3b the medio-bilateral type is present. In addition, the
sub-incisive fossae are rather deep on all three mandibles.
These features tend to give prominent looking chins on the in-
dividuals. No mandibular tori were observed. Gonial eversion
?s slight in Burials~3a and ~3b and moderate in Burial-2.
The postcranial material contained the following morpho-
logical variants. The left humerus of Burial-3b has a perfor-
ated olecranon fossa. This trait, called a septal aperture, is
not present on the right side of Burial~3b or on any of the
other humeri. A case of trauma was present in Burial~2, The
left radius and ulna have projecting bone masses (exostoses)
which are located in the area between the attachment sur-
faces for the flexor and pronator muscles of the distal fore-
arm. These features appear to be scar sites of fractures which
were poorly aligned during healing.
Measurements l
Because of cranial deformation, the following measurements
are subject to a certain amount of un-measurable error which
should be recognized in any future comparisons. As would be
expected, the artificially deformed crania of Burials-2 and -3a
fall within a brachycranic or broadheaded category. Maxi-
mum cranial length in Burial-2 is 163 mm and maximum
breadth is 138 mm. These dimensions for Burial-3a are 160
mm for length and 130 mm for breadth. The calculated cra-
nial indices are 85 per cent for Burial-2 and 81 per cent for
Burial*3a.
The only other cranial measurement available for Burial-3a
is minimal frontal diameter which is 92 mm, compared to 89
mm for the same diameter in Burial-2* Additional cranial
measurements for Burial-2 are listed in Table 2.
The narrow forehead and high cranial vault observed in Burial
-2 are reflected in the values for minimal frontal diameter and
basi-bregmatic height, respectively. Presumably, bifrontal de-
formation is partly responsible for these observed traits and
their corresponding metrical values. The various calculable
i Unless otherwise specified, measuring technique was stan-
dardized according to Hrdlicka's Practical Anthropometry,
T. D. Stewart, editor, 1952.
Human Skeletal Material 119
facial indices would contain compounded errors and for this
reason are not included.
Table 2. Cranial Measurements of BURIAL-2. (in mm)
Basion-Bregma Height - 143
Auricular Height - 118
Bizygomatic Diameter - 123
Menton-Nasion Height 110
Prosthion-Nasion Height 65
Horizontal Circumference - _ 475
Endobasion-Nasion Length _. 100
Endobasion-Prosthion Length _ 96
Left Orbital Height 36
Left Orbital Breadth 38
Nasal Height . 48
Nasal Breadth __. ___ 24
2 Taken with craniostat
The measurements for the three adult mandibles appear in
Table 3. As can be seen, the mandibles of Burials-2 and "3a
are nearly completely preserved in the measurable areas.
Furthermore, all of the lower jaws appear to be little affected
by postmortem distortion. However, during the process of
head deformation there might also have been compensatory
growth in the mandible, as has been reported for the Peruvian
Series (Bjork and Bjork, 1964).
Table 3. Mandibular Measurements (in mm)
BurJal-2 Burial-3a Burial-3b
R L R L R L
Mandibular Body Length 96 94 95 93 86 X
Minimum Breadth of the
Ascending Ramus _ .__ 31 32 34 36 30 X
Height of Ramus at Middle
of Sigmoid Notch 3 48 47 41 41 48 X
Thickness of Body at M2 14 X 11 X 13 12
Symphyseal Height 30 34 30
Bigonial Diameter _ 105 98 X
Gonial Angle 125<> X 122 121 X X
3 Author's measurement.
Table 3 can be summarized as follows: The lower jaw of
Burial-3a has a smaller bigonial breadth and a larger sym-
physeal height than either of the two other mandibles from
the Millville site. The relatively larger symphyseal height in
\vas mentioned earlier in connection with periodontal disease.
The height-breadth ratio of the ascending ramus of Burial~3a
Burial~3a perhaps indicates less recession of the alveolus as
120 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
differs considerably from the corresponding ratios in Burial-2
and 3b An index was derived by the writer to illustrate this
difference. 4 The ramal index in Burials-2 and -3b is about
65 per cent while in Burial-3a it is well over 80 per cent. The
contrast here is due to a relatively shorter and broader as-
cending ramus found in Burial-3a. The gonial angles of Bur-
ials-2 and *3a lie within an expected middle-age adult range.
Generally speaking, the gonial angle becomes greatly in-
creased in old age.
The postcranial skeleton of Burial-3b is not measurable. In
Hurial-3a, only the femora could be restored enough to allow
measurements to be taken. These measurements and those
available for Burial-2 are presented in Table 4.
There are some differences between the two individuals
with regard to femur shaft characteristics. First of all, Burial-2
has more heavily sculptured muscle attachment areas, espec-
ially at the gluteal ridge where the beginnings of a third tro-
chanter was observed. Secondly, the amount of anterior-pos-
terior flattening of the femur shaft below the trochanters is less
Table 4. Postcranial Measurements. 5 (in mm)
Burial-2 Burial-3a
Femur R L R L
Maximum Length _ 421 422 405 410
Bicondylar Length _... 415 419 400 403
Sub-trochanteric a-p dia. 24 23 22 21
Sub-trochanteric m-1 dia. . 32 31 31 30
Burial-2
Tibia R L Humerus R L
Maximum Length 355 X Maximum 297 290
Length
Nutrient for a-p dia. 33 32 Ulna
Nutrient for m-1 dia. 24 23 Maximum 252 X
Length
5 Taken according to Brothwell (1963)
in Burial-2 than in Burial-3-a. The platymeric index, which
measures such flattening, has a value of 74 per cent in Burial-2
compared to about 70 per cent in Burial-3a. Both percentages,
however, fall within a hyperplatymeric category. It might
also be mentioned here that Burial-2 has a rather low amount
4 Ramal Index = Minimum Breadth of Ascending Ramus X 100
Height of Ramus at Middle of Sigmoid Notch
Human Skeletal Material 121
of transverse (medio-lateral) flattening of the tibia at the
level of the nutrient foramen. The corresponding platycnemic
index is about 72 per cent. This value lies at the upper end
of the human range in the so-called eurycnemic category.
Consequently, platycnemia is not associated with platymeria
in Burial'2*
The longer femora of Burial-2 obviously results in a greater
stature estimation for this individual as compared to Burial-3a
In calculating stature, the regression equations derived from
several studies were employed. The stature estimates for
Burial-2 range from 158 cm. to 163 cm. when four different
equations were used. One equation, that for American white
females (Trotter and Gleser 1958), which combined humerus,
femur and tibia lengths, yielded an estimation of maximum
living stature of 160 cm. which has a Standard Error of 3.51
cm. Only femur length was available for stature reconstruc-
tion of Burial-3a In this individual, the range of estimates is
from 154 cm. to 160 cm., where again the standard errors are
'well over 3 cm. Since there is no regression equation which is
strictly appropriate for the Millville skeletons, the stature es-
timates are approximate, indeed. However, it seems probable
that Burial-2 was on the order of 3 cm. taller than Burial-3a
during their respective adulthoods.
T^otes on the Infant Skeletons
The two infant skeletons (Burials- 1 and -4) are fragmen-
tary and incomplete. However, they could be aged with rela-
tive certainty because several primary centers of ossification
are present along with various limb bones, pelvic fragments,
and vertebral elements. The skeletal material was evaluated
according to the developmental sequence described in a stan-
dard textbook of human anatomy (Romanes 1964) and was
also compared to available infant skeletons of known age. The
results of this analysis show that although Burial-4 is slightly
larger in certain dimensions, such as in femur length and iliac
breadth, both individuals were most likely at the newborn
t,tage of skeletal maturation. In other words, they represent
full-term osseous development, but there is no indication,
from size and shape of the bones and the epiphyses present, of
post-natal growth. Sex and cause of death could not be de-
termined from the skeletal material present.
122 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 2
Summary
Human skeletal material from the Millville Site has been
described. The material includes three fairly complete, mid-
dle-aged, adult, female skeletons, two fragmentary infant skel-
etons, and a few isolated skeletal fragments.
Artificial deformation was found on two of the adult crania.
In both cases the occipital area was vertically flattened and
thus is similar to cradleboard deformation observed in many
American Indian groups. However, one individual with oc-
cipital deformation also had artificially produced flattened
areas on both sides of the frontal bone. Bifrontal flattening,
presumably of this type, is reported to occur along with occip-
ital flattening in Adena, Indian Knoll and Hopewell cranial
series.
Judging from the numerous pathological conditions observed
in the dentitions of the Millville skeletons, it can be inferred
that all three adults would have been in a poor state of den-
tal health. Dental pathologies encountered included extreme
attrition, caries, abcess pockets and periodontal disease. These
conditions probably account for the high frequency of missing
teeth in at least two of the individuals. The sites of the absent
teeth were generally characterized by considerable alveolus
bone resorption.
The small, only moderately well preserved sample of adults
from the Millville Site is not adequate for detailed comparison
with other American Indian skeletal collections.
Human Skeletal Material 123
REFERENCES CITED
Bennett, Kenneth A.
1965 The Etiology and Genetics of Wormian Bones. Amer.
Journ. Phy. Anthrop. n. s. Vol. 23; pp. 255-260.
Bjork, A and L. Bjork
1964 Artificial Deformation and Cranio-facial Asymmetry in
Ancient Peruvians. Journ. Dental Res., Vol. 43, No. 3;
pp. 353-362.
Brothwell, D. R.
1963 Digging Up Bones. British Museum of Natural History.
London.
Hrdlicka, A.
1910 Report on skeletal material from Missouri mounds, col-
lected in 1906-07 by Mr. Gerard Fowke. Bur. Amer.
Ethnol., Bull. 37: pp. 103-112.
McKern, W. C.
1931 A Wisconsin Variant of the Hopewell Culture. Public
Museum of Milwaukee Bulletin, Vol. 10; pp. 185-328.
Romanes, G. J., (Editor)
1964 Cunningham's Textbook of Anatomy, Oxford Univ.
Press, London.
Snow, Charles E.
1948 Indian Knoll Skeletons. Univ. of Kentucky Reports in
Anthrop. Vol. IV, Part II: pp. 371-555.
1957 Adena Portraiture, in The Adena People No. 2 by
William S. Webb and Raymond S. Baby. Ohio State
Univ. Press, pp. 47-60.
Stewart, T. Dale
1940 New Evidence of the Physical Type of the Bearers of
the Hopewell Culture. Amer. Journ. Phy. Anthrop. Ab-
stracts, No. 22; p. 15.
Trotter, M. and G. C. Gleser
1958 A Re-evaluation of Estimation of Stature Based on
Measurements of Stature Taken During Life and Long-
bones after Death. Amer. Journ. Phy. Anthrop. n. s.
16; pp. 79-125.
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
THE
ARCHEOLO6IIT
THE GOODW1N-GRESHAM SITE, 20 IS 8, IOSCO
COUNTY, MICHIGAN, James E. Fitting, David
S. Brose, Henry T. Wright, James Dinerstein
PRELIMINARY REPORT ON AN EARLY HISTORIC
SITE, COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS, Cheryl Ann
Munson and Patrick J. Munson
125
184
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, \Visconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Meets Third Monday of Month. 8 P. M.. Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg. Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Greenwald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
3768 S. 89th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53228
SECRETARY
Paul Turney. Corresponding
Mrs. Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Turney, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska, W. O. Noble, R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug, Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackiand,
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeolog-ist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, 850,00 Endowment Members, $500.00
Sustaining Members, S5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, S3.50
AH communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave., Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis, 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Series
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN -- SEPTEMBER, 1969
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE, 20 IS 8,
IOSCO COUNTY, MICHIGAN
James E. Fitting, David S. Brose, Henry T. Wright,
James Dinerstein
INTRODUCTION
The importance of the Carolinian-Canadian transition area
in central Michigan was realized long before the National
Science Foundation undertook support of research in this area
in 1965. The contrast between the Late Woodland materials
in the Straits of Mackinac (McPherron 1967) and south-
eastern Michigan (Fitting 1965) was quite apparent. We
knew that there were some differences between the Middle
Woodland materials in the southern parts of the state (Flan-
ders 1965) and those in the northern areas but our knowledge
of this northern manifestation in Michigan was limited to the
Arrowhead Drive site on Bois Blanc Island (Bettarel and
Harrison 1962).
The major excavation in eastern Michigan during the sum-
mer of 1964 was that of the Schultz site located on Green
point in Saginaw. W^hile this was a multicomponent site, we
v/ere most concerned with the Middle Woodland occupation
during the 1964 excavations. While most of the crew worked
at this site, several advanced undergraduates, supported by
National Science Foundation Undergraduate Research Par-
ticipation Grants, undertook smaller excavations at nearby
sites as individual research projects. The Schmidt site (Har-
rison 1966) was excavated in this manner as was the Good-
win-Gresham site, 20 IS 8, in losco County.
The site was located in June of 1964 by Henry T. Wright
as a part of a weekend survey of the lower reaches of the Au
Sable River. The importance of the site was readily recog-
nized. It was a distinctively northern Middle W'oodland site
only 75 miles to the north of the Schultz site in the Saginaw
126 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
Valley which seemed to have a southern Middle Woodland
assemblage. We felt that it was just the type of site needed
to compare the difference between the adaptive patterns of
northern and southern Middle Woodland groups. As it
turned out, the adaptive patterns were most similar (Fitting
n. d. b).
Weight, accompanied by Richard E. Morlan, returned to
the site on July 18 and the two of them worked on the site
until July 24. They were assisted at various times by James E.
Fitting, Elizabeth Stern, Jasmina Stefanovic, Diane Foster,
Richard Ford, Karen Ford, and Michael Clark.
The report was originally to have been prepared as an
Undergraduate Research Participation Project but a number
of factors and the intervening years prevented this. Weight
went on to graduate school at the University of Chicago and
directed his attention to work in the Near East, while Morlan
went to the University of Wisconsin and became involved
in research in Japan and the Arctic. All of the other partic-
ipants who had worked on the site directed their attentions
to other areas or other disciplines. For a number of years the
collections languished in the Museum cabinets but in 1967
their importance for the understanding of the edge area was
even greater than in 1964. In 1967 a number of us made a
concentrated effort to prepare a report on this site and the
results of this study are presented in the following pages.
Weight and Morlan had made a preliminary analysis of
the faunal remains from the site. April Allison identified the
plant materials under the supervision of Volney Jones as
another Undergraduate Research Participation project. David
Brose prepared a report on the ceramics from the site while
supported by a National Science Foundation grant "Archaeo-
logical Investigations in Michigan" (GS-1486) which had
been awarded to Fitting. James Dinerstein worked on the
lithic materials from the site with Fitting while supported by
this same research grant. In 1968, Fitting assembled the
present report working w r ith the Brose's manuscript and
Wright's and Dinerstein's notes.
EXCAVATION AT THE SITE
The Goodwin-Gresham site, 20 IS 8, is located on the north
Goodwin-Gresham Site 127
edge of the town of Oscoda in losco County, Michigan, at a
point approximately one mile to the north of the Au Sable
River. At one time it was more extensive but sand removal,
highway construction and building activity had nearly de-
stroyed the site by 1964. Even then, we were able to collect
cultural material for approximately one-half mile along this
ridge.
Like most major Michigan sites, this one was listed in W.
B. Hinsdale's Archaeological Atla v s of Michigan (1931) al-
though we have been unable to locate the source of Hinsdale's
information on the site. The area where w r e worked was
probably the northern end of the site mentioned by Ellis
(1960:66) as being located on the north edge of the town
of Oscoda. Several residents of Oscoda had extensive col-
lections obtained from the surface of this site.
The site (Figure 1) is located on a sand ridge, a former
beach of Lake Huron, with a maximum elevation of 602 feet
above sea level. The elevation of a gravel ridge at the base
of this beach is 594 feet above sea level. This would appear
to be a beach which was formed during the high lake level
stage which Speth (n. d.) has suggested existed in the Mich-
igan and Huron Basins around A. D. 200. The site is slightly
to the north of the hinge line in Michigan so there has been
some uplift of this beach while comparable features at the
Schultz site indicative of this lake stage remained at the same
elevation.
The Middle Woodland Arrowhead Drive site on Bois Blanc
Island is located on a beach with a base of 598 feet above sea
level which is what we would expect of a site located even
further to the north of the hinge line. As Speth has pointed
out, Mason's date from the Door Peninsula in Wisconsin also
attests to this Lake Stage.
Most of the profiles of excavation units on the site seem to
indicate a normal soil development with distinct A, B, and C
soil zones. Since most of the cultural material was found in
the B zone, it could be argued that the process of soil forma-
tion has been continuous since the aboriginal occupation of
the site. Wright's field observations, however, indicate a
much more complex situation. He noted that:
1 ) The lower interface of the B zone is not always parallel
128 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
GOODWIN- GRESHAM
20-IS-8
MIKADO
EARTHWORK I LAKE
HURON
BUTTERFIELD
SCHULTZ
) 10 20 30
SCALE IN MILES
FIGURE 1
Goodwin-Gresham Site 129
to the upper interface of zone A.
2) The B zone is complex with a lower light level and an
upper darker level.
3) Several of the pits and postmolds contain fill of a dark
humic sand which appears to have fallen in from the
upper and darker levels of the B zone.
4) The B zone is thicker than we would expect from the
thin humic zone and A 2 leached zone.
This was interpreted as indicative of two periods of soil
iormation. The original soil horizon formed on the lighter,
slightly weathered dune sand of the site. This soil probably
formed after the high lake level receded. Occupation of the
site by man disturbed this soil formation and allowed soil
creep and blow outs were apparently formed in some areas
of the site. After the period or aboriginal occupation more
sand blew in covering the occupational surface. As a new
soil horizon was formed its B zone developed in the earlier
humus level which had been disturbed by the aboriginal oc-
cupation. Cross sections of the ridge also suggest that it had
a higher elevation and steeper slope at the time of occupation.
It appears to have been an uneven surface similar to the un-
disturbed dunes in the area today. As we indicated earlier,
post-occupation disturbance, by both human and natural
causes, has been considerable and parts of the occupation area
have probably been blown out and refilled by wind action to
further complicate our task of site interpretation.
Only 200 feet of the crest of the ridge remained for possible
excavation in 1964 and we were only able to excavate 710
square feet of this area (Figure 2). Care was taken in the
upper levels to the subdivisions within the Z zone but this
proved of little aid in interpreting the cultural material. Much
of the site was cleared with a trowel. All of the material was
sifted through a quarter inch mesh screen and features were
sampled with a fine window screen.
The site was excavated in five by five foot, and five by ten
foot units with occasional extensions of these units to include
all of a pit or hearth area. All units were referred to by a
designator number which related them to the grid system im-
posed on the site. The largest block of excavation units was
located on the southern end of the remaining parts of the site.
130 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
This is where the deposits were thickest and where the cul-
tural material was most plentiful.
The first excavation in this area was a five by ten foot unit
with an east to west orientation, 465E490. Later, seven addi-
tional five by five foot units, 460E490, 460E495, 460E500,
*65E500, 470E490, 470E495, and 470E500, were opened to
GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE
(20- IS- 8)
598
FIGURE 2
Goodwin-Gresham Site
131
the south, east and north of 465E490. A three by ten foot
trench was open to the east of 470E500 to provide a long,
continuous profile of the ridge. In the remainder of this re-
port we shall refer to this entire block of excavation, an area
of 255 square feet, as Unit No. 1 (see Table 1).
Unit No. 2 was a single five by ten foot unit, 500E495, with
a north-south orientation, located 25 feet to the north of Unit
No. 1. No extensions were made of this unit so it represented
50 square feet of excavated area.
Unit No. 3, 520E495, was a single five by ten foot unit with
a north to south orientation. Seven square feet of additional
LOCATION OF FEATURES AT
THE GOODWIN -GRESHAM SITE
(20-IS-8)
N.
FEET
UNIT I
460E490
FIGURE 3
132 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGJST Vol. 50, No. 3
area were excavated to recover all of a concentration of cer-
amics and eight square feet were opened to include all of
Feature No. 1 1 so a total of 65 square feet were excavated
in Unit No. 3.
Unit No. 4, 540E495, was also a five by ten foot unit with
a north to south orientation. Twelve additional square feet
were opened around Feature 3 so 62 square feet were cleared
in this unit.
Three excavation units, 570E495, a five by ten foot unit
with a north to south orientation, and five by five foot units,
570E505 and 570E510, are included in Unit No. 5. Feature
No. 4 in 570E495 required an eight square foot extension, so
Unit No. 5 contained 108 square feet of excavated area.
The last unit, Unit No. 6, was a single five by ten foot
unit with a north to south orentation at 610E495. No features
were encountered so only 50 square feet were excavated.
Twelve features were recognized in the field including
seven shallow hearths and five pits. Two post molds and two
concentrations of rock, either fire-cracked or discolored by
fire, were given feature numbers in the laboratory (Table 2).
The hearths were roughly oval, two to three feet in diameter
and were very shallow. Pit dimensions ranged from one to
five feet while pit depths varied between 1 .0 and 1 .6 feet. The
two rock concentrations were 2.0 and 2.5 feet in diameter.
A charcoal sample from Feature No. 12 yielded a radio-
carbon date of A. D. 610 + -- 110 years (M-1625, Crane and
Griffin 1966).
CERAMICS
A total of 2,917 severely weathered sherds over one inch in
diameter were recovered from the 1964 excavations and from
later surface collection. Rim-sherds and decorated body-
sherds accounted for 924 of these or 31 per cent of the total
sample. Undecorated bodysherds accounted for the rest of
the sample. Matching rimsherds and decorated body sherds
suggest that there were a minimum of 31 vessels represented
in our collections. Matching sherds from a single vessel were
recovered from as many as three distinct field levels and from
areas as much as 110 feet apart. If more than a single occu-
pation is postulated, subsequent mixing has obliterated all cer-
Goodwin-Gresham Site
133
TABLE 1
EXCAVATION UNITS, SQUARE NUMBERS, AREA OF EXCAVATION AND LOCATION OF FEATII
AT THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE.
Excavation Unit
Excavation Numbers
Square Feet
Feat ures
UNIT #1
U60EU90
460EU95
U65E1+90
U65E500
1*70EU90
1*70EU95
V70E500
East -West Trench
255
1,2,6,7,
8,12,lU,
16
UNIT #2
500EU95
50
13,15
UNIT #3
520EU95
65
9,10,11
UNIT #*
5UOEU95
62
3
UNIT #5
570EU95
570E505
570E510
108
^,5
UNIT #6
6lOE^95
50
TOTAL
#0
134 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
amic evidence for it. Cordmarked sherds, as an example,
were quite evenly distributed throughout the entire vertical
end horizontal extent of the occupation (Table 3). There is
some tendency for plain-surfaced sherds to decrease through
time but Table 4 shows that this is clearly not a replacement
by cordmarked sherds. As a result of these observations, the
ceramics will be considered as a single complex.
The 31 minimal vessels from Goodwin-Gresham were rep-
"
m
FIGURE 4. Good win- Gresham Ceramics
Goodwin-Gresham Site
135
TABLE 2
FEATURES FROM THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE.
Numbers in parenthesis are estimates.
Feature
Number
Unit
Square
Description
Dimensions in Feet
Width
Length
Depth
1
1
U60EU95
Hearth
1.8
2.6
0.2
2
1
460EU95
Pit
1.2
2.0
1.0
3
t
5^0El*95
Hearth
2.5
3-5
0.3
u
5
570EU95
Pit
3.0
3.3
1.2
5
5
570EU95
Hearth
2.0
3.5
0.1
6
1
U60E490
Pit
(corner of unit)
1.1
7
1
U65EU90
Hearth
(wall o
f unit)
0.2
8
l
U65E^90
Pit
2.0
k.O
1.6
9
3
520EU95
Pit
(corner
of unit)
1.0
10
3
520EU95
Hearth
(2.0)
2.5
(0.2)
11
3
520EU95
Hearth
2.8
3.0
0.2
12
1
U65E500
Hearth
1.8
2.3
(0.2)
13
2
500EU95
Post Mold
0.5
0.7
0.5
Ih
1
lt60E^90
Post Mold
0.3
0.3
O.Jl
15
2
500EU95
Rock
Concentration
2.0
2.0
--
16
1
U70EU90
Rock
Concentration
2.5
(2.5)
136 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 3
DISTRIBUTION OF CORBMARKED AND PLAIN SURFACE SHERDS BY LEVEL.
Level
Total
Surface
Surf ace -
Sheet #1
Sheet
#l-#2
Sheet
#2-#3
Cordmarked surface
5
72
U75
179
731
Plain surface
375
U12
565
83^
2186
TOTALS
380
k&k
10^0
1013
2917
X 2 = U05.57 df - 3 P< -001 2 = .1390
TABLE U
PERCENTAGES OF CORDMARKED AND PLAIN SHERDS BY SITE LEVEL
Level
Cordmarked
Plain
Surface
2$
98$
Surface to Sheet #1
19*
85%
Sheet #1 to Sheet #2
U5%
55%
Sheet #2 to Sheet #3
18*
82%
Goodwin-Gresham Site 137
resentative of 26 distinct varieties which were designated by
the letters A to Z. Three rather distinct paste groups were
present and all sherds fell into one of these groups. The
first was characterized by a very sandy clay which is gener-
ally quite friable. Hardness is between 2.0 and 2.5 (Moh's
scale) as taken on interior breaks. The sherds seem quite
poorly fired and colors range from salmon to buff with a
noticeable absence of firing clouds. Temper, excluding sand,
is not very abundant, representing 15 to 25 per cent aplastic.
Tempering particles consist of crushed granitic rock with
some preference for darker minerals such as biotite, anortho-
site and hornblende with some quartz. Tempering particles
range in size from 2.5 mm to over 13 mm with a mean of 4.1
mm. Manufacture was by coiling and coil breaks are com-
mon. Bodysherd thickness ranges from 7.8 mm to 14 mm with
a mean of 9.2 mm. This series has been named Au Sable Ware.
It is represented at the Goodwin-Gresham site by 17 vessels,
nine of which (56 per cent) display strong interior channel-
ing (Figure 6, g).
The second ware at the site is represented by six vessels
characterized by a very smooth, non-sandy paste which is
considerably more compact than that of Au Sable Ware.
These sherds were better fired and colors ranged from buff
to brownish gray with noticeably darker interiors and large
firing clouds on both surfaces. Tempering particles consisted
of crushed granitic rock with lighter minerals such as plagio-
clase felspars, muscovite and quartz predominating, The tem-
pering particle ranged from 1.0 to 3.5 mm. with a mean of 2.25.
Density temper was 25 to 35 per cent aplastic. No coil breaks
were observed in these sherds and the manufacturing tech-
nique is unascertainable although the contorted interior sur-
faces and lamellar paste suggests the use of a paddle and an-
vil at same stage of manufacture. Bodysherds were from 6.5
to 11.0 mm thick with a mean of 7.8 mm. This series of ves-
sels has been called losco Ware* Only one vessel from this
series displayed interior channeling.
The third series represented at the site has been called
Good win- Gresham Ware. This group of nine vessels is char-
acterized by a sandy clay with lammelar fracturing. The clay
is not too well fired with a hardness of 2.5 to 3.0 in interior
138 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
breaks. Colors ranged from salmon to buff on exterior and
interior breaks. Temper consisted of crushed dolomite, lime-
stone and light quartz with some chert and crystalline fossil-
ized corals. Temper was well distributed throughout the ves-
sel with between 25 to 40 per cent aplastic represented. Tem-
pering particles ranged from 0.5 mm to 4.5 mm with a mean
of 1.5 mm. Bodysherds ranged in thickness from 6.2 to 11.8
EH a
m
FIGURE 5. Good win- Gresham Ceramics
Goodwin-Gresham Site 139
with a mean of 6.4 mm. Coil breaks were quite clear on all
vessels. No interior channeling occurred on Goodwin-Gres-
ham Wares.
These vessels manifest the attribute combinations which
the potters felt were important. They are the substantive ex-
pression of what Rouse (1954) has called "modes". When
certain attribute combinations are consistently found in sig-
nificant association they form types according to the criteria
proposed by Spaulding (1953). The vessels from the W^ood-
win-Gresham site have been analyzed in terms af types and
type clusters or wares.
Au Sable \Vare
Two types of surface treatment occur on Au Sable W'are
vessels. Plain or smoothed surfaces are found on thirteen of
the vessels (81 per cent) while three are marked with a
cordwrapped paddle. Two of the former have a partially
smoothed cordmarked surface.
One vessel of Au Sable Cordmarked, represented by one
nmsherd and 36 bodysherds, was recovered from excavations
in 465E490 and 470E500. A second vessel represented by
two rimsherds and 70 bodysherds, was found during surface
collection. The first vessel (Figure 4, c, d) has a globular
body with a rim diameter of about 29 cm. Bodysherds are
from 8.0 to 11.0 mm thick. The rim is 9.1 mm thick with a
rather sharp interior angle, where the outflaring occurs, and
a gradual curving interior. The lip is about 5 mm. wide and
is rounded. The exterior surface finish is very clear vertical
cordwrapped paddle impressions from just above the base of
the vessel to 11.8 to 12.2 mm below the lip. There are about
six cord impressions to the centimeter. The cord is an S Z with
the two smaller s elements about 0.8 mm wide. The interior
surface shows heavy horizontal channeling. Lip decoration
consists of notching by laying a stick across the rim. The stick
impressions are 5.8 mm in diameter, 11.2 mm apart and about
3 mm deep. There is a light extrusion of the clay below each
indentation to the exterior surface for about 1.2 mm. The
third vessel of Au Sable Cordmarked is represented by two
rimsherds and 35 bodysherds from 465E490. It has a straight
non-flaring rim (Figure 7, b) about 7.0 mm thick. The lip is
rounded and is thinned to 5.4 mm. There is no decoration on
MO WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
this vessel except for the somewhat obliterated cordmarked
which extends from 6.8 to 8.0 mm below the lip to just above
the base. These cord impressions are 1.5 to 2.2 mm wide and
are formed by an S Z cord wrapped about two mm apart on
paddle.
A single vessel of Au Sable Corded Impressed (Figure 4, a)
was recovered from 470E500 and 465E500. This vessel,
represented by eight rimsherds and 162 decorated body-
sherds, is globular in shape with a maximum rim diameter of
i
e
FIGURE 6. Good win- Gresham Ceramics
Goodwin-Gresham Site HI
of 38 cm. It has a constricted neck with a diameter of 27 cm
and an outflaring rim (Figure 7, c) with a diameter of 30 cm.
The body and neck sherds range from 8.5 to 1 1 mm thick
while the rim sherds have a uniform thickness of 9.1 mm.
The exterior surface finish is a smoothed over cordmarking
while the interior displays heavy channeling (Figure 6, g).
Each interior channel is flat bottomed, 1.8 mm wide, 0.5 mm
deep and separated by a ridge 1.0 mm wide. Cooking residue
is present on most of the interior surface about the shoulder.
The lip of this vessel is 9.0 mm wide and flat with an exterior
bevel. It is crossed by parallel rows of four windings of a 1.1
mm diameter S Z cord around a cylindrical tool. These im-
pressions are 3.5 mm wide and 1.5 mm apart. The exterior
rim is marked by a series of oblique incisions about 1 2.0 mm
long angled up to the right. These incisions arc very shallow
and quite narrow (0.5 to 1.0 mm). They are about 3.5 to 5
mm apart and began about 2.5 mm below the lip. Below these
incisions are single horizontal rows of punctatcs encircling the
vessel 22 to 25 mm below the rim. These punctates are four
to 4.5 mm in diameter, three to four mm deep and about 14
mm apart. They appear to have been made with a bird bone
or very symmetrical twig. Ten parallel horizontal rows of
cordwrapped cord impressions encircle the vessel below the
row of punctates. These rows are 1.8 wide and appear to
have been the same cord as used on the lip. The rows are 2.5
to 3 mm apart and cover a zone 94 mm wide. Below this hor-
izontal banding are groups of three more or less vertical cord-
wrapped stick impressions. \Vithin each group the impres-
sions are 24 mm long and 5 mm wide. The groups are 46 to
50.5 mm apart. The same corded element as used on the
lip seem to have been used here too.
Au Sable Punctate is represented by three quite distinctive
plain surfaced vessels from the site. The first vessel (Figure
4, p) is represented by two rimsherds and 15 bodysherds from
the surface collection. Bodysherds are 9.5 and 11.5 mm thick
and thin to 6.0 to 10.0 mm with a straight to slightly everted
outsloping rim (Figure 7, d). The lip is flattened and slightly
beveled to the exterior. It is 5.5 to 6.0 mm across. The junc-
tion of the lip and exterior is irregularly cut by notches
which do not cross the lip-exterior surface junction. These
142 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
Q
CT
o:
o>
Goodwin-Gresham Site 143
notches are 1.0 mm wide, 1.5 mm deep, and 12 to 13.2 mm
apart. Irregularly spaced fingernail impressions encircle the
vessel in two opposed horizontal rows. The upper row is
slightly oblique to the upper right while the lower row is
slightly oblique to the upper left. V/here these rows overlap,
the impressions form a cross-hatched design In general,
these impressions are 6.0 to 9.8 mm long, five to 8.5 mm apart,
and 0.5 to 2 mm deep. Below this double band is a single hor-
izontal row of circular bosses formed by interior punctation
with a cylindrical tool 4 mm in diameter and 5.5 mm deep.
This row lies 37.5 mm below the lip.
The second vessel of Au Sable Punctate is represented by
six rimsherds and 44 bodysherds from 460E495 (Figure 4, i).
Bodysherds are 9.2 to 10.1 mm thick and thin to the some-
what constricted neck where they are 8 to 9.2 mm thick. The
lip (Figure 7, e) is 6.5 to 8 mm thick, flattened and slightly
beveled to the exterior of the vessel. Below the lip, seven to
ten mm is a single horizontal row of vertical semicircular
punctates. These appear to have been created by pushing a
large stick into the clay at an angle of about 45 from the
right. The left edge of each punctate is straight and 14 mm
long. The punctates are about 3.5 mm deep and about four
mm at their widest point. Below this band of rim decoration
is a single horizontal row of circular bosses about 2 mm high
and 21 mm apart. These are caused by punctation from the
interior by a tool 12 mm in diameter and very irregular on its
end (Figure 6), probably a broken bone or twig.
The third Au Sable Punctate vessel is represented by three
rimsherds and 28 bodysherds from 460E495 (Figure 4, m)
an d has the same rim form and measurements as the previous-
ly described vessel. The decoration on this vessel consists
of a zone of very irregularly spaced shallow fingernail im-
pressions from the exterior lip down about 15 mm. Below
this crude decorative area is a single horizontal row of cir-
cular punctates 14 to 16.2 mm below the lip. These punctates
are 4 rnm deep, 3 mm in diameter, and about 15 mm apart.
There is no other decoration.
Au Sable Incised is represented by three plain surfaced ves-
sels from the site. The first vessel., represented by three rim-
sherds and five bodysherds from the surface, has a slightly
144 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
outsloping thinned rim (Figure 7, d) about 5.5 mm across.
The rim is flattened and beveled to the outside. The decora-
tion on this vessel (Figure 4, n) consists of a single row of
alternatively oblique (chevron) incised lines one mm wide
and 0.5 mm deep. These lines do not extend more than 30
rnm below the lip. Interspaced with these incised chevrons
is a single horizontal row of circular bosses 13.5 to 14.5 mm
below the lip and 19 to 20 mm apart. These bosses are formed
by interior punctations with a cylindrical tool 2.5 to 3 mm
in diameter.
The second vessel of Au Sable Incised (Figure 4, g) is
represented by two rimsherds and 24 bodysherds from the
surface. Bodysherds are 8.7 to 9.5 mm thick. The flattened
square lip is 8.9 mm wide. The exterior surface finish is plain
but shows some scraping beneath the decoration, possibly in-
dicating a semi-dry state of hard-brushed smoothing. The
interior surface shows moderate horizontal chaneling. The
only decoration on this vessel consists of oblique (from the
left) parallel lines running from lip to shoulder. These lines
are formed by dragging a sharp tool across the surface of the
semi-dried vessel. These incisions are 5.5 to 8 mm apart, 0.8
to 1.2 mm wide, and 0.7 to 1.2 mm deep.
The last vessel of Au Sable Incised (Figure 4, j) is repre-
sented by two rimsherds and 48 bodysherds from 500E495.
The bodysherds are 10 to 12.1 mm thick, thinning to 9.5 mm
thick at a somewhat constricted neck. The rim is consider-
ably thickened (Figure 7, f) to a flattened lip 12 to 14.5 mm
across. The exterior surface of this vessel also shows some
evidence from scraping or twig-brushing in a nearly vertical
direction: striae are clear where weathering has not obliter-
ated them. Interior surfaces show only some weak, side chan-
neling. Exterior decoration consists of three roughly parallel
horizontal incised bands about 2.5 mm wide at 7.5, 12 to 13,
and 19 to 20.1 mm below the lip. These are quite shallow
(0.2 to 0.5 mm) and form a step-like impression to the rim
profile. On the upper edge of the shoulder is a single hori-
zontal row of punctates 24.5 to 26.5 mm below the lip. These
punctates are 25 mm apart and 4.5 mm in diameter. These
were put into the vessel from the upper right and have occa-
Goodwin-Gresham Site 145
lonally gone completely through the vessel wall and have been
patched on the interior.
Au Sable Dentate vessels are represented by two varieties;
Au Sable Dentate Rim and Au Sable Dentate Lip, There are
two vessels in each group and a third Au Sable Dentate ves-
sel that combines the two. The first vessel of Au Sable Den-
tate Rim (Figure 7, b) is represented by 14 rimsherds and 74
bodysherds from 460E495. The vessel is 9 mm thick at the
shoulder and thins to 7 mm at the constricted neck. The rim
(Figure 7, b) has a diameter of 24 cm and is 7 mm thick at 1
cm below the lip thinning to 3.5 mm at the lip. The interior
lip is decorated with oblique simple rectangular tool impres-
sions 3.5 mm wide, 5 mm high, and 3.5 mm apart. The ex-
terior rim is decorated from 4.5 mm below the lip to the shoul-
der with four horizontal rows of dentate stamping. Each den-
tate element is two-toothed and is set obliquely from vertical
to the upper left. The dentating implement seems to have
been rectangular-ended 10 mm long and 3 mm wide. Across
the end of this tool a notch was cut 1.8 mm wide and 1.5 mm
deep. This tool was impressed into the still plastic clay at an
angle from the upper right with the result that a right-hand
margin of each impression gradually flattens out to the sur-
face. There are a few sherds which show striae between these
discrete dentate impressions but this is rare and should not
be taken as true dragged stamping.
A second vessel Au Sable Dentate Rim (Figure 4, o) is
represented by one rim sherd and eight bodysherds from -165-
E500. The bodysherds are 7 to 8 mm thick with a rim about
7.8 mm thick and a lip thinned on the interior surface, about
5 mm wide and flattened or round depending on the portion
of the rimsherd examined (Figure 7, a). There is some in-
terior channeling on this vessel. The only decoration on this
vessel consists of a single horizontal row of vertical double-
toothed dentate impressions. These dentate impressions are
6.5 to 7 mm apart and 2 to 2.5 mm below the lip.
The two Au Sable Dentate Lip vessels (Figure 4, o, 1) are
represented by three rimsherds and eight rimsherds respec-
tively, recovered from 470E495 and 470E500. Both vessels
show heavy interior channeling. Both vessels have body-
sherds 8.5 to 9.8 mm thick, thinning at the short constricted
146 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
neck to 6.8 to 7.5 mm thick and abruptly flaring externally
to a slightly thickened flat lip about 8.2 mm thick (Figure 7,
h). Both vessels are devoid of decoration except for trans-
verse to oblique (left exteior * right interior) dentate stamps
along the top of the lip at 7 to 9 mm intervals. In both cases
the dentate tool has teeth about 3 mm long and 1.1 mm wide
separated by a 0.8 to 1.2 mm notch. On both vessels, only two
teeth of this tool show and it may have had more.
The last Au Sable Dentate vessel combines both a dentate
rim and a dentate lip (Figure 4, e). In rim profile it is equiv-
alent of the dentate lip type while the exterior rim decoration
is indentical to that of the first vessel of Au Sable Dentate
Pirn. The vessel is represented by two rimsherds and one
decorated bodysherd from 465E500.
There are two vessels of Au Sable Plain (Figure 4, k, f);
one represented by one rimsherd from 460E490 and the other
by two rimsherds from the sherd concentration in 520E495.
The first of these displays a lip 6.9 mm thick. The second
has a somewhat thinned lip about 5.2 mm thick (Figure 7, b).
None of these sherds have any decoration.
There were 930 sherds (877.5 grams) with undecorated
surfaces, sandy, coarse grit-tempered paste, often with inter-
ior channeling and coil breaks. Twenty-two per cent of these
has some evidence of cordmarking. They were assigned to
an Au S'able Ware bodysherd category but, due to heavy
weathering (Figure 6, c), could not be further typed.
losco Ware
Four of the six vessels in this series are designated losco
Cordmarked, The first two of these (Figure 5, j, k) have
been irreguarly smoothed. They are represented by two and
one rimsherds and 37 and 80 bodysherds respectively. Both
were recovered from 465E500. Both vessels had bodysherds
about 7.5 mm thick, thinning above the shoulder to about 5
mm thick with a rounded outcurved lip 4.5 to 5 mm thick. The
exterior rim is decorated with a single horizontal band of ver-
tical incisions from just below the lip to 4.5 to 5.8 mm down
the vessel. These incisions are one to 1.5 mm apart, and 0.5
to 1 mm wide. On one vessel there is a single horizontal row
of circular punctates 14 mm below the lip. These punctates
are 4 mm in diameter, 20 mm apart and 3.5 to 4 mm deep.
Goodwin-Gresham Site 147
The third losco Cordmarked vessel, represented by two
rimsherds and nine bodysherds from 465E500, has an out-
curving lip which thins to about 3 mm (Figure 7, j). There
is some weak interior channeling present on this vessel but
it is confined to the upper portions. The vessel has no decor-
ation (Figure 6. o) and is cordmarked from the lip to well
below the shoulder with a S Z cordwrapped paddle with seven
cords per centimeter.
The fourth vessel of losco Cordmarked has been partially
smoothed. This vessel, represented by one rimsherd and six
bodysherds from 465E490, displays a thickened lip (Figure
7, i) but no external decoration save an irregular row of ir-
regularly spaced punctates 3.5 mm wide and seven mm apart
along the lip (Figure 5, m). These punctates look as if a stick
end had been pressed halfway into the lip from the interior
at an angle of 45.
A single vessel of losco Plain is represented by two rim-
s-herds and nine bodysherds from 610E495. The vessel dis-
plays a characteristic losco "Ware thickened lip (Figure 7, i)
about 7.5 mm thick. The vessel (Figure 5, p) displays no
decoration.
The last vessel in the losco Ware group is losco Dentate
(Figure 4, n) represented by 8 rimsherds and 14 decorated
bodysherds from 570E505 and 610E495. This vessel has a
rounded lip thinned to 3.5 to 4.5 mm (Figure 7, j) with a fair-
ly sharp eversion. The exterior surf ace -lip junction is marked
with an encircling row of short (2 to 2.5 mm), thin (less than
0.8 mm), slightly oblique incisions 4 mm apart around the
curve of the junction. Beginning 13 to 14.5 mm below the lip
is a single horizontal band of slightly oblique (to the right)
pseudo-scallop shell or dentate impressions one to 1.2 mm
wide, 3.5 to 5 mm apart, and 12 to 14.5 mm long. It is dif-
ficult to distinguish between the two possible techniques in-
volved in creating these impressions. There is good evidence
that variation in the angle of application of an implement
notched along a single edge can produce either design
(Wright 1967: 10). Since the dentate-pseudo-scallop shell im-
pression from Goodwin-Gresham are literally sand-blasted
it is impossible to determine which of these effects was, in
fact, intended.
148 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
Three hundred and sixty-nine undecorated bodysherds of
this ware were recovered from excavations and surface col-
lections and could not be assigned to any type. Eighty-four
of these were cordmarked and the rest were plain. A single
smooth conical base (Figure 6, b) assignable to the ware was
also recovered.
Goodwin-Gresham Ware
Three of the vessels within this series are designated Good-
win-Gresham Dentate* All are globular smooth surfaced ves-
sels with clear coil breaks and no decoration below the shoul-
der. The first vessel is represented by sixteen rimsherds and
238 bodysherds recovered from a single concentration in 520-
E495. The shoulder of this vessel is 12.5 cm below the lip and
has a maximum diameter of 22.7 cm. The sherds are 6 mm
thick at this point. The rim sherds at the point of neck con-
striction are 5.5 mm thick and gradually thin to a rim with a
diameter of 19 cm and a thickness of 3.5 mm at the lip (Figure
7,o). The decorations on this vessel (Figure 5, e) are found
as a series of 0.5 to 1.2 mm w r ide transverse notches at 5 mm
intervals along the lip. From just below the lip to below the
r-houlder at a depth of 19 cm from the lip, there is a series of
5 parallel horizontal rows of vertical double dentates. The
distance between rows varies from 5 to 12 mm. Each row is
13 to 15 mm high and each dentate element within a row is
2.7 to 7 mm from the next. Each element is composed of two
isosceles triangles pointed in opposite directions with a
heighth of 3.5 mm, a width of 2 mm and bosses separated by a
ridge 2.5 mm high. The impressions are 1.5 mm deep along
the left margin and merge with a vessel surface to the right.
They seem to have been put in from the right by a tool held at
about a 30 angle. The tool used may have been the end of a
partially scraped stick with shavings still in place on it.
Two different vessels of Goodwin-Gresham Dentate are
represented by four rimsherds and 76 decorated bodysherds
recovered from 570E495. These two vessels differ only in
rim profile, one being slightly excurvate and abruptly thinned
(to 3.5 mm) above the shoulder (Figure 7, k) while the other
is gradually thinned (to 4 mm) and is more everted (Figure
7. 1). Decoration on both vessels is identical (Figure 5, a)
and consists of parallel horizontal rows of oblique linear rec-
Goodwin-Gresham Site 149
tangular dentates. Each row is oblique from the left and runs
from 1.5 to 1.8 mm below the lip to 14.5 to 0.6 mm below the
lip on the upper shoulder. Each tooth within the dentate rows
is 0.8 mm wide by 1.5 mm high and 0.8 to 1 mm deep. The im-
pressions display more than usual care in the amount of pres-
sure used on the implement and all seem to be applied with
the dentate tool held perpendicular to the surface of the ves-
sel. The oblique dentate lines are 2.5 to 3.5 mm apart.
Two vessels within the series were designated Goodwin-
Gresham Bossed* Both have a flattened lip, although one is
considerably more thinned than the other. The first vessel,
represented by two rimsherds and 12 decorated bodysherds
from 540E495 (Figure 5, f), has a rim that thins from 7.2 mm
thick at three cm below the lip to five mm at the lip with a
very little eversion (Figure 7,1). This vessel has a single hor-
izontal row of slightly oblique (to the left) plain tool impres-
sions from the exterior edge of the lip to about 4.5 mm below
ihe lip. These impressions are 1.5 mm wide, 2.5 to 3 mm
apart, and 1 to 1.5 mm deep along their right edge. They also
appear to have been made from the upper left with a rec-
tangular-ended tool held at a 45 angle both horizintally and
vertically. The second vessel, represented by 4 rimsherds
and 15 decorated bodysherds from the west bank of 470E500
(Figure 5, d), has a much sharper rim eversion (Figure m)
c~nd a lip which thins rapidly from 7.5 thick at 1 cm below
the lip to a flattened lip of 4.5 mm thickness. Most of the
thinning is accomplished by an outward camber of the in-
terior surface from about nine mm below the edge of the lip.
The lip is covered with an oblique dentate stamp 3 mm long
and 4 mm apart (Figure 5, c). This vessel also is decorated
with a double horizontal row of plain tool impressions which
are in all respects identical to the previously described vessel
with the qualification that these impressions seem to have
been made from the upper right. The two rows are 4.5 mm
and 16 mm below the lip. Both vessels are strongly marked
by a single horizontal row of exterior bosses centered 38 and
41 mm below the lip. The bosses are raised 2.5 to 3 mm above
the surface of the vessel. They are created by internal punc-
tation with an oval to circular tool about 6.5 in diameter. The
bosses are not uniformly distant but range from 24 to 32.5 mm
150 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
apart. In both vessels the punctation seems to have been ac-
complished with the rough end of a broken twig.
Two vessels of Goodwin -Gresham Cordmarked (Figure 5,
g, h) are represented by four rimsherds and six bodysherds
and two rimsherds and three bodysherds respectively. The
first vessel recovered from excavation unit 570E495 and
460E495 while the second was recovered from 570E495 alone.
The two vessels differed only in rim treatment; one having a
series of oblique transverse incisions across the lip and con-
tinuing for a short distance on the interior at irregular inter-
vals from 3.5 to 11.5 mm apart (Figure 5, g). Both vessels
have slightly outflaring rims with slightly thinned, flattened
lips (Figure 7, 1) about 5.5 mm wide at the lip edge. Both
are undecorated below the lip and have a surface covered
with cordwrapped paddle impressions from just below the lip
to well below the bottom of the shoulder or low (Figure 5, h).
The cord impressions tend to be slightly oblique (to the left)
and are spaced about three or four to the centimeter. The
cord seems to have been composed of an S Z twisted bast fiber,
each element of which seems to have been about 0.8 mm in
diameter.
The last definite vessel in the Goodwin-Gresham series is
represented by three rimsherds and four bodysherds from
610E495. This vessel of Goodwin-Gresham Corded Impressed
has a smooth surface finish (Figure 5,b) although this does
look like well smoothed-over cordwrapped paddle impressions.
The rim is 6.2 mm thick and 2 cm below the lip thickening to
5.2 mm at 1 cm below the lip, then thinning from the exterior to
^ plain, slightly rounded lip 2.5 to 3 mm wide (Figure 7, n).
There is a row of very irregular interior punctates 11.5 to
13.5 mm apart, 2.5 mm deep. 2.5 mm high, and 3.5 mm long at
between nine and 12.2 mm below the lip. These have not
raised any exterior bosses. A hole has been drilled through
one of these punctates from the exterior surface. The exterior
decoration consists of four uneven horizontal rows of irreg-
ular cordwrapped stick or corded cord impressions. These
rows are 9 to 10 mm apart and the uppermost is 9.5 mm below
the rim. The wrapping element is an S Z cord about one mm
wide, wrapped about 2 mm apart around a stick or cord end.
There are several miscellaneous bodysherds of Goodwin-
Goodwin-Gresham Site 15i
Gresham \Vare that could have been considered as separate
vessels since they do not duplicate any previously described
types. The absence of rimsherds has caused us to hesitate
in doing this since they might well be from zoned areas of
decoration on a plain rimmed vessel. However, two of these
seem worthy of tentative typological status as Good win 'Gres-
ham Rocker Dentate (Figure 6, a) and Goodwin-Gresham
Cross-Hatched (Figure 6, d). The Goodwin-Gresham Rocker
Dentate sherd displays two roughly parallel lines of rocker
dentate stamping. Each row is 12 to 14.5 mm high and each
curved dentate line has 9 to 12 teeth about 0.8 mm long, 0.5
mm wide and separated by a notch 0.3 mm wide. The sherd
is 5.3 to 6.0 mm thick and seems to represent the part of a
vessel just above the shoulder. The Goodwin-Gresham Cross-
Hatched sherd is also about 5.6 mm thick and seems to repre-
sent the rim area of a vessel just below the lip. The even ap-
pearance of the top of this sherd represents a coil break. Three
hundred seventy-six undecorated bodysherds (159.2 grams),
of which 38 were cordmarked, were assigned to this series as
untypable Goodwin-Gresham \Vares.
Analysis
The distribution of ceramics at the Goodwin-Gresham site
has been shown to be relatively independent of vertical or
horizontal stratigraphy. When the vessels are viewed as
wares, some horizontal separation can be seen. All excavated
sherds assigned to the Au Sable \Vares were recovered be-
tween 460E490 and 520E495. That is, they were located in
Units No. 1 and No. 2. In addition, five Au Sable vessels
were represented by sherds recovered from surface collec-
tions. Two areas of excavation, 465E500 and 470E500 in
Unit No. 1 accounted for six vessels or 37.5 per cent of the
series. The losco wares were recovered from the entire length
of the excavated area of the site with three vessels, 50 per
cent of the series, found in 465E500 in Unit No, 1. The
Goodwin-Gresham wares were recovered from excavation
units 470E500 to 610E495, with 570E495 in Unit No. 5 yield-
ing three vessels or 37.5 per cent of the series and Units No. 3
and No. 5 accounting for another two vessels or 25 per cent
of the series.
It seems reasonable to say that the Au Sable Wares seem
152 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 3
to be concentrated in the south end of the site with some oc-
currences in other areas. The Goodwin - Gresham Wares
seem to be centered in the northern parts of the site with
some occurrence elsewhere on the site but they lack the wide
distribution of the Au Sable W r ares. The losco Wares show
no spatal clustering. Unit No. 1 represents the ceramic con-
centration on the site with 60 per cent of the vessels from the
site found in 36 per cent of the excavated area.
Table 5 indicates the distribution of all sherds recovered
by ceramics types. It is evident that the Au Sable Wares
make up over half the sample by count or by weight of sherds
as well as by vessels. W^hat is surprising is that the Au Sable
sherds do not constitute a larger proportion by weight of the
sample as they are considerablv thicker than the losco or
Goodwin-Gresham wares. This may indicate that vessels of
Au Sable Ware were smaller than those of the other two
wares. This hypothesis v/ould tend to be borne out by the two
vessels whose height and rim diameter could be reconstructed.
Table 5 also supports the impression that cordmarking is much
less popular in the Goodwin-Gresham series than in the other
wares. Since the association between interior channeling
and exterior surface treatment shows that there is a significant
correlation between plain exterior surfaces and channeled in-
teriors (Table 6), it is interesting to note that the Goodwin-
Gresham series, with the highest proportion of plain surfaces,
also displays the lowest frequency of interior channeling
(Table 7). Table 7 also clearly shows the strong association
between the Au Sable Ware and interior channeling.
W^hile the preceeding discussion of the ceramics from
Goodwin-Gresham has been primarily in terms of minimal
vessels, Table 8 lists the distribution of ceramic attributes by
sherd frequency. It should be clear that this listing does not
deviate markedly from the analysis by vessels. Table 9 dem-
onstrates that any such deviation is non-significant. Most of
the variation which does occur is a result of a greater than
expected proportion of sherds to vessels with dentate stamped
decoration. This is probably a reflection of the fact that this
decoration reached its highest frequency within the Goodwin-
Gresham ware, the largest and thinnest of the ceramics from
the site (also see Table 5).
Goodwin"Gresham Site
153
TABLE 5
DISTRIBUTION OF SHERDS BY TYPE
Dec.
Undec .
Weight
Body-
Body-
Rim-
in
Type
Vessels
sherds
sherds
sherds
Grams
Au Sable Plain
2
_
_
3
37.4
Au Sable Cordmarked
^2^3
_
51
4
39^.0
Au Sable Cord Impressed
1
56
_
7
420.0
Au Sable Punctate
3
87
_
11
501.8
Au Sable Incised
3
77
_
28
247.4
Au Sable Dentate
5
83
_
3
264.0
Au Sable Unassigned Plain
6l8
674.1
Au Sable Unassigned
Cordmarked
-
-
372
-
263.0
TOTAL Au Sable
-*n
303
1041
56
j!79l.8
losco Cordmarked
4
132
.
6
140.6
losco Dentate
l
14
.
8
27.3
losco Plain
1
_
_
2
31.2
losco Unassigned Plain
_
-
295
-
72.9
losco Unassigned
Cordmarked
-
-
83
-
265.0
TOTAL losco
6
146
378
16
537.0
Goodwin-Gresham Cordmarked
2
9
6
86.2
Goodwin-Gresham Bossed
2
27
_
6
36.5
Goodwin-Gresham Dentate
3
3lJf
-
20
403.9
Goodwin-Gresham, Cord
Impressed
1
4
-
3
22.4
Goodwin-Gresham Unassigned
Plain
_
_
308
_
279- ^
Goodwin-Gresham Unassigned
Cordmarked
-
-
68
-
103.2
TOTAL Goodwin-Gresham
8
H
376
35
isft
SITE TOTAL
3(1
8*3,
1795
107
^70'^
154 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 6
SURFACE TREATMENT AND INTERIOR CHANNELING
Interior
Channeled
Interior Plain
Total
Exterior Cordmarked 0/E
94/227
637/504
731
Exterior Plain 0/E
TOTAL
751/618
1237/1370
1988
8*5
1874
2719
X 2 = 15^. 5 1 * df = 1 p^.COl 2 = .5638
TABLE 7
INTERIOR CHANNELING BY WARE
Interior
Channeled
Interior Plain
Total
Goodwin -Gre sham Ware 0/E
12/2*1
763/53^
775
losco Ware 0/E
7U/168
U66/372
5^0
Au Sable Ware 0/E
TOTAL
759A36-
6U5/968
1U04
8U5
($74
2719
X 2 = 739.11 df = 2 p^.OOl f = .271
Goodwin-Gresham Site 155
If the ceramic assemblage is viewed as a single complex it
can be characterized by no less general appelation than Mid-
dle \Voodland. Heterogeniety seems to be the outstanding
attribute of these ceramics. When paste attributes are used
to discriminate within this complex (Table 10) three clear
classes can be seen. These are the three wares from the site.
The Au Sable "Wares, defined by large, coarse dark gran-
itic tempering, thick bodysherds (X= : 9.2 mm) and a very
contorted interior surface with interior channeling on about
56 per cent of the sherds. This seems to be related to sites of
the Saugeen Focus such as Donaldson (Wright and Ander-
son 1963) across Lake Huron and there are even closer affin-
ities with the North Bay Complex of the Door Peninsula of
Wisconsin (Mason 1966, 1967). The losco Wares from the
site also seem to have affinities with both Saugeen and North
Bay ceramics. These two wares are closely related and will
be grouped together for purposes of further comparison.
The major difference between the North Bay ceramics and
the Au Sable and losco wares from Goodwin-Gresham is the
relatively high frequency of interior channeling at the later
site (51 per cent) compared with its apparent absence at both
Mero and Porte des Morts. Even at the Donaldson site only
7 per cent of the sherds exhibited this treatment (Wright and
Anderson 1963: 33). Where this characteristic has been quan-
tified for Point Peninsula sites further east there are also low
percentages. As an example, 25 per cent of the sherds from
the Kant site showed interior channeling (Emerson 1955:36).
The only site with a comparable frequency is the Ontario Ser-
pent Mound site (Johnson 1968:94-98) where it occurred on
47 to 54 per cent of all sherds.
In terms of paste, rim profile and exterior decoration, the
Au Sable and losco Wares duplicate the range of North Bay
I and North Bay II ceramics. Au Sable Plain vessel exteriors
from Goodwin-Gresham are similar to North Bay I Plain
sherds excavated from the Mero site (Mason 1966: Plate XII)
and the Porte des Morts site (Mason 1967: Plate 2). Similar
plain rimsherds have been excavated at the Donaldson site
(Wright and Anderson 1963: Plate XVII). Some of these
vessels from the Donaldson site had short clique dentate im-
pressions across the lip which conforms to our Au Sable Den-
156 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 8
CERAMIC ATTRIBUTE DISTRirU-.:.,; FOR DECORATED RIM AND BODYSHERDS
N
%
Cordmarked
208
19.8
Cord Impressed
70
6.6
Punctate
33
3.1
Bossed
98
9.3
Incised
Qh
8.0
Dentate Stamped
U?2
kk.7
Rocker Stamped
1
0.1
Plain
88
8.U
TOTAL
105 1 *
100.0
Goodwin-Gresham Site
157
TABLE 9
SHERD FREQUENCY COMPARED WITH VESSEL FREQUENCY AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE TOTAL
SAMPLE
Cord-
marked
Cord
lap.
Plain
Punctate
Bossed
Incised
Dentate
Total
Sherd
Attributes
0/E
20/22.5
6/6
8/9
V7
9/8
9/9-5
Wt/37
100
Vessel
Attributes
0/E
TOTAL
25/22.5
6/6
10/9
10/7
7/8
10/9.5
30/37
100
U5
12
18
I*
16
19
71*
200
X 2 = 11.56 df = 6 P>.05 2 = .055
TABLE 10
PASTE ATTRIBUTES AND THICKNESS OF GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE CERAMICS
Bodysherd Thickness in Milimeters^ 1
5.0-7.0
7.1-9-0
9.1-11.0
15.0
Total
Coarse Grit 0/E
12/313
200/3M*
831/533
361/21U
llfOU
Medium Grit 0/E
51/120
336/133
112/205
Ul/82
51*0
Medium Fine Grit and
Limestone 0/E
TOTAL
5U2/172
131/190
90/295
12/118
775
605
667
1033
klk
2719
X 2 = 2081. kk df = 6 p<.001 f- = .7655
158 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
late Lip. The Au Sable Cordmarked vessels from Goodwin-
Gresham are similar to North Bay I Cordmarked from Mero
(Mason 1966: Plate XI) and Porte des Morts (Mason 1967:
Plate 1). \Vright also reports similar sherds from Donaldson
(Wright and Anderson 1963: Plate XVII). Point Peninsula
plain and cordmarked sherds similar to those of Au Sable
Wares have been reported from the Frank Bay site (Ridley
1954: 43-44) and Serpent Mound (Johnston 1968: Plate 67).
Mason has also reported North Bay II Plain (1967: 283) and
North Bay Cordmarked (1966:121-124; 1967:282) from
Mero and Porte des Morts which correspond to losco Cord-
marked and losco Plain from Goodwin-Gresham. These, as
well as the Goodwin-Gresham Plain and Cordmarked vessels
are quite similar to Havana-like Tittabawassee W^ares which
date to the first several centuries of our era at the Schultz
site in Saginaw County, Michigan.
The Au Sable Punctate and Au Sable Incised ceramics alsa
find their closest relationships with the North Bay ceramics.
While nothing similar to Mason's Porte des Morts Becker
Punctate 1967: Plate 10) occurred at Goodwin-Gresham, the
wide assortment of Becker Punctate from Mero (1966: Plate
XVI) includes several squared-tool, angle applied sherds
which are quite similar to Au Sable Punctate. Mason also il-
lustrated an unclassified vessel from Porte des Morts (1967:
Plate 10) which is identical to one from Goodwin-Gresham
(Figure 4, i) with the exception of two brushed lines on the
former. Wright has reported incised and punctated sherds
from Donaldson and several of his oblique incised (Plate XV)
and punctated (Plate XVII) seem similar to the Au Sable In-
cised and Punctate This is also true for the punctate sherd
from the Burley site (Jury and Jury 1952: Plate XII). These
sherds from Goodwin-Gresham also bear a strong resem-
blance to some illustrations of Steuben Punctate (Griffin 1952:
Plate XXXIII, i, n, o) or to the punctated rimsherds recov-
ered from Heron Bay (Wright 1967: Plate II, 6). One of the
most widespread divergences between Point Peninsula wares
and Goodwin-Gresham ceramics seems to be the presence of a
single horizontal row of punctates or bosses on the latter.
These seem much more reminiscent of Laurel (Stoltman 1962)
or Illinois derived Hopewell (Griffin 1952) than either North
Goodwin-Gresham Site 159
Bay or Saugeen Focus ceramics with which Goodwin-Gres-
ham shares most of its decorative motifs. This is most clearly
seen when analogies for the dentate stamped ceramics from
Goodwin-Gresham are sought. Dentate stamped ceramics
similar to Goodwin-Gresham Dentate are found as far east as
Quebec (Ritchie and MacNeish 1949: 100-102) with Vinette
Dentate. The paste characteristic of the Vinette Dentate is
much more akin to the Au Sable and losco Wares however.
Similar linear dentate sherds have been reported to the east
from the Kant site (Emerson 1955: 55-57), the Frank Bay
site (Ridley 1954: 44-45), the lowest level of the Burley site
(Jury and Jury 1952: 67-68), the Inverhuron site (Kenyon
1959:45) and the Donaldson site (Wright 1967). The North
Bay I and II Dentate Stamped rims have the strongest resem-
blances (Mason 1966: Plate XIII; Mason 1967: Plate 3). The
North Bay Dentate Stamped, however, seems to lack the
Hopewell or Laurel-like row of bosses and/ or punctates found
at Goodwin-Gresham. The closest geographical occurrence
of such bosses is in the Tittabawassee Wares from the earlier
of the two main Middle Woodland Occupations of the Schultz
site to the south.
The two cord impressed decorated vessels recovered from
Goodwin-Gersham are quite dissimilar from each other. The
Au Sable Cord Impressed vessel is similar to a sherd recov-
ered from the Porte des Morts site (Mason 1967: Plate 8) and
matched descriptions of Mero site Corded Stamped sherds
(Mason 1966: 86). There are strong resemblances to sherds
of Manitoba Horizontal and Lockport Cordwrapped Stick
(MacNeish 1958: Plate XVII) to the west and sherds of Point
Peninsula Corded on the east (Ritchie and MacNeish 1949:
101). Strong relationships can also be noted to such Illinois
types as Naples Cordwrapped Stick (Griffin 1952: Plate
XXXIII) although this type was far less common than Den-
tate stamped Tittabawassee Wares on the Schultz site in the
Saginaw Valley. This type of decoration was quite rare in
Laurel sites to the north (Stoltman 1962; Wright 1967). Noth-
ing similar was reported from Donaldson or other Saugeen
Focus sites.
The vessels of Goodwin-Gresham Cord Impressed is very
similar to sherds of Weaver Cordwrapped Stick illustrated
160 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
by Griffin (1952: Plate XXXVI) and Naples Cordwrapped
Stick (1952: Plate XXXIII) from Illinois. Stronger resem-
blances can be seen in North Bay Corded Stamped from Porte
des Morts (Mason 1967, Plates 5, 6) and Mero (Mason 1966:
Plate XIV). This vessel also shows relationships with Jack's
Reef Corded Punctate (Ritchie and MacNeish 1949: 105).
Again, direct comparison with any Laurel Wares is difficult.
Goodwin-Gresham Incised sherds, on the other hand, can
be directly compared with Laurel material. Stoltman (1962:
43) has indicated similar cross-hatched sherds occur as a
minor element in all Minnesota Laurel sites. Mason (1967:
300) indicates similar elements in his North Bay component
at Port des Morts (1967: Plate 10). Wright (1967:147) il-
lustrated parallel incised sherds from Heron Bay similar to
those from Goodwin-Gresham. There are also similarities to
Point Peninsula types like Kipp Island Criss-cross and Wick-
ham Incised (Ritchie and MacNeish 1949: 103-105). Cross-
hatched rims were also common in the later, A. D. 300 to A.
D. 500, Middle Woodland levels at the Schultz site and were
grouped with Green Point \Vares there.
The ceramic complex from Goodwin-Greshman displays
general affinities with Point Peninsula, Laurel, Saugeen and
Hopewell sites to the north, east, and south. The strongest
ties seem to be with the North Bay complex although interior
channeling suggests relationships to the east. The Goodwin-
Gresham wares, in contrast to the Au Sable and losco wares,
seem to be more strongly influenced by the Illinois oriented
Middle Woodland cultures of the Saginaw Valley.
CHIPPED STONE
Chipped stone materials were collected in large quantities
from much of the site; particularly from the blowout areas to
the north and south of the excavation. These collections were
generally controlled as to areas of the site but since a number
of different people made these collections under a variety of
circumstances there was no real standardization of collection
technique. The quantity of chipped stone from the entire site
was overwhelming so we ultimately had to limit the parts of
this collection which we analyzed. "We decided to eliminate
the surfaced materials and deal only with the materials re-
Coodwin-Gresham Site 161
covered from excavation. These were materials that were
recovered by standard sampling techniques and standard
screen sizes gave some assurance of comparable samples from
different units. \Ve also would be dealing with more realistic
ratios of flakes to artifacts and artifacts to each other. The
blowout area had been favorite collecting areas for years and
almost all implements of some categories, particularly pro-
jectile points, had been removed. Even when limiting our-
selves to the excavated materials we had a sample of 116
cores and artifacts and over 9,500 unworked pieces of
debitage.
Almost all of the flint from the site appears to fall within the
very wide range allowed for local Bayport chert (Dustin
1968) with specimens running from, a porous white limey cor-
tex to shiny dark grey, and even brown, interior fragments.
As Dustin pointed out, even chalcedony centers are known
from Bayport nodules. Since the results of at least one anal-
ysis of Bayport knapping (Fitting, DeVischer and Wahla
1966) had suggested a correlation between flake type and de-
gree of discoloration, this attribute was initially included in
our study. However, the first several thousand fragments of
debitage showed no correlation between flake type and chert
variant so this element was not used for the complete study.
As \Vobst (1968: 200) has recently pointed out, "many in-
dustry-specific methods of analysis have recently been pre-
sented proving that every industry has its own character, and
the model used in the analysis of one industry will not be of
much help in the analysis of another assemblage." Our at-
tempts at using the Northern Lake Michigan flake categories
(Fitting 1967, 1968a) proved as difficult as the use of the
Holcombe chert model when applied to the sample from the
Goodwin-Gresham site. The first change was the elimination
of the category of decortication flakes. This was done for
several reasons. The poor quality of some of the Bayport
chert on the site made it difficult to separate true cortex from
v :athercc interior fragments. It appears that much, if not all,
of the raw material was brought to the site in the form of
cores, so even cortical fragments had been subject to prelim-
inary trimming. This, of course, stands in strong contrast to
those sites studied in the Northern Lake Michigan area where
162 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
chers were primarily derived from pebble cores right on the
site. The categories of blocky flakes, soft hammer flakes,
hard hammer flakes and flakes of bifacial retouch were re-
tained. Since much of the site was fine screened many small
flakes, similar to the small retouch flakes at the Holcombe
site (Fitting, DeVisscher and Wahla 1966), were present.
This category reflects more than fine screening, however, for
manv other sites which we have fine screened lacked this
FIGURE 8
Goodwin-Gresham Site
163
class of very small flakes. The numbers of flakes of the sev-
eral groups, as recovered from each of the excavation units,
are given in Table 11.
There were a total of 1 16 cores and tools from the site. This
included ten cores, 39 bifacially worked implements and 67
complete and fragmentary unifacial tools. Two core types
were present; plano-convex cores similar to those from the
FIGURE 9
164 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 11
DISTRIBUTION OF FLAKE TYPES FROM THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE, SHOWING OBSERVED AND
EXPECTED COUNTS
UNIT #1
UNIT #2
UNIT #3
UNIT #4
E
E
E
E
Blocky Flakes
394 276
119 184
33 ^9
107 114
Bifacial Retouch
277 393
269 262
80 69
332 163
Soft Hammer
365 274
189 183
35 48
60 114
Hard Hammer
48 31
12 20
2 5
12 13
Flat Flakes
1157 1057
740- 704
170 187
448 436
Small Retouch Flakes
1026 1236
846 823
257 218
393 511
TOTAL
3267
2175
577
1352
UNIT #5
UNIT #6
E
E
TOTAL
TOTAL
Blocky Flakes
108 144
46 40
807
8.4
Bifacial Retouch
155 206
35 56
1148
12.0
Soft Hammer
128 144
25 39
802
8.4
Hard Hammer
10 16
6 4
90
1.0
Flat Flakes
U55 554
121 151
3091
32.4
Small Retouch Flakes
855 647
235 177
3612
37.8
TOTAL
1711
468
9550
100.0
Goodwin-Gresham Site 165
Schultz site (Fitting n. d. a) and the Butterfield site (Wobst
1968) and block cores similar to those from the Schultz site
(Fitting n. d. a), Riviere au Vase (Fitting 1965) and the
Eastport site (Binford and Papworth 1963). Three of the
cores were block cores and seven were plano-convex cores
(Figure 9, j) and fragments. This ratio, 0.43, more closely
approximates the ratio of 0.41 for block cores to plano-convex
cores from the earlier of the two main Middle Woodland oc-
cupations at that site. Small cores were not found at all in the
collections from the Goodwin-Gresham site. The small core
chipping technique is very common in areas where there are
quantities of small chert pebbles in the upper Great Lakes
area (Binford and Quimby 1963; McPherron 1967; Fitting
1968a). Bayport chert, as used by the Goodwin-Gresharn
knappers, did not lend itself to this type of core preparation.
On the other hand, small cores were almost as common as
block cores at the Schultz site and were found at the Schmidt
iite f Harrison 1966), both sites with a near exclusive use of
Bayport chert. It has been suggested that these small cores
functioned as tools, "wedges", in association with hunting ac-
tivities. This may be the case at the Schultz site where they
are most common in levels with the greatest emphasis on
hunting. If this is the case then their absence at Goodwin-
Gresham could reflect an emphasis on exploitative activities
other than hunting.
The bifacial implements from the site were divided into
four categories. These included projectile points, preforms
and knives, point tips and a category of miscellaneous biface
fragments. These are illustrated in Figures 8 and 9 and the
metric attributes of the points are given in Table 12 and the
knives and preforms in Table 13.
All but one of the points are of local Bayport chert. There
is a great deal of variation in this small sample and they do
not form a particularly distinct group. Five could probably
be considered expanding stemmed forms and the rest might
be called corner-notched but there does not seem to be a
gradation. While individual points could be duplicated in the
much larger Schultz site assemblage, the entire range seems
to be more characteristic of projectile points from the North
Bay complex (Mason 1966, 1967), the Burnt Bluff Caves
166 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 12
METRIC ATTRIBUTES, IN CEKTBtfli.RS, OF POINTS FROM THE GOODWIN- GRESHAM SITE
Point
Length
Width
Rafting
Width
Stem
Width
Thick-
ness
Proven-
ience
68321a 1
.5
2-3
1.6
1.6
0.9
Unit JT/
68320 2
It. 6
3.2
1.7
2.2
0.9
Unit $
68285 3
it. 8
2.6
l.lt
1.6
0.6
Unit * /
6832U k
5-7
3.1*
1.6
l.fc
1.0
Unit K 6
68276 5
M
2.6
1.7
1.7
0.6
Unit < 1
68330 6
5.0
1.5
1.2
1.1
0.7
Unit #/
500EI495,
ss#l-2 7
3.1
2.8
2.2
2.1+
0.7
Unit tfl
BASES
68320 8
1.6
1.8
1.0
1.2
0.5
Unit $6
68323 9
1.2
2.6
2.1
2.6
1.0
Unit f
TABLE 13
METRIC ATTRIBUTES OF PREFORMS AND KNIVES FROM THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE
Preforms and
Knives
Length
Width
Stem Width
Thickness
Provenience
68321 10
5.8
3.6
3.7
1.3
Unit f:
570Elt95,
ss#2-3,
F#lt 11
6.0
2.9
3.0
0.9
Unit if g
68283 12
6.5
5.0
^ 5
1.6
Unit if 1
68283 (inc) 13
i*. 3
lt.lt
-
1.3
Unit "Jt 1
68316 (inc) lit
3.*
U.3
-
1.0
Unit tf V
68283 15
8.2
U.lt
-
1.3
Unit f 1
68301 (inc) 16
M
3.8
-
1.0
Unit ft- 1
68323 (inc) 17
3.3
M
-
1.1
Unit #
Goodwin-Gresham Site
167
(Cleland and Peske 1968) and some of the Ontario Middle
Woodland sites (Kenyon 1959; Lee 1960; Wright and An-
derson 1963) than it does the Schultz site. This group of large
expanding stemmed and notched forms does seem to differ
from the smaller corner and sidenotched points found at more
FIGURE 10
168 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
northern Laurel sites in the Lake Superior Basin which tend
to be thinner as well (Wright 1967).
The size range of the projectile points from the Goodwin-
Gresham site is also closer to the size range of projectile points
from the earlier of the main Middle "Woodland occupations at
the Schultz site than it is to the later Middle Woodland or
Late Woodland occupations on the same site.
The second major group of bifacial implements consists of
a series of sub-triangular to ovate bifaces which might have
functioned variously as knives or preforms or both in turn.
These are illustrated in Figure 9, a-c, and the metric attributes
are given in Table 13. It is significant that, the same series
of extra-site comparisons given for the projectile points also
apply to this group of bifaces. They are forms characteristic
of northern Middle Woodland materials of the Lake Mich-
igan and Huron basins. If comparisons are to be drawn with
the Schultz site to the south, it is again the earlier of the two
principal Middle Woodland occupations to which we must
turn for specific comparisons.
The category of projectile point tips is of interest because
there are so few of these items (Figure 8, h-j), only 4.3 per
cent of the sample as opposed to 9.8 per cent for the grouped
sample from the Schultz site. This is significant because pro-
jectile point tips reached their lowest frequencies at the Schultz
site in those levels where activities other than hunting, par-
ticularly fishing, reached its greatest significance as a subsis-
tance activity.
Miscellaneous biface fragments account for the rest of the
bifacial implements. The distribution of these items among the
excavation Units at the the site is given in Table 1 5.
The unifacial implements were also divided into four groups,
these included side scrapers (Figure 9 d-g), endscrapers
(Figure 10, a-c), blades (Figure 10, d-i), and utilized flakes.
The two groups of scrapers were separated on the basis of the
relationship of the retouched working edge to the long axis
of the flake. In contrast to many sites, the scraper categories
were rather loose and did not form the tight clusters that are
characteristics of some sites. They grade into the general
category of retouched flakes. Unifacial artifacts from the site
are illustrated in Figures 9 and 10 and tool counts for each
Goodwin-Gresham Site
169
TABLE 14
METRIC ATTRIBUTES OF BLADES FROM THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE
Blades
Length
Width
Thickness
Provenience
68283 18
3.0
1.2
O.U
Unit # /
68270 19
3.7
l.b
0.9
Unit ? /
68300a 20
3.1
l.i*
0.5
Unit JT /
68300 21
U.O
i.U
0.5
Unit ^ /
68287 22
3.1
1.5
0.5
Unit #1
68316 23
3-3
i.l*
0.3
Unit <&H
68316 2k
3.8
1.7
O.U
Unit # H
68285 25
2.9
1.1
0.3
Unit $ \
68285a 26
2.U
0.9
0.3
Unit # /
U70E*+90, ss#l-2 27
2.5
1.1
0.3
Unit ^ /
U70EU90, ss#l-2 28
3.0
1.3
o.U
Unit ^ I
500EU95, ss#l-2 29
3.1
1.1*
0.2
Unit #31
170 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 15
DISTRIBUTION OF ARTIFACTS FROM TH2 GOODWIN-GHESHAM SITE
UNIT #1
UNIT #2
UNIT #3
Type Tool
N
wt .
*wt.
N
*N
Wt.
0ft,
N
N
w
w
Cores
Block
1
0.8
136
Ik. 2
2
1.7
52
5J
_
_
.
Piano -Convex
6
5.2
12U
13.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL CORES
7
6.0
260
27.2
2
1.7
52
5.H
Bifaces
Pro j . loints
2
1.7
Ik
1.5
1
0.8
U
o.'U
Pref . & Knives
3
2.6
86
9.0
.
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Tips
3
2.6
Ik
1.5
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Other Fragments
8
6.9
57
6.0
1
0.8
17
1.6
-
-
-
-
TOTAL BIFACES
16
13.8
171
16.0
2
1.6
21
2.2
Uni faces
Sidescrapers
3
2.6
68
9.2
k
3.*
2k
2.5
1
.8
e
,8
Ends crape rs
6
5.2
17
1.8
.
_
Blades
9
7.8
13
1.3
1
0,8
1
0.1
.
_
_
_
Utilized Flakes
15
13.0
63
6.6
8
6.9
16
1.7
-
-
-
-
TOTAL UNIFACES
33
28.6
181
18.9
13
ll.l
in
M
1
.8
8
.8
TOTAL UNIT
56
kQ.k
612
6k. i
17
1^. k
lli+
11.9
1
.8
8
.6
UNIT Jik
UNIT tf
TOTAL UIIITS
Type Tool
,*H
If
T'"'
U
fa
Wt .
0K.
H
%H
Wt.
wt .
Cores
Block
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
3
2.6
188
19.7
Piano-Convex
-
-
-
-
1
0.8
1C
1.0
7
6.C
13^
lU.O
TOTAL CORES
1
0.8
10
1.0
10
8.6
322
33.7
Bifaces
Froj. Points
_
_
_
_
6
5.2
fc3
M
9
7.8
61
6.k
Pref. & Knives
1
O.C
l*
1.5
3
2.6
W
8.3
7
6.0
1U8
15.5
Tips
1
0.6
i
0.1
l
0.8
2
0.2
5
U.3
17
1.6
Other Fragments
o
5.2
&
3.6
3
2.6
28
2.9
16
15.5
136
lU.2
TOTAL BIFACES
8
6.8
1*9
5.1
13
11.2
121
15.9
39
33.6
362
37.9
Uni faces
Sidescrapers
1
0.8
2
0.2
l
0.8
2
0.2
10
8.6
12U
13.0
End scrapers
1
0.8
1
0.1
3
2.6
12
1.3
10
8.6
30
3.1
Blades
2
1.7
2
0.2
_
_
_
_
12
10.3
16
1.7
Utilized Flakes
3
2.6
16
1.7
9
7.8
17
1.8
35
30.1
102
10.7
TOTAL UNIFACES
7
5.9
21
M
13
11.2
31
3.3
67
57.9
272
28.5
TOTAL UNIT
15
12.7
70
9*
27
23.2
162
20.2
116
955
Goodwin-Gresham Site 171
excavation Unit are given in Table 15.
The blades from the site were separated out from the gen-
eral sample of flakes on the basis of the length-width ratio
and evidences of retouch or use. They seem to have been de-
rived from block cores as well as plano-convex cores as sug-
gested by the large angle between the striking platform and
exterior surfaces on many specimens. This is in contrast to the
Schultz site where most blades seem to have been drawn from
plano-convex cores. The blades from the site are illustrated
in Figure 10 and the dimensions are given in Table 14.
OTHER MATERIALS
Copper
One copper implement, a small celt, was found while col-
lecting materials from the surface of the site during our first
visit. This was 11.6 centimeters long, 4.1 centimeters wide,
and 0.8 centimeters thick, with a weight of 180 grams. It is
illustrated in Figure 10, k.
Fire Cracked Rock
A large quantity of fire cracked rock was recovered from
the site. The count, weight, and distribution of this fire
cracked rock among the several excavation units at the site is
given in Table 16.
Faunal Remains
Bone fragments from the site were extremely small and,
lor the most part, were recovered from fine screening of the
features. During the summer of 1964 \Vright and Morlan
separated these remains into fish, mammal, bird, reptile, and
unidentifiable bone fragments for Features 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,
and 12. The counts and weights derived during this initial
sorting are given in Table 17. No further specific indentifi-
cation has been possible.
The close correlation between counts and weight is signif-
icant. Most discrepancies are within a few percentage points
and most are predictable. We should expect the average
weight of fragments of bird and fish bone to be less than that
of mammal and turtle. The largest variation between per-
centage of weight and percentage of count are among the un-
identifiable bone fragments; a result of these fragments being
too small to identify.
172 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
TABLE 16
COUNT AND WEIGHT IN GRAMS AND AVERAGE WEIGHT IN GRAMS OF FIRE CRACKED ROCK FROM
DIFFERENT EXCAVATION UNITS AT THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE
Count
Weight
X Weight
Unit #1
1059
7110
6.71
Unit #2
MS
681
1U.80
Unit #3
233
1828
7.85
Unit #1*
99
718
7.25
Unit #5
235
355^
15.12
Unit #6
kS
1162
2U.21
TOTAL
1720
15053
8.75
TABLE 18
BOTANICAL IDENTIFICATIONS FROM THE GOODWIN-GRESHAM SITE
EXCAVATION
IDENTIFICATION
U60EU95, Sheets 2-3
2 Butternut Fragments
1 Bean, Phaseolus vulgarus
6lOE^95, Sheets 1-2
k Butternut Fragments
Feature #1*
5 Hazel Nut Fragments
Feature #8
2 Hickory Nut Fragments
11 Butternut Fragments
Feature #12
Gourd Fragments
Goodwin-Gresham Site
173
TABLE 17
BONE IDENTIFICATIONS FOR FEATURES FROM THE GOODWIN-GHESHAM SITE
Feature
N
i
wt.
foWt.
N
1*
wt.
0ft.
FISH
MAMMAL
1
2
3
it
6
7
12
Total
% Total
127
282
2851*
616
3
9
8.8
88.1
78.2
72.3
100.0
81.8
7.76
7.75
118.35
25.79
0.60
1.00
8.1
69.5
77.2
70.8
100.0
69.0
1298
30
219
192
1
89.5
9.U
6.0
22.5
2.6
87. 6k
2.78
21.51+
7.07
0.02
91.3
25.9
ll+.l
19.!+
2.2
3891
61.5
161.25
53.8
171+0
27.5
119.05
39-U
BIRD
REPTILE
1
2
3
h
6
7
12
Total
$ Total
22
8
29
" 36
1.5
2.5
0.8
92.3
o.i+o
0.62
0.1+1+
0.82
0.1+
5.6
0.3
92.1
3
77
29
2
0.2
2.1
3.1
18.2
0.15
3.92
3.36
0.1+5
0.2
2.6
9.2
31.0
95
1.5
2.28
0.8
111
1.8
7.88
2.6
UNIDENTIFIED
TOTALS
1
2
3
1+
6
7
12
Total
% Total
1+71
15
2
12.9
1.8
5.1
9.03
0.19
0.05
5.9
0.5
5.6
11+50
320
3650
852
3
11
39
95.95
11.15
153.28
36.1+1
0.60
1.1+5
0.89
1+88
7.7
9-27
3.1
6325
299-73
174 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
Floral Remains
The floral remains from the site were identified by April
Allison in 1964 as a part of a National Science Foundation
Undergraduate Participation project. These identifications
were checked by Volney Jones of the University of Michigan
Rthnobotanical Laboratory. The identifications are given in
Table 18.
Two periods of nut collecting seem to be in evidence. From
Yarnell's (1964) description, both butternuts and hickory
nuts become available in October and are easily stored. Hazel
nuts, found only in Feature 4, are available from early August
into September.
CONCLUSIONS
The excavations at the Goodwin-Gesham site were limited
and the collections from the site were relatively small. Our
tendency has been to interpret this material as representative
of a single occupation or type of occupation. Many of the
internal relationships and non-artificial associations, however,
suggest a much more complex pattern of occupation which can
best be interpreted against a background of possible site
function.
The site, obviously, was an extremely large site; even
though much of it had been destroyed when we worked there
in 1964. Ceramics were not common in the general surface
collection but at least 24 distinct vessels were reported in the
690 square feet of the area of the site which we excavated.
This is a ratio of 0.035 vessels per square foot of excavated
area. For comparison, the Spring Creek site (Fitting 1968b)
had a ratio of 0.32 vessels per square foot but this is unusually
high for Michigan. The ratio for all of the Juntunen site oc-
cupations (McPherron 1967) combined is 0.34 so the ratio
for a single phase would be about 0.11 which is very close to
the 0.13 ratio at the Eisen site in Cheboygan County (Griffin
1963). The agricultural Moccasin Bluff site in southwestern
Michigan has a ratio of .11 vessels per square foot of exca-
vated area. The ratio of ceramic vessels per square foot of
excavated area at the Schultz site is about 0.13 for the Middle
Woodland levels. It appears that a densely settled village of
a ceramic horizon has a ratio of 0.10 or more ceramic vessels
Goodwin-Gresham Site 175
per square foot of excavated area. This is about three times
that of the Goodwin-Gresham site.
Sites which appear to be clearly hunting camps with a low
ceramic density are to be found in the Saginaw Valley. The
ratios of vessels per square foot for the Late Woodland oc-
cupations at the Schultz, Mahoney, Stadelmeyer and Foster
sites are 0.017, 0.038, 0.037, and 0.034 respectively (Fitting
n. d. a; Bigony n. d). These closely approximate the ceramic
occupational intensity ratio for the Goodwin-Gresham site.
This site might then be interpreted as an extensive, low den-
sity occupation.
It has been suggested (Fitting and Cleland 1969) that the
ratio of ceramic vessels to cores and tools from a site may be
related to the sexual composition of the group which inhab-
ited the site. This ratio has been found useful in tracing the
development of different types of settlement patterns found
during the historic period in the major biotic provinces of the
Upper Great Lakes. It is a very rough indicator and useful
particularly if the ratio is considerably higher than one to one.
If this ratio is less than one to one it does not preclude the
possibility of a group balanced sexual composition. Fitting
and Cleland have suggested that winter sites would be ex-
pected to have lower ratios of vessels to stone tools than cor-
responding summer sites and have presented some evidence
in support of this contention. The ratio of vessels to stone
tools and cores in the excavated areas of the Goodwin-Gres-
ham site is 0.22 or within the range of sites believed to have
been Chippewa winter sites with small groups of balanced
sexual composition (Fitting and Cleland 1969).
If the site is a large extensive area occupied by a group of
balanced sexual composition, it does not fit the pattern of an
Ottawa winter or summer camp of the Ottawa type of settle-
ment pattern or a winter camp of the Chippewa type of settle-
ment pattern as these patterns have been interpreted by Fit-
ting and Cleland. It has some resemblance to either a sum-
mer camp of a group with a Chippewa pattern or the winter
hunting camp of a group with a Miami type of settlement sys-
tem. If it were a Chippewa type summer settlement, we would
expect evidence of fishing activities while if it were a Miami
type winter camp, we would expect evidence of hunting ac-
[76 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOC Vol. 50. No. 3
tivitics and perhaps remains of cultigens brought to the
from the main agricultural village further to the south. The
interpretation of the site would then rest with the economic
information which we can extract from it.
The extremely high ratio of chippage to finished artifacts
suggested the possibility of a functionally specific flint knap-
ping site. This was definitely not a quarry site since the raw
material seems to have been brought to the site in the form of
cores. The ratio of artifacts to flakes was 0.012. This com-
pares very favorably to the ratios of 0.009 for the Butterfield
site (Wobst 1968), 0.011 at the Schultz site (Fitting n. d. a).
0.013 at Hamlin Lake site (Fitting 1967), 0.0 H at the Port Bar
<ite and 0.021 at the Sack Bay site (Fitting 1968a). It con-
trasts to the ratios of 0.043 for the Bergquist site. 0.059 for
Riverview Cemetery, 0.071 for the Bear Creek site (Fitting
!968a) and 0.159 for the Spring Creek site (Fitting 1968b).
The later group of sites are all located on rivers near the
mouth and all are sites which do not utilize Bayport chert.
The Schultz and Butterfield sites are also located on rivers
but have assemblages composed primarily of Bayport chert
like the Goodwin-Gresham site. All of the other sites with a
ratio of artifacts to flake similar to Goodwin-Gresham are lo-
cated on lakeshores like that site. If we were to make a gen-
eralization on the basis of this evidence we would state that
a low ratio of artifacts to flakes, less than 0.025, on a Mich-
igan site could indicate that the site was either on a lakeshore
or the knappers used Bayport chert or both. In any event, this
ratio of flakes to artifacts is not unusual in Michigan and can
not be used to suggest an extraordinary amount of flint knap-
ping at the site.
At the Schultz site the ratio for bifaces to unifaces fluctu-
ated with the relative frequency of fish bone to mammal bone
(Fitting n. d. a). This was found, in general, to be true for a
number of other sites in the Great Lakes area (Fitting 196S-n,
!968b) although at least one site in the Saginaw Valley does
not appear to follow this pattern (Bigony n. d.). The ratio
of unifacial to bifacial implements from the Goodwin-Gresham
site is 1 .72. In contrast, this ratio at the Butterfield site
(Wobst 1968), a hunting site, was 1,20 and at the Schultz
site, a site with a mixed hunting and gathering base as in-
Goodwin-Gresham Site 177
dicated by the bone refuse (Cleland 1966), was 0.73 (Fitting
n.d. a). The Spring Creek site (Fitting 1968b), where no
fish bone was found, had a ratio of 0.24 and the ratios of 0.25,
0.33 and 0.50 for the Sack Bay, Hamlin and Port Bar sites
(Fitting 1968a) have been taken with the site environments to
suggest that these were hunting stations. In contrast, the Berg-
quist, Riverview Cemetery and Bear Creek sites, all excellent
localities for fishing, have uniface to biface ratios of 3.45, 5.00
and 6.52 respectively (Fitting 1968a). The uniface ratio at
the Goodwin-Gresham site is intermediate between sites which
r-.re primarily hunting stations and sites which are primarily
fishing sites.
At the Goodwin-Gresham site we have faunal and floral
remains which can be used to check some of the inferences
derived from the artifact ratios. A glance at Table 17 shows
a great deal of variation in the ratios of fish and mammal
bone between features; perhaps as a warning to us against
overgeneralizing about an entire site collection. In contrast
to other features, Feature 1 contains less than 10 per cent
fish bone and approximately 90 per cent mammal bone. In
fact, three quarters of all the mammal bone from the site
came from this feature. While the total site presents a near
balance of fish and mammal bone with a slight favoring of
fish, the picture changes drastically if we exclude Feature 1
from the analysis and it changes even more if we eliminate
Feature 1 2 from the series. We then have a series of features
\vith between 70 and 100 per cent fish bone and 23 per cent
or less of mammal bone. It appears that both hunting and
fishing were practiced at the Goodwin-Gresham site; a con-
elusion which supports the interpretation based on artifact
ratios.
The individual features also demand further attention. The
two aberrant features. No. 1 and No. 12, are both located in
Unit Xo. 1 and are the t\vo features which contain the culti-
gens from the site. Feature No. 1 is a shallow hearth with
primarily mammal bone and is located in the single five by five
foot unit from which the bean and some butternut fragments
\vere recovered. Feature No. 12, the feature with the radio-
carbon date of A. D. 610, is an unusual "bird and gourd" fea-
ture unique to the site. The other features seem to be char-
178 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
acterized by fish bone and nut shells.
In spite of the consistency of the ceramic assemblage, it is
true that all of the excavated cordmarked vessels from the
site were, of all wares, found in Unit No. 1 along with these
two features. It may be that several periods of occupation are
represented at the site with different site functions during dif-
ferent time periods. To support this contention we must go
back to our artifact analysis and the external comparisons
within the site.
In Mason's recent review of the relationship between North
Bay and Saugeen ceramics (1967: 330-338) he (correctly)
concluded that the Donaldson and Burley site dates of B. C.
530 + - 60 years (S-119) and B. C. 669 + - 220 (C-192) do
not date the relevant ceramics. Mason accepts the A. D. 160
+ - 100 years (1-888) date for the North Bay Complex at
the Mero site. This is in line with a date of A. D. 250 +
120 years (M-2014 from a feature containing dragged dentate
stamped and Becker Punctate-like sherds from the Summer
Island site in Delta County, Michigan, as well as dates of A.
D. 160 + - 170 (GSC-208) for the Laurel component at the
Heron Bay site in Lake Superior and A. D. 128 + - 200 (M-
850) for the Serpent Mound in Ontario. The latest of the
Middle \Voodland levels at the Schultz site in the Saginaw
Valley has been bracketed by dates of A. D. 310 + 120
(M-1646) and A. D. 450 + - 200 (M-1647). Most of the
specific resemblances to Schultz site materials are to materials
from the earlier Middle \Voodland occupation which pre-
dates this time period. On the basis of the site geology this
occupation has been placed between 10 B. C. and A. D. 300
(Speth n. d.). In short, the majority of the cultural material
finds its closest correspondences to materials dating between
the beginning of our era and A. D. 300 and the date of A. D.
610 + - 110 (M-1625, Crane and Griffin 1966: 263) is out
of line with this interpretation.
The radiocarbon date for the site would seem to be more
clearly aligned with such dates as the one of A. D. 680 +
120 years (M-1759) for the Late Woodland burial in the
Carrigan Mound A in Newaygo County, A. D. 700 H 120
for the Sissung site in Monroe County (M-1519), A. D. +
150 years (1-678) for the Heins Creek site in Door County,
Goodwin-Gresham Site 179
Wisconsin, and A. D. 750 + - 150 years (M-1843) for the
early Late Woodland burials at the Fort Wayne Mound in
Wayne County, Michigan. The Sissing site has produced
corn. All of these sites are marked by a predominately cord-
marked ceramic assemblage.
Two conclusions could be drawn from this information.
The date could be accurate and an accurate reflection of rhe
main phase of the site occupation. This could be a "transi-
tional" site from Middle to Late Woodland and the ceramic
assemblage could represent this transition with many "hold
overs" from earlier times. This could mean that the site was
occupied by people shifting from a northern Chippewa type
of settlement system with a summer village based on fishing
and a number of small winter camps where hunting was of
greatest importance, to a southern Miami orientation with
large summer agricultural villages further to the south and the
Goodwin-Gresham site used as a northern winter hunting
station.
Two things would argue against this hypothesis. First, the
ceramic styles are most characteristic of those found during
earlier times. W^e would need to imply three or more centuries
cf cultural lag to the Goodwin-Gresham site. These ceramics
are not typical of those found in early Late V/oodland agri-
cultural villages to the south. W^e would need to postulate
two ceramic assemblages for summer and winter to the same
people; an unlikely situation.
It is also unlikely that the shift from a Chippewa type of
adaptation to a Miami type of adaptive pattern would have
been gradual. Both patterns are directed toward an optimal
exploitation of environmental resources. Any intermediate
stage between these two extremes would have supported few-
er people than either of them. It is difficult to conceive of a
group choosing a marginal middle course with a little adaptive
value when several optimal alternatives are available and
necessary to be at all competitive with other groups in the
same environmental zone.
An alternative interpretation would be that the major oc-
cupation of the site took place when the beach with the eleva-
tion of 595 feet above sea level was becoming stabilized,
some time between A. D. 50 and A. D. 300. The majority of
180 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
the ceramic and lithic correspondences would indicate such an
occupation. This Middle Woodland occupation would have
been a summer-fall occupation by a group with a Chippewa
type of settlement pattern and land use system. The Good-
win-Gresham site was an extensively occupied summer vil-
lage with nutting and fishing carried out by a group of bal-
lanced sexual composition.
After the abandonment by Middle Woodland peoples, the
site was later sporadically reoccupied by groups of fall and
winter hunters who brought some cultigens with them. We
have already suggested the possibility of these being large
groups of balanced sexual composition with a Miami type of
settlement pattern. If this was the case, then the similarity of
ceramics could have been caused by the use of similar clay
and tempering sources with the cordmarked forms of all wares
late and the plain forms early. W^e have already pointed out
that the stratigraphic placement of such materials does not
support this position.
Still another alternative, one consistent with the geograph-
ical location of the site within the Canadian-Carolinian tran-
sition zone, is that the Late Woodland occupation of this site
was by a group of people with an Ottawa type settlement
system. In this case, the hunting camp might have been oc-
cupied exclusively by males who left few or no ceramics. This
seems to have been the case at the Hamlin Lake and Head-
quarters sites in western Michigan (Fitting 1967', Fitting and
Cleland 1969). In view of the uniformity and Middle W'ood-
land relationships of the ceramic assemblage, this is the view
which we would tend to favor.
The archaelogical interpretation of the Goodwin-Gresham
site is difficult to derive and far from certain although a pat-
tern does emerge. It does appear that this is primarily a
northern Middle W'oodland site with sporadic later occupa-
tions by hunting groups, possibly of male composition. W'ith
the evidence at band, however, any number of alternative
interpretations are possible. Because of its destruction, from
residence and road building activities, we are unlikely to ever
have the complete picture of the occupation of the site.
Goodwin-Gresham Site 181
REFERENCES
Betteral, Robert and Sidney Harrison
1962 An Early Ossuary in Michigan. Michigan Archaeologist.
Vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 37-42. Ann Arbor.
Bigony, Bea
n. d. Late Woodland occupations of the Saginaw Valley.
Unpublished manuscript in possession of the author.
Cleland, Charles E.
1966 The Prehistoric Animal Ecology and Ehnozoology of
the Upper Great Lakes Region. Anthropological Papers
No. 29, Museum of Anthropology, University of Mich-
igan. Ann Arbor.
Cleland, Charles E. and G. Richard Peske
1968 The Spider Cave. Anthropological Paper No. 33, Mu-
seum of Anthropology, University of Michigan. Ann
Arbor.
Crane, H. R. and James B. Griffin
1966 University of Michigan Radiocarbon Dates XI. Radio-
carbon, Vol. 8, pp. 256-285. New Haven.
Dustin, Fred
1968 Saginaw Valley Archaeology. The Michigan Archaeo-
ogist, Vol. 14, Nos. 1-2. Ann Arbor.
Ellis, H. Holmes
1960 Surface Exposures of Flint and Chert in Michigan.
Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 56-67. Ann
Arbor.
Emerson, J. N.
1955 The Kant Site: A Point Peninsula Manifestation in Ren-
frew County, Ontario. Transactions of the Royal In-
stitute, Vol. 31, Part I. Toronto.
Fitting, James E.
1965 Late Woodland Cultures of Southeastern Michigan.
Anthropological Papers No. 24, Museum on Anthropol-
ogy, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor.
1967 The Camp of the Careful Indian: An Upper Great Lakes
Chipping Station. Papers of the Michigan Academy of
Science, Arts and Letters, Vol. 52, pp. 237-242. Ann
Arbor.
1968a Northern Lake Michigan Lithic Industries. Anthropo-
logical Papers No. 33, Museum of Anthropology, Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
1968b The Spring Creek Site, 20 MU 3, Muskegon County,
Michigan. Anthropological Papers No. 32, Museum of
Anthropology, University of Michigan, pp. 1-78. Ann
Arbor.
n. d. a Lithic Industries of the Schultz Site. Manuscript in
possession of the author.
n. d. b The Nature and Extent of Havana Influence in the Mid-
dle Woodland Occupation of the Saginaw Valley. Paper
presented at the Havana Conference in Springfield,
Illinois, in July, 1968.
182 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
Fitting, James E. and Charles E. Cleland
1969 Late Prehistoric Settlement Patterns in the Upper
Great Lakes. Ethnohistory , Vol. 16. In Press.
Fitting, James E., Jerry DeVisscher and Edward J. Wahla
1966 The Paleo-Indian Occupation of the Holcombe Beach.
Anthropological Papers No. 27, Museum of Anthropol-
ogy, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor.
Flanders, Richard E.
1965 A Comparison of Some Middle Woodland Materials
from Illinois and Michigan. Ph. D. Dissertation, The
University of Michigan. Ann Arbor.
Griffin, James B.
1952 Some Early and Middle Woodland Pottery Types in
Illinois. Illinois State Museum Scientific Papers, Vol.
5, pp. 93-129. Springfield.
Griffin, Leonard
1963 The Eisen Site: A New Concept in Amateur Archaeo-
logical Endeavor. Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 9, No.
4, pp. 73-78. Ann Arbor.
Harrison, Sidney
1966 The Schmidt Site (20 SA 192), Saginaw County, Mich-
igan. The Michigan Archaeologist, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp.
49-70. Ann Arbor.
Hinsdale, W. B.
1931 Archaeological Atlas of Michigan. The University
of Michigan Press. Ann Arbor.
Johnston, Richard B.
1968 The Archaeology of the Serpent Mound Site. Royal On-
tario Museum, Division of Art and Archaeology, Oc-
casional Paper No. 10. Toronto.
Jury, Wilfred and Elsie Jury
1952 The Burley Site. University of Western Ontario, Mu-
seum of Archaeology and Pioneer Life, Bulletin No. 9.
London.
Kenyon, Walter A.
1959 The Inverhuron Site. Royal Ontario Museum, Division
of Art and Archaeology, Occasional Paper No. 1. Tor-
Lee, Thomas E.
1960 The Lucas Site, Inverhuron, Ontario. National Museum
of Canada, Bulletin No. 167, pp. 29-65. Ottawa.
MacNeish, Richard S.
1958 An Introduction to the Archaeology of Southeastern
Manitoba. National Museum of Canada, Bulletin 157.
Ottawa.
McPherron, Alan L.
1967 The Juntunen Site and the Late Woodland Prehistory
of the Upper Great Lakes Area. Anthropological Papers
No. 30, Museum of Anthropology, University of Mich-
igan. Ann Arbor.
Mason, Ronald J.
1966 Two Stratified Sites on the Door Peninsula of Wis-
consin. Anthropological Papers No. 26, Museum of An-
Goodwin-Gresham Site 183
thropology, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor.
1967 The North Bay Component at the Porte des Morts Site.
The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. 48, No. 4, pp. 267-344.
Lake Mills.
Ridley, Frank
1954 The Frank Bay Site, Lake Nippissing, Ontario. Ameri-
can Antiquity, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 40-50. Salt Lake City.
Ritchie, William A. and Richard S. MacNeish
1949 The Pre-Iroquoian Pottery of New York State. Ameri-
can Antiquity, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 97-124. Menasha.
Rouse, Irving
1954 The Strategy of Culture History. In: Anthropology To-
day, edited by A. L. Kroeber. University of Chicago
Press. Chicago.
Spaulding, Albert C.
1953 Statistical Techniques for the Discovery of Artifact
Types. American Antiquity, Vol. 18. No. 4, pp. 305-313.
Salt Lake City.
Speth, John D.
n. d Geology of the Schultz Site. Unpublished manuscript
in possession of the author.
Stoltman, James B.
1962 A Proposed Method for Systematizing the Model Anal-
ysis of Pottery and its Application to the Laurel Focus.
Unpublished M. A. Thesis, University of Minnesota.
Wright, J. V.
1967 The Laurel Tradition and the Middle Woodland Period.
National Museum of Canada, Bulletin No. 217. Ottawa.
Wright, J. V. and J. E. Anderson
1963 The Donaldson Site. National Museum of Canada,
Bulletin No. 184. Ottawa.
Yarnell, Richard A.
1964 Aboriginal Relationships Between Culture and Plant
Life in the Upper Great Lakes Region. Anthropological
Papers No. 23, Museum of Anthropology, University of
Michigan. Ann Arbor.
PRELIMINARY REPORT ON AN EARLY HISTORIC
SITE, COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS
Cheryl Ann Munson and Patrick J. Munson
For the last several years the Field Museum of Natural
History has directed an NSF sponsored, six-week Summer
Science Training Program in Anthropology for high aptitude
secondary school students, and one week of this program
is devoted to in-the-field archaeological training, A small
Upper Mississippian village site located in the Southwest
Forest Preserve was selected for the 1968 excavation pro-
gram. This portion of the program was supervised by the
authors and this paper is a report on the results of the 1968
season. It is anticipated that additional excavations will be
carried out at this site under the same program in the follow-
mg summers.
The Palos site (Ck-26, IAS) is located on a high sandy ter-
race immediately north of and overlooking the Sag Channel,
a major historic portage route now occupied by the Gal-Sag
Canal. A total of 1250 square feet of this site was excavated
to the base of the plow and/or humus zone, which varies from
4 to 18 inches in depth and which contained a considerable,
and thoroughly mixed, array of historic artifacts and modern
debris, the latter of which relates to a farmhouse and associ-
ated buildings which occupied this site during the first quar-
ter of this century.
At the base of the plow/humus zone, sterile yellow sand
was encountered and intruded into this 21 aboriginal pits and
several scattered post-holes were discovered. The pits were
essentially of two varieties. The most common were relatively
shallow, basin-shaped in profile and round or oval in plan.
Less common were circular pits about three feet in diameter
and three feet deep with vertical or belled sides and flat bot-
toms. Both categories of pits typically contained fire-cracked
rocks, ash and charcoal in their fills.
Chipped stone material recovered from the excavations,
combining both plow/humus zone and pit-fill proveniences,
include numerous chert flakes, 18 small triangular unnotched
projectile points (with both straight and concave bases), 5
end scrapers, 9 amorphously shaped flake scrapers, 16 "hump-
backed scrapers" (we suspect that functionally these are ac-
tually knives), and 2 small ovate knives. Several possible
Cook County Site 185
pebble manos and a hammerstone complete the lithic inven-
tory. Bone and antler artifacts include a long awl made from
a deer rib which is perforated at one end, a fragmentary bone
awl, a hollow-based antler tine projectile point, and four small
cylindrical "gaming pieces."
A total of 534 sherds were recovered from all proveniences.
Sixteen of these are very small, weathered, grit tempered,
-cordmarkd body sherds, possibly representing an earlier, very
h'ght Late \Voodland occupation of the site or some slight
Langford contacts. The remainder of the sherds are shell tem-
pered and have either smoothed or cordmarked body surfaces.
Included among these are several strap handle fragments and
one loop handle. Unfortunately, of this group only four are
rimsherds of sufficient size to reveal the shape and decoration
of the vessels they represent.
Three of the rims indicate jars with globular bodies, out-
flaring necks, and flattened lips. Decoration, however, dif-
fers slightly on all three. One (Fig. la) has broad shallow
notches on the lip and vertical, finely incised lines on the up-
per shoulder. The surface, with the exception of the incised
lines, is smoothed. The second rimsherd (Fig. Ib) has shal-
low cord-wrapped-stick stampings on the lip surface and the
upper shoulder is decorated with vertical, somewhat wider,
shallow incisions. In addition this sherd has a strap handle.
The last of these three rimsherds (Fig. Ic) has no decoration
on its lip, and rather narrow, neatly applied vertical cord-
marks take the place of incised lines on the shoulder. A strap
handle is also present on this sherd. These specimens are very
similar to ceramics found at the Anker site (Bluhm and Liss
1961). the Oak Forest site (Bluhm and Fenner 1961), and the
Huber and Hoxie sites (University of Illinois collections), all
of which are Blue Island (Huber) focus sites in this same
general area.
A fourth rimsherd (Fig. Id) is not typical of the assemblage
and may represent a trade vessel. It has a slightly out-curving
rim with a hint of castellation, an exteriorly beveled and un-
decorated lip, a smoothed undecorated surface, and on the
neck there is a horizontal strip of applique with diagonal not-
ches. The vessel form and the applique decoration suggest a
relationship with Danner Cordmarked a n d / o r Danner
186 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 5
Grooved-Paddle, two types found at the Zimmerman site
which Brown (1961:41-45) has equated with the historic
Shawnee.
Of perhaps greatest significance are the several items of
European manufacture found in direct association with abor-
iginal materials deep within three large pits. These large
items include a fragment of a copper or brass tinkler, t*vo frag-
ments of sheet brass (kettle fragments?), a fragment of a brass
ring or other ornament made by folding in the edges of a
strip of metal so that a B-shaped cross-section results, and a
FIG. 1. Rimsherds from the Palos Site.
Cook County Site 187
fragment of a larger, thicker brass object of the same con-
struction. The latter two items may be portions of "double-
wire" spring coil ornaments similar to those found at the Zim-
merman site (Brown 1961: Fig. 20g) and which have been
interpreted as ear ornaments. Also found at the bottom of an
aboriginal pit was a heavily corroded iron object containing
wood in the rust (a clasp knife?) Although a single unidenti-
fied iron object was found in a pit at the Blue Island focus
Oak Forest site (Bluhm and Fenner 1961:159), the associa-
tions at the Palos site are considerably more numerous and
consequently should demonstrate conclusively that this com-
plex did persist up to contact times.
In addition to the artifacts, rather large quantities of faunal
remains were recovered in the excavation. Most numerous
were bones of deer and fish, although remains of crayfish,
mussels, and some as-of-yet unidentified birds, turtles and
smaller mammals were also recovered in limited quantities.
Floral remains recovered during actual excavation consisted
only of two carbonized hazelnut fragments. However, approx-
imately two cubic feet of pit-fill was saved and later subjected
to a flotation process. The carbonized vegetal material re-
covered in this manner was submitted to Mr. Leonard W.
Blake of the Missouri Botanical Gardens, who identified
among them five small fragments of corncobs, one corn kernel,
one common bean, several sedge seeds (Carex sp.), and a
lew seeds which are either Chenopodium sp. or Amaranthus
sp.
The faunal and floral remains give some indication of the
season of occupation of the site. Fish and mussels, and par-
ticularly crayfish, would have been available essentially only
between Spring and Fall. The abundance of deer skulls with
attached antlers, however, suggest that the site was not oc-
cupied from early Spring through mid-Summer. And the pau-
city of nuts would argue against a Fall-Winter occupancy.
Consequently late Summer would seem to be the primary per-
iod when the site was occupied.
The date of the Palos site can, we feel, rather confidently
be placed within a twenty year period. The presence of brass
and iron items suggests that the site was occupied after, at,
or only slightly before the first European contact, which in
J88 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 3
this region was 1673. The absence of glass beads, however,
would suggest a date prior to 1693, the earliest date that these
were being traded into northern Illinois (Brown 1961:62):
i. e. the site was probably occupied between 1673 and 1693.
REFERENCES
Bluhm, Elaine A., and Gloria J. Fenner
1961 The Oak Forest Site. In: Chicago Area Archaeology,
edited by Elaine A. Bluhm. Illinois Archaeological Sur-
vey Bulletin, No. 3, pp. 139-161. Urbana.
Bluhm, Elaine A., and Allen Liss
1961 The Anker Site. In: Chicago Area Archaeology, edited
by Elaine A. Bluhm. Illinois Archaeological Survey
Bulletin, No. 3, pp. 89-137. Urbana.
Brown, James A. (ed.)
The Zimmerman Site. Illinois State Museum Report of In-
vestigations, No. 9, pp. 1-86. Springfield.
Figure 1. Rimsherds from the Palos Site.
BOOKS RECEIVED
THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF MARTHA'S VINEYARD
by William A. Ritchie. The Natural History Press, N. Y.
1969. Price: $15. Revised edition.
THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF NEW YORK STATE by
William A. Ritchie. The Natural History Press, N. Y.
1969. Price: $15.
BURIAL MOUNDS OF CENTRAL MINNESOTA by
Lloyd A. W^lford, Elden Johnson, and Joan Vicinus. Min-
nesota Historical Society, St. Paul. 1969. Price: $3.25.
THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF PETAGA POINT by Peter
Bleed. Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul. 1969.
Price: $2.
ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES by Ernest Babelon. Maker-
Westerfield Publishing Co., San Diego, 1969. Price: $6.50.
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE: Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
THE WISCONSIN
ARCHEOLO6IST
A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF WISCONSIN FLUTED
POINTS by James B. S to It man and Karen Workman
THE BIGELOW SITE (47-Pt-29) PORTAGE COUNTY,
WISCONSIN by Frederick B. W. Lange
THE BOOKSHELF
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Incorporated, 1903
For the purpose of advancing the study and preservation of
Wisconsin Indian Antiquities
Mets Third Monday of Month. 8 P. M.. Milwaukee Public
Museum, September thru May
OFFICERS
PRESIDENT
Gale Highsmith
VICE-PRESIDENTS
Neil Ostberg. Richard Peske, Paul Scholz, Herman Zander,
Martin Greenwald.
TREASURER
Wayne Hazlett
3768 S. 89th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 53228
SECRETARY
Paul Turner. Corresponding
Mrs. Edward Flaherty, Recording
EDITOR
Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler
DIRECTORS
Paul Tumey, Phillip Wiegand
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Dr. David Baerreis, Elmer Daalmann, Dr. Joan Freeman,
Robert Hruska, W. O. Noble. R. W. Peterman, E. K. Petrie,
Allen Prill, Ernest Schug. Frank Squire, J. K. Whaley,
Mrs. Phillip Wiegand, Robert VanderLeest, Paul Koeppler,
Tom Jackland.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
The Wisconsin Archeologist is distributed to members
as part of their dues.
Life Members, S50.00 Endowment Members, S500.00
Sustaining Members, S5.00 Annual Members, $3.50
Institutional Members, $3.50
All communications in regard to the Wisconsin Archeological
Society and contributions to the Wisconsin Archeologist should
be addressed to Paul Turney, Secretary, 3204 So. New York
Ave.. Milwaukee, Wis., 53207. Entered as Second Class Matter
at the Post Office at Lake Mills, Wisconsin under the Act of
August 21, 1912. Office of Publication, 316 N. Main St., Lake
Mills, Wis. 53551.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
New Scries
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN - DECEMBER, 1969
Published Quarterly by The Wisconsin Archeological Society
A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF WISCONSIN
FLUTED POINTS
James B. Stoltman and Karen Workman
University of Wisconsin, Madison
INTRODUCTION
This paper is the preliminary stage of what we hope will
be a comprehensive analysis of the typology and distribution
of fluted points in the state of Wisconsin. Numerous fluted
points have been reported as surface finds from most of the
counties in the southern half of the state (e. g. Byers, 1912;
Ritzenthaler and Scholz, 1951; Quimby, 1958), but rarely
has more than a photograph coupled with provenience at the
county level been published. Complete metric data are avail-
able for only one of the published fluted points (Salzer and
Storck, 1961). No overall synthesis of published or unpub-
lished fluted points in the state has yet appeared in print.
As a first step in our study, this paper presents the metric
data and provenience, when known, of 65 fluted points con-
tained in the collections of three institutions, the Milwaukee
Public Museum, the Wisconsin State Historical Society, and
the University of Wisconsin at M'adison. Although such a
small sample is likely to be biased (especially since the three
collections come from institutions all situated in southeastern
Wisconsin), we shall nevertheless put forth some tentative
working hypotheses suggested by these data. In particular,
we shall examine the typological character of our sample and
the comparative distribution of the points with respect to Carv
and Valders drift in order to make some chronological in-
ferences.
Identifying "Fluted Points"
Exactly what is to be considered a fluted point is a problem
for which there exists no ready solution. Since there is pres-
ently no excavated fluted point site in Wisconsin, we lack an
archaeologically defined "population" to aid us in delimiting
a range of variation for our type(s). Consequently, it has
been necessary to use arbitrary typological and technological
criteria of our own choosing as the basis for selecting our
sample from among the thousands of propectile points con-
190 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
tained in the collections we have examined.
Fortunately, typology seems to be fairly reliable in this
case. Lanceolate-shaped points with pronounced longitudinal
flakes detached from the base onto one or both faces are gen-
erally considered "fluted". Typically the edges and/or
bases of such points manifest evidence of grinding, i. e. hav-
ing been dulled either intentionally or from wear by the lash-
ings. Such points in the Eastern Woodlands are considered
to be of Pleistocene age because of their obvious typological
similarities to points associated with extinct elephants and
bison in western sites well-dated between about 8000 and
9500 B. C. (Haynes, 1964; see also Mason 1962:236; Griffin
2965:660; Williams and Stoltman 1965-670). A recent battery
of thirteen radio carbon dates from the Debert site in Nova
Scotia averaging 8,639 + - 45 B. C. (Stuckenrath 1966) con-
firms the essential validity of these typological inferences re-
garding Eastern fluted points. The distribution of fluted
points in Michigan relative to glacial end moraines and beach
ridges of extinct glacial lakes likewise lends support to the
postulated late Pleistocene age of such points. (Mason,
1958a: esp. 36). While the Eastern evidence is still insuf-
ficient to properly control for regional variations in age, the
great antiquity of such a geographically marginal fluted point
site as Debert leads us to affirm our belief in a comparable
antiquity for at least the early stages of the fluted point tradi-
tion in Upper Midwestern areas such as Wisconsin.
Although there is wide concensus that fluted points can be
identified typologically (and that such points are old, i. e. at-
tributable to the so-called Paleo-Indrans who were among
the first occupants of North America), there is considerable
ambiguity concerning criteria to be used in making such iden-
tifications. A particularly sticky problem is to distinguish be-
tween fully fluted points and related forms that are character-
ized by "basal thinning". Wormington (1957:274) defines
basal thinning as "the removal of small longitudinal flakes
from the basal edge of stone artifacts" (emphasis ours). Be-
cause the difference between fluting and thinning presumably
has chronological as well as typological significance, it is de-
sirable to make the distinction. However, how does one ob-
jectively define "small" (i. e. thinning)? As far as we are
aware, Fitting (1965:486) has been the only archaeologist to
specifically confront this question, and he has answered it by
Wisconsin Fluted Point 191
utilizing an admittedly arbitrary criteria of absolute-length
points with basal removals 1 cm. and longer were classed as
fluted.
We find such a criterion based on absolute length of basal
removals to be undesirable. Thus, while a 1 cm. long basal
removal might indeed represent a "flute" on a point whose
total length is 3.17 cm., it could scarcely be considered com-
parable to a basal removal of the same length on a point 12.93
cm. long. Because there is at least this much variability in the
length of fluted points (See Nos. 1 and 48 below; also see
cover of the issue of Science in which Haynes 1 964 appears } ,
we prefer a criterion of relative as opposed to absolute length
of basal removals in arriving at a decision as to which indiv-
idual points can be considered fluted.
After grappling with this problem for a considerable time,
we have come to the following, also admittedly arbitrary, def-
inition of what constitutes a fluted point:
a lanceolate-shaped, stone projectile point with at least
one flake detached from the base longitudinally onto a
face leaving a flake scar that is longer tha>n any other
flake scar on the point.
Such a definition has the virtures of being independent
of point size or geographic limits, easily applied to specific
points, reproduceable by other workers, and of discriminating
what is usually considered a fluted point. We offer this in the
form of a hypothesis to be tested further. To work, we would
expect this criterion to sort projectile points that were fash-
ioned by Paleo-Indians in the waning stages of the Pleistocene,
perhaps the early Recent in some marginal areas. Needless to
say, we do not expect this criterion to be one hundred per
cent accurate in its ability to discriminate all Paleo-Indian
points. We are willing to admit the possibility that some of
the points classified by our criterion as basally thinned may
have been contemporary with what we are calling fluted
points. Indeed, at the Lehner site three of the site's thirteen
Clovis points were classed as basally thinned (Haury et al
1959:14). This alone would not cause us to abandon the cri-
terion, but if subsequent evidence should indicate that any of
our "fluted points" are in fact younger than we infer (we infer
them to be pre-Archaic age in the local or regional chron-
ology), then we must be willing to redefine or even discard
the criterion. In short, we feel a reasonable expectation for
our admittedly arbitrary criterion is to isolate certain kinds of
192 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 4
projectile 'points that we can confidently consider both to be
roughly contemporary with one another and with similar
Paleo-Indian points elsewhere in North America. \Ve are
willing to exclude typologically a few "thinned" points that
may be contemporary on the grounds that the majority of such
points are indeed younger than "true" fluted points. The sam-
ple thus isolated we hope can then be regarded as a "pure"
sample of Paleo-Indian points.
Blade L.
Concavity_
Base W.
Figure 1. Fluted Point Measurements
Measurements of the Points
Figure 1 illustrates the seven measurements that we have
taken on each of the 65 fluted points; these are recorded in
Wisconsin Fluted Point 193
Table 1. Additional measurements were taken and many
more are possible; however, space limitations dictated that we
publish only those we consider basic. As indicated in Figure
1 and Table 1, we have divided each point into three obser-
vational areas the blade, base and flutes.
On the blade (excluding the fluted area) we record three
measurements; length, width and thickness (all maximum
values). Length was always measured from the point tip
along the line perpendicular to a line connecting both basal
ears; that is, blade length is the distance between tip and base
with the point oriented so that both basal ears are in contact
with the same horizontal line. We have retained this orienta-
tion for all longitudinal measurements (i. e. length of flute
and depth of basal concavity as well as blade length) in order
to ensure their comparability and their reproduceability by
other workers. Blade width is recorded in Table 1 only when
the maximum width of a point lies between. its base and its
tip. In such cases, a plus or minus sign after the blade width
value in Table 1 denotes whether the position of maximum
width lies on the tip side ( + ) or the base side ( ) of the
point's midpoint. Whenever the maximum breadth of a point
occurs at the base, no value for blade width is recorded.
Two measurements on the base are recorded in Table 1 .
width and depth of concavity (if present). Both are showr
in Figure 1.
The number of flutes per face plus the length and width of
the longest flute on each face are recorded in Table 1. Our
flute length measures the distance from a line connecting the
two basal ears to the end of the longest flute, what Mason
(1958b) refers to as "length of fluting". In applying our cri-
terion for defining fluted points we have not used this value,
but rather what Mason defines as "length of fluting scar". To
determine this latter measure from our data the distance
from the apex of the basal concavity to the end of the flute -
one may simply subtract the depth of concavity from the
"length of fluting" as these are recorded in Table 1.
Typology
General Discussion
Formidable obstacles block the path of anyone attempting
to assign specific type designations to individual fluted points.
For many years, two major types have been recognized in
North America, Clovis and Folsom; however, what precisely
194 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 4
fl
ol
QQQQJIZQCQCQiQCCOCO OO O
CM CMCMCOCOI O' 1 d"Or-^LA CMLAI^.
O OA
f>vO CO v> fA O J" CO -LAOvOLAO -r^-d"CM
O CO
3
^^^"^o^^o^^o^^^-^^
LA COr^^OOLAO^vO' OLALAvOCM OO-d'-d'PACMCMvDO^
LA CO vO O
* CM -^" *"" CM ~ OA CM ^V CM ~ CM *~" CM CM ro CA PA CM r^\ . ^^ - O
OOOCMCMCMPOOC
i _i
^o^^^o-c^oc^co^^corao^coc^oooo^c^cM^-
r- cncM^o^^vf
4-
3
CMCO O^coCT\vor^r^. co-J cM-cTco cMf-t^coovOLA-d-r-
CMCMLA^ CMCMf^lCMCArA' -d"CM< > A< v> i-J"LA-d'CMCM-^'OOCM' <
r~^o^vX) o i^oo LALAr
CM OAOACOCAj" CO
u. o
1 s
<0
M-
-<*
1_
0)
OOO COCM OC
SIM
=&:
-rv>-fMCMrA CMCO^CM-CACMCM CO-CM
III 2
iii
Z 5
fill
O d O 3
y w
s S5|
>
.-
a *
<0
<NLALAl^<icMOS^CMcbrALAv)c36cMCM <X>c5r-.Or-.CM^O
CO CO 06 f^>i) CM CM LOOC
C
CMrA\X>-d" LAvOv>CMvOJ"r*^LACMLALALACMOA-3" f^i \) f*\ CM
COCMj"COj-OOf"
3 s f s
1st?
0)
M
fill
0)
CO
is 11
-Cf O CO CM v) COvDcM CT>CO O O O v> CM CTv r-~ CO
0^-3- CM r^ en en en r-
3 3
-4" O^\vO LACMPAC^- OAOA-3'C^- r LALA\i5VJ CJ^C^- r^-3" LAOCO-4"
LA cr> cocnoc
S ed *
CM CM CM CO CMCMCMCM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
CMCMCM CMCMCM'
1 <
33
JE
-3" LACOCOvOCO r^-CO LALAr^-O^OCO O O LAf^-vOvDCO r^-CTiO^vC
II+III++III+IIIII+IIII
OAOOCMO > J-r-.COOr--LAOCMOvOJ-CMCAv)CO LA
II II 1 + 1
CT\ CM CO CM f^-J
! 3
m
1 1 OvOvOCOCOCA-d'rALAvDLAOv)COCOOr^COr~^O > \CMO 1
1 lOACMCMCOCMCMCMCMCMCACMCACMCM CM CMCMCMCM 1
O^i oo 1 CM 1 LT\ CM O
CM CM 1 CM CM 1 CM CM
-):
;
r- CM vO vD J- CM f^CO r^cbcMbOD^fcbrA'L^riScA-O^CMLA
r- CM 06 cM^roroOO*
CMCO-J- LAv> I^^COCnO'
Wisconsin Fluted Point 195
V> ^1 OO VjO _p- CTN Ul O> OO JT JV/1
O> OO VO O^JUIUI -p- VA> OO O^ -P" Vn
ro -^j o o -P~ oo i
i ro N> 1*0 oo N> i ro i i N>I ro i ro N> oo oo NJ i r>o
i oo --J vr> oo --J i
O\ O O OO OO O OO O O~l O> Ni OO OO OO
ooooooooooorovnovnvnunooouio
vD.p-^jr>oa\-p-vjo\j>ji>oviaN.p-ivj
N5N>hJOOO
O OO N> v^o O N) O VjON>N>
tOUJ OOO
oo\jn .p-oo jr- a\\> o -C~ vn VA) v/i oo oo -^J oo uo G\\JJ CO o^ 00
ooooo ooooo ooo oo
OV.O -- r O NJ -- O ~^J CT\ --- . _. o -- UD U) O O O OO
un^jvn --jooo
0)0)0) Q) D Q) Q) O 0> TO rt- CT CT CT
196 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
distinguishes them from one another and from subsequently
defined types is not always clear. "Typical" Folsom points
are ordinarily easily recognized,, but until the full range of
fluted point variation at a major Folsom site is published, we
must avoid falling into the error of thinking all Folsom points
are like the few select, "classic" forms that have been repeat-
edly illustrated in the literature.
Following Roosa (1965) and Crabtree (1966), we shall as-
sume the related attributes of base preparation and manner
of flute removal to be of paramount significance in identifying
Folsom points. True Folsom points are characterized by a
complex process of pre-flute preparation of the base that in-
volves beveling, isolating a striking platform in the center of
the base, polishing this platform to prevent shattering, and
then flute removal via indirect percussion. These steps are
followed for the fluting of both faces..
In contrast to Folsom points, Clovis points lack such exten-
sive pre-flute base preparation. This is evidenced by the ab-
sence of any visible signs of basal beveling or of an isolated
central striking platform on known Clovis points of the West.
Evidently the flutes were detached from a symmetrical (i. e.
unbeveled) base by direct percussion without the use of an
intermediate tool. The substantial size of the negative bulbs
of percussion on most Clovis points (e. g. Haury 1953:89)
suggests this. Moreover, Crabtree reports that he is able to
duplicate Clovis flutes experimentally by free-hand percus-
sion (1966:5). A qualifying note must be interjected here,
however, and that is that no Clovis occupation or work-
shop sites have yet been reported in the West. An a result,
all reconstructions of the Clovis fluting procedures are cur-
rently dependent upon inferences drawn only from studies
of completed points.
Secondary retouch of the base after fluting may subse-
quently obscure or even obliterate any remnants of basal pre-
paration that may have survived the fluting process. As a
result of this latter practice, it is difficult, sometimes even im-
possible, to ascertain the precise manner by which the base
of a completed point was originally prepared for fluting. The
surest way to obviate this difficulty is to study site collections
containing partially finished as well ab completed points. Un-
fortunately, our present Wisconsin sample is composed sole-
ly of completed points recovered as isolated surface finds.
Wisconsin Fluted Point 197
In the absence of either unfinished points or points with
remnants of the striking platform still adhering, the flute scar
itself can afford some helpful clues as to the nature of the
fluting process. According to Crabtree (1966:5), a Folsom
flute has a unique cross-section both transversely and longi-
tudinally: in transverse section it is wide, nearly as wide as
the point, while in longitudinal section the fluting begins and
ends in a feather edge (i. e. is not "deep", nor does it termin-
ate in a hinge fracture ordinarily). Roosa (1965:91-) reports
that "Folsom-type fluting usually runs for at least 30 to 40
mm. and is 8 to 10 mm. wide".
By contrast, the fllute scars on Clovis points tend to be
shorter and narrower relative to the length and breadth of the
point than are Folsom flutes. Roosa (1965:93), in an analysis
of Clovis points from five Western sites, notes that fluting
length was "usually" less than the maximum breadth of the
points, which has prompted him to refer to them as "partly
fluted points" (Ibid). While this characterization may be
apt for many Clovis points, it definitely does not apply to all
such points, even at classic Clovis sites like Naco, Lehner.
and Blackwater Draw (Haury 1953; Haury et al 1959; Rov-
ner personal communication). Thus, care must be taken not
to impute to all Clovis points what is characteristic of only
some of them.
Two additional observations on the flute scars themselv -s
are of some taxonomic relevance. First, whereas one flute per
face is normal for Folsom points, two or three flutes per face
are characteristic of Clovis points. Second, unlike Folsom
points, Clovis flutes normally terminate in hinge fractures.
The foregoing discussion of clues to the nature of the flut-
ing process as reflected in the flute scars themselves has been
generously sprinkled with such qualifying terms as "normal-
ly" and "usually". This was intentional to emphasize the fact
that the various criteria are not invariable. The Folsom tech-
nique of fluting normally produces long, broad, shallow re-
movals (one per face) that do not terminate in hinge frac-
tures. Just the reverse is normally true of Clovis fluting. Ex-
ceptions occur, however, and the result is a zone of intergra-
dation between Folsom and Clovis-type flute scars. In order
to classify a fluted point it is vital that the taxonomist be
aware of this zone of intergradation and be willing to admit
that isolated points falling within it cannot be confidently
classified, at least not by these criteria alone.
198 WISCONSIN ARCHROLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
Attributes other than those of base preparation and flute
removal are also much used in distinguishing Folsom from
Clovis points. Indeed, outline form and various measure-
ments of the points are normal ingredients of most typological
analyses. In our opinion, however, the sharp distinction often
drawn between Folsom and Clovis points on the basis of
form is an over-exaggeration that has grown up around com-
parisons of "typical" specimens without due consideration
being given the full range of normal, variation. Thus, while
the "typical" Folsom point will have its maximum breadth
between the tip and the midpoint of the blade (in contrast to
the typical Clovis position of maximum breadth at or below
the blade's midpoint) and a basal concavity of roughly rec-
tangular shape flanked by prominently projecting ears (in
contrast to the typical Clovis' sh'allowly concave base lack-
ing prominent ears), the fact is that true Folsom points often
lack one or both of these formal attributes (see Coffin 1937:
8-9 and Muller-Beck 1966:1205). In short, formal attributes
alone distinguish the extreme forms of the classic, Western
Folsom/Clovis dichotomy, leaving a large zone of overlap
and intergradation between the two types that does not fit
obviously into either category.
In the Eastern Woodlands fluted point form is immensely
variable and has been the basis for defining numerous re-
gional types other than Clovis or Folsom. As used in the
East, such types as Cumberland, Quad, Redstone, Enterliiie,
or Debert include as ingredients in the definition some con-
sideration of form. In the West, positive identification of
fluting technique, preferably from visible remnants of the
striking platform, but sometimes possible from a metric anal-
ysis of the flute scars, is often sufficient to distinguish Clovis
from Folsom points regardless of form. Such is not the case
in the Eastern Woodlands, however. Here we find the Fol-
som technique of fluting well represented, but rarely coupled
with the typical Western Folsom form (e. g. Wormington
1957:262-3). Thus, we have such Eastern types as Cumber-
land, Bull Brook, Barnes and Debert characterized by Fol-
som-type fluting but possessing non-Folsom forms (Roosa
1965; Byers 1954; MacDonald 1968:78).
Yet another variable to be considered in fluted point typol-
ogy, justly emphasized by Roosa (1965), is the manner in
which the base was retouched after the fluting operation.
Wisconsin Fluted Point 199
Characteristically, Folsom bases were finished via pressure
flaking after fluting; this retouch was often so delicate that
it did not remove all of the central striking platform (see
Crabtree 1966:21). The presence of a striking platform rem-
nant (so-called "nipple") on completed fluted points is one
obvious attribute that effectively differentiates Western Fol-
som points from Western Clovis points and from most
Eastern fluted points as well. The difficulty is, however, that
the survival of the striking platform is not an invariable at-
tribute of Western Folsom points. Indeed, at both the type
site (Wormington 1957:28) and at Lindenmeier (Coffin 1937:
8-9) numerous indubitable Folsom points lack visible rem-
nants of the central striking platform.
In the Eastern Woodlands only Cumberland fluted points,
along with the few true Folsom points that have been found,
manifest the Folsom finishing technique and thus retain traces
of the central striking platform on completed points. At the
Barnes, Bull Brook, and Debert sites a Folsom-like fluting
technique has been recognized because the sites fortunately
produced partially finished points on which the striking plat-
form is still visible. On none of the completed points from the
latter two sites does any trace of the central striking plat-
form survive (Byers 1954:346; MacDonald 1968:78); t*
information available on the Barnes collection is ambiguo
on this point. Roosa (1965:91) attributes this absence at B
Brook and on at least some of the Barnes points (the Debert
report had not yet been published at the time of Roosa's study)
to percussion flaking of the base after fluting, what he calls
the Barnes finishing technique (e. g. ibid. 96).
While the absence of striking platform remnants on com-
pleted Eastern fluted points can often be attributed to post-
fluting percussion retouch, it should be noted that the fluting
process itself may also carry away the platform. Byers' des-
cription of the Bull Brook points (1954:347) leads us to sus-
pect that such was the case at this site, while MacDonald
(1968:78) expressly states that "the striking nipple on Debert
points was usually carried away with the channel flake . . ."
One possible conclusion to be derived from this is that,- while
the pre-flute preparation resembles the Folsom technique,
the manner of actually detaching the flute was different. The
quality of fluting as manifest in the flute scars supports this
position in the cases of Bull Brook and Debert. At both sites
the quality of fluting as reflected in the flute scars does not
200 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50. No. 4
approach the standards of classic Western Folsom points.
Thus, at Debert, "On no complete points is the length of the
flute scar greater than the maximum point width" (MacDon-
ald 1968:73), while "Bull Brook points usually are only part-
ly fluted" (Roosa 1965:96). Other explanations for these ob
served differences may be offered. For example, the nature
of the lithic material and the skill of the manufacturer may be
expected to exert influence on the quality of fluting. \Vhat-
ever the reasons, however, the impression remains that (a)
the remnants of a central striking platform rarely are to be
seen on completed fluted points in the East and (b) the
quality of fluting in the East is considerably more variable
than is found on Western forms with the mode falling some-
where between the "partly fluted" Clovis point and the "fully
iluted" Folsom.
Table 2
Frequency and Catalog Nos. of Fluted Points by Type:
Folsom
Enterl ine-Bul 1 Brook
C 1 ov i s
Quad?
Cumber land?
Untyped
7
8
22
2
1
25
65
Catalog Nos.
1 , 9, 10, 17, 32, 43, 50
2, 18, 19, 28, 30, 31, 45, 53
3, 4, 6, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2k,
37, 39, 44, 46, 51, 57, 58, 59,
60, 61, 62, 63, 65
25, 35
33
5, 7, 8, 12, 20, 21, 22, 23, 26,
27, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 41, 42,
^7, 48, 49, 52, 54, 55, 56, 64
In summarizing this discussion on typology, and before at-
tempting to classify our Wisconsin sample, it may be stated
that four variables have been considered as basic to any fluted
point taxonomy: (1) manner of pre-flute base preparation.
(2) quality of fluting (as manifest in the flute scars). (3)
blade form and (4) method of post-flu^e basal finishing. The
interplay of these variables results in a bewildering number
of theoretical permutations of the fluted point theme, nearly
Wisconsin Fluted Point
201
all of which can be actually observed in North America. From
among these variations, certain recurrent attribute combina-
tions can be recognized as "types", that is, groups of points
to which we can attach names emphasizing what we believe
to be their corporate cultural and/or temporal significance.
We currently recognize five named categories of fluted points
within our present Wisconsin sample in addition to a sizeable
Untyped category Folsom, Enterline-Bull Brook, Clovis.
Cumberland, and Quad (See Table 2) The criteria we have
used to classify these points cannot be regarded as providing
adequate type definitions. Rather, they are merely rules of
thumb for isolating only those points about whose typology
5cm.
Figure 2. Fluted Points No. 1 to 14
202 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No.
Figure 3. Fluted Points No. 15 to 26 and No. 42
we can feel a reasonable degree of confidence. Considering
the presently inadequate state of our knowledge about the
range of variation of fluted point types, (we conceive of types
as "populations" of points with varying degrees of internal
diversity, some of which can overlap that of other "popula
tions") to attempt more comprehensive definitions would be
premature.
Folsom Category
Our classification of Folsom points takes cognizance of all
four of the variables discussed above. For oui purposes, we
have allowed the Lindenmeier specimens illustrated in Coffin
(1937:8-9) and Muller-Beck (1966: Fig. 15. Nos. 2-10) to
establish the limits of formal variation for the our "type". The
limits of metric variation that we have used are those reported
Wisconsin Fluted Point
203
by Roberts (1935:22): length, 17 to 7^ mm arid width, H 10
32.5 mm. Those points that in our judgment fall within this
range of variation while possessing a visible remnant of a
central, Folsom-type striking platform, Folsom-type basal
finishing, and Folsom-quality flute scars (here defined for
our purposes as having a length at least 3/5 the point's total
length and a width at least one half the point's maximum
breadth) were classified as Folsom (Point No. 1,17, and 43).
Points characterized by all of the above criteria with the ex-
ception of the retention of a visible strikino nlatform were
5cm.
Figure 4. Fluted Points No. 27 to 41
204 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50, No. 4
5cm.
Figure 5. Fluted Points No. 43 to 54
considered "possible" Folsoms when, in our judgment, their
high quality fluting and outline form were proto-typically
Folsom-like (e. g. Nos. 9, 10, 32, and 50). These are record-
ed as Folsom points in Table 2, but the lesser degree of con-
fidence we feel in their identification should be kept in mind.
Also, we again implore the reader to bear in mind what our
criteria are designed to do: they should reliably identify some
fluted points as to type, but they afford inadequate definitions
of the types because their specificity will inevitably exclude
a portion of the culture historically valid range of variation
of any type. In short, our criteria sacrifice all-inclusiveness
\Visconsin Fluted Point
205
in the hopes of attaining reliability.
Enterline-Bull Brook Category
Because we have been unable to differentiate in our sample
the closely related Bull-Brook and Enterline types of Roosa
(1965), we have lumped them together in a single hyphen-
ated category. Technologically they supposedly differ in man-
ner of pre-flute base preparation, Folsom-like for Bull Brook
and Ciovis-like for Enterline (Byers 1954-347), but typolog-
ically they are similar. Since we are currently working only
with completed points and have not had the opportunity to
study the type specimens first hand, we are in no position to
challenge the validity of these as separate types. We thus
refer what we presume to be related, points in our Wisconsin
\ I
1
2 in.
5cm
Figure 6. Fluted Points No. 55 to 65
A55, A'56, B57, C58, D59, EGO, F61, G62, H63, 164, J65.
206 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
series to a combined Enterline-Bull Brook category to sig-
nify our present inability to separate them.
The identification of our Enterline-Bull Brook category de-
pends upon a consideration of attributes of the finished base,
the flute scars, and the outline form. \Ve separate this cate-
gory from Folsom on the basis of the absence of a visible
striking platform remnant and of the Folsom post-flute basal
finishing technique along with the presence of multiple flute
scars on at least one face. (\Ve do not claim all Enterline or
Bull Brook and Folsom types, we are simply too uncomfort-
most do. Rather, considering the range of variation of the
Bull Brook points have two or more flutes per face although
able about classifying a point as Enterline-Bull Brook unless
this attribute is observable.)
To distinguish our Enterline-Bull Brook and Clovis cate-
gories, we have relied heavily on attributes of quality of flut-
ing and of outline form. A study of the illustrated specimens
from such classic Western Clovis sites as Blackwater Draw
(Sellards 1952:34-5), Naco (Haury 1953). Lehner (Haury
et al 1959), Dent (Wormington 1957:45), Miami (Sellards
1952:25-6), and Domebo (Leonhardy 1966) reveals two ma-
jor differences between classic Clovis points cnd our Enfer-
line-Bull Brook categpry. First, none of the illustrated Clovis
points from these sites has a flute whose length exceeds 3/5
of the total point length. By contrast, at both Shoop and Bull
Brook flute length in excess of 3/5 total point length is defin-
itely present on many specimens (Witthoft 1952:469; Byers
1954:346). Second, all of the above Clovis points have out-
line forms such that the maximum breadth dimension always
occurs somewhere between the base and the tip, whether or
not it also occurs at the base. At Shoop and Bull Brook, by
contrast, the most common form is roughly triangular; that
is, the maximum breadth occurs at the base only and is not
equalled elsewhere on the blade. Based on these observa-
tions, we thus define our Enterline-Bull Brook category to in-
clude those fluted points that formally and metrically fall
within the range of variation of the illustrated Shoop and Bull
Brook samples, that possess two or more flutes on at least
one face, and that have at least one flute scar whose length
exceeds 3/5 total point length (Point Nos. 2, 18, 19, 28, 30,
and 31). Those non-Folsom points with the distinctive tri-
anguloid form trianguloid in the broadest sense that maxi-
Wisconsin Fluted Point 207
mum breadth occurs only at the base (Roosa 1965:97-8 refers
to such points as possessing a slight "fishtail") we place in
our Enterline-Bull Brook category regardless of whether or
not the above two attributes of fluting are also present (e. g.
Point Nos. 45 and 53). We might also add that we have
been unable to differentiate the Barnes type as defined by
Roosa (1965:96-7) from our Enterline-Bull Brook class. Be-
cause we are dubious of the validity of Barnes as a separate
type (it differs in no significant way from Bull Brook) we
have not used its name in our hyphenated category.
Clovis Category
W^e must now consider what we mean by Clovis points.
Roosa (1965:93) feels "The term Clovis should logically be
applied only to points which closely resemble those from the
type site in size, shape, fluting technique, etc." While we
agree with this, we are inclined to disagree with the state-
ment "that there are few if any true Clovis points from the
area east of the Mississippi River" (Ibid). As long as the
existing evidence supports the supposition that Eastern fluted
points meeting the above typological specifications are cul-
turally related to the Western Clovis forms (We believe such
a supposition is warranted at the present time.), we see no
useful purpose in restricting the term only to points found "in
a specific area of the High Plains and the adjacent South-
west" (Ibid 93).
We have classified as Clovis those points in our sample
that (a) fall formally and metricially within the range of vari-
ation of the sample from the six Western Clovis sites men-
tioned above (Lengths range from 31 to 116 mm and widths
from 17 to 34 mm), (b) have bases prepared for fluting and
retouched (if at all) after fluting by the Clovis techniques,
and (c) have flute scars that are all shorter than one-half the
point's total length when the value for point length falls with-
in the range of variation found at Bull Brook and Shoop (i. e.
32 to 85 mm; Roosa 1965:96-7). Those points whose length
exceeds that of the Bull Brook-Shoop samples but remains
within that of the Western Clovis samples, we still classify as
Clovis if the length of fluting falls between 1/2 and 3/5 point
length (e. g. Point Nos. 3 and 61 ).
Cumberland and Quad Categories
Three of our points are reminiscent of forms commonly
found in Southeastern United States (Point No. 25, 33, and
208 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
35). We wish to point out their resemblances to the Cumber-
land and Quad types, but because the state of Wisconsin is
beyond the normal geographic distribution of these types, our
classification of them must be regarded as tentative. In out-
line form Point No. 33 falls somewhere between those atyp-
ical Clovis points with slight "fishtails" e. g. Haury et al 1959:
Fig. 13i) and Cumberland points with their pronounced con-
cavo-convex edges (e. g. Rolingson 1964:38-9). Because the
quality of fluting on our point surpasses that of the known
Clovis points and because this plus all metric attributes of the
point fall within the range of variation recorded for Cumber-
land points found in the state of Kentucky (Rolingson 1964:
37-8), we have classified it as a possible Cumberland point.
Similarly, Points No. 25 and 35 fall metrically entirely within
the stated range of variation of Quad points from Kentucky
(Rolingson 1964:32). Both are weakly fluted (most Quads
are unf luted, the rest weakly fluted). In form, Point No. 35
is nearly identical to some Kentucky Quads, while No. 25,
although somewhat peculiar, would also seem to have its
nearest relatives in the Southeast (See Rolingson 1964:32-4).
Untyped Category
Our untyped category is composed of the residue of fluted
points that do not fall securely into one of the previous cate-
gories. Most of these have been left untyped because in our
opinion, their characteristics place them in those segments ot
the fluted point tradition where the ranges of variation of
two or more types overlap. Thus, we have left untyped
eleven completed points (Nos. 5, 7, 8, 12, 21, 22, 29, 38, 40,
52 and 64) whose manner of pre-flute basal preparation we
could not determine and whose outline form and quality of
fluting (longest flute length greater than VL 1 but less than 3/5
point length) is duplicated both at western Clovis sites and
at Bull Brook or Shoop. Likewise, we have left unclassified
seven points (Nos. 20, 34, 42, 49, 54, 55, and 56) with flute
lengths in excess of 3/5 total point length and which possess
a maximum of one flute per face; typologically, these points
fall within the zone of intergradation between the Folsom and
Gnterline-Bull Brook categories. Actually, it is our suspicion
that all except perhaps Point No. 49 (whose length exceeds
that of known Folsom points but is otherwise Folsom-like)
could be considered Bull Brook points; however, until we
know more precisely the permissible range of variation in the
Wisconsin Fluted Point
209
Folsom type, we prefer to leave these points untyped. Final-
ly, our Untyped category contains seven additional points
(Nos. 23, 26, 27, 36, 41, 47, and 48) that for various reasons
do not fall within our categories nor within the zones of
gradation between them.
Geographic Distribution
The geographic distribution of our fluted points is shown
in Figure 7 and is tabulated by counties in Table 3. There
can be no doubt that the distribution pattern presented by our
sample is somewhat biased. The sample is small and entirely
derived from institutions located in the southeastern corner
of the state. Thus, it comes as no surprise that the vast ma-
jority of our fluted points (59 of 65) are concentrated in that
Figure 7. Distribution of Fluted Points Relative to Gary
and Valders Moraines (following Black 1966)
210 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
portion of the state southeast of a line connecting Green Bay
with Dubuque, Iowa. Moreover, the remainder of our sample
comes from counties immediately to the northeast of this line,
i. e. Crawford, Richland, Sauk and Waupaca.
A comparison of this distribution with that of Wisconsin
fluted points published previously reveals a reasonably close
correspondence. Of twenty-four previously published fluted
points that we were able to find in the literature, seventeen
are from counties already represented in our sample. Two
others were found in a county (Waukesha Mason 1958a;
38) from which we have recorded no points, but which lies
well within the area southeast of the Green Bay to Dubuque
line. The remaining five were found in the following coun-
ties:
Rusk 1 (Jones 1948:8-9)
Winnebago 2 (Quimby 1958)
Marinette 1 (Ritzenthaler 1963)
Juneau 1 (Ritzenthaler 1966)
Of these five points, three, (those from Winnebago and Ju-
neau counties) were found contiguous to counties represented
in our sample. The Rusk and Marinette county finds, how-
ever, represent a drastic departure from the distribution of
the other points. The Marinette county point is especially
TABLE 3
Distribution of Points by Types and Counties
Folsom Ent.- Clovis Quad Cumb. Unty. Totals
Bull Brook
Calumet 000100
Crawford 000001
Dane 23500 12
Dodge 00100 3
Fond du Lac 1 1
Jefferson 0310026
Lafayette 1001
Manitowoc 102001
Milwaukee 00001
Racine 00100
Richland 00000
Rock 201000
Sauk 001001
Sheboygan 00200
Washington 00200
Waupaca 000001
Unknown 2 2 4 1 5 14
8 22 2 1 25 65
Wisconsin Fluted Point 211
interesting, for the site of its discovery in the town of Pesh-
tigo is on top of terrain traversed by Valders ice.
One obvious, though admittedly premature, inference to be
drawn from the overall distribution of these fluted points is
that their makers moved into \Visconsin not directly from, the
west but from the south or southeast.. Point No. 32, which is
made of Indiana hornstone, supports such an inference as do
the Quad (?) and Cumberland (?) points. However, until
more data are available from the western part of the state,
we can regard the current distribution pattern as no better
than suggestive in this respect.
Some chronological inferences may also be drawn from the
geographic distribution of our fluted point sample, although
the only information we have in most cases is the name of the
town nearest which a particular point was found. In the ab-
sence of field observations by a competent geologist, we shall
make the assumption that each point was found on top of the
youngest geologic surface currently exposed in the vicinity
of its discovery. Needless to say, such an assumption is open
to question, but so long as its inherent limitations are kept in
mind, it at least permits us to offer some hypotheses capable
of further testing.
\Ve believe all fluted points in our sample to be of pre
Archaic age although we do not presently know what th: t
age might be in absolute years in Wisconsin. This does not
mean that we consider all to have been contemporary. In-
deed, the reason for distinguishing the various types was
based on the belief that some, at least, of the typological dif-
ferences are to be ascribed to temporal differences. Unfor-
tunately, our present sample reveals no obvious pattern that
suggests age differentials among our various types. We have
hopes that, as our future studies increase the sample size.
some spatial distribution patterns will emerge that will have
temporal, possibly ecological, or even culture-historical sig-
nificance.
The distribution of our total sample relative to late ter-
minal moraines of the Wisconsin glaciation suggests an age
of the fluted point tradition in the state of Wisconsin begin-
ning after the Gary maximum (ca. 13,000 B. C.) and persist-
ing beyond the Valders maximum (ca. 8.500 B. C.).. The
large number of fluted points found in counties underlain
by Gary drift (Figure 7) leaves little doubt that the fluted
point tradition was present in Wisconsin after this glacial
212 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
substage. Exactly when the fluted point makers first arrived
in \Visconsin is unknown, but considering the existing con-
inent-wide evidence, an arrival sometime in the 10th millen-
nium B. C. or possibly in the early 9th millennium seems most
likely.
If our distributional data can be taken at face value, it may
be inferred that the fluted point tradition in Wisconsin sur-
vived into post-Valders times. At least three of our points
(Nos. 25, 47, and 58) were supposedly found on terrain
within the limits of the Valders end moraine, thus presum-
ably on top of Valders till. Combined with three fluted points
published earlier (Quimby 1958; Ritzenthaler 1963), this
brings to six the number of fluted points in Wisconsin pre-
sumably found on top of Valders till. (It should be noted that
we omit from this tally the Waupaca county point reported
by Quimby because the presumed location of its discovery is
actally beyond, i. e. west of, the Valders moraine.)
A review of the typology of those points of possible post-
Valders age raises some interesting problems. The Quad-like
point (No. 25) can be reasonably expected to be of post-
Valders age, for this type is generally regarded as a late
member of the fluted point tradition. The Untyped point
(No. 47) must remain in a sort of limbo for the moment, but
Point No. 58, which we have classified as Clovis, would seem
to challenge the validity of our typology. Numerous well-
dated Clovis sites in the \Vest (Haynes 1964) document a
pre-9000 B. C. age for this type there, yet the presence of the
Clovis point on top of Valders drift in Wisconsin suggests a
post-8500 B. C. age here. In such cases, shouldn't we have
another name for our Wisconsin type? Our answer is, not
necessarily. If a common cultural heritage united Western
Clovis points with the Eastern fluted points that we are un-
able to differentiate typologically, age differences do not per
se vitiate the typology. For the moment, at least, we are will-
ing to argue for such a common cultural heritage linking
Western and Eastern Paleo-Indians.
We have put forth a number of hypotheses, not the least of
which is our whole typology, that are frankly based upon in-
adequate data. In order to minimize the adverse affects of
such inadequacies on our study, we expect to expand our
survey more intensively into other parts of the state, thereby
increasing sample size and reliability. The present study is
but a first step along the path that hopefully will lead us
Wisconsin Fluted Point 213
deeper into the earliest era of Wisconsin prehistory.
Acknowledgements
We should like to express our sincere thanks to Dr. Robert
Ritzenthaler of the Milwaukee Public Museum and to- Dr.
Joan Freeman of the Wisconsin Historical Society for their
gracious cooperation in providing us access to the respective
collections and for the loan of the specimens for our study.
REFERENCES CITED:
Black, Robert F. 1966 "Valders Glaciation in Wisconsin and
Upper Michigan a Progress Report", Great Lakes Re-
search Division Publication No. 15, pp. 169-175. Ann Arbor.
Byers, Douglas S. 1942 "Fluted Points from Wisconsin". 'Amer-
ican Antiquity, Vol. 7, no. 4, p. 400. Menasha.
Byers, Douglas S. 1954 "Bull Brook A Fluted Point Site in
Ipswich, Massachusetts" American Antiquity, vol. 19, no.
4, pp. 343-351. Salt Lake City.
Coffin Roy G. 1937 Northern Colorado's First Settlers. Fort
Collins.
Crabtree, Don E. 1966 "A Stoneworker's Approach to Analyz-
ing and Replicating the Lindenmeier Folsom" Tebiwa, vol.
9, no. 1, pp. 3-39. Pocatello.
Fitting, James E. 1965 "A Quantitative Examination of Vir-
ginia Fluted Points" American Antiquity, vol. 30, no. 4,
pp. 484-491. Salt Lake City.
Griffin, James B. 1965 "Late Quaternary Prehistory in th
Northeastern Woodlands" in H. E. Wright, Jr. and David G.
Frey (eds), The Quaternary of the United States, pp. 655-
667. Princeton.
Haury, Emil W. 1953 "Artifacts with Mammoth Remains,
Naco, Arizona", American Antiquity, vol. 19, no. 1, pp.
1-14. Salt Lake City.
Haury, Emil W,. E. B. Sayles, and Willam W. Wasley 1959 "The
Lehner Mammoth Site, Southestern Arizona", American
Antiquity, vol. 25, no. 1, pp. 2-42. Salt Lake City.
Haynes, C. Vance, Jr. 1964 "Fluted Projectile Points: Their
Age and Dispersal" Science, vol. 145, no. 3639, pp. 1408-
1413 Washington.
Jones, Robert R. 1948 "Archeological Excavations in Polk,
Barron, and Rusk Counties: Wisconsin Archeologist, vol.
29, no. 1, pp. 1-17. Ann Arbor.
Leonhardy, Frank (ed.) 1966 ''Domebo-A Paleo-Indian Mam-
moth Kill in the Prairie-Plains", Contributions of the
Museum oi the Great Plains, No. 1. Lawton.
MacDonald. George F. 1968 Debert: A Paleo-Indian Site in
Central Nova Scotia. National Museum of Canada An-
thropology Papers, No. \ f .. Ottawa.
Mason, Ronald J. 1958a "Late Pleistocene Geochronology and
the Paleo-Indian Penetration into the Lower Michigan
Peninsula", Anthropological Papers, Museum of Anthro-
214 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
pology, University of Michigan, no. 11. Ann Arbor. .
Mason, Ronald J. 1958b "Fluted Point Measurements", Amer-
ican Antiquity, vol.23, no. 5, pp. 311-312. Salt Lake City.
Muller - Beck, Hans jurgen 1966 "Paleohunters in America:
Origins and Diffusion", Science, vol. 152, no. 3726. pp.
1191-1210. Washington.
Quimby, George I. 1958 "Fluted Points and Geocnronology of
the I ake Michigan Basin", American Antiquity, vol. 23,
no. 3, pp. 247-254. Salt Lake City.
Ritzenthaler, Robert 1963 "Interesting Wisconsin Specimens",
Wisconsin Archeologist* vol. 44, no. 4, p. 223. Lake Mills.
Ritzenthaler, Robert E. and Paul Scholz 1951 "Folsomoid Points
in Wisconsin" Wisconsin Archeologist, vol. 32, no. 2,
pp. 45-48. Lake Mills.
Roberts, Frank H. H., Jr. 1935 "A Folsom Complex: Preli-
minary Report on Investigations at the Lindenmeier Site in
Northern Colorado", Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collec-
tions, vol. 94, no. 4, pp. 1-35. Washington.
Rolingson, Martha Ann 1964 Paleo- Indian Culture in Ken-
tucky, Studies in Anthropology, No. 2. Lexington: Uni-
versity of Kentucky Press.
Roosa, William B. 1965 "Some Great Lakes Fluted Types".
The Michigan Archaeologist, vol. 11, no*. 3-4, pp. 89-102.
Salzer, Robert J. and Mark Stock 1961 "A Fluted Point from
Jefferson County", .The Wisconsin Archeologist, vol. 42,
no. 3, pp. 133-135. Lake Mills.
Sellards. E. H. 1952 Early Man in America. Austin University of
Texas Press.
Stuckenrath, R., Jr. 1966 "The Debert Archaeological Project.
Nova Scotia: Radiocarbon Dating", Qoaternaria, vol. 8,
pp. 75-80. Rome.
Williams, Stephen and James B. Stoltman 1965 "An Outline
of Southeastern United States Prehistory with Particular
Emphasis on the Paleo-Indian Era" in H. E. Wright, Jr.
and David G. Frey (editors), The Quaternary of the United
States, pp. 669-683. Princeton.
Witthoft, John 1952 "A Paleo-Indian Site in Eastern Pen-
nsylvania: An Early Hunting Culture" Proceedings of
the American Philosophical Society, vol. 96, no. 4, pp.
464-495. Philadelphia.
Wormington, H. M. 1957 Ancient Man in North America. 4th
Edition. Denver Museum of Natural History. Popular
Series No. 4. Denver.
THE BIGELOW SITE (47-Pt-29)
PORTAGE COUNTY, WISCONSIN
An Ethnohistoric Analysis of the Historic Artifacts
Frederick W. Lange
Department of Anthropology
University of Wisconsin Madison
INTRODUCTION
During the summer of 1966, archaeological excavations
were conducted at the Bigelow Site (47-Pt-29) in Portage
County, Wisconsin, under grant GS-1141 from the National
Science Foundation to Professor David A. Baerreis as prin-
cipal investigator. In addition to prehistoric materials, intru-
sive historic Indian burials in mounds and large quantties of
historic artifacts, mainly concentrated in a suspected habita-
tion area, were found.
The main focus of the excavation was the recovery of cul-
tural materials and environmental data related to the Effigy
Mound group and habitation at the site; the presence of his-
toric materials was not anticipated and their excavation was
not a major aspect of the field project.
The analysis, interpretation and report on the prehistoric
artifactual material from the site is presently being completed
by William M. Hurley, Field Director of the project. The
writer, who served as Assistant Field Director, i c concern *'
with the study of the historic materials.
The initial step in the analysis was the description and ter
poral identification of the excavated materials. Written his
torical records from Wisconsin and Portage County which
could be brought to bear on the archaeological locality were
then investigated. Repetitive evaluations of the combination
of historical and archaeological data provided an estimate of
the cultural activities represented by the materials from the
site.
Although our excavation procedure of selecting prehistoric
concentrations and avoiding, when possible, the historic con-
centrations, produced a somewhat biased and smaller than
ideal historic sample, the data recovered were felt to be ade-
quate to illustrate and discuss two points:
1 ) a general temporal description of the historic artifacts
represented at the site, and
2) the way in which these artifacts reflect the accultura-
tive processes of the aboriginal population in this limited
geographical region during nineteenth century Euro-
pean contact and incursion.
216 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
A chance occurrence of solid documentation for certain
aspects of the analysis of the site locality provided far greater
insight into the area than would have otherwise been possible
and this source, the diaries of Simon A. Sherman, have been
utilized extensively where pertinent.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Many persons have contributed their time and knowledge
to the body of data which comprises this report to them
many thanks are due. Professor William M. Hurley of the
Department of Anthropology, The University of Toronto,
Canada, not only afforded me the fun, privilege, and bene-
fit of sharing in the 1966 field season during which tri3
archaeological materials were excavated, but has also been
most generous in allowing me the use of field notes, draw-
ings, and other manuscript materials while I was prepar-
ing this report; Miss Lois K. Lippold of the University of
Wisconsin was also most generous in allowing me access
to unpublished data concerning the faunal analysis at the
site; Dr. Joan Freeman and Mr. Jay Brandon of the State
Historical Society of Wisconsin gave freely of their time
in aiding the identification of artifacts, making collections
of comparative materials available, and offering many help-
ful suggestions; Mrs. Joan Severa of the State Historical
Society provided valuable information on the historic cer-
amics from the site; Mr. Raymond Ronk of the Gagnon Clay
Products Company of Green Bay rendered a much appreci-
ated service in analyzing samples of the brick material from
the House 1 area; Mr. Nelis Kampenga, President of the
Portage County Historical Society, was of assistance in-
checking for resource materials in the possession of that
organization; Professor Margaret M. Cooper of the Textiles
and Clothing Department of the School of Home Economics
of the University of Wisconsin examined the various fabric
samples from the burials; and Mr. F. Gerald Ham, State
Archivist, cooperated in ordering microfilm materials. This
paper was originally prepared for Anthropology 9M, a Sem-
inar in Ethnohistory under Professor David A. Baerreis, at
the University of Wisconsin Madison, during Spring Se-
mester 1968. Comments by Professor Baerreis which aided
me in preparing this slightly revised version are gratefully
acknowledged. The responsibility for the interpretation of
ihe data is mine alone.
The Bigelow Site 229
dicates that there were three different agents associated with
the agency: 1) Oliver H. Lamoreaux (notified July 8, 1864);
2) John T. Kingston (April 14, 1869); and 3) Captain David
A. Griffith (June 23, 1869).
In the microfilms of the letters received from this agency,
only Lamoreaux is represented. On July 20, 1864, he wrote
to Indian Commissioner W. P. Dole to inform him of his
acceptance of the appointment. He followed this with another
communication on August 20, in which he stated that "I
would here say that these Indians are scattered in small bands
over a space of ten or fifteen counties each squad or band
under some petty chief and the whole of each tribe in a
measure subservient to a principal chief. "A further 'obser-
vation on the 14th of November of the same year noted that:
These Indians rely entirely for subsistence upon hunting
and trapping which in summer keeps them comfortable
but in winter I learn that they are destitute and often
suffer severely. . . In my judgment they would be the
most materially benefitted by receiving what they are to
receive from the government during the three winter
months.
It appears that by this time there were relatively few In-
dians left in the immediate Plover area. Lamoreaux requested
permission to purchase some of his goods to be distributed
in closer proximity to the Indians rather than in Plover, "tak-
ing into consideration the fact that those Indians are very
much scattered and so far from here that it would be no ob-
ject for them to travel the distance in coming here for what
they would get (January 30, 1865)."
In 1866, the Agent's sparse communication with Washing-
ton deal solely with gross finances and the investigation of
a complaint in Waupaca County that had been referred to
him; the 1867 letters contained similar routine reports on
total expenses and budget requests. In November and De-
cember of 1867, Lamoreaux advertised in the Plover Times
and Republican for goods for the Indians; an almost identical
list that was bid on in November of 1868 is listed here, as
it also reported the prices in the accepted bid:
50 pairs Mackinac 40 barrels flour $280.00
Blankets $525.00 2000 yards prints 300.00
10 barrels pork 350.00 100 Ibs. smoking
200 yards cassimere 250.00 tobacco 30.00
230 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 4
50 Ibs. plug tobacco
5 sacks shot
30.00
22.50
3 kegs powder
100 Ibs. lead
27.00
11.00
10,000 gun caps
25 small axes
10.00
25.00
100 yards denims
50 wool shirts
28.00
100.00
50 yards Kentucky
jeans
40 prs. shoes
100 bushels oats
25.00
60.00
80.00
50 prs. wool socks
2 tons hay
20.00
20.00
Total: $2, 193.50
This lot of goods was distributed in Plover on January H,
1869. In this same year Lamoreaux reported investigating an
incident in Crawford County. It appears that much of his
official business was carried on in areas some distance from
Plover and that there was not a local situation which drew
on his time. There is no evidence that the agency served any
other function than loose supervision and the distribution of
material goods.
An entry in Simon Sherman's diary during the agencv
period, written on September 11, 1864 while he was inspect-
ing timber up the Big Plover River, noted that 'There is a
camp of Potawatomi Indians a few rods above our camp."
A later incident in the series of attempts to remove the
Indians from Wisconsin occurred in 1874. when some 860
Winnebago were transferred to the agency near Omaha.
It was said that at least half of these found their way back
to Wisconsin within a period of four months (Shattuck,
1904:28). Some homesteads were finally allotted for these
peoples in Wisconsin and were located in Jackson, Adams,
Marathon, and Shawano counties (Lawson. 1907:116). No
such homesteads were ever established in Portage County
and it appears that as long as the forests continued to pro-
vide cover and the white settlement was sparse enough to
preserve game animals, the Indians maintained their old
ways of life.
HISTORIC INDIAN BURIALS
It is not a unique occurrence to find intrusive historic In-
dian burials in aboriginal earthen mounds in Wisconsin. T. T.
Brown noted that "Both the Winnebago and the Potawatomi
during the early days of white settlement continued to bury
some of their dead in shallow graves in the surfaces of
mounds (1924:99)." Other descriptions of Indian burials and
The Bigelow Site 231
customs during the early nineteenth century are also avail-
able. Publius V. Lawson reported that one of the otlong
mounds found by Increase Lapham near Theresa in north-
eastern Dodge County was entirely covered with recent
graves of the Menominee and Winnebago residing in that
area and that "The conical mounds so common in our state
were frequently selected as burial places by the Winnebago
and other Indians (1907:128)."
Lawson also reported a burial in Portage in 1832 of White
Pawnee, the son of a \Vinnebago chief, in a large conical
mound and listed some general burial customs of the time:
the deceased was wrapped in birch bark or matting and
placed in a shallow grave. Personal possessions or symbolic
objects were buried with them; women were accompanied by
utilitarian items (Lawson. 1907:127)."
Andrew Jackson Turner reported a Winnebago burial
which took place at Fort Winnebago in 1830: "His bodv.
according to their custom, having been wrapped in a blanket
and placed in a rude coffin along with his gun. tomahawk,
pipes and a quantity of tobacco, had been carried to the
most elevated point of the hill opposite the fort (1898:85)."
Lawson mentioned that in the 1840's. when the Winnebago
were living on the Turkey River reservation in Iowa, the
graves were dug with an east-west orientation so that the
deceased might ". . . look toward the happy land of the
west (1907:127)." Whether this was Lawson's interpreta-
tion or an Indian practice is not indicated by the text.
An 1817 expedition down the shore of Lake Michigan
south of Green Bay reported that ". . . we found the dead
body of a man extended on a scaffold, after the manner of
the Chippewas (Storrow. 1872:166)." This appears to be at
variance with Simon Sherman's description of the death of
the Chippewa Wabekenich in 1871: "It appears to have been
a custom among the Early Indians that when thev became
old and feeble and unable to take care of themselves to tie
them up to a tree in some secluded spot and let them die
(Book 25)." This description by Sherman may represent some
social deterioration from earlier times, and be tied to the
small band nomadic pattern, since abandonment of the aged
does not seem to have ben a general practice of Indians in
Wisconsin. The Chippewa seem to have practiced both sim-
ple interment and scaffold burial, the latter practice being
232 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50. No. 4
limited to chiefs and geographical regions where the soil
was not of sufficient depth to allow graves to be dug (Kin-
ietz, 1947:146).
Six historic burials were excavated at the site, five of these
intrusive into Mound B and one intrusive into Mound A.
These burials will be described below in the order that field
numbers were assigned to them. Seven burials are actually
described; one was examined in the laboratory and found to
be non-human, although the cremated remains were so frag-
fhat more positive identification of the mammal type
(H) HISTORIC
'"PROJECTED MOUND WALL
DETERMINED MOUND WALL
47-PT-29-2
MOUND A
BURIALS
a
PLAN VIEW
. N40OEfd
5ff.
FIGURE 4. Mound A, showing location of Burial 3.
The Bigelow Site
221
Aerials were found in various excavation units, mostly north
of the N200 line. Generally, areas with historic disturbance
were avoided and no attempt was made to collect a full
sample of this element.
EARLY HISTORY
None of the historic artifacts from the site appear to fall
into what George I. Quimby designated as the "early period,"
47-PT-29-2
PLAN VIEW
E3 EXCAVATED
25ff.
FIGURE 3. Section of northern end of excavation area.
N375
222 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
from about 1700 to 1760 (1938:25). Nonetheless, a very
brief resume of the European advent in the area may be
historically useful.
The first record of a white man in Wisconsin is that of
Jean Nicolet in 1634; twenty years were to elapse before
others ventured into the area. Most early travels were along
the major rivers and with the establishment of the Fox River
portage Wisconsin River route to the Mississippi, travel
through, and interest in, Wisconsin increased.
A 1767 report cited a large Sauk village of hewn plank
houses at the location of Prairie du Sac and a smaller village
of forty houses near the headwaters of the Chippewa River
(Durrie, 1872:225,232). Even before the arrival of the white
man, his westward push from the eastern seaboard was hav-
ing a significant effect on the Indians west of Lake Mich-
igan; the Indians' political geography was seriously dis-
turbed by multi-facted European-Indian conflicts and re-
movals to the west. The establishment of the fur trade cre-
ated an emphasis upon this economic activity and the In-
dians tended to concentrate in areas of fur resources and
proximity to trading posts.
The portage of the Fox and Wisconsin Rivers became an
important point en route between Green Bay and St. Louis;
while early settlers in Illinois were pushing northward into
che upper Rock River Valley, few white men went north of
the portage. The Winnebago White Crow's village at Lake
Koshkonong was described in 1830 as being "Built in the
usual style of lodges not wigwams, more like houses cov-
ered with white cedar bark, and contained a population of
1200 souls (Satterlee, 1879:313)."
W'ord of the extensive pine-lands farther up the Wis-
consin River began to accumulate and excite the commer-
cial aspirations of some settlers. The first timber cut north of
Portage was utilized in the construction of Fort Winne-
bago in 1828; later, in 1839, timber for the Mormon temple
at Nauvoo, Illinois, was cut in the "Pinery," as it came to
be called, and floated down the river by George Stevens.
The 1830's saw the execution of numerous and sometimes
contradictory treaties that paved the way for the removal of
Wisconsin tribes to areas west of the Mississippi River. Ac-
cording to a treaty signed at Fort Armstrong on September
15, 1832, the Winnebago ceded all lands to the south and
The Bigelow Site 223
east of the Wisconsin River; however, instead of moving to
their western lands, where the Sioux were perhaps a worse
threat than the whites to the east, most of the Winnebago
simply moved north of the Wisconsin.
In contrast to what were apparently large, prosperous and
sedentary groups of Indians in southern Wisconsin, the
lands to the north offered poor environmental opportuni-
ties for survival. Henry Gratiot wrote that after the 1834
treaty he conducted the Rock River Winnebago to areas
north of the Wisconsin; "They remained there only a few
months, being compelled to leave because they could not
subsist themselves . . . such was the scarcity of game north
of the Wisconsin (1836:215)." In this same report, Lewis
Cass added "The country north of the Wisconsin is a sterile,
barren region, almost destitute of game and very unfa-
vorable to any of the products raised by the Indians
(1836:215)." In 1836 the Winnebago in Wisconsin num-
bered approximately 4,600 and $40,000 was appropriated to
attempt to move them out of the state (Shattuck, 1904:22).
Living in Portage in 1834, Moses Paquette noted an epi-
demic of smallpox among the Winnebago in the region; ap-
proximately one-quarter of the tribe died, "The medicine
men soon abandoned their futile attempts . . . and the sur-
vivors fled before it like a herd of stricken deer, leaving
their dead and dying behind them, unburied (Harstad.
'960:254)." Moses's father, Peter Paquette, who was em-
ployed as a trader at Portage by the American Fur Com-
pany, was killed two years later. Since much of the trading
in the Portage region was done through the elder Paquette,
it would have been instructive to have records from his
post. Unfortunately, he was illiterate and we are told that
". . . for the last four years of his life he had a book-keeper,
but previous to that he relied completely on his memory and
ihe Indians' honesty (Satterlee, 1879:317)." Whatever rec-
ords may have been made by his book-keeper are apparent-
ly not available.
In 1836, Governor Dodge of Wisconsin recommended to
fhe Federal government that it acquire all of the timber
lands in Wisconsin. Thus, on September 3. the United States
made a treaty with the Menominees at Cedar Point, Fox
River, by which the Indians ceded four tracts of land. The
one which interests us ran along the Wisconsin River, for
three miles width on either side, from Amable Gngnon's mill
224 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
on the "Grignon Bend" of the Wisconsin River (near Nee
cedah) north to Wausau. encompassing 184.320 acres of
timber land (Shattuck, 1904:15)-. This, in essence, was the
opening of the "Pinery" to commercial exploitation and re-
sulted in the previously mentioned Conat. Stevens, and Har-
per mills.
In January, 1837. Governor Dodge further proposed the
purchase of all Sioux and Chippewa pine lands east of the
Mississippi. Consequently, on July 29. 1837, the Chippewas
of the Mississippi and Lake Superior region ceded all of
their lands in the central Wisconsin area and on September
29 the Sioux yielded all of their lands . . . east of the Mis-
sissippi River and all of their lands in said river (Shattuck.
1904:9)."
In the entire process of treaty-making and removal, no
tribe seems to have caused the government more trouble than
did the Winnebago. Following the Fort Armstrong treaty
of 1832. they made little attempt to move. In a second treaiy
in 1837, they promised to cede all of their lands east of the
Mississippi and to abide by the articles of the earlier agree-
ment (Shattuck. 1904:22). By 1839 they had still made no
attempt to move and General Atkinson was ordered to dis-
place them, forcibly if necessary. He subsequently reported
that he had conducted approximately 4,500 of the tribe
across the Mississippi in 1840. Shattuck commented. "In
reality, they were probably only there long enough to col-
lect their annuities (1904:22)" and many began drifting back
to campsites in western Wisconsin and along the Wisconsin
River shortly thereafter; an additional 300 of the tribe are
reported as never having left the state. Some 250 Potawatomi
also escaped removal at this time and by 1856 their number
is reported as 600 (Shattuck. 1904:19).
In 1846 the Winnebago participated in another treaty giv-
ing them a reservation in Minnesota; in addition to the 1300
that moved there, many took advantage of the opportunity
to return to Wisconsin by slipping away en route.
The final treaty of importance to land transferral in Wis-
consin was enacted on October 18. 1848: the Menommee
signed a treaty by which they agreed to "cede. sell, and re-
linquish to the United States all of their lands in Wisconsin
wherever situated (Shattuck. 1904:15)." This treaty was in-
strumental in opening lands outside of the three mile strip
along the Wisconsin for settlement.
The Bigclow Site 225
Another attempt was also made in 1848 to move some of
ihe Winnebago who were living along the Wisconsin River.
A contract for this purpose was let by the government -to
Mr. Henry M. Rice, who agreed "To supply them with the
requisite number and quantity of tents and cooking utensils
and with a comfortable outfit, to consist of blankets, shoes
and other suitable articles of wearing apparel which they
might need for their comfort (Thirty-first Congress. 1850'
585)." Moses Paquette, employed by Rice to assist him,
noted that 'The Indians were quite widely scattered, not in
villages but in small encampments of two and three families
each. They had no definite abode, but roved about, follow-
ing the game and pitching their wigwams wherever night
overtook them (1892:407)."
The first farm in the Pinery was started in 1847, one-half
mile east of Plover, where potatoes were raised. Although
this was prior to the treaty of 1848, it was within the three
mile strip along the river; another settler attempted farming
outside the strip and ". . . before he got his house done the
Indians burnt it up (Sherman, Book 27:11)." During the
1830's agreements were made with the Indians to allow in-
dividual traders to come into the area. Charles Allen, a half-
breed, went to what was to become Stevens Point; Jim Dan-
iels, another half-breed, married an Indian woman and built
a log shanty in this same area; he sold out to George Stev-
ens in 1839, when the latter arrived for the first time.
Thus, during the first half of the nineteenth century, the
Portage County area north of the portage was apparently
sparsely inhabited by small nomadic bands of Indians, who
exploited riverine and apparently limited game resources for
subsistence. Some were Indians who had escaped all re-
moval attempts; their numbers were gradually swelled by
refugees from west of the Mississippi, with \Vinnebago, Pota-
watomi, Menominee and Chippewa all being in the area.
THE ARRIVAL OF THE WHITE MAN
In 1848 Simon A. Sherman arrived in Plover and built
(he first house upon the former Indian lands (Sherman, Book
5); although a man of limited education, Sherman was to
become moderately wealthy and a leading citizen ojf the
community. He described Plover, when he first arrived, as
n little village located on a level plain "as far as the eye
could see" among burr oak openings.
226 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 4
Sherman noted that the tribes inhabiting the area at the
time of his arrival were "The Menomine, Potawatomi, the
Winnebago, and the Chipaways," and goes on to write:
At this time the writer S. A. Sherman Setled at Plover
and built the first house upon the Indian lands and
Setled on the Wisconsin River at the foot of Conat
Rapids and the mouth of the Big Plover River where
he built a Saw Mill upon the favourd hunting and fish-
ing grounds of the Indians and Wabekenich (A Chip-
pewa) and his family were among the first Indians he
became acquainted with they frequently coming here
building their wigwams while they remained a few days
hunting and fishing. Their wigwams usuly were from
12 to 16 ft. in diameter they are made of small poles one
end stuck in the ground and the other the tops fastened
together then covered with burch bark or rushes leav-
ing a hole in the center for the Smoke to Escape after
remaining a few days they leave for some other loca-
tion The Squaws doing the packing and the bucks the
hunting . . . Their clothing usualy consisted of a pair
of Moskins for their feet legins for their leg a brich
clout and Blankett for their body they usualy went bare-
headed but some times wore a band around their heads
with feathers in it. They were a roving class of people
and their home was where night over took them (Sher-
man, Book 5).
Sherman became involved in the lumber business early
and continued this endeavor all of his life. In a report on
his first trip down the Wisconsin River (1849). he men-
tioned the site locality for the first time, writing that "On
the 21st (of April) we stopped at Yellow Banks (1910:173)."
On May 3, 1850 he ". . . ran my lumber down to the
Yellow Banks, where my other timber was lying (Sherman.
1910:177)." References to the site locality appeared oc-
casionally in Sherman's diaries up until the end of the
nineteenth century, a few of which might be quoted here:
March 23, 1854. Gets my boat and a load of lumber at
Yellow Banks;" "March 25, 1854. Goes over to Yellow Banks
to get maple sugar;" "March 14, 1855. Goes down to Yellow
Banks to see about Booming," a boom being a line or barrier
of connected floating timbers used to enclose felled tim-
bers in the water prior to their being floated to the sawmill.
The Bigelow Site 227
An entry for July 30, 1883 stated that "Rachel (Sherman's
wife) and Ritie went Blue-berrying at Yellow Banks."
Through the 1860's and 1870's there was a decline in ref-
erences to Yellow Banks and in some years a complete ab-
sence. Apparently the timber had been exhausted there and
his diary indicated that much effort was concentrated on
timber land up the Big Plover river. However, entries such
as that of November 16, 1864, "William Packard gives me
leave to cut timber on Conats," indicated that he continued
to be active just north of the site, three-quarters of a mile
from his home. Sherman's diaries are quite terse and deal
almost exclusively with business dealings, land transactions,
and events of note transpiring around him. Thus he men-
tions going to Conat's, the object of his business, without
noting Yellow Banks, as there was apparently nothing there
to interest him.
In 1850 an order was given to remove some 3,000 reti-
cent Chippewas from \Visconsin. They were quite widely
dispersed at this time and a large number were not located
(Shattuck: 1904:36). Wabekenich, the previously mentioned
Chippewa, and his roving family fit into this category;
other Indians apparently lived in the area in relative peace
with the whites. Simon Sherman mentioned that "John Dix-
on, an old Winnebago Indian . . . He and his family worked
for me clearing the land from my mill to the railroad in
Plover (Book 26)." The whites in the area seemed to be
little concerned with or by the Indians and the following
article in the Stevens Point Wisconsin Pinery on March 4,
1853 might be taken as representative of the general atti-
tude:
On Saturday last a young Chippewa Indian saw and shot
a young bear. Before he had got him scalped, he found
himself in the embrace of the old Bruin herself; his gun
was empty, his tomahawk fast in the bear's hug under
his blanket his only resource was his knife The poor
fellow survives and it is hoped will recover; he deserves
a pension and a knighthood.
One serious problem which handicapped the various roam-
ing Indians in Wisconsin at this time was that legally they
did not even exist according to various official reports,
they had all been moved west of the Mississippi River. Con-
sequently, no agencies were maintained for them in Wis-
228 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
consin, no schools were established, no homesteads allotted,
and in general they were ignored.
Economic activity around Plover centered on the various
mills, most of which were family-owned establishments that
at most employed three or four additional workmen at some
times of year. There was little, if any, opportunity for the
Indians to engage in this economic cycle. In addition, local
soils were so poor as to generally discourage agriculture by
either whites or Indians and the leading volume crop in the
area was potatoes. The Indians had little incentive to estab-
lish even semi-permanent residences and it seems that the
earlier hunting-fishing-gathering pattern continued uninter-
rupted.
Those Indians who actually stayed on their reservation
lands, at least among the Winnebago, apparently fared bet-
ter materially and acculturated rapidly. On February 27, 1855
they were given a reservation on the Blue Earth River, just
south of Mankato in southern Minnesota. We are told that
"They settled here in the spring of that year and immediately
began the erection of dwellings and improvement of the land.
The teacher of the reservation school reported an enrollment
of 118 in 1860 (Lawson, 1907:114)."
Around Plover, increasing numbers of whites and the de-
creasing welfare and general destitution of the Indians made
conflicts inevitable. Simon Sherman noted in his diary for
August 10, 1860 that "Curley Smith's wife comes to have me
stay with her on account of the Indian's threatening to kill
her." On June 15, 1863 about 1,000 Winnebago and Pota-
watomi Indians appeared on the outskirts of Stevens Point
and caused considerable excitement. After a council, the In-
dians left without incident; the citizenry formed a military
company. The Wisconsin Pinery commented:
The Indians are still in the neighborhood. They are
bands of Potawatomi and Winnebago. There are sev-
eral hundred of them and said to be increasing in num-
ber. These are strange Indians and have no legitimate
business. They ought to be removed by the government
at once to their proper position before collisions take
place.
In an attempt to ease such situations, a special Indian
agency for the wandering bands in Wisconsin was estab-
lished in Plover in 1864 and remained in existence until
1869. A xerox page from a National Archives note-book in-
The Bigelow Site
217
THE SITE LOCALITY
The Bigelow Site (47-Pt-29) is located in the W 14 of
the NE i., of the NE '^ of section 21, Township 23 North,
Range 8 East, Plover Township, Portage County, Wiscon-
s>n. This locality is one-half mile northwest of the town of
Plover, on a forty foot bank above the Wisconsin River.
The Little Plover River enters the Wisconsin drainage slight-
MILLS
47-PT-29 PHYSIOGRAPHY 8
HYDROLOGY
SCALE
4in - Imi
FIGURE 1. Historic artifacts were excavated from the wood-
lot indicated by "PT-29-2."
218 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGiST Vol. 50, No. 4
iy north of the site area. (Fig. 1 )
During the mid-nineteenth . century economic development
and settlement of Portage County, the emphasis was on lum-
bering and floating cut timber down the Wisconsin River:
hence, early references to the site area are seen from the
river level and in those times it was known as Yello\\
Banks." referring to the eroded, sandy embankment that
marks the western edge of the site. Simon A. Sherman, a
long-time (1848-1906) resident of Plover, noted that the
Yellow Banks . . . are forty feet high and are noted for
being one of the old ancient Indian battlegrounds, it being
covered with many old and ancient mounds (Sherman, Book
9)." The Menominee purchase line of 1836 ran across the
Wisconsin River at the head of Yellow Banks and thence
eastward.
The Conat Rapids are just to the north of Yellow Banks
and it was here that Gilbert Conat built a saw-mill in 1839;
in this same year. Jim and Tom Harper built a mill at Plover
and George Stevens founded Stevens Point.
An 1874 map of Portage County and the Plover area
shows no residence or ownership in section 21; in 1894 the
land is recorded as belonging to an H. G. Ingersoll who.
from available records, apparently did not live in Portagr
County. Simon Sherman owned land in both section 16 and
section 22. but never owned the area of the site.
Another early geographical reference to the area, that of
Bonevard Eddy" was at first thought to be related to the
archaeological site; further investigation revealed that it
". . . is thus called, because when people are drowned above
their bodies usually float into it. and are found there (Sher-
man, 1910:177)."
Aboriginal mounds at the site are present in both a culti-
vated field and an uncultivated woodlot bordering the river
bank. One of the mounds in the cultivated field, all having
been practically levelled by plowing, was excavated and re-
ported by Bradley Blake (1961); four of the mounds in the
woodlot were tested bv William M. Hurley and partv in
the summer of 1965. (Fig. 2)
As a result of the 1965 testing program the site was
scheduled for extensive excavation "iring the first half of
the summer of 1966 as a part of the Woodland Culture proj-
ect under National Science Foundation grant GS-1141. The
The Bigelow Site
219
4 rAWM R'TAO
FIGURE 2. Bigelow Site, 47-Pt-29. Historic manifestation was
concentrated south of TBM 3 and north of N200E60 (lower cen-
ter).
220 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
site lies within the Wisconsin "Tension zone," the border
between the hardwood forest province to the north and the
grassland province to the south; excavation was environ-
mentally oriented to recover ecological data related to pre-
historic occupation.
In addition to environmental data and extensive cultural
remains from mounds and associated aboriginal habitation
at the site, artifacts of European manufacture were found in
various areas. The materials fall into five categories:
1 ) Extensive recent dumping has occurred in the sandy
area north of a sewer easement; the disturbance caused by
this activity delimited the southern limits of testing and ex-
cavation;
2) a dump area approximately twenty feet square to the
west of Mound N;
3) European articles associated with intrusive Indian bur-
ials into Mounds A and B;
4) scattered debris over the site, mostly south of the N100
line and north of the N200 line;
5) a concentration of debris in the N550 E50 area, desig-
nated "House 1."
With the exception of one iron knife found imbedded in
Level 2 (1.0'-1.3' below surface) in square S60 RO of Mound
N during the 1965 testing operation, all historic artifacts
from the site were recovered in 1966. These will be sum-
marized in preliminary fashion as 1) Burials, 2) "House 1 ,"
and 3) Other:
1 ) Six historic burials, all American Indian, were found at
the site. Five were intrusive into Mound B and one into
Mound A, both conical mounds. Historic artifacts were found
in association with four of the burials and on the surfaces of
die mounds.
2) A concentrated area of debris and post-mold patterns,
designated in the field as House 1 . was exposed in the area
around N550 E50. This debris consisted mostly of quanti-
ties of broken historic ceramics, glass, square cut nails,
bricks, and other items of nineteenth century manufacture.
3) Small concentrations of historic debris were also noted
in other portions of the site. One such place was previously
noted near Mound N; another dump area apparently existed
around Test Square No. 4 at N350 E30 and around N430
E90 on the southern part of Mound R. Other historic ma-
The Bigelow Site 233
could not be made.
Burial 3:
N405 W5 (3.15' Below Surface)
Sex: undetermined. Age: 6-8
Orientation: East-west, head west, supine
The single historic artifact associated with this burial was an
iron, non-French knife found lying on the sternum.
Burial 4:
Mound B
N330EO (1.4' - 2.2' B.S.)
Sex: Male. Age: middle-aged adult
Orientation: East-west, head west (skull missing), supine
This extremely dis-articulated interment was found in 'a rec-
tangular pit seven feet long and two and one-half feet wide.
Associated artifacts included: approximately one hundred
white seed beads in the feet region; silver 'beads around the
chest and in the hair; one strike-a-light: one gun-flint (strik-
ing flint); and forty-three square cut nails. The presence of
wood throughout the burial pit and the distribution of the
square cut nails around the periphery of the pit, as well as
in the fill, suggests that the body was buried in a coffin.
Whether sawed or hewn lumber was used cannot be de-
termined from the wood fragments that were recovered.
Another interesting fact about this burial, in light of de-
scriptions of other males, is that there is no evidence of a
firearm or accessories having been interred with the body.
This may either be due to post-burial disturbance of some
of the grave contents, or it may represent an Indian who
had been deprived of his weapon during the course of re-
movals to the west. There are historic accounts of the locks
being removed from all of the Indians' rifles prior to the
journey; without a lock there would seem to be a greatly
reduced incentive for keeping the rifle.
Burial 6 is represented by extra thoracic ribs and a right
cuneiform that were noted while making the skeletal inven-
tory of Burial 4.
Burial 7:
Mound B
N330 W5 and 10 (2.5' B. S.)
Orientation: East-west, head west, supine
Sex: female, age: adult
This individual was articulated and extended in a pit ap-
234 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50. No.
proximately six and one-half feet long and two and one-half
feet wide. A board was found to run the length of the verte-
bral column and fragments of birch bark were found in the
burial pit. The presence of birch bark, as well as the small
number of square cut nails (fifteen) suggests that this indi-
vidual was interred in some type of wrapping, with the nails
perhaps as fasteners, rather than in any type of coffin. Ap-
proximately five hundred white seed beads, apparently from
leggings, were recovered, plus silver beads near the feet; one
metal sheath knife in a sewn birch bark sheath; one com-
plete "TD" style white kaolin pipe; one pipe-stem fragment;
one glass mirror; five metal buttons from a wool coat; one
I
FIGURE 5. Historic artifacts recovered in association with Bur-
ial 7: A) Knife; B) Three-tined fork; C) Sewn birch-bark knife
sheath; D) "TD" style clay pipe; E) Gunflint from wool pouch
(F); F) Wool pouch (containing one strike-a-light); G) Mirror.
The Bigelow Site
235
FIGURE 6. Burial 7. Some of the artifacts illustrated in Figure
5 can be seen IN SITU in the pelvic region.
three-tined fork with an antler handle; and a woven* wool
pouch which contained one strike-a-light, one gunflint (strik-
ing flint), red ochre, and cowrie shells. One mini-ball was
recovered from the fill of the grave. The sheathed knife,
mirror fork, pipe, and pouch were all in the pelvic region,,
which was encased in an acetone-alvar solution and brought
into the laboratory for dissection. (Fig. 5, 6, 7)
236- WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
FIGURE 7. Close-up of pelvic region of Burial 7. Fork, knife,
pipe, birch-bark sheath, and metal buttons are visible IN SITU.
X
Burial 9:
Mound B
N330 W10
The Bigelow Site
237
Cremation
This burial was located adjacent to the north shoulder of
Burial 7. It is a non-human mammal, but further identifica-
tion could not be made with certainty because of the extreme
fragmentation of the remains.
Burial 11:
Mound B
N335 W10 (1.3' - 3.7' B. S.)
Orientation: East-west, head west, supine
Sex: female. Age: 8-10
The left side of this skeleton was articulated and extended,
while portions of the right side were missing. Approximately
two hundred and fifty white seed beads were found in the
leg area; small silver brooches were found on the sternum
and also attached to a piece of cloth. This piece of cloth
also held a large silver brooch with the touch-mark "JO"
in Roman capital letters, enclosed in a square cartouche. A
strike-a-light with preserved fabric adhering to it and one
gunflint (striking flint) were also found. No evidence of a
coffin or other type of interment container was found and
no square cut nails were present. Slightly above the head
of the burial, two cubes of galena were found in what was
v
E3A/8
0-3 Afb
EJA/82
OCHARCOAL
[03KROTOVINA (FEA.22)
47-PT-29-2
MOUND B
PROFILES
FIGURE 8. Profile of Mound B showing stratigraphic location
of Burial 11 and position of apparent ceremonial fire containing
two cubes of galena (Fig. 10-1).
238 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
apparently an associated ceremonial fire. (Fig. 8)
N330VWO
N330EO
N34OWIO
N340EO
47-PT-29-2
MOUND B
BURIALS
(H) HISTORIC
"~ 5ft.
FIGURE 9> Mound B, location of historic burials in plan view.
The Bigelow Site
239
i
i
i
FIGURE 10. Historic artifacts. AJ knife found on sternum of
Burial 3; B) Strike-a-light, Burial 11; C) Gunflint, Burial 4;
D) Gunflint, Burial 11; E) Gunflint, LEFT: N350 E30 (Test
Square 4, Level 1); RIGHT: House 1 (plowed zone); F) Strike-
a-light, Burial 11; G) Silver brooch, Burial 4; H) Peter Dorni
style pint stem, House 1 (plowed zone); I) Galena cubes, ap-
parent ceremonial fire at head of Burial 11.
Burial 12:
Mound B
N355 W5 (.9* -- l.r B. S.)
Infant
(Fig. 9) (Fig. 10)
These remains were not initially recognized as being human,
but were subsequently identified as a result of laboratory
240 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 4
examination. No artifacts were associated.
Perhaps the most immediate questions that might be asked
of these burials concern their temporal and cultural place-
ment. There is the obvious possibility for them to represent
a wide time range and, according to the previously quoted
historic sources, to be Winnebago, Potawatomi, or Menomi-
nee in cultural affiliation.
Burial 12 had no associated historic artifacts and its desig-
nation as an historic interment is based solely, but rather
firmly, on the loose, friable soil matrix surrounding it, sim-
ilar to the other historic burials.
None of the burials at the site contained items defined as
being characteristic of the early period (1700-1760): Jesuit
rings, brass rings set with glass, iron caltrops, Jesuit metals,
Jesuit crosses and crucifixes, French-made iron knives, lead
seals, polished stone Micmac pipes made with iron tools,
copper and brass projectile points, blown glass bottles, shell
runtees, stone molds, and brass bracelets (Quimby, 1938:25).
The iron knife associated with Burial 3 can only be identified
as non-French, probably dating to the early nineteenth cen-
tury.
George Quimby described certain European trade goods as
FIGURE 11. Close-up of "JO" touch-mark on Silver Brooch,
Burial 4 (Figure 10-G).
The Bigelow Site 241
being characteristic of the late period (1760-1825), especially
a variety of silver ornaments and types of brooches: "The
great majority of these silver ornaments, identified by means
of their touch-marks, were made by Montreal silversmiths
between 1770 and 1825 Quimby, 1938:25)."
Chronologically. Burial 1 1 may be the oldest interment of
historic date at the site. The "JO" touch-mark on the silver
brooch is that of John Oakes of Montreal, a silversmith dur-
ing the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century. (Fig.
1 1 ) Oakes was an associate of Charles Arnoldi, whose work
is represented in a burial from Michigan reported by Robert
C. Alberts (1951:117) and placed at post-1780, with a more
concrete date not suggested. In an illustration of the materials
from the burial, Alberts showed a strike-a-light that is. al-
most exactly like the one from Burial 1 1 , differing from others
at this site in being slightly larger and having a broad back.
in comparison with Burials 4, 6, and 7, another chronolog-
ical consideration may be the lack of square cut nails in
Burial 11. This could be attributed to: 1) a simple lack of
possession of nails at the time of interment; 2) a type of in-
terment in which nails were not used; and 3) interment prior
to the time that square cut nails were available in the area.
The square nail was brought into production around 1800
(Mercer, 1951:238), but was most likely not widely avail-
able (or needed) in most of western Wisconsin until the
building of Fort Winnebago and the development of the
first mills along the Wisconsin River, roughly from 1828 on.
On the basis of this limited information, the placement of
the time of this interment between 1790 and 1830 would
seem reasonable.
The birch bark sheath in Burial 7 contained a knife of a
type similar to those illustrated by Alberts for the previously
mentioned burial in Michigan. The "TD" clay pipe does not
provide as firm a temporal limitation as some other clay pipe
style. H. Geiger Omwake, a leading authority on historic
clay pipes, has found that this marking was used by differ-
ent pipe-makers, including Thomas Dean of Bristol, Thomas
Darkes of Brosely, and Thomas Dormer of London. The
marking was adopted by others and continued in use after
the death of these men. Pipes with "TD" initials are found
from sites occupied from 1700 to the middle of the nine-
teenth century (Peterson. 1963:3). (Fig. 12)
242 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST
Vol. 50. No. 4
FIGURE 12. "TD" marking of the variety found on clay pipe
in association with Burial 7 (Fig. 5-D). (Courtesy, Mackinac Is-
land State Park Commission).
Many of the "TD" varieties, of which Peterson counted
at least fifteen, are easily distinguishable from others. A
"TD" marking matching that of the Burial 7 pipe \vas illus-
trated by Peterson, although he gives no date other than
". . . the early 19th century." The metal buttons are of a
manufacturing style dateable to 1812-1820 (Olson, 1963:553)
and the cloth to which they were attached, as well as the
belt around the waist, is wool. The presence of square cut
nails in association with a bark wrapping may be transi-
tional between the old style of wrapping and the use of
coffins; at any rate, the nails seem to have been available
at the time of interment. The uniform size of the nails sug-
gests that they were obtained as a lot, rather than a variety
of sizes that might have been present if they had been more
casually acquired. The material culture inventory from the
grave indicates substantial acculturation and the individual
may have been involved in some of the early removal at-
tempts and associated distribution of goods. A range of in-
terment for this burial is suggested as from 1812 to 1840.
with a weighting toward the latter.
Although white seed beads, a strike-a-light, and a flint
were found in Burial 4, the grave had apparently been dis-
turbed and other, more diagnostic artifacts may have been
The Bigelow Site 243
looted, or never been present. The use of a coffin and the
large number of square nails suggests a relatively late time
placement for this grave; a range from 1840- 1848 seems
probable.
The latter date of 1848 for Burial 4 is also considered as
the maximum terminal date for all of the burials at the site.
This opinion is based partially on Simon Sherman's diaries;
at one point (Book 30) he wrote: "Mr. Joseph Hodgeson died.
I cut road to cemetary and Sunday (November 19, 1854)
. . . He was the first one buried in a cemetry in the Pinery
or upon the Wisconsin River." Extensive reading in the
diaries suggests to this writer that had Sherman known of
Indian burials along the river, he undoubtedly would have
mentioned them at this point. More importantly, none of
the graves contained artifacts post- 1850 in manufacture; all
suggest an earlier period.
Burials 7, 11, and 12 are well separated from each other
spacially, and may have been buried within a few years of
each other while the positions of the other bodies were either
visible or known. The southern end of the pit containing
Burial 7 and the northern end of the pit containing Burial
4 and 6 almost overlap and the location of Burial 7 may not
have been apparent when the others were interred.
The age-sex distribution of the burials, one adult male, one
adult female, two juveniles, and one infant certainly suggests
the possibility that a family unit is represented, despite the
locational aspects of Burials 4. 6, and 7. The ranges sug-
gested for the individual interments do not rule this out and
the temporal separation related to the use of nails is merely
a suggestion; many other factors could have resulted in a
difference in the burial practices. However, other historic
burials which were not located during the excavation may
have been present and this would change the appearance of
the distribution. While there is no firm evidence for a par-
ticular interpretation, it is felt that some temporal separation
occurred between the different burials.
Both Burials 4 and 1 1 show missing and disturbed skeletal
elements that may be the result of post-burial molestation.
The examination of another historically recorded event may
shed some light on this, and suggests that burial customs as
practiced by the Indians were not directly responsible.
In July 7, 1871, two Norwegian settlers found Wabekenich.
244 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
the Chippewa, dead near a spring at Pike Lake and reported
this to Dewitt Brown, a white man and friend of the In-
dian's. Brown gave two Potaunie (\Vinnebago) Indians a
quart of whiskey to go and bury him (Sherman, Book 25).
\Vhat interest two \Vinnebago may have had in burying a
dead Chippewa, especially after presumably dividing the
quart of whiskey, might be open to question at any rate,
no report of what type of burial took place was recorded.
On April 29, 1876, Simon Sherman and his son Eugene
had been driving logs over the Cedar Rapids on the Big
Plover River; they moved their camp from what Sherman
called the "Indian camp-grounds" to the foot of the rapids,
where the son set up camp in a hollow beside a small knoll.
Sitting down on the knoll he encountered a sharp object and
discovered some bones. Thinking it to be the remains of
an animal, he threw many of the bones in the river, until
he discovered an old coat with buttons on it. Based on what
Dewitt Brown told him, the elder Sherman assumed that this
was \Vabekenich's grave and he and the boy covered it
again. While it is somewhat questionable that the two Win-
nebago ever buried the body in the first place, it is more
certain that in five years insufficient decomposition would
have occurred to allow the bones to be gathered up and
thrown in the river.
Sherman mentioned that find to acquaintances and Albert
Bentley, another white friend of Wabekenich's, told him that
a Dr. Macholic (presumably from Stevens Point) was offer-
ing five hundred dollars for the skull from the grave and
that Herman Webster was going up to get it. Bentley got
there before Webster and gave the skull to the doctor; men-
tion was also made by Bentley of getting a second skull for
the doctor (Sherman, Book 25).
It is almost certain that neither skull was taken from the
remains of Wabekenich, and I should hasten to add that I
am not suggesting that either was taken from skulless Burial
4 in Mound B.
However, since the treaty of September 3, 1836, this area
has been legally open to the white man; Yellow Banks was
a stretch of calm water just south of the treacherous Conat
Rapids and probably was visited occasionally as a resting
spot. Normal curiosity, such as that described by Alberts in
which the burial was discovered by a passer-by jerking on
the muzzle of an old rifle protruding from the mound (Al-
The Bigelow Site 245
berts, 1951:118); active vandalism, and an occasional Dr.
Macholic offering considerable sums of money (a river pilot
in charge of takirfg a whole fleet of lumber cribs down the
length of the \Visconsin to the Mississippi received only $90
for the whole trip and could manage only two trips per year)
for skeletal pieces would contribute to non-aboriginal destruc-
tion of the graves. While there is certainly no concrete evi-
dence that such activities were carried out at Yellow Banks,
it is a likely possibility.
One other factor might be commented on: While all of
the historic burials at the site conform to the east-west orien-
tation described at the W^nnebago Turkey River reservation,
this alone is definitely insufficient to label the burials as be-
ing Winnebago. In many ways, the position of the burials
at the site can be demonstrated as being controlled by the
topography: an approach from the west is prevented by the
river bank, which has eroded the edges of the mounds; ap-
proach from the north and south is limited by other mounds;
the natural approach is from the level ground to the east.
While it may also have conformed to a cultural preference,
digging into the mounds from the east side into the slope and
toward the west is also the most efficient way to put in a
trench (as the archaeologists demonstrated).
It might be asked "Why did the Potawatomi, Winne-
bago, and Menominee choose to bury some of their dead in
mounds?" The description by Publius V. Lawson of White
Pawnee being buried on the highest point of the hill opposite
Fort Winnebago seems to denote an aspiration to burial in
high or elevated places, an aspiration that would be at least
symbolically fulfilled in the surface of a mound. However,
this would appear to be quite different from the position of
burials in sub-surface pits, a general trait from earlier Effigy
Mound times. From available data it is impossible to say
what part, if any, of the practice of burial in mounds is a
continuation of prehistoric practices or what part may be a
later, independent religious development. More simply, the
question of whether or not all, some, or any of the historic
Indians practicing burial in mounds were descended from
the prehistoric mound builders cannot even be approached
from these data.
HOUSE 1 AREA
The largest concentration of historic artifacts recovered
246 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No. 4
from the site was in a locality designated as House 1. in the
area around N550 E50. This area has been plowed to a
depth of eight-tenths of one foot below surface, as has all
of the site area east of the E30 line. The area was excavated
in arbitrary levels of Surface - .3'; .3' - 6'; and .6 to .8'. The
cultural material recovered was extremely mixed, with square
cut nails, grit-tempered cord-marked body sherds, portions
of a plastic comb, and quartzite flakes being found through-
out the deposit. Consequently, artifacts can be grouped into
contemporary associations only along gross and sometimes
questionable lines. On the surface of the .8' level, at the base
of the plowed zone, eighteen post-molds were defined and
mapped.
In my field notes from June 27. 1966 I noted "We now
have a series of large posts on the interior, with a secondary
row of smaller posts on the outside. Tomorrow we will photo-
graph the house and excavate the posts . . ." Subsequent
evaluation of the excavation reports raises considerable doubt
that what we had defined was a structure of any kind. Post-
molds No. 8 (.6' diameter). No. 12 (A'), and No. 14 (.8')
were not pedologically differentiated from the soil that sur-
rounded them, were undefinable below the surface, and
showed no evidence of wood, charcoal or other material; it
is definitely questionable that these were post-molds. Post-
mold No. 9 (.6') fits into this same category, except for the
presence of some charcoal flecking.
Post-molds No. 6 (.4'). No. 11 (.4') and No. 13 (.4*)
were described as being areas with dark surfaces that dif-
fused horizontally and contained no evidence of wood or
charcoal. These may have been due to natural staining in
the soil.
Hole No. 2 (1.0') is also described as spreading hori-
zontally, but did contain "much charcoal-" Hole No. 3 (.6')
had lithic flakes, charcoal, three grit-tempered cord-marked
body sherds and three charred mammal bones, but did not
extend substantially below the .8' level: Hole No. 4 (.8')
was a shallow basin shape and contained 'little charcoal
. . . lithic flakes, grit-tempered cord-marked potterv. one
quartz scraper, and fifty charred mammal bones: Hole No. 5
(1.2') was described as 'Shallow, pit-like, no charcoal, lithic
flakes" and contained three charred mammal bones: Hole
No. 6 (1.2') contained one grit-tempered cord-marked body
sherd, charcoal, and fiftv charred mamma! bones. Hole No.
The Bigelow Site
247
1 (.8') was described as "Well defined, charcoal bits through-
out, several body sherds, numerous quartz flakes." and con-
tained six charred mammal bones: Post-mold No. 7 (.8') was
"Dark black in color: some charcoal, few tiny flakes" aird
Hole No. 18 (1.0') contained half-burnt flakes of wood.
(Fig. 13)
It is possible that some or all of the pits in the preceding
group may be due to aboriginal habitation at the site. There
are no excavation records for Post-molds No. 15 and No. 17,
both .6' in diameter. Bones representing the presence of pig.
N545 E50
47-Pt 29
HOUSE 1
a~quest ion able
h pos t- mol.d
r=2'
FIGURE 13. Excavated portion of the House 1 area.
248 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
birds, marmot, deer, and other unidentified mammals were
recovered from the plowed zone over this area (Lippold.
personal communication).
This area is somewhat difficult to interpret since it gives
a distorted view of the distribution of historic materials at
the site. Test Square No. 4 (N350 E30. 0. to 1.8' B.S.); T.S.
No. 9 (W400 E95. 0. to 1.0' B.S.): and T.S. No. 10 (N500
ElO. 0. to .9' B.S.) yielded historic artifacts throughout the
depths noted. These areas were not expanded and in fact
were purposely avoided since, after excavating the House 1
area, it became evident that continued attention to historic
materials would seriously interfere with the primarv objective
of gathering data on the prehistoric occupation of the site.
What, then, do the artifacts from the House 1 area repre-
sent? There are many possible factors, none totally explan-
atory, which in summation give a generalized description of
the area:
1 ) Prehistoric habitation: This area is, when the mounds
in the cultivated field to the north are considered, still very
much in the center of aboriginal activity. The numerous grit-
tempered sherds, lithic artifacts and waste, and pits contain-
ing these aboriginal materials might be attributed to this
manifestation.
2) Proto-historic: Square cut nails were in use from about
1800 to 1890 and a very few of these may come from the
period (s) represented by the various intrusive interments.
Some of the pits containing mammal bone may also come
from this period.
3) Lumbering activities: Simon Sherman's previously men-
tioned booming" activities in this area and the site's close-
ness to Conat Rapids may also have contributed debris to
the site, perhaps represented in some of the broken glazed
historic ceramics and clay pipe fragments. Most of the his-
toric ceramics are coarsely made, glazed ware, although a
few fragments of finer manufacture were also recovered.
All of these, as well as the pipe fragments that are identifi-
able, are datable to post -1850. H. Geiger Omwake dated a
Peter Dorni pipe fragment similar to that found in the House
1 area to between 1850 and 1875 (1965:136).
4) General Dumping: This whole area appears ro have
been used as a dump from time to time during the last one
hundred and ten vears with only the area between NO and
N200 being free from considerable amounts of debris. The
The Bigelow Site 249
brick in the House 1 area was almost certainly dumped there.
Samples of the brick were submitted to Mr. Raymond Ronk
of the Gagnon Clay Products Company in Green Bay and
he provided me with the following report:
It js the firm belief of this writer that this brick was made-
on the north outskirts of Stevens Point in the late 1800's.
I do not know the decade but it is believed to be between
1860 and 1895. Recognition is based on color and com-
position. The pinky brown color is peculiar to that area
caused by its composition. Stevens Point is a portion of
the State of Wisconsin where exposed Pre-Cambrian
clays are in abundance. This is primary or residual clay
formed by the decomposition of rock as the result -of
weathering, hastened by the presence of water freezing
and thawing along with the action of the sun. So in that
river bank area, we usually had a layer of sand, then a
layer of sand stone and clay underneath. All three got
mixed together to form a clay suitable for making brick
in that period. Manufacturing has been discontinued in
that area many years ago.
The \Visconsin Pinery was examined in an attempt to de-
termine when the manufacture of brick was begun in the
area described by Mr. Ronk. In an editorial comment on
March 17, 1864. the editor wrote:
Stevens Point is a city! At least we have a charter and a
city government But, are we a city in fact? Can there
be, was there ever a city of wood alone; without Brick
and mortar? there might be one of stone. But we have
as yet only wooden houses, that might all disappear in a
night.
On August 24, 1867 an advertisement was run in the Pinery
for the first time by L 7 .dward Langenberg proclaiming "Brick
for sale on Wausau road, three miles north of Stevens Point;"
it seems that the bricks at the site must date to after this time.
Additional evidence for dumping seems to come from ex-
amining the numerous glass fragments found in the House 1
area. Twenty-one of the seven hundred and seventy-four
fragments show signs of having been melted under intense
heat, but no glass was found in any of the pits containing
charcoal. Any fire at the site, such as Simon Sherman's oc-
casional mention that large sections of the woods and the
land were on fire, would have produced general instead of
250 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
limited melting. The square cut nails may be, as previously
mentioned, in small part due to pre-1850 historic Indians,
but most likely are either remnants of some of Sherman's
activities or are from dumping in the area, perhaps in associ-
ation with the glass and brick materials.
The House 1 area was expanded because of the suspected
habitation in that location, not for the purpose of recovering
historic artifacts. It is suspected that if other Test Squares
revealing historic materials would have been expanded in a
similar manner, and additional testing conducted for the
purpose of locating historic areas, additional concentrations
would have been found.
The same general temporal distribution used to describe
the House 1 materials might be used for other historic items
encountered throughout the site. These too are mostly repre-
sentative of their chance congruence with the prehistoric
materials and do not represent and studied distribution. The
earring foud on the surface of Mound A and the small silver
brooch from the surface of Mound R may well be roughly
contemporary with any of the interments; these or some later
articles may be from subsequent roving bands of Indians,
but there is no context from which to judge this; the ceramics
are all post-1850 and the Fitch hair tonic bottle and aluminum
milk cap fragments from Mound N represent recent addi-
tions; numerous cartridge casings are dateable to the late
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, while the mini-ball from
the surface level of Mound A is probably somewhat earlier.
One class of artifacts which has not been discussed as yet,
due to its absence from any firm cultural context, is the num-
erous fragments of what were initially identified as "worked
glass." Although the use of broken glass as implements, by
Indians or white men, is an obvious possibility, examination
of piles of such material suggests that this classification
should be used with caution. Not easily dismissed is a piece
of glass recovered from the surface level (0. - .2') B. S.) of
Square S25 E25 in Mound M which possesses all the at-
tributes of. and is for all appearances, a burin. It is in associ-
ation with no other historic (or prehistoric) materials and
is an enigmatic foot-note to the list of historic artifacts.
Approximate date of manufacture can be assigned to many
of the scattered historic artifacts, but as they are without
significant stratigraphic or cultural association they would
add little more than increasing the general impression that
The Bigelow Site 251
the area has been in use as a dump for over a century.
SUMMARY
The historic Indian materials reported in this paper are
not the result of permanent or continuous habitation; con-
sequently the content and distribution of artifacts common to
residential locations are not part of the analysis. Many of
the artifacts were deposited at the site by nineteenth century
Europeans and have no relationship with the Indian ma-
terials. Except for perhaps a half dozen articles, the ex-
cavated historic Indian manifestation is limited to the burials
found in Mound A and Mound B; othe'r such burials may
have been present, but the task of removing as much as one
and one-half feet of sand overburden that buried many of
the mounds would have been too time consuming. Some of
the burials appear to be from the early nineteenth century,
prior to the period of Indian removals from the state, while
others date from removal times.
The broader area of the site locality was a refuge for In-
dians fleeing from removal and for those escaping and com-
ing back from west of the Mississippi River. Documentary
sources indicate that members of four different tribes were
in the area and direct association of any of the burials with
a single group is not reliable.
Historic reports described southern and eastern ^Viscon-
sin as prosperous areas with large villages, in contrast with
the accounts of more unfavorable environmental conditions
on the east bank of the Wisconsin River in the Stevens Point
area. The situation here would not allow the Indians to settle
into semi-permanent or permanent residences and thev seem
to have practiced a shifting, hunting, fishing, and gathering
subsistence pattern.
This nomadic pattern seems to be confirmed by the tem-
poral spacing of the interments in Mounds A and B and the
absence, in areas we excavated, of data suggesting more ex-
tensive utilization of the site. This subsistence pattern was
in practice when Simon A. Sherman arrived in 1848 and
continued until the 1870's, when a combination of growing
density of white settlers and the establishment of homesteads
in adjoining counties brought an end to its viability.
The continuation of the pattern in this area was due to
two basic factors 1) legal and 2) economic. As a result of
the different treaties and removals, the Indians in Wisconsin
252 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
had no legal rights there and, conversely, the government had
no responsibility for them. Schools, agencies, and other usual
modes of acculturative influence were not introduced. The
economic regime of the region was such that the Indians
could not participate; there was no incentive to settle down
for farming or to take jobs in the lumber industry.
While the people apparently acquired material goods as a
result of varied contacts with white men, their economic and
social patterns changed very little. Although the Indians who
lived in the area were evidently tolerated and even "liked"
by the whites, for the most part they stayed in the forests
and received few influential contacts. This was a relatively
local adaptation to a particular economic, legal, and environ-
mental circumstances and should not be used freely to ex-
plain other areas. The concentration of the area on a lumber-
centered economy also meant that there was little pushing
by the whites to get the Indians off of what was poor farm
land. In the early days, it was economical only to cut the
timber close to the river, and this left a fair amount of space
for the Indians to roam in and be relatively unmolested. The
example of one thousand Indians appearing on the edge of
Stevens Point, much to the surprise of everyone, shows the
differences between the Indians' cultural pattern and the
white man's pattern at this time; it was not one of substan-
tial interaction.
For prehistoric materials, we tend to call concentrations
of refuse by such terms as "middens," "refuse pits," etc. For
historic areas we often use the more current term "junk." At
the Bigelow site, this "junk" would have been very bene-
ficial to the interpretation of the historic Indian utilization
of the area, had it been associated with this element. How-
ever, with very few non-contextual exceptions, the European
debris at the site is post- 1850 in manufacture and mostly
represents the use of the area as a local dump for the past
century. Should areas along the sewer easement be exca-
vated in the distant future, areas of debris characteristic of
a 1966 archaeological field party will be recovered.
There is little knowledge of the nomadic pattern and its
antiquity in the area prior to Simon Sherman's time, but the
practice of occasional coming and going suggests one word
of caution for the interpretation of prehistoric remains at sites
such as this one. The pits described in the House 1 area are
The Bigelow Site 253
possibly assignable to three different sources: 1 ) prehistoric
Indians; 2) historic Indians; or 3) pioneer white settlers. At
such a site, where the evidence for re-use of the area is
strong, excavated pits without radiocarbon dates, definitive
artifacts, or stratagraphically secure positions, may be in-
accurately lumped together and give a false impression of
the subsistence patterns of the main aboriginal occupation, in
this case associated with Effigy Mound construction.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abler, Thomas S. "Pipes and Pottery of the DuBay Site," Wis-
consin Archeologist. Vol. 45, No. 3, p. -127. 1964.
Alberts, Robert C. A Study of Trade Silver and Indian Silver-
work in the Upper Mississippi Valley. MS Thesis, Depart-
ment of Anthropology, University of Wisconsin-Madison,
1951.
"Trade Silver and Indian Silverwork
in the Great Lakes Region," Wisconsin Archeologist. Vol.
34, No. 1, p. 1. 1953.
Baerreis, David A. "Trade Silver and Indian Silversmiths," Wis-
consin Magazine of History. Vol. 34, pp. 76-83, 1950.
Blake, Bradley. "Portage County Site Report," Wisconsin Arche-
ologist. Vol. 42, No. 2, pp. 57-76. 1961.
Brown, T. T. "Some Curious Uses of Indian Mounds," Wisconsin
Archeologist, Vol. 3 (N.S.), No. 4, p. 98. 1924.
Carpenter, James B. Map of Portage County, Wisconsin- 187 4.
James Knauber and Co., Milwaukee.
Cass, Lewis B. Report By. Twenty-fourth Congress of the United
States, Serial 281, Document 215, Washington, D. C. 1836.
Check-List of United States Public Documents (1789-1909). Su-
perintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. 1911.
Durrie, Daniel Steele. "Jonathan Carver" and "Carver's Grant,"
Wisconsin Historical Collections, Vol. VI. pp. 220-270, Madi-
son, 1872. Re-print Volume, 1908.
Gratitot, Henry. Report By. Twenty-fourth Congress of the Unit-
ed States, Serial 281, Document 215, Washington, D. C. 1836.
Harstad, Peter T. "Disease and Sickness on the Wisconsin Fron-
tier: Small-pox and Other Diseases," Wisconsin Magazine of
History. Vol. 43, pp. 253-263. 1960.
History of Northern Wisconsin. Chicago: The Western Historical
Co., 1881.
Jackson, H. H. A Century of Dis-Honor. Boston: Robert Bros.,
1889.
Kellogg, Louise Phelps. "The Story of Wisconsin, 1634-1848,"
Wisconsin Magazine of History, Vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 413-430.
1919.
Kinietz, W. V. Chippewa Village. Cranbrook Institute of Sci-
ence, Bulletin 25. Cranbrook Press, 1947.
Langdon, John Emerson. Canadian Silversmiths and Their Marks
(1667-1867). Stinehour Press: Lunenberg, Vermont. 1960.
Lawson, Publius V. "The Winnebago Tribe," Wisconsin Arche-
ologist, Vol. 6 (O.S.), No. 3, p. 78. 1907.
Mercer, Henry C. Ancient Carpenter's Tools. Bucks County His-
torical Society, Doylestown, Pa. 1951.
"Narrative of Morgan L. Martin," Wisconsin Historical Collec-
tions, Volume XI, pp. 385-415. Madison, 1888.
Olsen, Stanley J. "Dating Early Plain Buttons by Their Form,
American Antiquity, Voltime 28, No. 4, pp. 551-54. 1963
Omwake, H. Geiger. "Analysis of 19th Century White Kaolirt
254 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
Pipe Fragments from the Mero Site, Door County, Wiscon-
sin," Wisconsin Archeologist. Vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 125-39.
1965.
Paquette, Moses. "The Wisconsin Winnebagoes." Wisconsin His-
torical Collections, Volume XII. p. 401. Madison, 1892
Peterson, Eugene T. "Clay Pipes: A Footnote to Mackinac's His-
tory," Mackinac Island State Park Commission, Mackinac
Island, Michigan. 1963.
Plat Book of Portage County, Wisconsin. Philadelphia. North-
west Publishing Co. 1895.
Plover Heraid. August, September, and October issues, 1856.
Quimby, George I. "Notes on Indian Trade Silver," Papers of
the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters, Volume
XXII, pp. 15-24. 1936.
"Dated Indian Burials in Michigan,"
Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts, and Let-
ters, Volume XXIII. pp. 63-72, 1937.
"European Trade Articles as Chron-
ological Indications for the Archaeology of the Historic
Period in Michigan," Papers of the Michigan Academy of
Science, Arts, and Letters, Volume XIV. pp. 25-31. 1938.
Indian Culture and European Trade
Goods. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. 1966.
Radin, Paul. The Winnebago. 37th Annual Report of the Bu-
reau of American Ethnology, 1915-16.
Rosholt, Malcolm. Our County, Our Story. Stevens Point: Por-
tage County Board of Supervisors. 1961.
Sanford, A. H. Various excerpts from journals of Simon A. Sher-
man included with Sherman materials in the Wisconsin
State Historical Society Manuscript Division. (See S. A.
Sherman, below).
Satterlee, Clark. "Early Times at Fort Winnebago," Wisconsin
Historical Collections, Volume VIII, pp. 309-21. Madison,
1879. Reprint volume, 1908.
Shattuck, Gloria Mabel. Removals and Reservations in Wiscon-
sin. University of Wisconsin B.A. Thesis. 1904.
Sherman, Simon A. Diaries and Papers, Manuscript Division,
State Historical Society of Wisconsin. References to diaries
are from his journals of the years 1848-1906. References to
"Books" are to various materials which he had assembled
towards writing a book that was never completed.
. "Lumber Rafting on the Wisconsin
River," Wisconsin State Historical Society Proceedings, pp.
171-80. 1910.
Standard Atlas of Portage County, Wisconsin. George A. Ogle
and Co., Chicago, 1915.
Storrow, Samuel A. "The Northwest in 1817: A Contemporary
Letter," Wisconsin Historical Collections, Volume VI. pp.
154-87, 1872, Reprint volume 1908.
Thirty-First Congress of the United States. Serial 585, Docu-
ment 501. Report by Henry M. Rice.
Turner, Andrew Jackson. "The History of Fort Winnebago,"
Wisconsin Historical Collections, Volume XIV, p. 85. Madi-
son, 1898.
United States Bureau of Indian Affairs. Winnebago Agency.
Letters Received by the Office of Indian Affairs. 1863-1870.
United States National Archives Microcopy 234.
Whittlesey, Col. Charles. "Recollections of a Tour Through Wis-
consin in 1832," Wisconsin Historical Collections, Volume I,
p. 64. Madison, 1855, Reprint volume, 1903.
Wisconsin Pinery. Stevens Point, Wisconsin newspaper. Began
publication in 1853.
Wittry, Warren L. "The Bell Site, Wn 9, An Early Historic Fox
The Bigelow Site 255
Village," Wisconsin Archeoloffist, Vol. 44, no. 1, p. 1. 1963.
BOOKS RECEIVED
NOMADS OF THE LONG BOW by Allan R. Holmberg. Amer-
ican Museum Science Books, Doubleday & Co., N.Y., 1969.
Price: $1.95
OKLAHOMA ARCHAEOLOGY. AN ANNOTATED BIBLI-
OGRAPHY by Robert E. Belt. University of Oklahoma Press,
Norman, 1969. Price: Cloth, $6.15; Paper. $2.15
NEW DIRECTIONS IN BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. Editors:
David Noel Freedman and Jonas C. Greenfield. Doubleday &
Co., N.Y., 1969. Price: $6.95
256 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50. No.
THE BOOKSHELF
Ohio Hope well Ceramics: An Analysis of the Extant Collections
by Olaf H. Prufer. Museum of Anthropology, University of Mich-
igan Anthropological Papers No. 33. (156 pages, 29 figures, 46
plates). Ann Arbor, Michigan. 1968. Price- $3.00.
Despite the fact that the spectacularly rich Hopewell burial
mounds of southern Ohio have yielded their artifactual treas-
ures to archaeologists for over one hundred years, our knowl-
edeg today of this prehistoric culture is spotty and uneven.
In the opening words of the author of the monograph under
review, "One of the least known aspects of the Hop<. \.-ellian
Phase in Ohio is the nature of the ceramics associct-u with
Hopewellian sites." Such a state of affairs has h?.:n oartic-
ularly perplexing to archaeologists specializing in th- F,' stern
Woodlands because ceramics, probably more than any other
class of artifacts, have been pivotal in helping us to under-
stand something of the culture history and cultural processes
in the later periods of the prehistoric East. The monograph
under review goes far towards alleviating this situation.
Prior to this report, only two descriptions of Ohio Hope-
well pottery were to be found in the literature. The first was
a preliminary report by J. B. Griffin of his studies of the
ceramics that had found their way into museum collections
after the early twentieth century excavations of the Trem-
per, Mound City, Turner, Harness, Seip, and Hopewell
mounds. This brief (four page) report, which appeared in
Webb and Snow's The Adena People (1945), defined no
types and contained no photographs, drawings, or sherd fre-
quencies; percentages of each of the six samples were re-
corded for temper and surface finish. The second report, by
Prufer along with Douglas H. McKenzie. described the ceram-
ics from the McGraw village site (1965). Here for the first
time Ohio Hopewell ceramic types were formally defined
(lumped into three series, Scioto, Hopewell, and Southeast-
ern) with frequencies, metric data, rim profiles, photographs,
The Bookshelf 257
etc., all included. Prufer's latest effort represents a continu-
ation and expansion of the McGraw study.
The subtitle of Ohio Hopewell Ceramics would more truly
reflect the emphasis of the monograph if it were "A De-
scription of the Extant Collections". For, inded, the report
is almost totally a description of the ceramic contents 'of
nearly all excavated Ohio Hopewell sites whose ceramics find
repose on museum shelves, particularly those of the Ohio
State Museum and Harvard's Peabody Museum.
The core of the report is Chapter IV. It is entitled simply
"Sites" and takes up 132 of the report's 156 pages. This
chapter is a site-by-site description of the ceramics from thir-
teen Ohio Hopewell sites; only the McGraw site and the re-
cently excavated material from Brown's Bottom, Mound City,
and Esch are excluded. Thus, with these exceptions, "The
present analysis covers all available ceramics from Ohio Hope-
well sites . . ." (p. 2).
The same basic pattern is followed in describing the ceram-
ics of each site. Discussion opens with a brief description of
the site, of the excavations there, and of the nature (proven-
ience, representativeness, and even museum catalog number)
of the ceramic sample being studied. Next comes the c
heading "Analysis", under which the raw descriptive
(e.g., series, types, rim vs. body sherds, temper, meas<
ments, etc.) are recorded for each major provenience unit ui
the site. Finally, under the sub-head of "Comments", some
summary and/or comparative comments are presented. The
monograph concludes with a six page "Discussion" (Chapter
V) that is devoted totally to the chronological implications of
the study. A notable omission here is the failure to examine
the data in light of the possibility that some of the site-to-site
ceramic variability might be attributable to spatial or func-
tional as opposed to temporal differences.
Two additional features of the monograph make for diffi-
cult reading. At least they did for this reviewer. The core of
the report, as noted above, is an enumeration of the ceramic
contents of thirteen sites, but the format selected for the pre-
sentation of these data forces the reader to work unduly
hard for his reward. Rather than presenting the numerical
data in columns and rows in tabular fashion (note that -there
are no numbered tables in the report), under each site is a
listing of sherd frequencies by series and then by type in
258 WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGIST Vol. 50, No. 4
such a way that words and numbers are juxtaposed. Thus,
while the raw data are there, because of the manner of their
presentation it was difficult, at least for me, to get an overall
impression of the ceramic assemblages of the sites of the
sort that one can gain by glancing over a table with clear-
cut columns and rows. Finally, the inclusion of a map show-
ing the location of the thirteen sites under discussion would
have been a most welcome addition to the report.
Prufer has attempted the arduous and unglamorous task of
making available to the scientific public a description of long-
neglected data gathered by other scholars. Because of the
inherent limitations of these data (How many sherds were
discarded or missed by the early excavators? How many
sherds have been given away or lost from the original col-
lections?), the conclusions drawn from them were necessarily
also limited. Nevertheless, the author merits our gratitude
for providing the first really substantive description of Ohio
Hopewell ceramics.
The general reader of The Wisconsin Archeologist will
probably find this monograph, with its narrow focus, of lim-
ited interest. Because it assumes a rather detailed knowledge
of Ohio archaeology, because it is not an entirely self-con-
tained study of Ohio Hopewell ceramics (Descriptions of
most of the ceramic types are to be found in the McGraw
site report and are not duplicated in this report.), and be-
cause it is solely concerned with Ohio pottery, its appeal is
clearly to a limited audience. In short, this is not bedtime
reading, but as a reference work for people seriously inter-
ested in Eastern archaeology, it is a most valuable and wel-
come addition to the literature.
James B. Stoltman
University of Wisconsin, Madison
THE HISTORY OF THE INCAS by Alfred Metraux, translated
from the French by George Ordish. Pantheon Books, New York,
1969. 205 pp., Bibliography, Chronology, Illustrations. $5.95.
In an earlier issue (Vol. 49, No. 2), I discussed two new
books an Andean Archaeology in the context of some older
standard works of high quality. The book by Metraux now
under discussion provides an interesting addition to the re-
marks made earlier. Metraux is best known for his work as
an ethnologist, and perhaps for this reason he provides a
The Bookshelf 259
somewhat different perspective on the data.
The History of the Incas is a good, non-technical account
for the Inca and Colonial Periods. Unfortunately, the Pre-
Inca archaeological section is very much out of date, and one
would want to consult the books reviewed earlier for those
periods. For the Inca Period, however, Metraux provides a
very readable and not overly detailed picture of the Inca
Empire. It is especially pleasant to find him discussing the
ethnic diversity within the empire and some of the problems
of administering the provinces far from the capital city of
Cuzco.
Unlike most other authors, Metraux carries the discussion
on into the Colonial and Modern Periods, describing the
problems, sufferings and sometimes violent reactions of the
Indians under Spanish Colonial rule. The book concludes
with the problems of the Indian in the modern world.
Thus, despite an outdated archaeological section and a
rather poor selection of illustrations, this book is to be recom-
mended as a well-written, popular account of the Andean
Indians under Inca and Spanish rule.
Donald E. Thompson
University of Wisconsin, Madison
COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
WISCONSIN ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY
MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE- Phillip H. Wiegand, Chairman.
Herman Zander, J. K. Whaley.
PUBLICITY: Tom Jackland.
FRAUDULENT ARTIFACTS: J. K. Whaley, Chairman. Martin
Greenwald, Robert Hruska, Neil Ostberg, Dr. Robert Ritz-
enthaler, Paul Scholz, Phillip H. Wiegand.
SURVEYING AND CODIFICATION: Paul Koeppler, Chairman.
Darryl Beland, Elmer Daalmann, Wayne Hazlett, Ernest
Schug.
PRESERVATION OF SITES: Robert Hruska, Chairman. Dr.
Richard Peske, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler. (Chairman has op-
tion to make further appointments.)
EDITORIAL: Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler, Chairman. Dr. David A.
Baerreis, Dr. Joan Freeman, Dr. Lee Parsons, Dr. Melvin
Fowler.
PROGRAM: Dr. Diehard Peske, Chairman. Paul Turney, Mrs.
P. H. Wiegand, Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler.
LAPHAM RESEARCH MEDAL. Dr. Robert Ritzenthaler,
Chairman, Dr. David A. Baerreis, Phillip H. Wiegand.
THE CHARLES E. BROWN CHAPTER
Madison
(Meets second Tuesday, 7:45 P. M., State Historical Society,
October thru May)
President: James Stoltman
Secretary: Peter Storck
Treasurer: Lathel Duf field
THE FOX VALLEY CHAPTER
Oshkosh
(Meets second Monday, 7:30 P. M., Oshkosh Public Museum,
September thru May)
President: Elmer Daalmann
Vice President: Richard Mason
Secretary: Robert R. Jones
Treasurer: Nancy L. Hoist
